AI Tipiṭaka Translations

Hide English Translation

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Khuddakanikāye

Khuddaka Nikāya

Buddhavaṃsa-aṭṭhakathā

Buddhavaṃsa Aṭṭhakathā

Ganthārambhakathā
Introductory Discourse

buddhaṃsusamāhitaṃ hitaṃ;

Buddha, well-composed and beneficent; Dhamma, the excellent restraint from becoming, a treasury of virtues and a flawless Sangha.

Paññāya seṭṭho jinasāvakānaṃ, yaṃ dhammasenāpati dhammarājaṃ;

The foremost in wisdom among the disciples of the Victor, whom the Dhamma Commander, the Dhamma King; Asked the Teacher, who has crossed to the further shore, flawless, in the midst of the assembly of kinsmen.

buddhavaṃso,visuddhavaṃsena vināyakena;

The Buddhavamsa, by the Buddha of purified lineage; Has been revealed, leaving no room for doubt, by the Thus-Gone One, who dwells in concentration.

Yāvajjakālā avināsayantā, pāḷikkamañceva ca pāḷiyatthaṃ;

For as long as possible, without destroying, the order of the Pali text, and the meaning of the Pali text;

Tasseva sambuddhavaranvayassa, sadā janānaṃ savanāmatassa;

The sons of the Well-Gone One, collected the connection of the stories, just as they had heard them.

buddhasīhenasīlādiguṇoditena;

Of that excellent lineage of the Buddha, always a source of joy to the people;

Sadā janānaṃ kalināsanassa, ciraṭṭhitatthaṃ jinasāsanassa;

Since the commendation flows in due order, generating faith and wisdom.

Mahāvihārāgatapāḷimaggasannissitā saṅkaradosahīnā;

By Buddha-Lion, radiant with virtues such as morality;

buddhavaṃsakathāyaaññaṃ idha natthi yasmā;

I have been requested for a long time, therefore I shall begin its commendation.

Tasmā hi sakkaccasamādhiyuttā, vihāya vikkhepamanaññacittā;

Always for the destruction of the defilements of beings, for the long-lasting benefit of the Victor's Dispensation;

Sabbampi hitvā pana kiccamaññaṃ, sakkacca maccenidha niccakālaṃ;

For the increase of my own meritorious fortune, and for the generation of faith in the great multitude.

Tattha ‘‘buddhavaṃsasaṃvaṇṇanā hessati sārabhūtā’’ti vuttattā buddhavaṃso tāva vavatthapetabbo. Tatridaṃ vavatthānaṃ – ito heṭṭhā kappasatasahassādhikesu catūsu asaṅkhyeyyesu uppannānaṃ pañcavīsatiyā buddhānaṃ uppannakappādiparicchedavasena paveṇivitthārakathā ‘‘buddhavaṃso nāmā’’ti veditabbo.

Devoid of corruptions, based on the Pali path that has come from the Great Monastery;

Svāyaṃ kappaparicchedo nāmaparicchedo gottaparicchedo jātiparicchedo nagaraparicchedo pituparicchedo mātuparicchedo bodhirukkhaparicchedo dhammacakkappavattanaparicchedo abhisamayaparicchedo sāvakasannipātaparicchedo aggasāvakaparicchedo upaṭṭhākaparicchedo aggasāvikāparicchedo parivārabhikkhuparicchedo raṃsiparicchedo sarīrappamāṇaparicchedo bodhisattādhikāraparicchedo byākaraṇaparicchedo bodhisattapadhānaparicchedo āyuparicchedo parinibbānaparicchedoti imehi pāḷiyā āgatehi bāvīsatiyā paricchedehi paricchinno vavatthito.

This summary commentary on the Buddhavamsa will be essential.

sambahulavāropettha ānetabbo. So agāravāsaparicchedo pāsādattayaparicchedo nāṭakitthiparicchedo aggamahesiparicchedo puttaparicchedo yānaparicchedo abhinikkhamanaparicchedo padhānaparicchedo upaṭṭhākaparicchedo vihāraparicchedoti dasadhā vavatthito hoti.

Since there is nothing else here besides the Buddhavamsa story;

Taṃ sambahulavārampi, yathāṭṭhāne mayaṃ pana;

It is a cause of joy to those delighting in the virtues of the Buddha, a means of washing away great defilements.

So evaṃ vavatthito pana –

Therefore, with reverence and focused minds, abandoning distractions and inattentive thoughts;

Kenāyaṃ desito kattha, kassatthāya ca desito;

Listen to this sweet and delightful commendation with attentive ears.

Sabbametaṃ vidhiṃ vatvā, pubbameva samāsato;

Having abandoned all other tasks, constantly with reverence;

kenāyaṃ desitoti ayaṃ buddhavaṃso kena desito? Sabbadhammesu appaṭihatañāṇacārena dasabalena catuvesārajjavisāradena dhammarājena dhammassāminā tathāgatena sabbaññunā sammāsambuddhena desito.

It is fitting for the wise to hear and speak of it, for this discourse is exceedingly rare.

Kattha desitoti? Kapilavatthumahānagare nigrodhārāmamahāvihāre paramarucirasandassane devamanussanayananipātabhūte ratanacaṅkame caṅkamantena desito.

Here, since it is said that "this commentary on the Buddhavamsa will be essential," the Buddhavamsa should first be defined. Here is the definition: The extensive narrative of the twenty-five Buddhas who arose in the four incalculable ages, more than one hundred thousand aeons ago, according to the divisions of the aeons in which they arose, etc., is to be understood as "the Buddhavamsa."

Kassatthāyaca desitoti? Dvāsītiyā ñātisahassānaṃ anekakoṭīnañca devamanussānaṃ atthāya desito.

This is defined and determined by these twenty-two divisions that come in the Pali text: division of aeons, division of names, division of clans, division of births, division of cities, division of fathers, division of mothers, division of Bodhi trees, division of the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma, division of penetration, division of assemblies of disciples, division of chief disciples, division of attendants, division of chief female disciples, division of the retinue of monks, division of rays, division of the measure of the body, division of the Bodhisatta's initial aspiration, division of prediction, division of the Bodhisatta's striving, division of lifespan, and division of passing away.

Kimatthāya desitoti? Caturoghanittharaṇatthāya desito.

Here, many details should be brought in. That is defined tenfold: division of household life, division of the three palaces, division of troupes of actresses, division of chief queens, division of sons, division of vehicles, division of renunciation, division of striving, division of attendants, division of monasteries.

Kadā desitoti bhagavā hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassāni anibaddhavāso hutvā yattha yattha phāsukaṃ hoti, tattha tattheva gantvā vasi. Kathaṃ?Paṭhamaṃvassaṃ isipatane dhammacakkaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) pavattetvā aṭṭhārasa brahmakoṭiyo amatapānaṃ pāyetvā bārāṇasiṃ upanissāya isipatane migadāye vasi.Dutiyaṃvassaṃ rājagahaṃ upanissāya veḷuvane mahāvihāre.Tatiyacatutthānipi tattheva.Pañcamaṃvesāliṃ upanissāya mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.Chaṭṭhaṃmakulapabbate.Sattamaṃtāvatiṃsabhavane.Aṭṭhamaṃbhaggesu saṃsumāragiriṃ upanissāya bhesakaḷāvane.Navamaṃkosambiyaṃ.Dasamaṃpālileyyakavanasaṇḍe.Ekādasamaṃnāḷāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme.Dvādasamaṃverañjāyaṃ.Terasamaṃcāliyapabbate.Cuddasamaṃjetavanamahāvihāre.Pañcadasamaṃkapilavatthumahānagare.Soḷasamaṃāḷavakaṃ dametvā caturāsītipāṇasahassāni amatapānaṃ pāyetvā āḷaviyaṃ.Sattarasamaṃrājagaheyeva.Aṭṭhārasamaṃcāliyapabbateyeva. Tathāekūnavīsatimaṃ vīsatimaṃpana vassaṃ rājagaheyeva vasi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhagavā hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassāni anibaddhavāso hutvā yattha yattha phāsukaṃ hoti, tattha tattheva gantvā vasī’’ti. Tato paṭṭhāya pana sāvatthiṃyeva upanissāya jetavanamahāvihāre ca pubbārāme ca dhuvaparibhogavasena vasi.

We, however, will show that manifold repetition;

yamakapāṭihāriyaṃakāsi. Tadāyaṃ buddhavaṃso desito.

Having shown it in its proper place, we will proceed, summarizing it here and there.

Kassa vacananti? Sāvakapaccekabuddhānaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ sammāsambuddhasseva vacanaṃ.

Thus, however, it has been defined –

Kenābhatoti? Ācariyaparamparāya ābhato. Ayañhi sāriputtatthero bhaddajī tisso kosiyaputto siggavo moggaliputto sudatto dhammiko dāsako soṇako revatoti evamādīhi yāva tatiyasaṅgītikālā ābhato, tato uddhampi tesaṃyeva sissānusissehīti evaṃ tāva ācariyaparamparāya yāvajjakālā ābhatoti veditabbo.

By whom was this taught, where, and for whose benefit was it taught;

Ettāvatā –

For what purpose, when, to whom, and by whom was the word brought?

‘‘Kenāyaṃ desito kattha, kassatthāya ca desito;

Having declared all this method, briefly, beforehand;

Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.

Afterwards, I shall make the meaning commentary of the Buddhavamsa.

Nidānakathā

By whom was this taught?: This Buddhavamsa was taught by whom? By the Dhamma King, the Lord of Dhamma, the Thus-Gone One, the All-Knowing One, the Perfectly Enlightened One, who possesses unobstructed knowledge in all things, the ten powers, and is confident in the four grounds of assurance.

Bāhiranidānaṃ

Where was it taught?: It was taught in the Great Monastery of Nigrodhārāma in the great city of Kapilavatthu, on the jeweled promenade, a most delightful sight, a place where the eyes of gods and humans would fall, while walking back and forth.

Evaṃ ābhatassa panassa idāni atthavaṇṇanā hoti, sā panāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā yasmā dūrenidānaṃ avidūrenidānaṃ santikenidānanti, imāni tīṇi nidānāni dassetvāva vaṇṇitā suvaṇṇitā nāma hoti. Ye ca naṃ suṇanti, tehi samudāgamato paṭṭhāya viññātattā suviññātāva hoti, tasmā tāni nidānāni dassetvāva vaṇṇayissāma.

For whose benefit was it taught?: It was taught for the benefit of eighty-two thousand relatives and countless millions of gods and humans.

dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle katābhinīhārassa mahāsattassa yāvavessantarattabhāvā cavitvā tusitabhavane nibbatti, tāva pavattā kathādūrenidānaṃnāma. Tusitabhavanato cavitvā yāva bodhimaṇḍe sabbaññutaññāṇappatti, tāva pavattā kathāavidūrenidānaṃnāma. ‘‘Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’’ti ca, ‘‘rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe’’ti ca, ‘‘vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāya’’nti ca evaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍe sabbaññutaññāṇappattito yāva parinibbānamañcā etasmiṃ antare bhagavā yattha yattha vihāsi, taṃ taṃsantikenidānaṃnāmāti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā saṅkhepeneva tiṇṇaṃ dūrāvidūrasantikenidānānaṃ vasenabāhiranidānavaṇṇanāsamattā hotīti.

For what purpose was it taught?: It was taught for the purpose of crossing over the four floods.

Abbhantaranidānaṃ

When was it taught?: After the Blessed One attained enlightenment, for twenty years, he lived without a fixed abode, going and residing wherever it was convenient. How? In the first year, after setting the Wheel of Dhamma in motion at Isipatana (SN 5.1081; Mhv. 13ff; Patis 2.30), and giving the drink of immortality to eighteen crores of Brahmas, he resided in the Deer Park at Isipatana, near Bārāṇasī. In the second year, he resided at the Veḷuvana Mahāvihāra near Rājagaha. The third and fourth years also there. The fifth year, he resided at the Kūṭāgāra Hall in the Mahāvana near Vesālī. The sixth year, on Makula Mountain. The seventh year, in Tāvatiṃsa Heaven. The eighth year, in the Bhesakaḷāvana near Saṃsumāragiri in the land of the Bhaggas. The ninth year, in Kosambī. The tenth year, in the Pārileyyaka forest grove. The eleventh year, in the Brahmin village of Nāḷā. The twelfth year, in Verañjā. The thirteenth year, on Cāliya Mountain. The fourteenth year, in Jetavana Mahāvihāra. The fifteenth year, in the great city of Kapilavatthu. The sixteenth year, after taming Āḷavaka and giving the drink of immortality to eighty-four thousand beings, in Āḷavī. The seventeenth year, in Rājagaha itself. The eighteenth year, on Cāliya Mountain itself. Similarly, the nineteenth and twentieth years, he resided in Rājagaha itself. Therefore, it was said, "After the Blessed One attained enlightenment, for twenty years, he lived without a fixed abode, going and residing wherever it was convenient." From then on, however, he resided near Sāvatthi itself, in Jetavana Mahāvihāra and Pubbārāma, as a fixed residence.

1. Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā

yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ was performed. At that time, this Buddhavamsa was taught.

Idāni pana –

Whose word?: The word of the Perfectly Enlightened One alone, which is not common to disciples and Pacceka Buddhas.

1.

By whom brought?: Brought by the lineage of teachers. For this was brought by the Venerable Sāriputta, Bhadda, Jī, Tissa, Kosiyaputta, Siggava, Moggaliputta, Sudatta, Dhammika, Dāsaka, Soṇaka, Revata, and so forth, up to the time of the Third Council, and even after that by their disciples and disciples of disciples; thus, it should be understood as having been brought by the lineage of teachers until today.

‘‘Brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācatha;

Thus far –

abbhantaranidānassaatthavaṇṇanā hoti.

"By whom was this taught, where, and for whose benefit was it taught;

Ettha ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe’’tiādisuttantesu viya – ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ apucchī’’ti evamādinā nayena nidānaṃ avatvā kasmā ‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācathā’’tiādinā nayena nidānaṃ vuttanti? Vuccate – bhagavato sabbadhammadesanākāraṇabhūtāya brahmuno dhammadesanāyācanāya sandassanatthaṃ vuttanti.

For what purpose, when, to whom, and by whom was the word brought?" –

‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino;

This verse has been explained.

channaṃāmantetvā – ‘‘arinaravaramanthakaṃ kaṇḍakaṃ nāma turaṅgavaramāharā’’ti kaṇḍakaṃ āharāpetvā channasahāyo varaturaṅgamāruyha nagaradvāre adhivatthāya devatāya nagaradvāre vivaṭe nagarato nikkhamitvā tīṇi rajjāni tena rattāvasesena atikkamitvā anomasattoanomāyanāma nadiyā tīre ṭhatvā channamevamāha – ‘‘channa, tvaṃ mama imāni aññehi asādhāraṇāni ābharaṇāni kaṇḍakañca varaturaṅgamādāya kapilapuraṃ gacchāhī’’ti channaṃ vissajjetvā asitoraganīluppalasadisenāsinā sakesamakuṭaṃ chinditvā ākāse ukkhipitvā devadattiyaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā sayameva pabbajitvā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno anilabalasamuddhutataraṅgabhaṅgaṃ asaṅgaṃ gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā maṇigaṇaraṃsijālavijjotitarājagahaṃ rājagahaṃ nāma nagaraṃ pavisitvā tattha issariyamadamattaṃ janaṃ parihāsento viya ca uddhatavesassa janassa lajjamuppādayamāno viya ca vayakantīhi nāgarajanahadayāni attani bandhanto viya ca dvatiṃsavaramahāpurisalakkhaṇavirājitāya rūpasiriyā sabbajananayanāni vilumpamāno viya ca rūpīpādasañcaro puññasañcayo viya ca pabbato viya ca gamanena nissaṅgo santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamānorājagahaṃpiṇḍāya caritvā yāpanamattaṃ bhattaṃ gahetvā nagarato nikkhamitvāpaṇḍavapabbatapasse chāyūdakasampanne sucibhūmibhāge paramaramaṇīye pavivitte okāse nisīditvā paṭisaṅkhānabalena missakabhattaṃ paribhuñjitvā paṇḍavagirānusārena bimbisārena magadhamahārājena mahāpurisassa santikaṃ gantvā nāmagottaṃ pucchitvā tena pamuditahadayena ‘‘mama rajjabhāgaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti rajjena nimantiyamāno – ‘‘alaṃ, mahārāja, na mayhaṃ rajjenattho ahaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya lokahitatthāya padhānamanuyuñjitvā loke vivaṭacchado buddho bhavissāmīti nikkhanto’’ti vatvā tena ca ‘‘buddho hutvā sabbapaṭhamaṃ mama vijitaṃ osareyyāthā’’ti vutto ‘sādhū’ti tassa paṭiññaṃ datvā āḷārañca udakañca upasaṅkamitvā tesaṃ dhammadesanāya sāraṃ avindanto tato pakkamitvā uruvelāyaṃ chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontopi amataṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto oḷārikāhārapaṭisevanena sarīraṃ santappesi.

Introductory Narrative

senānigamesenānigamakuṭumbikassa dhītāsujātānāma dārikā vayappattā ekasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe patthanamakāsi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ samajātikaṃ kulagharaṃ gantvā paṭhamagabbhe puttaṃ labhissāmi, balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Tassā sā patthanā samijjhi. Sā vesākhapuṇṇamadivase ‘‘ajja balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti pātova pāyāsaṃ anāyāsaṃ paramamadhuraṃ sampaṭipādesi. Bodhisattopi tadaheva katasarīrapaṭijaggano bhikkhācārakālaṃ āgamayamāno pātova gantvā tasmiṃ nigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Atha khopuṇṇānāma dāsī tassā dhātī rukkhamūlasodhanatthāya gatā bodhisattaṃ pācīnalokadhātuṃ olokayamānaṃ nisinnaṃ sañjhāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharasadisasarīrasobhaṃ timiranikaranidhānakaraṃ kamalavanavikasanakaraṃ ghanavivaramupagataṃ divasakaramiva taruvaramupagataṃ munidivasakaramaddasa. Sarīrato cassa nikkhantāhi pabhāhi sakalañca taṃ rukkhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ disvā tassā etadahosi – ‘‘ajja amhākaṃ devatā rukkhato oruyha sahattheneva baliṃ paṭiggahetukāmā hutvā nisinnā’’ti. Sā vegena gantvā sujātāya etamatthaṃ ārocesi.

Tato sujātā sañjātasaddhā hutvā sabbālaṅkārena alaṅkaritvā satasahassagghanikaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ paramamadhurassa madhupāyāsassa pūretvā aparāya suvaṇṇapātiyā pidahitvā sīsenādāya nigrodharukkhābhimukhī agamāsi. Sā gacchantī dūratova taṃ bodhisattaṃ rukkhadevatamiva sakalaṃ taṃ rukkhaṃ sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ katvā puññasañcayamiva rūpavantaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā pītisomanassajātā sujātā ‘‘rukkhadevatā’’ti saññāya diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya onatonatā gantvā sīsato taṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ otāretvā mahāsattassa hatthe ṭhapetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā – ‘‘yathā mama manoratho nipphanno, evaṃ tumhākampi nipphajjatū’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.

nerañjarāyanadiyā tīraṃ gantvāsuppatiṭṭhitassanāma titthassa tīre suvaṇṇapātiṃ ṭhapetvā nhatvā paccuttaritvā ekūnapaññāsapiṇḍe karonto taṃ pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā – ‘‘sacāhaṃ ajja buddho bhavissāmi, ayaṃ suvaṇṇapāti paṭisotaṃ gacchatū’’ti khipi. Sā pāti paṭisotaṃ gantvākāḷassanāma nāgarājassa bhavanaṃ pavisitvā tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ thālakāni ukkhipitvā tesaṃ heṭṭhā aṭṭhāsi.

sotthiyenanāma tiṇahārakena mahāpurisassa ākāraṃ ñatvā dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā bodhimaṇḍamāruyha dakkhiṇadisābhāge aṭṭhāsi. So pana padeso paduminipatte udakabindu viya akampittha. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘ayaṃ padeso mama guṇaṃ dhāretuṃ asamattho’’ti pacchimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna uttaradisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna puratthimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Tattha pallaṅkappamāṇaṭṭhānaṃ niccalaṃ ahosi. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ kilesaviddhaṃsanaṭṭhāna’’nti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā tāni tiṇāni agge gahetvā cālesi. Tāni tūlikaggena paricchinnāni viya ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto – ‘‘bodhiṃ apatvāva imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ na bhindissāmī’’ti caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā puratthābhimukho nisīdi.

girimekhalaṃnāma arivaravāraṇaṃ varavāraṇaṃ abhiruyha navayojanikena dhanuasipharasusarasattisabalenātibahalena mārabalena samparivuto samantā pabbato viya ajjhottharanto mahāsapattaṃ viya mahāsattaṃ samupāgami. Mahāpuriso sūriye dharanteyeva atitumūlaṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā vikasitajayasumanakusumasadisassa cīvarassa upari patamānehi rattapavālaṅkurasadisaruciradassanehi bodhirukkhaṅkurehi pītiyā viya pūjiyamāno eva paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ labhitvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme paṭiccasamuppāde ñāṇaṃ otāretvā vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ sammasanto aruṇodaye buddho hutvā –

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;

‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;

udānaṃudānetvā sattāhaṃ vimuttisukhapaṭisevanena vītināmetvā aṭṭhame divase samāpattito vuṭṭhāya devatānaṃ kaṅkhaṃ ñatvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhāvidhamanatthaṃ ākāse uppatitvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhaṃ vidhamitvā pallaṅkato īsakaṃ pācīnanissite uttaradisābhāge ṭhatvā – ‘‘imasmiṃ vata me pallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭividdha’’nti cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalādhigamaṭṭhānaṃ pallaṅkañceva bodhirukkhañca animisehi akkhīhi olokayamāno sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃanimisacetiyaṃnāma jātaṃ.

ratanacaṅkamacetiyaṃnāma jātaṃ. Tato pacchimadisābhāge devatā ratanagharaṃ nāma māpesuṃ, tattha pallaṅkena nisīditvā abhidhammapiṭakaṃ visesato cettha anantanayasamantapaṭṭhānaṃ vicinanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi. Taṃ ṭhānaṃratanagharacetiyaṃnāma jātaṃ. Evaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva cattāri sattāhāni vītināmetvā pañcame sattāhe bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami; tatthāpi dhammaṃ vicinantoyeva vimuttisukhañca paṭisaṃvedentoajapālanigrodhesattāhaṃ vītināmesi.

mucalindenisīdi. Tassa nisinnamattasseva bhagavato sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūrento mahāakālamegho udapādi. Tasmiṃ pana uppannemucalindo nāgarājācintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ mahāmegho satthari mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ paviṭṭhamatte uppanno vāsāgāramassa laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So sattaratanamayaṃ devavimānasadisaṃ dibbavimānaṃ nimminituṃ samatthopi evaṃ kate – ‘‘na mayhaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissati, dasabalassa kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ karissāmī’’ti atimahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā satthāraṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā parikkhepassa antova mahati okāse sabbaratanamaye paccagghapallaṅke upari viniggalantavividhasurabhikusumadāmavitāne vividhasurabhigandhavāsite gandhakuṭiyaṃ viharanto viya vihāsi. Evaṃ bhagavā taṃ sattāhaṃ tattha vītināmetvā tato aparaṃ sattāhaṃ rājāyatane nisīdi. Tatthāpi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvediyeva. Ettāvatā sattasattāhāni paripuṇṇāni ahesuṃ. Etthantare bhagavā jhānasukhena phalasukhena ca vītināmesi.

agadaharītakaṃāharitvā adāsi. Athassa sakkonāgalatādantakaṭṭhañca mukhadhovanaudakañca adāsi. Tato bhagavā dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahodakena mukhaṃ dhovitvārājāyatanamūlenisīdi. Tasmiṃ samaye catūhi lokapālehi upanīte paccagghe selamaye pattetapussabhallikānaṃvāṇijānaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjitvā paccāgantvā ajapālanigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Athassa tattha nisinnamattasseva attanā adhigatassa dhammassa gambhīrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhantassa sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇo – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.281; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 7) paresaṃ dhammaṃ adesetukāmatākārappatto parivitakko udapādi.

brahmā sahampatidasabalassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – ‘‘nassati vata, bho, loko, vinassati vata, bho, loko’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; ma. ni. 1.282; mahāva. 8) vācaṃ nicchārento dasasahassacakkavāḷabrahmagaṇaparivuto sakkasuyāmasantusitaparanimmitavasavattīhi anugato āgantvā bhagavato purato pāturahosi. So attano patiṭṭhānatthāya pathaviṃ nimminitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā jalajāmalāvikalakamalamakulasadisaṃ dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalamañjaliṃ sirasmiṃ katvā – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) –

‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;

‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;

‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke;

‘‘Nanu tumhehi ‘buddho bodheyyaṃ tiṇṇo tāreyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’’nti –

‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha;

Patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññubhāvaṃ pattoti ca, ‘‘tumhehi dhamme adesiyamāne ko hi nāma añño dhammaṃ desessati, kimaññaṃ lokassa saraṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ parāyana’’nti ca evamādīhi anekehi nayehi bhagavantaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ ayāci. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘buddhabhūtassa pana bhagavato aṭṭhame sattāhe satthā dhammadesanatthāya brahmunā āyācito’’ti.

kadā vuttāti? Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttā. Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāmesā saṅgītikkhandhe (cūḷava. 437) vuttanayeneva veditabbā.Kattha kena vuttāti? Bhagavati kira parinibbute rājagahanagarevebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvārevijitasabbasattunā ajātasattunā magadhamahārājena dhammasaṅgāyanatthaṃ kārite paripuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasaṅkāse daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍe maṇḍape dhammāsanagatenāyasmatāānandattherena‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī’’ti ayaṃ gāthā vuttāti veditabbā. Ayamettha gāthāsambandho.

Ettāvatā –

‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino;

Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ iminā sambandhena vuttāya panassā anuttānapadavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma.

brahmāti brūhito tehi tehi guṇavisesehīti brahmā. Ayaṃ panabrahma-saddo mahābrahmabrāhmaṇatathāgatamātāpituseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘dvisahasso brahmā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.166) mahābrahmāti adhippeto.

‘‘Tamonudo buddho samantacakkhu, lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto;

Ca-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, brahmā ca aññe ca dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu brahmāno cāti attho, padapūraṇamatto vā.Lokādhipatīti etthalokoti saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsalokoti tayo lokā. Tesu idha sattaloko adhippeto. Tassa issaro adhipatītilokādhipati,lokekadesassāpi adhipati lokādhipatīti vuccati devādhipati narādhipati viya.

Sahampatīti so kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane sahako nāma thero paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno jīvitapariyosāne paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ kappāyukamahābrahmā hutvā nibbatto, tatra pana naṃ ‘‘sahampati brahmā’’ti sañjānanti. ‘‘Sahakapatī’’ti vattabbe anussarāgamaṃ katvā ruḷhīvasena ‘‘sahampatī’’ti vadanti.Katañjalīti katañjaliko, añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi katvāti attho.Anadhivaranti accantavaro adhivaro nāssa atthītianadhivaro,na tato adhiko varo atthīti vā anadhivaro, anuttaroti attho, taṃ anadhivaraṃ.Ayācathāti ayācittha ajjhesi.

Sahampatī: It is said that in the dispensation of Kassapa Buddha, there was a monk named Sahaka who, having developed the first jhāna and not declining from that jhāna, was reborn at the end of his life as a Great Brahma with a lifespan of a kappa in the realm of the first jhāna. There, he is known as "Sahampati Brahma." Though it should be "Sahakapati," they say "Sahampati" by way of adding an anusvāra and as a fixed designation. Katañjalī: One who has done añjali, meaning having placed the añjali-puṭa (folded hands) on the head. Anadhivara: Supremely excellent; one for whom there is no adhivara (superior), or one for whom there is no better superior than him; anadhivara means unsurpassed. (Ayācathā): Requested, beseeched.

‘‘santīdha sattā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthasantīti saṃvijjanti upalabbhanti, buddhacakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchantā atthīti attho.Idhāti ayaṃ desāpadese nipāto. Svāyaṃ katthaci sāsanaṃ upādāya vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; dī. ni. 2.214; a. ni. 4.241). Katthaci okāsaṃ, yathāha –

"Santīdha sattā," etc., was stated. Therein, santī: Exist, are found, meaning they exist, coming into the range of the Buddha's eye. Idha: This is a particle denoting a location in this area. Now, this is said sometimes with reference to the Dispensation. As it was said: "Here, monks, is a samaṇa, here a second samaṇa, here a third samaṇa, here a fourth samaṇa; other sects are devoid of samaṇas" (M.N. 1.139; D.N. 2.214; A.N. 4.241). Sometimes with reference to a place, as it was said:

‘‘Idheva tiṭṭhamānassa, devabhūtassa me sato;

"While standing right here, as a deity, being mindful,
Rebirth has been gained by me; thus know, O Mārisa." (D.N. 2.369) –

Sattāti rūpādīsu khandhesu chandarāgena sattā visattā āsattā laggā lagitāti sattā, sattāti pāṇino vuccanti. Ruḷhīsaddena pana vītarāgesupi ayaṃ vohāro vattatiyeva.

Sattā: Beings; those who are attached, clinging, fastened, and adhering to the aggregates of form, etc., due to desire and passion. Sattā generally refers to living beings. However, this term is used even for those free from passion as a conventional expression.

Apparajakkhajātikāti paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesaṃ evaṃsabhāvā ca teti apparajakkhajātikā, appaṃ rāgādirajameva vā yesaṃ te apparajakkhā, te apparajakkhasabhāvā apparajakkhajātikāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tesaṃ apparajakkhajātikānaṃ. ‘‘Sattāna’’nti vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ katvā – ‘‘desehi dhamma’’nti iminā sambandhaṃ katvā attho daṭṭhabbo.Desehīti āyācanavacanametaṃ, desehi kathehi upadisāti attho.Dhammanti ettha ayaṃdhamma-saddo pariyattisamādhipaññāpakatisabhāvasuññatāpuññaāpattiñeyyacatusaccadhammādīsu dissati. Tathā hi – ‘‘idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ…pe… vedalla’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.239; a. ni. 4.102) pariyattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu samādhimhi.

Apparajakkhajātikā: Those of a nature with little dust in their eye of wisdom; those who have little, limited dust of greed, hatred, and delusion in their eyes, being of such a nature; thus, these are apparajakkhajātikā. Or, those who have little dust of greed, etc., are apparajakkhā; those of the nature of apparajakkhā are apparajakkhajātikā; thus, the meaning should be understood here. To those apparajakkhajātikā. By making a change in the case ending of "sattānaṃ" ("of beings"), the meaning should be understood by making a connection with "desehi dhammaṃ" ("teach the Dhamma"). Desehi: This is a word of request; desehi means teach, speak, advise. Dhamma: Here, this word dhamma is seen in the senses of learning, concentration, wisdom, nature, intrinsic nature, emptiness, merit, offense, what should be known, the Four Noble Truths, etc. Thus, "Here, a bhikkhu learns the Dhamma—sutta, geyya, veyyākaraṇa… vedalla" (M.N. 1.239; A.N. 4.102) is seen in the sense of learning. "Such were those Blessed Ones, thus abiding in Dhamma," etc., in the sense of concentration.

‘‘Yassete caturo dhammā, vānarinda yathā tava;

"He who has these four qualities, O monkey king, like you,
Truth, Dhamma, resolve, and generosity, he has overcome what is seen." –

Anukampāti anukampaṃ anuddayaṃ karohi.Imanti pajaṃ niddisanto āha.Pajanti pajātattā pajā, taṃ pajaṃ, sattanikāyaṃ saṃsāradukkhato mocehīti adhippāyo. Keci pana –

Anukampā: Show compassion, have sympathy. Imaṃ: Indicating this population, he said. Pajaṃ: Because they are born, they are pajā; that pajaṃ, meaning the multitude of beings, release from the suffering of saṃsāra. Some, however –

‘‘Bhagavāti lokādhipatī naruttamo,

"The Blessed One is the Lord of the World, the best of men,
Beseeched with folded hands by the hosts of Brahmās," –

Paṭhanti. Ettāvatā sabbaso ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.

Recite. With this much, this entire verse has been stated in meaning.

Atha bhagavato taṃ brahmuno sahampatissa āyācanavacanaṃ sutvā aparimitasamayasamuditakaruṇābalassa dasabalassa parahitakaraṇanipuṇamaticārassa sabbasattesu okāsakaraṇamattena mahākaruṇā udapādi. Taṃ pana bhagavato karuṇuppattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikāle saṅgītikārakehi –

Then, having heard that request of Sahampati Brahmā, great compassion arose in the Ten-Powered One, whose strength was the accumulation of immeasurable time, who was skilled in acting for the benefit of others, whose mental conduct was impeccable, and whose great compassion was due to merely giving an opportunity to all beings. However, the following verse was established at the time of the compilation by those who compiled it to show the arising of compassion in the Blessed One:

2.

2.

‘‘Sampannavijjācaraṇassa tādino, jutindharassantimadehadhārino;

"In the Accomplished in Knowledge and Conduct, the Stable One,
The Radiant One, the Bearer of the Last Body;
In the Thus-Gone One, the Unequalled Person,
Compassion arose for all beings." –

Ayaṃ gāthā ṭhapitā.

This verse was established.

sampannavijjācaraṇassāti sampannaṃ nāma tividhaṃ paripuṇṇasamaṅgimadhuravasena. Tattha –

Sampannavijjācaraṇassa: Sampanna means threefold: complete, possessing all parts, and sweet. Therein –

‘‘Sampannaṃ sālikedāraṃ, suvā bhuñjanti kosiya;

"The rice field is fertile, the crows eat the kosika;
I announce it to you, O Brahmā, I cannot dare to stop them." (Ja. 1.14.1) –

paripuṇṇasampannaṃnāma. ‘‘Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato sampanno samannāgato’’ti (vibha. 511) idaṃsamaṅgisampannaṃnāma. ‘‘Imissā, bhante, mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhimatalaṃ sampannaṃ, seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīlakaṃ, evamassāda’’nti (pārā. 18) idaṃmadhurasampannaṃnāma. Idha paripuṇṇasampannampi samaṅgisampannampi yujjati (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.64).Vijjāti paṭipakkhadhamme vijjhanaṭṭhena viditakaraṇaṭṭhena vinditabbaṭṭhena ca vijjā. Tā pana tissopi vijjā aṭṭhapi vijjā. Tisso vijjābhayabheravasutte(ma. ni. 1.50 ādayo) āgatanayeneva veditabbā, aṭṭhaambaṭṭhasutte(dī. ni. 1.278 ādayo). Tatra hi vipassanāñāṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭha vijjā vuttā.Caraṇanti sīlasaṃvaro indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo saddhā hirī ottappaṃ bāhusaccaṃ āraddhavīriyatā upaṭṭhitassatitā paññāsampannatā cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānānīti ime pannarasa dhammā veditabbā. Imeyeva hi pannarasa dhammā yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ, tasmā ‘‘caraṇa’’nti vuttā. Yathāha – ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.24) sabbaṃmajjhimapaṇṇāsakevuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vijjā ca caraṇañca vijjācaraṇāni, sampannāni paripuṇṇāni vijjācaraṇāni yassa soyaṃ sampannavijjācaraṇo, vijjācaraṇehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto, samannāgatoti vā sampannavijjācaraṇo. Ubhayathāpi attho yujjateva, tassa sampannavijjācaraṇassa (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1 verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā).

paripuṇṇasampannaṃ means complete sampanna. "He is endowed with this restraint of the Pātimokkha, fully endowed, associated, completely associated, sampanna, possessing" (Vibha. 511) this is samaṅgisampannaṃ means sampanna possessing all parts. "This lower surface of the great earth, O Bhante, is sampanna, just like pure, unadulterated wild honey, such is its taste" (Pārā. 18) this is madhurasampannaṃ means sweet sampanna. Here, both paripuṇṇasampannaṃ and samaṅgisampannaṃ are applicable (M.N.A. 1.64). Vijjā: Knowledge, by way of piercing opposing qualities, by way of causing to be known, and by way of being knowable. However, those knowledges are the three knowledges and the eight knowledges. The three knowledges should be understood in the same way as they appear in the Bhayabherava Sutta (M.N. 1.50 ff), and the eight in the Ambaṭṭha Sutta (D.N. 1.278 ff). There, having included the six abhiññās (higher knowledges) together with the knowledge of insight and the mind-made power, eight knowledges were stated. Caraṇa: Conduct, means restraint in morality, guarding the sense doors, moderation in eating, devotion to wakefulness, faith, shame, fear, great learning, aroused energy, mindfulness being present, perfection of wisdom, and the four rūpāvacara jhānas; these fifteen qualities should be understood. Indeed, these fifteen qualities are called "caraṇa" because an Ariyan disciple walks and goes with these to the deathless direction. As it was said: "Here, Mahānāma, an Ariyan disciple is virtuous" (M.N. 2.24), everything should be understood in the same way as stated in the Majjhimapaṇṇāsaka. Vijjā and caraṇa are vijjācaraṇāni, those whose vijjācaraṇa are sampanna, complete, are sampannavijjācaraṇo, or one who is endowed with vijjācaraṇa, possessing all qualities, or one who is associated with them is sampannavijjācaraṇo. In both ways, the meaning is fitting, of that sampannavijjācaraṇa (Pārā.A. 1.1 Verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā).

Tādinoti ‘‘iṭṭhepi tādī aniṭṭhepi tādī’’tiādinā nayenamahāniddese(mahāni. 38, 192) āgatatādilakkhaṇena tādino, iṭṭhāniṭṭhādīsu avikārassa tādisassāti attho.Jutindharassāti jutimato, yugandhare saradasamaye samuditadivasakarātirekatarasassirikasarīrajutivisaradharassāti attho. ‘‘Paññāpajjotadharassā’’ti vā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Vuttañhetaṃ –

Tādino: The Stable One, meaning one with the characteristic of stability (tādilakkhaṇa) that is mentioned in the Mahāniddesa (MahaNi. 38, 192) in the way of "stable in pleasant things, stable in unpleasant things," etc., meaning the one who is unwavering in pleasant and unpleasant things. Jutindharassa: The Radiant One, meaning the one who has the splendor of a body that surpasses the radiance of the sun appearing in the autumn season on the Yugandhara Mountain. Or, it is fitting to say "Paññāpajjotadharassa" (the one who possesses the lamp of wisdom). Thus it was said:

‘‘Cattāro loke pajjotā, pañcamettha na vijjati;

"Four lights shine in the world, a fifth is not found here;
The sun shines by day, the moon shines by night.

‘‘Atha aggi divārattiṃ, tattha tattha pabhāsati;

"Then fire shines day and night, here and there;
The Buddha is the best of those who shine, this light is unsurpassed." (S.N. 1.26, 85);

Antimadehadhārinoti sabbapacchimasarīradhārino, apunabbhavassāti attho.

Antimadehadhārino: The one who bears the last body, meaning the one for whom there is no further rebirth.

Tathāgatassāti ettha aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgatoti.

Tathāgatassa: Here, the Blessed One is called "Tathāgata" for eight reasons. Which eight? Because he has come thus, he is Tathāgata; because he has gone thus, he is Tathāgata; because he has come with the characteristic of thusness, he is Tathāgata; because he has fully awakened to the truth of things (tathadhamme yāthāvato), he is Tathāgata; because of showing thusness, he is Tathāgata; because of speaking thus, he is Tathāgata; because of doing thus, he is Tathāgata; and because of overcoming, he is Tathāgata.

tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā yena abhinīhārena dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettupekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā imā dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā aṅgapariccāgaṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ dhanarajjaputtadārapariccāganti ime pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā yathā vipassiādayo sammāsambuddhā āgatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā āgatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –

tathā āgatoti tathāgato: How is he Tathāgata because he has come thus? Just as Vipassī and other Fully Awakened Buddhas came, having fulfilled the dānapāramī (perfection of giving) with the initial aspiration, having fulfilled the sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettupekkhāpāramī (perfections of morality, renunciation, wisdom, energy, patience, truthfulness, determination, loving-kindness, and equanimity), having relinquished the anga-pariccāga (relinquishing of body parts), the jīvita-pariccāga (relinquishing of life), the dhana-rajja-putta-dāra-pariccāga (relinquishing of wealth, kingdom, children, and spouse), these five great relinquishments, so too has our Blessed One come, therefore he is Tathāgata. As it was said –

‘‘Yatheva lokamhi vipassiādayo, sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā;

"Just as in the world Vipassī and others, the sages came here with omniscience,
So too has this Sakyamuni come, therefore the one with vision is called Tathāgata."

tathā gatoti tathāgato?Yathā sampatijātā vipassiādayo samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā gatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –

tathā gatoti tathāgato?: How is he Tathāgata because he has gone thus? Just as Vipassī and others, having been born, stood on the earth with even feet, facing north, going by the manner of seven strides, so too has our Blessed One gone, therefore he is Tathāgata. As it was said –

‘‘Muhuttajātova gavampatī yathā, samehi pādehi phusī vasundharaṃ;

"Just born, like a bull calf, touching the earth with even feet,
Gotama strode seven paces, and the gods held a white umbrella."

‘‘Gantvāna so sattapadāni gotamo, disā vilokesi samā samantato;

"Having gone seven paces, Gotama gazed in all directions,
He uttered a sound endowed with eight qualities, like a lion standing on a mountaintop."

tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato?Sabbesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ salakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca tathaṃ avitathaṃ ñāṇagatiyā āgato avirajjhitvā patto anubuddhoti tathāgato.

tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato?: How is he Tathāgata because he has come with the characteristic of thusness? Because he has come to, attained, and fully understood without error the specific characteristic and the general characteristic of all rūpa and arūpa dhammas (form and formless phenomena) with the path of knowledge, therefore he is Tathāgata.

‘‘Sabbesaṃ pana dhammānaṃ, sakasāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ;

"Because he has come to the specific and general characteristics
Of all phenomena in accordance with reality,
Therefore, the Teacher is the Tathāgata."

tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’nti, bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmā tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gatasaddo.

tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato?: How is he Tathāgata because he has fully awakened to the truth of things? Tathadhammā means the Four Noble Truths. As it was said: "These four things, monks, are true, not false, not otherwise. Which four? ‘This is suffering,’ monks, this is true, not false, not otherwise" (S.N. 5.1090), and so on in detail. And the Blessed One has fully awakened to them; therefore, he is called "Tathāgata" because of his full awakening to the tathas (truths). Here, the word "gata" (gone) has the meaning of "abhisambuddha" (fully awakened).

‘‘Tathanāmāni saccāni, abhisambujjhi nāyako;

"The Leader fully awakened to the truths called tatha,
Therefore, because of his awakening to the tathas, he is Tathāgata."

tathadassitāya tathāgato? Bhagavā hi aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhusotaghāṇajivhākāyamanodvāresu āpāthaṃ āgacchantaṃ rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammārammaṇaṃ tathāgato sabbākārato jānāti passatīti, evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato. Atha vā yaṃ loke tathaṃ, taṃ lokassa tatheva dasseti. Tatopi bhagavā tathāgato. Ettha tathadassiatthe ‘‘tathāgato’’ti padasambhavo veditabbo.

tathadassitāya tathāgato?: How is he Tathāgata because of showing thusness? Because the Blessed One knows and sees in every way the rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabba, and dhammārammaṇa (forms, sounds, odors, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects) that come into the range of the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind doors of countless beings in countless world-systems, therefore he is Tathāgata because of showing thusness. Or, whatever is true in the world, he shows that to the world as it is. Therefore, the Blessed One is Tathāgata. Here, the origin of the word "Tathāgata" should be understood in the sense of showing thusness.

‘‘Tathākārena yo dhamme, jānāti anupassati;

"He who knows and perceives phenomena in accordance with reality,
The Awakened One is the one who sees thus, therefore he is called Tathāgata."

tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yañca abhisambodhiyā parinibbānassa ca antare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakāle suttādinavaṅgasaṅgahitaṃ bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena, sabbaṃ taṃ ekatulāya tulitaṃ viya tathameva avitathameva hoti. Tenevāha –

tathavāditāya tathāgato?: How is he Tathāgata because of speaking thus? Because whatever was spoken, uttered, and indicated by the Tathāgata in the forty-five years between the enlightenment and the parinibbāna, which is included in the ninefold teachings beginning with the Sutta, all of that is just as it is, not otherwise, as if weighed on a single scale. Therefore, he said –

‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti.

"Cunda, the night the Tathāgata fully awakens to unsurpassed perfect enlightenment, and the night he attains parinibbāna in the nibbāna element without remainder, whatever he speaks, utters, and indicates in this interval, all of that is just as it is, not otherwise. Therefore, he is called ‘Tathāgata.’"

Ettha pana gadaattho hi gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato. Āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho aviparīto āgado assāti tathāgato. Da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā vutto.

Here, however, the word "gata" (gone) has the meaning of "gada" (speech). Thus, he is Tathāgata because of speaking thusness. Āgadanaṃ means āgada, meaning speech. He whose āgada is tatha (true) and aviparīta (not reversed) is Tathāgata. The ta-sound is said having changed the da-sound.

‘‘Tathāvādī jino yasmā, tathadhammappakāsako;

"Because the Jina speaks thus, the one who proclaims the true Dhamma,
And his speech is true, therefore the Buddha is the Tathāgata."

tathākāritāya tathāgato?Bhagavā hi yaṃ yaṃ vācaṃ abhāsi, taṃ taṃ eva kāyena karoti, vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā. Tenevāha –

tathākāritāya tathāgato?: How is he Tathāgata because of doing thus? Because whatever word the Blessed One spoke, that he does with his body; the body conforms to the speech, and the speech to the body. Therefore, he said –

‘‘Yathā vādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathā kārī, yathā kārī tathā vādī…pe… tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23; cūḷani. posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).

"Monks, the Tathāgata is as he declares, so he does; as he does, so he declares… therefore he is called ‘Tathāgata’" (A.N. 4.23; Cūḷani. Posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).

Yathā ca vācā gatā, kāyopi tathā gato, yathā kāyo gato, vācāpi tathā gatā. Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.

And as the speech has gone, so too has the body gone; as the body has gone, so too has the speech gone. Thus, he is Tathāgata because of doing thus.

‘‘Yathā vācā gatā tassa, tathā kāyo gato yato;

"As his speech has gone, so too has his body gone;
Because the Awakened One speaks thus, the Teacher is therefore the Tathāgata."

abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato?Upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ katvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi, na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro. Tenevāha –

abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato?: How is he Tathāgata because of overcoming? Because he overcomes all beings in the immeasurable world-systems, making the highest point of existence (bhavagga) above and Avīci (the lowest hell) below the boundary, with morality, with concentration, with wisdom, with liberation, and with the knowledge and vision of liberation; there is no scale or measure for him, but rather he is incomparable, immeasurable, and unsurpassed. Therefore, he said –

‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthu daso vasavattī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 1.23; posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).

"In the world with its devas, monks… the Tathāgata is the conqueror, unconquered, seeing all, master of all, therefore he is called ‘Tathāgata’" (A.N. 1.23; Posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).

Tatrevaṃ padasiddhi veditabbā – agado viya agado. Ko panesa? Desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena hesa mahānubhāvo bhisakko dibbāgadena sappe viya sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati, iti sabbalokābhibhavanato aviparīto desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca agado assāti da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.

Here, the etymology of the word should be understood thus: agado viya agado, like a medicine that is truly medicine. But what is that? It is the splendor of the teaching and the accumulation of merit. Therefore, this physician of great power, with the divine medicine, overcomes all opponents and the world with its gods, like a serpent charmer. Thus, because of overcoming all the world, the splendor of the teaching and the accumulation of merit is an infallible medicine. By changing the letter "da" to "ta," it should be understood as "Tathāgato." Thus, the Tathāgata is so called because of the meaning of overcoming.

‘‘Tatho aviparīto ca, agado yassa satthuno;

"He whose medicine, the teaching, is unfailing,
And who has mastery: therefore, the Teacher is the Tathāgata."

Appaṭipuggalassāti paṭipuggalavirahitassa, añño koci ‘‘ahaṃ buddho’’ti evaṃ paṭiññaṃ dātuṃ samattho nāmassa puggalo, natthīti appaṭipuggalo, tassa appaṭipuggalassa.Uppajjīti uppanno udapādi.Kāruññatāti karuṇāya bhāvo kāruññatā.Sabbasatteti niravasesasattapariyādānavacanaṃ, sakale sattanikāyeti attho. Ettāvatā ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti.

Appaṭipuggalassa: Of the one without a counterpart, meaning there is no other person who is capable of declaring, "I am a Buddha." Thus, of the one without a counterpart. Uppajjī: Arose, came into being. Kāruññatā: The state of compassion, compassionateness. Sabbasatte: A term encompassing all beings without exception, meaning all classes of beings. With this much, this verse is also explained.

Atha bhagavā brahmunā dhammadesanatthāya āyācito sattesu kāruññataṃ uppādetvā dhammaṃ desetukāmo mahābrahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

Then, the Blessed One, having been requested by Brahmā to teach the Dhamma, generating compassion for beings, desiring to teach the Dhamma, addressed Mahābrahmā with a verse:

‘‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā, ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ;

"Opened are the doors to the Deathless for those with ears to hear; let them send forth conviction.
Perceiving trouble, O Brahmā, I did not speak the Dhamma sublime among men." (ma. ni. 1.283; dī. ni. 2.71; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9);

brahmā sahampati‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’’ti ñatvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā brahmagaṇaparivuto pakkāmi. Atha satthā tassa brahmuno paṭiññaṃ datvā – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.283; mahāva. 10) cintento – ‘‘āḷāro paṇḍito so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippaṃ ājānissatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā puna olokento tassa sattāhaṃ kālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā udakassa ca abhidosakālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā puna – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’’ti pañcavaggiye āvajjento ‘‘bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye’’ti ñatvā āsāḷhiyaṃ pabhātāya rattiyā kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya aṭṭhārasayojanikaṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno antarāmaggeupakaṃnāma ājīvakaṃ disvā tassa attano buddhabhāvamāvikatvā taṃdivasameva sāyanhasamaye isipatanamagamāsi. Tattha pañcavaggiyānaṃ attano buddhabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā paññattavarabuddhāsanagato pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantetvādhammacakkappavattanasuttantaṃ(saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) desesi.

Brahmā Sahampati, knowing that "an opportunity has been made by the Blessed One for the teaching of the Dhamma," having placed his radiant, joined palms at his head, paid homage to the Blessed One, circumambulated him, and departed, surrounded by the Brahma hosts. Then the Teacher, having given his assent to that Brahmā, thinking, "To whom should I first teach the Dhamma?" (ma. ni. 1.283; mahāva. 10) generated the thought that "Āḷāra is wise and will quickly understand this Dhamma." But, looking again, knowing that he had passed away seven days ago, and knowing that Udaka also had passed away, again, considering, "Where are the group of five monks residing now?" and realizing that they were "at Isipatana in the Deer Park near Bārāṇasī," on the morning of the Āsāḷha full-moon day, taking his bowl and robe early in the morning, he set out on the eighteen-league journey. On the way, seeing an ascetic named Upaka, he declared his Buddhahood to him, and on that very day, in the evening, he arrived at Isipatana. There, having revealed his Buddhahood to the group of five monks, seated on the excellent Buddha-seat prepared for him, he addressed the group of five monks and preached the Dhammacakkappavattana Suttanta (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ff.; paṭi. ma. 2.30).

anattalakkhaṇasuttantaṃ(saṃ. ni. 3.59; mahāva. 20 ādayo) desesi, desanāpariyosāne pañcapi therā arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu.

He preached the Anattalakkhaṇa Suttanta (saṃ. ni. 3.59; mahāva. 20 ff.), and at the conclusion of the teaching, all five elders were established in arahantship.

yasassakulaputtassa upanissayaṃ disvā gehaṃ pahāya nikkhantaṃ disvā – ‘‘ehi yasā’’ti (mahāva. 26) pakkositvā tasmiññeva rattibhāge sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpetvā punadivase arahatte ca patiṭṭhāpetvā aparepi tassa sahāyakecatupaṇṇāsajaneehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpesi. Evaṃ loke ekasaṭṭhiyā arahantesu jātesu satthā vuṭṭhavasso pavāretvā bhikkhū āmantetvā etadavoca –

Seeing the potential of Yasa, a clansman, and seeing that he had left his home, having called out "Ehi Yasa," (mahāva. 26) he established him in the fruit of Stream-entry that very night and, on the following day, established him in arahantship as well. He then ordained his other fifty-four companions with the Ehi-bhikkhu ordination and established them in arahantship. Thus, when sixty-one arahants had come into being in the world, the Teacher, having spent the rains and completed the Pavāraṇā ceremony, addressed the monks, saying:

‘‘Paratthaṃ cattano atthaṃ, karontā pathaviṃ imaṃ;

"Going forth doing good to others and yourselves, spread the Dhamma, O monks, among humankind.

‘‘Viharatha vivittesu, pabbatesu vanesu ca;

"Dwell in secluded places, on mountains and in forests,
Always proclaiming my true Dhamma to the world.

‘‘Karontā dhammadūteyyaṃ, vikhyāpayatha bhikkhavo;

"Undertaking the mission of the Dhamma, make it known, O monks,
My words are for the welfare and happiness of beings.

‘‘Sabbaṃ pidahatha dvāraṃ, apāyānamanāsavā;

"Close all the doors to the sorrowful realms, which are without refuge;
Open wide the door to the path of heaven and liberation.

‘‘Desanāpaṭipattīhi, karuṇādiguṇālayā;

"Through teaching and practice, through compassion and other virtues,
Increase wisdom and faith entirely for the world.

‘‘Gihīnamupakarontānaṃ, niccamāmisadānato;

"Always assisting householders through material gifts,
Do reciprocal service to them through the gift of the Dhamma.

‘‘Samussayatha saddhammaṃ, desayantā isiddhajaṃ;

"Promote the true Dhamma, proclaiming the flag of the sages;
Having completed what needs to be done, proceed for the welfare of others."

tiṃsa bhaddavaggiyakumārevinesi. Tesu yo sabbapacchimako, so sotāpanno, sabbaseṭṭho anāgāmī, ekopi arahā vā puthujjano vā nāhosi. Tepi sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā disāsu pesetvā sayaṃ uruvelaṃ gantvā aḍḍhuḍḍhāni pāṭihāriyasahassāni dassetvā uruvelakassapādayo sahassajaṭilaparivāretebhātikajaṭiledametvā ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbājetvā gayāsīse nisīdāpetvāādittapariyāyadesanāya(saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā tena arahantasahassena bhagavā parivuto ‘‘bimbisārassa rañño paṭiññaṃ mocessāmī’’ti rājagahanagarūpacāre laṭṭhivanuyyānaṃ nāma agamāsi. Tato uyyānapālako rañño ārocesi. Rājā – ‘‘satthā āgato’’ti sutvā dvādasanahutehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto dasabalaṃ ghanavivaragatamiva divasakaraṃ vanavivaragataṃ munivaradivasakaraṃ upasaṅkamitvā cakkālaṅkatatalesu jalajāmalāvikalakamalakomalesu dasabalassa pādesu makuṭamaṇijutivisaravijjotinā sirasā nipatitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi saddhiṃ parisāya.

He trained the thirty Bhaddavaggiya princes. Among them, the very last one was a Stream-enterer, the best one was a Non-returner; there was not even one arahant or ordinary person. Having ordained all of them with the Ehi-bhikkhu ordination and sent them in various directions, he himself went to Uruvelā, and, having performed one and a half thousand miracles, having tamed the three Kassapa brothers of Uruvelā and the thousand Jaṭilas with their retinues, he ordained them with the Ehi-bhikkhu ordination, and, having seated them at Gayāsīsa, he established them in arahantship with the Ādittapariyāya discourse (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54). Surrounded by that thousand arahants, thinking, "I will fulfill my promise to King Bimbisāra," he went to a place near Rājagaha, to the grove called Laṭṭhivana. Then the park keeper informed the king. The king, having heard that "the Teacher has arrived," surrounded by twelve myriads of brahmins and householders, approached the Ten-Powered One—the Ten-Powered One being like the sun that has emerged from a dense cloud or the Sage-Sun that has emerged from a forest—and, having prostrated with his head at the feet of the Ten-Powered One, which were adorned with the marks of wheels, flawless, lovely, tender like lotuses, with the mass of light flashing from the crest jewels, he sat down to one side together with his retinue.

Atha kho tesaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ cetoparivitakkamaññāya theraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

Then, the thought occurred to those brahmin householders: "Does the great ascetic live the holy life under Uruvela Kassapa, or does Uruvela Kassapa live the holy life under the great ascetic?" Then, the Blessed One, knowing their thoughts, addressed the Elder with a verse:

‘‘Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, pahāsi aggiṃ kisakovadāno;

"What indeed did you see, O dweller of Uruvelā, that you abandoned the fire, O Kisakovadāna?
I ask you, Kassapa, about this matter: how was your fire sacrifice relinquished?" (mahāva. 55);

Thero bhagavato adhippāyaṃ viditvā –

The Elder, knowing the Blessed One's intention:

‘‘Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca, kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā;

"Forms, sounds, tastes, and women who are desired, are praised as sacrifices;
Knowing these to be impurities among the bases, therefore I delight not in offering or sacrifice." (mahāva. 55) –

Imaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā attano sāvakabhāvappakāsanatthaṃ tathāgatassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti vatvā ekatāladvitāla…pe… sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ sattakkhattuṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā ākāsato oruyha bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Having spoken this verse, to proclaim his discipleship, he prostrated at the feet of the Tathāgata with his head, saying, "The Blessed One is my Teacher, O Lord, I am a disciple," and having risen seven times into the sky to a height of one, two... up to seven tālas, having performed a miracle, he descended from the sky, worshiped the Blessed One, and sat down to one side.

mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ(jā. 2.22.1153) kathetvā cattāri ariyasaccāni pakāsesi. Tato satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā rājā bimbisāro ekādasanahutehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi. Rājā saraṇaṃ gantvā svātanāya bhagavantaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena nimantetvā bhagavantaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā vanditvā pakkāmi.

He narrated the Mahānāradakassapa Jātaka (jā. 2.22.1153) and revealed the Four Noble Truths. Then, having heard the Teacher's Dhamma talk, King Bimbisāra, together with eleven myriads, was established in the fruit of Stream-entry, and one myriad declared their lay followership. The king, having gone for refuge, invited the Blessed One together with the Sangha of monks for the next day, circumambulated the Blessed One three times, paid homage, and departed.

Punadivase bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivuto marugaṇaparivuto viya dasasatanayano devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivuto viya mahābrahmā rājagahaṃ pāvisi. Rājā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ datvā bhojanapariyosāne bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tīṇi ratanāni vinā vasituṃ na sakkhissāmi, velāya vā avelāya vā bhagavato santikaṃ āgamissāmi, laṭṭhivanaṃ nāma atidūre, idaṃ pana amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ pavivekakāmānaṃ nātidūraṃ naccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ nijjanasambādhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ chāyūdakasampannaṃ sītalasilātalasamalaṅkataṃ paramaramaṇīyabhūmibhāgaṃ surabhikusumataruvaranirantaraṃ ramaṇīyapāsādahammiyavimānavihāraḍḍhuyogamaṇḍapādipaṭimaṇḍitaṃ. Idaṃ me, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu navatapanaṅgārasaṅkāsena suvaṇṇabhiṅgārena surabhikusumavāsitaṃ maṇivaṇṇaudakaṃ gahetvā veḷuvanārāmaṃ pariccajanto dasabalassa hatthe udakaṃ pātesi. Tasmiṃ ārāmapaṭiggahaṇe ‘‘buddhasāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇānī’’ti pītivasaṃ gatā naccantī viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī kampi. Jambudīpe pana ṭhapetvā veḷuvanamahāvihāraṃ aññaṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā gahitasenāsanaṃ nāma natthi. Atha satthā veḷuvanārāmaṃ paṭiggahetvā rañño vihāradānānumodanamakāsi –

On the following day, the Blessed One, surrounded by a thousand monks, like the king of gods, Ten-Eyes, surrounded by hosts of gods, like Mahābrahmā surrounded by Brahma hosts, entered Rājagaha. The king, having given alms to the Sangha of monks with the Buddha at its head, at the conclusion of the meal, said this to the Blessed One: "O Lord, I am unable to live without the Three Jewels. I will come to the Blessed One at any time, whether it is the right time or not. Laṭṭhivana is very far away, but this Veḷuvana grove of ours is not too far, not too near, suitable for those who desire seclusion, easy to access, uncrowded and peaceful, a pleasant place for solitude, abundant with shade and water, adorned with cool stone slabs, an extremely delightful place, filled with fragrant flowering trees, and embellished with charming mansions, pavilions, residences, and arched gateways. May the Blessed One accept this from me." Taking a golden pitcher as radiant as newly heated charcoal, filled with fragrant flower-scented water, while offering the Veḷuvana grove, he poured the water into the hands of the Ten-Powered One. At that acceptance of the grove, the great earth trembled, as if dancing, overcome with joy, because "the roots of the Buddha's Dispensation have been planted." Indeed, apart from the Veḷuvana Mahāvihāra in Jambudīpa, there is no other seating arrangement that, when accepted, caused the earth to tremble. Then, the Teacher, having accepted the Veḷuvana grove, gave a Dhamma talk in appreciation of the king's donation of the monastery:

‘‘Āvāsadānassa panānisaṃsaṃ, ko nāma vattuṃ, puriso samattho;

"Who indeed is able to describe the benefit of giving a dwelling,
Other than the Buddhas, the Lords of the world, even with a myriad mouths.

‘‘Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca, varaṃ pasatthaṃ paṭibhānameva;

"He who gives a monastery to the Sangha is said to give,
Long life, beauty, happiness, strength, and excellent eloquence.

‘‘Dātā nivāsassa nivāraṇassa, sītādino jīvitupaddavassa;

"The giver of shelter is a protector,
Against cold and so on, from life's misfortunes;
He protects life, therefore the wise say,
He is a giver of life.

‘‘Accuṇhasīte vasato nivāse, balañca vaṇṇo paṭibhā na hoti;

"One dwelling in places that are too hot or cold lacks,
Strength, beauty, and eloquence;
Therefore, the giver of a monastery gives,
Strength, beauty, and eloquence.

‘‘Dukkhassa sītuṇhasarīsapā ca, vātātapādippabhavassa loke;

"From suffering caused by cold, heat, reptiles, and,
Wind and sun and so on in the world,
The giver of a monastery is always,
A giver of happiness, by giving protection from various things.

‘‘Sītuṇhavātātapaḍaṃsavuṭṭhi, sarīsapāvāḷamigādidukkhaṃ;

"From cold, heat, wind, sun, gnats, rain,
Reptiles, vermin, wild beasts, and other sufferings,
Because the giver of a monastery protects,
Therefore, he finds happiness in the next life.

‘‘Pasannacitto bhavabhogahetuṃ, manobhirāmaṃ mudito vihāraṃ;

"With a serene mind, for the sake of future prosperity,
Delighted, he gives a delightful monastery;
He who gives to those endowed with virtue, such as morality,
Is said to be a giver of all things.

‘‘Pahāya maccheramalaṃ salobhaṃ, guṇālayānaṃ nilayaṃ dadāti;

"Having abandoned the stain of stinginess and greed,
He gives a dwelling to those who are a store of virtues;
Like one thrown there, he is born in heaven by others,
Joyful, as he wishes.

‘‘Vare cārurūpe vihāre uḷāre, naro kāraye vāsaye tattha bhikkhū;

"In an excellent, beautiful, magnificent monastery,
A person should have monks dwell there;
And he should always respectfully give them food and drink and clothing,
With a serene mind."

‘‘Tasmā mahārāja bhavesu bhoge, manorame paccanubhuyya bhiyyo;

"Therefore, great king, having experienced delightful pleasures in existences even more,
Through the fruit of giving a monastery, may you attain peaceful,
Sorrowless happiness later on."

Iccevaṃ munirājā nararājassa bimbisārassa vihāradānānumodanaṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto paramadassanīyāya attano sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇarasasekapiñcharāni viya nagaravanavimānādīni kurumāno anopamāya buddhalīḷāya anantāya buddhasiriyā veḷuvanamahāvihārameva pāvisīti.

Thus, the King of Sages, having given a Dhamma talk in appreciation of King Bimbisāra's donation of the monastery, rose from his seat, and, surrounded by the Sangha of monks, making the city, forests, and mansions and so on appear like they were sprinkled with gold paint with the exceedingly beautiful radiance of his body, entered the Veḷuvana Mahāvihāra with incomparable Buddha-grace and endless Buddha-glory.

‘‘Akīḷane veḷuvane vihāre, tathāgato tattha manobhirāme;

"In the Veḷuvana grove, a place of delight, not for play,
The wise Tathāgata dwelt there, observing those to be trained."

suddhodanamahārājā ‘‘putto me chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ katvā paramābhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko rājagahaṃ patvā veḷuvanamahāvihāre viharatī’’ti sutvā aññataraṃ mahāmaccaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi, bhaṇe, purisasahassaparivāro rājagahaṃ gantvā mama vacanena ‘pitā vo suddhodanamahārājā taṃ daṭṭhukāmo’ti vatvā puttaṃ me gaṇhitvā ehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā purisasahassaparivāro saṭṭhiyojanamaggaṃ gantvā dhammadesanavelāya vihāraṃ pāvisi. So ‘‘tiṭṭhatu tāva raññā pahitasāsana’’nti parisapariyante ṭhito satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yathāṭhitova saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhagavā – ‘‘etha, bhikkhavo’’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Te sabbe taṅkhaṇaññeva iddhimayapattacīvaradharā vassasaṭṭhikattherā viya ākappasampannā hutvā bhagavantaṃ parivāresuṃ. Rājā ‘‘neva gato āgacchati, na ca sāsanaṃ suyyatī’’ti cintetvā teneva nīhārena navakkhattuṃ amacce pesesi. Tesu navasu purisasahassesu ekopi rañño nārocesi, na sāsanaṃ vā pahiṇi. Sabbe arahattaṃ patvāva pabbajiṃsu.

King Suddhodana, having heard that "my son, having practiced strenuous asceticism for six years, having attained supreme enlightenment, having set in motion the excellent Wheel of the Dhamma, having arrived at Rājagaha, dwells in the Veḷuvana Mahāvihāra," addressed a certain great minister: "Come, good sir, go to Rājagaha with a thousand attendants, and tell my son in my words, 'King Suddhodana, your father, wishes to see you. Bring my son to me and come back.'" He replied, "Very well, O King," and, having promised the king, he traveled the sixty-league journey with a thousand attendants, and, during the time of the Dhamma talk, entered the monastery. He thought, "Let the message sent by the king wait for now," and, standing at the edge of the assembly, having heard the Teacher's Dhamma talk, just as he was, together with the thousand attendants, attained arahantship and requested ordination. The Blessed One stretched out his hand, saying, "Etha, bhikkhavo." All of them, at that very moment, with their alms bowls and robes created by psychic power, with their faculties calmed like elders of sixty years, surrounded the Blessed One. The king, thinking, "He neither goes nor comes back, nor is any message heard," sent ministers nine times in the same manner. Not even one of those nine thousand informed the king, nor sent a message. All of them, having attained arahantship, were ordained.

udāyiṃaddasa. So kira rañño sabbatthasādhako amacco abbhantariko ativissāsiko bodhisattena saddhiṃ ekadivaseyeva jāto sahapaṃsukīḷito sahāyo. Atha naṃ rājā āmantesi – ‘‘tāta udāyi, ahaṃ mama puttaṃ daṭṭhukāmo navapurisasahassāni pesesiṃ, ekapurisopi āgantvā sāsanamattampi ārocetā natthi, dujjāno kho pana me jīvitantarāyo, ahaṃ jīvamānova puttaṃ daṭṭhumicchāmi. Sakkhissasi me puttaṃ dassetu’’nti? So ‘‘sakkhissāmi, deva, sace pabbajituṃ labhissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ pabbajitvā vā apabbajitvā vā mayhaṃ puttaṃ dassehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño sāsanaṃ ādāya rājagahaṃ gantvā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā ehibhikkhubhāve patiṭṭhāya phaggunīpuṇṇamāsiyaṃ cintesi – ‘‘atikkanto hemanto, vasantasamayo anuppatto, supupphitā vanasaṇḍā, paṭipajjanakkhamo maggo, kālo dasabalassa ñātisaṅgahaṃ kātu’’nti cintetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā saṭṭhimattāhi gāthāhi bhagavato kulanagaraṃ gamanatthāya gamanavaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇesi –

He saw Udāyi. It seems that this minister, who accomplished all tasks for the king, was intimate, deeply trusted, born on the same day as the Bodhisatta, played together in the dust, and was a friend. Then the king addressed him: "Dear Udāyi, I sent nine thousand men to see my son, but not even one man has come back to report even a message. It is difficult to know when my life might end, but I wish to see my son while I am still alive. Will you be able to show me my son?" He said, "I will be able, O King, if I am allowed to go forth." "Dear one, whether you go forth or not, show me my son." He replied, "Very well, O King," and taking the king's message, went to Rājagaha. Having heard the Dhamma talk of the Teacher, he attained arahatship together with a thousand men, established in the state of ehibhikkhu, in the full-moon of Phagguna, he thought: "The winter is past, the spring season has arrived, the groves are fully blooming, the path is suitable for travel, it is time for the Ten-Powered One to gather his relatives," thinking this, he approached the Blessed One and described the journey for the Blessed One to go to his ancestral city with about sixty verses:

‘‘Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante, phalesino chadanaṃ vippahāya;

"The trees now are like charcoal, Venerable Sir, the fruit-bearing ones have shed their foliage;
They shine as if ablaze, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Dumā vicittā suvirājamānā, rattaṅkureheva ca pallavehi;

"The trees are diverse, beautifully adorned, with shoots like red buds;
Resembling jeweled, radiant pavilions, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Supupphitaggā kusumehi bhūsitā, manuññabhūtā sucisādhugandhā;

"With their tips full of flowers, adorned with blossoms, delightful, pure, and sweetly fragrant;
The trees shine on both sides, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Phalehinekehi samiddhibhūtā, vicittarukkhā ubhatovakāse;

"Rich with various fruits, diverse trees in open spaces;
They dispel hunger and thirst, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicittamālā sucipallavehi, susajjitā morakalāpasannibhā;

"With diverse garlands, with pure shoots, beautifully arranged like peacocks' tails;
The trees shine on both sides, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Virocamānā phalapallavehi, susajjitā vāsanivāsabhūtā;

"Shining with fruits and shoots, beautifully arranged, being a place of residence in the forest;
They refresh beings tired from the journey, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Suphullitaggā vanagumbanissitā, latā anekā suvirājamānā;

"With blossoming tips, entwined in forest thickets, many vines beautifully adorned;
They delight beings like jeweled pavilions, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Latā anekā dumanissitāva, piyehi saddhiṃ sahitā vadhūva;

"Many vines entwined in trees, united like a bride with her beloved;
Enticing with sweetly fragrant scents, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicittanīlādimanuññavaṇṇā, dijā samantā abhikūjamānā;

"Of diverse blue and other pleasing colors, birds chirping all around;
They delight with sweet, melodious sounds, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Migā ca nānā suvirājamānā, uttuṅgakaṇṇā ca manuññanettā;

"And various animals beautifully adorned, with upright ears and pleasing eyes;
They run in all directions, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Manuññabhūtā ca mahī samantā, virājamānā haritāva saddalā;

"The earth is delightful all around, adorned with green grass;
With flowering trees adorned like a diadem, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Susajjitā muttamayāva vālukā, susaṇṭhitā cārusuphassadātā;

"The sand is beautifully arranged like made of pearls, well-placed, giving a pleasant touch;
They illuminate all directions, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Samaṃ suphassaṃ sucibhūmibhāgaṃ, manuññapupphodayagandhavāsitaṃ;

"With even, pleasant, pure ground, fragrant with delightful flower scents;
Shining, pure, and beautifully adorned, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Susajjitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva, vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ;

"Beautifully arranged like the Nandana Grove, adorned with diverse groves of trees;
Fragrant, and the forest is delightful, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Sarā vicittā vividhā manoramā, susajjitā paṅkajapuṇḍarīkā;

"The ponds are diverse, varied, and charming, adorned with lotuses and water lilies;
Filled with clear, cool, and delightful water, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Suphullanānāvidhapaṅkajehi, virājamānā sucigandhagandhā;

"Shining with fully blooming diverse lotuses, fragrant with pure scents;
They gladden humans and gods, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Suphullapaṅkeruhasannisinnā, dijā samantā mabhinādayantā;

"Settled on fully blooming lotuses, birds chirping all around;
They rejoice with their mates, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Suphullapupphehi rajaṃ gahetvā, alī vidhāvanti vikūjamānā;

"Having taken pollen from the full-bloomed flowers, bees run about humming;
The scent of honey wafts in every direction, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Abhinnanādā madavāraṇā ca, girīhi dhāvanti ca vāridhārā;

"Unbroken in sound are the intoxicated elephants, and streams run from the mountains;
The rivers flow beautifully adorned, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Girī samantāva padissamānā, mayūragīvā iva nīlavaṇṇā;

"The mountains appear all around, blue in color like peacocks' necks;
They illuminate the directions like lords of the realm, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Mayūrasaṅghā girimuddhanasmiṃ, naccanti nārīhi samaṅgibhūtā;

"Flocks of peacocks on the mountain peaks, dance together with their mates;
They sing in various sweet tones, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Suvādikā nekadijā manuññā, vicittapattehi virājamānā;

"Sweet-sounding various delightful birds, adorned with diverse feathers;
Standing on the mountain, they resound, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Suphullapupphākaramābhikiṇṇā, sugandhanānādalalaṅkatā ca;

"Scattered with full-bloomed flowering trees, adorned with various fragrant leaves;
The mountains shine in all directions, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Jalāsayā nekasugandhagandhā, surindauyyānajalāsayāva;

"The reservoirs are filled with various fragrant scents, like the reservoirs in the garden of the King of Gods;
The rivers flow beautifully adorned, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicittatitthehi alaṅkatā ca, manuññanānāmigapakkhipāsā;

"Adorned with diverse bathing places, with delightful various animals and flocks of birds;
The rivers shine gently flowing, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Ubhosu passesu jalāsayesu, supupphitā cārusugandharukkhā;

"On both sides of the reservoirs, are beautifully flowering, charming, fragrant trees;
With adorned tips, like beautiful celestial maidens, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Sugandhanānādumajālakiṇṇaṃ, vanaṃ vicittaṃ suranandanaṃva;

"Filled with fragrant diverse tree thickets, the forest is diverse like the Nandana of the gods;
Delightful to the mind, always to those who travel, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Sampannanānāsuciannapānā, sabyañjanā sādurasena yuttā;

"Rich with diverse pure foods and drinks, complete with dishes, endowed with delicious flavors;
Easily available and delightful on the paths and in the villages, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Virājitā āsi mahī samantā, vicittavaṇṇā kusumāsanassa;

"The earth is adorned all around, with diverse-colored flower arrangements;
Adorned with night watchmen, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Visuddhasaddhādiguṇehi yuttā, sambuddharājaṃ abhipatthayantā;

"Endowed with pure faith and other virtues, longing for the Buddha-King;
Many people are there all around, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicitraārāmasupokkharañño, vicitranānāpadumehi channā;

"Diverse parks and lovely ponds, covered with diverse lotuses;
The stalks exude a flavor like milk, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicitranīlacchadanenalaṅkatā, manuññarukkhā ubhatovakāse;

"Adorned with diverse blue foliage, delightful trees on both sides;
Having risen, being a multitude of seven, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicitranīlabbhamivāyataṃ vanaṃ, surindaloke iva nandanaṃ vanaṃ;

"Like a diverse blue cloud, the extended forest, like the Nandana forest in the world of the King of Gods;
Flowers of all seasons, wholesome and fragrant, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Subhañjasaṃ yojanayojanesu, subhikkhagāmā sulabhā manuññā;

"With easily available alms in every yojana, villages are easily obtained and delightful;
Crowded with people, easily available food and drink, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Pahūtachāyūdakarammabhūtā, nivāsinaṃ sabbasukhappadātā;

"Abundant with shade, water, and delightful places, giving all happiness to the residents;
With spacious halls and many meeting places, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitā, manuññauyyānasupokkharañño;

"Adorned with diverse groves of trees, delightful parks, and lovely ponds;
Well-measured, with wholesome, fragrant scents, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vāto mudūsītalasādhurūpo, nabhā ca abbhā vigatā samantā;

"The wind is gentle, cool, and of pleasant nature, and the clouds have dispersed all around;
And all the directions shine, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Pathe rajonuggamanatthameva, rattiṃ pavassanti ca mandavuṭṭhī;

"To suppress the dust on the path, gentle rains fall at night;
And the sun in the sky is of gentle heat, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Madappabāhā madahatthisaṅghā, kareṇusaṅghehi sukīḷayanti;

"Streams of intoxicated elephants, herds of elephants sporting with herds of female elephants;
They run in the directions, roaring, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vanaṃ sunīlaṃ abhidassanīyaṃ, nīlabbhakūṭaṃ iva rammabhūtaṃ;

"The forest is very blue, beautiful to behold, delightful, like a range of blue clouds;
Very astonishing to those who look upon it, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Visuddhamabbhaṃ gaganaṃ surammaṃ, maṇimayehi samalaṅkatāva;

"The sky is pure and delightful, adorned as if with jewels;
And all the directions shine exceedingly, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Gandhabbavijjādharakinnarā ca, sugītiyantā madhurassarena;

"Gandhabbas, vijjādharas, and kinnaras, singing with sweet voices;
Wander in that delightful forest, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Kilesasaṅghassa bhitāsakehi, tapassisaṅghehi nisevitaṃ vanaṃ;

"The forest is frequented by those who have shattered the multitude of defilements, and by groups of ascetics;
Abounding in monasteries and parks, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Samiddhinānāphalino vanantā, anākulā niccamanobhirammā;

"The edges of the forest are rich with diverse fruits, undisturbed, always delightful to the mind;
They increase the joy of samādhi, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Nisevitaṃ nekadijehi niccaṃ, gāmena gāmaṃ satataṃ vasantā;

"Constantly frequented by various birds, dwelling constantly from village to village;
Excellent villages and towns are there, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vatthannapānaṃ sayanāsanañca, gandhañca mālañca vilepanañca;

"Clothing, food, beds, and seats, perfumes, garlands, and ointments;
The people there are rich and numerous, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Puññiddhiyā sabbayasaggapattā, janā ca tasmiṃ sukhitā samiddhā;

"Having attained all fame through merit, the people there are happy and prosperous;
Possessing abundant wealth, they dwell in various ways, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Nabhe ca abbhā suvisuddhavaṇṇā, disā ca cando suvirājitova;

"And the clouds in the sky are of very pure color, and the moon shines beautifully in the directions;
And at night, the wind is gentle and cool, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Canduggame sabbajanā pahaṭṭhā, sakaṅgaṇe citrakathā vadantā;

"At moonrise, all the people are delighted, telling stories in the courtyards;
They rejoice together with their loved ones, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi nabhaṃ viroci, mahī ca saṃsuddhamanuññavaṇṇā;

"The sky shines with the moon's rays, and the earth is of pure, delightful color;
And all the directions are of purified form, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Dūre ca disvā varacandaraṃsiṃ, pupphiṃsu pupphāni mahītalasmiṃ;

"Having seen the excellent moonlight from afar, flowers have blossomed on the surface of the earth;
Everywhere is filled with the qualities of fragrance, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi vilimpitāva, mahī samantā kusumenalaṅkatā;

"The earth is anointed with the moon's rays, adorned with flowers all around;
It shines like a woman adorned with all ornaments, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Kucanti hatthīpi madena mattā, vicittapiñchā ca dijā samantā;

"Even the elephants roar, intoxicated with pride, and the diverse-feathered birds all around;
Make sounds in the delightful forest, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Pathañca sabbaṃ paṭipajjanakkhamaṃ, iddhañca raṭṭhaṃ sadhanaṃ sabhogaṃ;

"And the entire path is suitable for travel, the kingdom is prosperous, wealthy, and affluent;
Praised everywhere, giving all happiness, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vanañca sabbaṃ suvicittarūpaṃ, sumāpitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva;

"And the entire forest is of diverse beauty, well-measured, like the Nandana Grove;
It constantly generates joy for the ascetics, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Alaṅkataṃ devapuraṃva rammaṃ, kapīlavatthuṃ iti nāmadheyyaṃ;

"Adorned like the delightful city of the gods, Kapilavatthu is its name;
The ancestral city here is splendid, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Manuññaaṭṭālavicittarūpaṃ, suphullapaṅkeruhasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ;

"Delightful, with diverse ramparts, adorned with groves of full-bloomed lotuses;
The city is delightful with diverse moats, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Vicittapākārañca toraṇañca, subhaṅgaṇaṃ devanivāsabhūtaṃ;

"With diverse ramparts and gateways, a beautiful place, a dwelling of the gods;
The delightful streets are like the world of the gods, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Alaṅkatā sākiyarājaputtā, virājamānā varabhūsanehi;

"The Sakyan princes are adorned, shining with excellent ornaments;
Like the sons of gods in the world of the King of Gods, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Suddhodano munivaraṃ abhidassanāya, amaccaputte dasadhā apesayi;

"Suddhodana sent the minister's sons ten times to see the excellent Sage;
With a great force, O Chief of Sages, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Nevāgataṃ passati neva vācaṃ, sokābhibhūtaṃ naravīraseṭṭhaṃ;

"He sees no one arriving, nor any word, overcome with grief, the best of men;
I wish to please that lord of men, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Taṃdassanenabbhutapītirāsi, udikkhamānaṃ dvipadānamindaṃ;

"By seeing him, a mass of wondrous joy, gazing upwards at the Leader of bipeds;
Please him, O Sage, Best of Virtues, it is time, Great Hero, for the Aṅgīrasas.

‘‘Āsāya kassate khettaṃ, bījaṃ āsāya vappati;

"With hope, one cultivates the field, with hope, one sows the seed;
With hope, merchants go to sea, seeking wealth;
The hope by which I stand, may that hope be fulfilled for me.

‘‘Nātisītaṃ nātiuṇhaṃ, nātidubbhikkhachātakaṃ;

"Not too cold, not too hot, not too much famine or starvation;
The ground is grassy and green, this is the time, Great Sage."

gamiyavattaṃpūressantī’’ti āha. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti thero bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocesi.

He said, "fulfilling the Gamiyavatta." "Good, Venerable Sir," the Elder announced to the Sangha of monks.

Satthā aṅgamagadhavāsīnaṃ kulaputtānaṃ dasahi sahassehi, kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ dasahi sahassehīti sabbeheva vīsatiyā khīṇāsavabhikkhusahassehi parivuto rājagahā nikkhamitvā divase divase yojanaṃ yojanaṃ gacchanto dvīhi māsehi kapilavatthupuraṃ sampāpuṇi. Sākiyāpi anuppatteyeva bhagavati – ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhaṃ passissāmā’’ti bhagavato vasanaṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsamānā ‘‘nigrodhasakkassārāmo ramaṇīyo’’ti sallakkhetvā sabbaṃ paṭijagganavidhiṃ kāretvā gandhapupphahatthā paccuggamanaṃ karontā sabbālaṅkārehi samalaṅkatagattā gandhapupphacuṇṇādīhi pūjayamānā bhagavantaṃ purakkhatvā nigrodhārāmameva agamaṃsu.

The Teacher, surrounded by twenty thousand perfected monks—ten thousand from Anga and Magadha, and ten thousand from Kapilavatthu—departed from Rajagaha. Traveling a yojana each day, he arrived at Kapilavatthu in two months. The Sakyans, hearing of the Buddha's arrival and desiring to see their foremost kinsman, inquired about a suitable residence for him. Considering the Nigrodha Park to be delightful, they had all preparations made. Then, with fragrant flowers in hand, adorned in all their finery, and scattering fragrant powders and flowers, they went forth to greet the Buddha and escorted him to the Nigrodha Park.

Tatra bhagavā vīsatiyā khīṇāsavasahassehi parivuto paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdi. Sākiyā pana mānajātikā mānatthaddhā, ‘‘siddhatthakumāro amhehi daharataro, amhākaṃ kaniṭṭho bhātā, putto, bhāgineyyo, nattā’’ti cintetvā daharadahare rājakumāre āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhe vandatha, mayaṃ tumhākaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito nisīdissāmā’’ti. Tesvevaṃ nisinnesu bhagavā tesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘ime ñātakā attano moghajiṇṇabhāvena na maṃ vandanti, na panete jānanti ‘buddho nāma kīdiso, buddhabalaṃ nāma kīdisa’nti vā, ‘buddho nāma ediso, buddhabalaṃ nāma edisa’nti vā, handāhaṃ attano buddhabalaṃ iddhibalañca dassento pāṭihāriyañca kareyyaṃ, ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ caṅkamaṃ māpetvā tattha caṅkamanto mahājanassa ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā dhammañca deseyya’’nti cintesi. Tena vuttaṃ saṅgītikārakehi bhagavato parivitakkadassanatthaṃ –

There, the Blessed One, surrounded by twenty thousand perfected ones, sat on the excellent Buddha-seat prepared for him. The Sakyans, however, were proud by nature and conceited. Thinking, "Siddhattha Kumara is younger than us; he is our younger brother, son, nephew, and grandson," they instructed the younger princes, "You should pay homage; we will sit behind you." Seeing their disposition, the Blessed One thought, "These relatives, due to their vain old age, do not pay homage to me. They do not know what a Buddha is like, or what the power of a Buddha is like. Let me display my Buddhic power and psychic power by creating a jeweled walkway in the sky, extending over ten thousand world-systems, and while walking there, observe the inclinations of the people and teach them the Dhamma." Therefore, the compilers of the Saṅgīti said, to show the Blessed One's deliberation:

3.

3.

‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ kīdisako naruttamo;

"These, with gods and men, do not know what kind of Buddha this is, the best of men;
What psychic power and wisdom-power, what Buddha-power for the good of the world.

4.

4.

‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ edisako naruttamo;

"These, with gods and men, do not know what kind of Buddha this is, the best of men;
What psychic power and wisdom-power, what Buddha-power for the good of the world.

5.

5.

‘‘Handāhaṃ dassayissāmi, buddhabalamanuttaraṃ;

"Come, I will show the unsurpassed Buddha-power;
I will create a jeweled walkway in the sky."

na hete jānantīti na hi ete jānanti.Na-kāro paṭisedhattho.Hi-kāro kāraṇatthe nipāto. Yasmā panete mama ñātiādayo devamanussā mayā buddhabale ca iddhibale ca anāvikate na jānanti ‘‘ediso buddho, edisaṃ iddhibala’’nti, tasmā ahaṃ mama buddhabalañca iddhibalañca dasseyyanti attho.Sadevamānusāti ettha devāti upapattidevā adhippetā. Saha devehīti sadevā. Ke te? Mānusā, sadevā eva mānusā sadevamānusā. Atha vādevoti sammutidevo, suddhodano rājā adhippeto. Saha devena raññā suddhodanenāti sadevā.Mānusāti ñātimānusā, sadevā sasuddhodanā mānusā sadevamānusā sarājāno vā ete mama ñātimānusā mama balaṃ na vijānantīti attho. Sesadevāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchantiyeva. Sabbepi devā devanaṭṭhena ‘‘devā’’ti vuccanti. Devanaṃ nāma dhātuattho kīḷādi. Atha vā devā ca mānusā ca devamānusā, saha devamānusehi sadevamānusā. Ke te? Lokāti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo.Buddhoti catusaccadhamme buddho anubuddhoti buddho. Yathāha –

Na hete jānanti: These do not know. The particle na is for negation. The particle hi is a particle indicating reason. Because these relatives of mine, gods and humans, do not know, since Buddhic power and psychic power have not been revealed by me, "Such is the Buddha, such is psychic power," therefore, I should show my Buddhic power and psychic power; this is the meaning. Sadevamānusā: Here, deva refers to the gods of rebirth. Saha devehi, with the gods, is sadevā. Who are they? Mānusā, humans. Sadevā eva mānusā, gods together with humans are sadevamānusā. Or, deva means the conventional god, King Suddhodana is intended. Saha devena raññā Suddhodanena, with the god, King Suddhodana, is sadevā. Mānusā means the human relatives; sadevā sasuddhodanā mānusā, humans with Suddhodana are sadevamānusā, or these royal relatives of mine do not know my power; this is the meaning. The remaining gods are also included. All gods are called "devā" because of the act of playing. Devanā means the root meaning is playing, etc. Alternatively, gods and humans are devamānusā, with gods and humans is sadevamānusā. Who are they? The rest of the sentence, "of the world," should be understood. Buddho: Buddha because of being awakened to the Four Noble Truths, enlightened, awakened is Buddha. As it was said:

‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ;

"What should be known is known, what should be developed is developed;
What should be abandoned is abandoned by me, therefore, I am Buddha, Brahmin." (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 563);

Kīdisakoti kīdiso kiṃsarikkhako kiṃsadiso kiṃvaṇṇo kiṃsaṇṭhāno dīgho vā rasso vāti attho.

Kīdisako: What kind, what sort, what like, what color, what shape, long or short; this is the meaning.

Naruttamoti narānaṃ naresu vā uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti naruttamo.Iddhibalanti ettha ijjhanaṃ iddhi nipphattiatthena paṭilābhaṭṭhena ca iddhi. Atha vā ijjhanti tāya sattā iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti iddhi. Sā pana dasavidhā hoti. Yathāha –

Naruttamo: Best, excellent, foremost among men or in men is naruttamo. Iddhibala: Here, ijjhanaṃ iddhi, success is iddhi, iddhi in the sense of accomplishment and attainment is iddhi. Or, beings are successful, prosper, attain eminence by it is iddhi. This is of ten kinds. As it was said:

‘‘Iddhiyoti dasa iddhiyo. Katamā dasa? Adhiṭṭhānā iddhi, vikubbanā iddhi, manomayā iddhi, ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, samādhivipphārā iddhi, ariyā iddhi, kammavipākajā iddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayā iddhi, tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.10).

"Iddhi is ten kinds of iddhi. Which ten? Iddhi by determination, iddhi by transformation, mind-made iddhi, iddhi by expansion of knowledge, iddhi by expansion of concentration, noble iddhi, iddhi born of the result of karma, iddhi of the meritorious, iddhi consisting of knowledge, iddhi through success in each particular case due to right effort" (paṭi. ma. 3.10).

adhiṭṭhānā iddhināma. Tassāyamattho – abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya sace sataṃ icchati ‘‘sataṃ homi, sataṃ homī’’ti kāmāvacaraparikammacittehi parikammaṃ katvā puna abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya puna āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhāti, adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva sataṃ hoti. Sahassādīsupi eseva nayo.

Adhiṭṭhānā iddhi: Its meaning is this: Having attained the fourth jhāna that is the basis for the higher knowledges, and then rising from it, if one wishes for a hundred, doing preparatory work with mind-moment of the desire realm, "May I be a hundred, may I be a hundred," then again attaining the jhāna that is the basis for the higher knowledges, and then rising from it, again adverting and determining, one becomes a hundred with the determining mind. The same method applies for thousands, etc.

vikubbaniddhināma.

Vikubbaniddhi:

manomayiddhināma.

Manomayiddhi:

ñāṇavipphāro iddhināma. Āyasmato bākulassa ca āyasmato saṃkiccassa ca ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, tesaṃ vatthu cettha kathetabbaṃ (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.226).

Ñāṇavipphāro iddhi: The iddhi by expansion of knowledge of the venerable Bākula and the venerable Saṃkicca, their stories should be told here (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.226).

samādhivipphārā iddhināma. Āyasmato sāriputtassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (udā. 34), āyasmato sañjīvassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (ma. ni. 1.507), āyasmato khāṇukoṇḍaññassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.khāṇukoṇḍaññattheravatthu), uttarāya upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.uttarāupāsikāvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.262), sāmāvatiyā upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhīti (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.260-261) tesaṃ vatthūnettha kathetabbāni, ganthavitthāradosaparihāratthaṃ pana mayā na vitthāritāni.

Samādhivipphārā iddhi: The iddhi by expansion of concentration of the venerable Sāriputta (udā. 34), the iddhi by expansion of concentration of the venerable Sañjīva (ma. ni. 1.507), the iddhi by expansion of concentration of the venerable Khāṇukoṇḍañña (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.khāṇukoṇḍaññattheravatthu), the iddhi by expansion of concentration of Uttarā the female lay follower (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.uttarāupāsikāvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.262), the iddhi by expansion of concentration of Sāmāvatī the female lay follower (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.260-261), their stories should be told here, but they have not been elaborated by me to avoid the fault of excessive length.

ariyā iddhināma.

Ariyā iddhi:

kammavipākajā iddhināma. Katamā puññavato iddhi? Rājā cakkavattī vehāsaṃ gacchati saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Jaṭilakassa gahapatissa asītihattho suvaṇṇapabbato nibbatti. Ayaṃpuññavato iddhināma. Ghosakassa gahapatino (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.kumbhaghosakaseṭṭhivatthu) sattasu ṭhānesu māraṇatthāya upakkame katepi arogabhāvopuññavato iddhi. Meṇḍakaseṭṭhissa (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.meṇḍakaseṭṭhivatthu) aṭṭhakarīsamatte padese sattaratanamayānaṃ meṇḍakānaṃ pātubhāvopuññavato iddhi.

Kammavipākajā iddhi: What is the iddhi of the meritorious? A wheel-turning king goes through the sky with his fourfold army. For Jaṭilakassa the householder, a golden mountain eighty cubits high arose. This is the iddhi of the meritorious. For Ghosaka the householder (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.kumbhaghosakaseṭṭhivatthu), even when attempts were made to kill him in seven places, his being free from disease is the iddhi of the meritorious. For Meṇḍakaseṭṭhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.meṇḍakaseṭṭhivatthu), the appearance of rams made of the seven precious substances in an area of eight karīsas is the iddhi of the meritorious.

vijjāmayā iddhināma. Taṃ taṃ kammaṃ katvā nibbatto viseso ‘sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’ti ayaṃtattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhināma. Imissā dasavidhāya iddhiyā balaṃ iddhibalaṃ nāma, idaṃ mayhaṃ iddhibalaṃ na jānantīti attho (visuddhi. 2.375 ādayo).

Vijjāmayā iddhi: The distinction brought about by doing that particular action, 'iddhi through success in each particular case due to right effort,' this is iddhi through success in each particular case due to right effort. The power of this ten-fold iddhi is called psychic power; they do not know my psychic power; this is the meaning (visuddhi. 2.375 ff.).

Paññābalanti sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇavisesadāyakaṃ arahattamaggapaññābalaṃ adhippetaṃ, tampi ete na jānanti. Keci ‘‘channaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ paññābala’’nti vadanti.Buddhabalanti ettha buddhabalaṃ nāma buddhānubhāvo, dasabalañāṇāni vā. Tattha dasabalañāṇāni nāma ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ, atītānāgatapaccuppannakammavipākajānanañāṇaṃ, sabbatthagāminipaṭipadāñāṇaṃ, anekadhātunānādhātulokajānanañāṇaṃ, nānādhimuttikañāṇaṃ, āsayānusayañāṇaṃ, jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānesu yathābhūtañāṇaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ, cutūpapātañāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayañāṇanti imāni dasa. Imesaṃ dasannaṃ ñāṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ buddhabalanti.Edisanti īdisaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho.

Paññābala: Wisdom-power refers to the power of the wisdom of the path of Arahatship, which bestows all worldly and supramundane qualities; they do not know that either. Some say, "This is a designation for the six uncommon knowledges, wisdom-power." Buddhabala: Here, Buddhic power is the Buddha's influence, or the ten powers of knowledge. There, the ten powers of knowledge are: knowledge of what is possible as possible and what is impossible as impossible, knowledge of the results of past, future, and present actions, knowledge of the path leading to all destinations, knowledge of the world with its many elements and different elements, knowledge of the different inclinations of beings, knowledge of the dispositions and underlying tendencies of beings, knowledge of the defilement, purification, and emergence in regard to the jhānas, liberations, concentrations, and attainments, knowledge of the recollection of past lives, knowledge of the passing away and rebirth of beings, knowledge of the destruction of the āsavas; these are the ten. Buddhic power is a designation for these ten knowledges. Edisa: Such, or this is the very reading.

Handāti vavassaggatthe nipāto.Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā panete mama ñātakā buddhabalaṃ vā buddhaguṇe vā na jānanti, kevalaṃ attano moghajiṇṇabhāvaṃ nissāya mānavasena sabbalokajeṭṭhaseṭṭhaṃ maṃ na vandanti. Tasmā tesaṃ mānaketu atthi, taṃ bhañjitvā vandanatthaṃ buddhabalaṃ dasseyyanti vuttaṃ hoti.Dassayissāmīti dasseyyaṃ. ‘‘Dassessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho.Buddhabalanti buddhānubhāvaṃ, buddhañāṇavisesaṃ vā.Anuttaranti niruttaraṃ.Caṅkamanti caṅkamitabbaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati.Māpayissāmīti māpeyyaṃ. ‘‘Caṅkamanaṃ māpessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho.Nabheti ākāse.Sabbaratanamaṇḍitanti sabbehi ratijananaṭṭhena ratanehi muttā-maṇi-veḷuriya-saṅkha-silā-pavāḷa-rajata-suvaṇṇa-masāragalla-lohitaṅkehi dasahi dasahi maṇḍito alaṅkato sabbaratanamaṇḍito, taṃ sabbaratanamaṇḍitaṃ. ‘‘Nabhe ratanamaṇḍita’’nti paṭhanti keci.

Handā: A particle in the sense of invitation. Ahaṃ: Indicates oneself. What is said? Because these relatives of mine do not know the Buddhic power or the qualities of the Buddha, and relying only on their own vain old age, they do not pay homage to me, who am the eldest and best in all the world, therefore, there is a banner of pride for them; it is said that Buddhic power should be shown to break that and for the sake of paying homage. Dassayissāmī: I will show. "Dassessāmī" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. Buddhabala: Buddhic influence, or a special Buddha-knowledge. Anuttara: Unsurpassed. Caṅkama: Is called the place for pacing up and down. Māpayissāmī: I will create. "Caṅkamanaṃ māpessāmī" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. Nabhe: In the sky. Sabbaratanamaṇḍita: Adorned, decorated with all jewels—pearls, gems, lapis lazuli, conch shells, stones, coral, silver, gold, masāragalla, and lohitaṅka—because of giving rise to delight, adorned with these ten and ten, sabbaratanamaṇḍita, that which is adorned with all jewels. Some read "Nabhe ratanamaṇḍita."

Athevaṃ bhagavatā cintitamatte dasasahassacakkavāḷavāsino bhummādayo devā pamuditahadayā sādhukāramadaṃsu. Tamatthaṃ pakāsentehi saṅgītikārakehi –

Then, as soon as the Blessed One thought this, the earth-dwelling gods and others dwelling in the ten thousand world-systems, with joyful hearts, gave their approval. The compilers of the Saṅgīti, in order to reveal that meaning, said:

6.

6.

‘‘Bhummā mahārājikā tāvatiṃsā, yāmā ca devā tusitā ca nimmitā;

"The earth-dwellers, the Great Kings, the Tāvatiṃsa gods, the Yāma gods, the Tusita gods, the Nimmita gods;
The Paranimmita gods and those of the Brahma-body, rejoiced and made a great noise." –

Ādigāthāyo ṭhapitāti veditabbā.

The opening verses are to be understood as having been placed.

bhummāti bhummaṭṭhā, pāsāṇapabbatavanarukkhādīsu ṭhitā.Mahārājikāti mahārājapakkhikā. Bhummaṭṭhānaṃ devatānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā ākāsaṭṭhakadevatā, tato abbhavalāhakā devatā, tato uṇhavalāhakā devatā, tato sītavalāhakā devatā, tato vassavalāhakā devatā, tato vātavalāhakā devatā, tato cattāro mahārājāno, tato tāvatiṃsā, tato yāmā, tato tusitā, tato nimmānaratī, tato paranimmitavasavattī, tato brahmakāyikā, tato brahmapurohitā, tato mahābrahmāno, tato parittābhā, tato appamāṇābhā, tato ābhassarā, tato parittasubhā, tato appamāṇasubhā, tato subhakiṇhā, tato vehapphalā, tato avihā, tato atappā, tato sudassā, tato sudassī, tato akaniṭṭhā devatā saddaṃ sutvā mahantaṃ saddaṃ akaṃsu. Asaññino ca arūpāvacarasatte ca ṭhapetvā sotāyatanapavattiṭṭhāne sabbe devamanussanāgādayo pītivasaṃ gatahadayā ukkuṭṭhisaddamakaṃsūti attho.Ānanditāti pamuditahadayā, sañjātapītisomanassā hutvāti attho.Vipulanti puthulaṃ.

Bhummā: Dwelling on the earth, situated on stones, mountains, forests, trees, etc. Mahārājikā: Belonging to the Great Kings. Having heard the sound of the earth-dwelling deities, the deities dwelling in the sky, then the cloud deities, then the hot-cloud deities, then the cold-cloud deities, then the rain-cloud deities, then the wind-cloud deities, then the Four Great Kings, then the Tāvatiṃsa gods, then the Yāma gods, then the Tusita gods, then the Nimmānarati gods, then the Paranimmita-vasavattī gods, then the Brahmakāyika gods, then the Brahmapurohita gods, then the Mahābrahmā gods, then the Parittābhā gods, then the Appamāṇābhā gods, then the Ābhassara gods, then the Parittasubhā gods, then the Appamāṇasubhā gods, then the Subhakiṇhā gods, then the Vehapphalā gods, then the Avihā gods, then the Atappā gods, then the Sudassā gods, then the Sudassī gods, then the Akaniṭṭha gods, having heard the sound, made a great noise. Except for the non-percipient beings and the beings of the formless realms, all the gods, humans, nāgas, etc., in places where the sense-sphere of hearing operates, with hearts overcome with joy, made a shout of approval; this is the meaning. Ānanditā: With joyful hearts, having become full of joy and happiness; this is the meaning. Vipula: Extensive.

Atha satthā cintitasamanantarameva odātakasiṇasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā – ‘‘dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu āloko hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva āloko ahosi pathavito paṭṭhāya yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā. Tena vuttaṃ –

Then, immediately after the Teacher thought this, having attained the white kasiṇa-samāpatti, he determined, "May there be light in ten thousand world-systems." With that determining thought, light arose from the earth up to the Akaniṭṭha heaven. Therefore, it was said:

7.

7.

‘‘Obhāsitā ca pathavī sadevakā, puthū ca lokantarikā asaṃvutā;

"And the earth was illuminated, along with the world of gods, and the vast, unconcealed realms between the worlds;
And the intense darkness then vanished, having seen the amazing miracle."

obhāsitāti pakāsitā.Pathavīti etthāyaṃ pathavī catubbidhā – kakkhaḷapathavī, sasambhārapathavī, nimittapathavī, sammutipathavīti. Tāsu ‘‘katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigata’’ntiādīsu (vibha. 173) vuttā ayaṃkakkhaḷapathavīnāma. ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu pathaviṃ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā’’tiādīsu (pāci. 85) vuttā sasambhārapathavī, ye ca kesādayo vīsati koṭṭhāsā, ayolohādayo ca bāhirā; sāpi vaṇṇādīhi sambhārehi saddhiṃ pathavītisasambhārapathavīnāma. ‘‘Pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānātī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.360)nimittapathavī‘‘ārammaṇapathavī’’tipi vuccati. Pathavīkasiṇajhānalābhī devaloke nibbatto āgamanavasena ‘‘pathavīdevo’’ti nāmaṃ labhati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘āpo ca devā pathavī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.340) ayaṃsammutipathavī,paññattipathavī nāmāti veditabbā. Idha pana sasambhārapathavī adhippetā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.2 pathavīvāravaṇṇanā).

Obhāsitā: Illuminated. Pathavī: Here, this earth is of four kinds: hard earth, earth with its constituents, symbolic earth, conventional earth. Among them, this hard earth is the one mentioned in "What, friend, is the internal earth element? That which is internal, individual, hard, solid," etc. (vibha. 173). The earth with its constituents is the one mentioned in "Whatever bhikkhu should dig the earth or have it dug," etc. (pāci. 85), and the twenty parts such as hair, etc., and external iron, etc.; that too, along with its constituents such as color, etc., is called earth; that is earth with its constituents. Symbolic earth is the one mentioned in "One perceives the earth kasiṇa" (dī. ni. 3.360), also called "earth as object." A deva born in the deva-world through gaining jhāna based on the earth kasiṇa obtains the name "earth deva" by way of designation. This was said, "Water devas and earth" (dī. ni. 2.340). This is to be understood as conventional earth, also called earth by way of concept. Here, earth with its constituents is intended (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.2 pathavīvāravaṇṇanā).

Sadevakāti sadevalokā. ‘‘Sadevatā’’tipi pāṭho atthi ce sundarataraṃ, sadevako manussaloko obhāsitoti attho.Puthūti bahū.Lokantarikāti asurakāyanarakānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tā pana tiṇṇaṃ cakkavāḷānaṃ antarā ekā lokantarikā hoti, tiṇṇaṃ sakaṭacakkānaṃ aññamaññaṃ āhacca ṭhitānaṃ majjhe okāso viya ekeko lokantarikanirayo, parimāṇato aṭṭhayojanasahasso hoti.Asaṃvutāti heṭṭhā appatiṭṭhā.Tamo cāti andhakāro.Tibboti bahalo ghano. Candimasūriyālokābhāvato niccandhakārova hoti.Vihatoti viddhasto.Tadāti yadā pana bhagavā sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca pāṭihāriyakaraṇatthaṃ ālokaṃ phari, tadā so tamo tibbo lokantarikāsu ṭhito, vihato viddhasto ahosīti attho.

Sadevakā means with the world of gods. “Sadevatā” is also a reading; if so, it is more beautiful, meaning the world of humans is illuminated together with the gods. Puthū means many. Lokantarikā is a designation for the hell of asura-beings; there is one Lokantarika between three world-systems, like a space amidst three cartwheels placed striking one another; each Lokantarika-niraya is like that, measuring eighty thousand yojanas. Asaṃvutā means without foundation below. Tamo cā means darkness. Tibbo means thick, dense. Because of the absence of moonlight and sunlight, it is always complete darkness. Vihato means destroyed, shattered. Tadā means, when the Blessed One, regarding compassion for beings, spread light for the purpose of performing a miracle, then that darkness, thick and situated in the Lokantarikas, was vihato, destroyed, shattered.

Accherakanti accharāpaharaṇayoggaṃ, vimhayavasena aṅgulīhi paharaṇayogganti attho.Pāṭihīranti paṭipakkhaharaṇato pāṭihīraṃ. Paṭiharati sattānaṃ diṭṭhimānopagatāni cittānīti vā pāṭihīraṃ, appasannānaṃ sattānaṃ pasādaṃ paṭiāharatīti vā pāṭihīraṃ. ‘‘Pāṭihera’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Ettha ālokavidhānavisesassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.Disvāna accherakaṃpāṭihīranti ettha devā ca manussā ca lokantarikāsu nibbattasattāpi ca taṃ bhagavato pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā paramappītisomanassaṃ agamaṃsūti idaṃ vacanaṃ āharitvā attho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā na pubbena vā paraṃ, na parena vā pubbaṃ yujjati.

Accherakanti worthy of snapping the fingers, meaning worthy of snapping with the fingers due to amazement. Pāṭihīranti is a miracle because it removes opposition. Or, pāṭihīraṃ, because it restrains the minds of beings overcome by wrong views and pride; or pāṭihīraṃ, because it brings serenity to beings who are not serene. “Pāṭihera” is also a reading; the meaning is the same. Here, it is a designation for the special arrangement of light. Disvāna accherakaṃ pāṭihīra means, here one should understand the meaning by bringing in the statement that devas, humans, and beings born in the Lokantarikas, having seen that miracle of the Blessed One, attained supreme joy and gladness; otherwise, it does not fit with what precedes or what follows, nor with what follows or what precedes.

Idāni na kevalaṃ manussalokesuyeva āloko atthi, sabbattha tividhepi saṅkhārasattokāsasaṅkhāte loke ālokoyevāti dassanatthaṃ –

Now, to show that light exists not only in the human world, but everywhere in the world, which is designated as threefold—saṅkhāra, beings, and space:

8.

8.

‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase,

"A great and vast radiance arose in the world together with devas, gandhabbas, humans, and ogres; in this world, in the next, and in both; below, above, and across." - this verse was spoken;

devāti sammutidevā upapattidevā visuddhidevāti sabbepi devā idha saṅgahitā. Devā ca gandhabbā ca manussā ca rakkhasā ca devagandhabbamanussarakkhasā. Saha devagandhabbamanussarakkhasehītisadevagandhabbamanussarakkhaso. Ko pana so? Loko, tasmiṃ sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase loke.Ābhāti āloko.Uḷārāti etthāyaṃ uḷāra-saddo madhuraseṭṭhavipulādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘uḷārāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni khādanti bhuñjantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.366) madhure dissati. ‘‘Uḷārāya kho pana bhavaṃ vacchāyano pasaṃsāya samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.288) seṭṭhe. ‘‘Atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.32; ma. ni. 3.201) vipule. Svāyaṃ idha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.142; vi. va. aṭṭha. 1).Vipulāti appamāṇā.Ajāyathāti uppajji udapādi pavattittha.Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcāti imasmiṃ manussaloke ca parasmiṃ devaloke cāti attho.Ubhayasminti tadubhayasmiṃ, ajjhattabahiddhādīsu viya daṭṭhabbaṃ.Adho cāti avīciādīsu nirayesu.Uddhanti bhavaggatopi uddhaṃ ajaṭākāsepi.Tiriyañcāti tiriyatopi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu.Vitthatanti visaṭaṃ. Andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā vuttappakāraṃ lokañca padesañca ajjhottharitvā ābhā pavattitthāti attho. Atha vātiriyañca vitthatanti tiriyato vitthataṃ mahantaṃ, appamāṇaṃ padesaṃ ābhā pharitvā aṭṭhāsīti attho.

devā means all devas are included here: conventional devas, rebirth devas, and purification devas. Devā ca gandhabbā ca manussā ca rakkhasā ca = devagandhabbamanussarakkhasā. Saha devagandhabbamanussarakkhasehīti = sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhaso. What is that? The world; in that world together with devas, gandhabbas, humans, and ogres. Ābhā means light. Uḷārā—here, this word uḷāra is seen in the senses of sweet, best, vast, etc. Likewise, it is seen as sweet in "uḷārāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni khādanti bhuñjantī" etc. (M. i.366). In "Uḷārāya kho pana bhavaṃ vacchāyano pasaṃsāya samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsatī" etc. (M. i.288) as best. In "Atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso" etc. (D. ii.32; M. iii.201) as vast. That here should be seen as best (D. A. 3.142; V. A. 1). Vipulā means immeasurable. Ajāyathā means arose, came into existence, occurred. Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcā means in this human world and in the next deva world. Ubhayasminti in both of those, it should be seen as in ajjhattabahiddhādīsu. Adho cā means in the hells beginning with Avīci. Uddhanti even above the peak of existence, even in the unconfined space. Tiriyañcā means even across, in the ten thousand world-systems. Vitthatanti spread out. Having dispelled the darkness, the light occurred, overwhelming the world and the region in the manner described above. Or, tiriyañca vitthatanti means spread out horizontally, widely, the light spread out, pervading an immeasurable region.

Atha bhagavā dasasahassacakkavāḷesu ālokapharaṇaṃ katvā abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhānacittena ākāsamabbhuggantvā tesaṃ ñātīnaṃ sīsesu pādapaṃsuṃ okiramāno viya mahatiyā devamanussaparisāya majjhe yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dasseti. Taṃ pana pāḷito evaṃ veditabbaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.116) –

Then the Blessed One, having spread light in the ten thousand world-systems, having attained the fourth jhāna which is the basis for the superknowledges, having arisen from that, having reflected, rising into the sky with a mind of determination, as if scattering foot-dust on the heads of those relatives, displays the Twin Miracle amidst a great assembly of devas and humans. That, however, should be understood thus from the Pali (Pṭs. M. 1.116):

‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihīraṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… puratthimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, pacchimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Pacchimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, puratthimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmahatthato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇahatthato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapassato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapassato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapādato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapādato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… aṅgulaṅgulehi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulantarikāhi udakadhārā pavattati. Aṅgulantarikāhi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulaṅgulehi udakadhārā pavattati…pe… ekekalomato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalomato udakadhārā pavattati. Lomakūpato lomakūpato aggikkhandho pavattati, lomakūpato lomakūpato udakadhārā pavattati – channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ nīlānaṃ pītakānaṃ lohitakānaṃ odātānaṃ mañjiṭṭhānaṃ pabhassarānaṃ.

"What is the Tathāgata's knowledge in the Twin Miracle? Here, the Tathāgata performs the Twin Miracle, unmatched by disciples: a mass of fire issues from the upper part of the body, a stream of water issues from the lower part of the body. A mass of fire issues from the lower part of the body, a stream of water issues from the upper part of the body…pe… a mass of fire issues from the eastern part of the body, a stream of water issues from the western part of the body. A mass of fire issues from the western part of the body, a stream of water issues from the eastern part of the body…pe… a mass of fire issues from the right eye, a stream of water issues from the left eye. A mass of fire issues from the left eye, a stream of water issues from the right eye…pe… a mass of fire issues from the right ear-hole, a stream of water issues from the left ear-hole. A mass of fire issues from the left ear-hole, a stream of water issues from the right ear-hole…pe… a mass of fire issues from the right nostril, a stream of water issues from the left nostril. A mass of fire issues from the left nostril, a stream of water issues from the right nostril…pe… a mass of fire issues from the right shoulder, a stream of water issues from the left shoulder. A mass of fire issues from the left shoulder, a stream of water issues from the right shoulder…pe… a mass of fire issues from the right hand, a stream of water issues from the left hand. A mass of fire issues from the left hand, a stream of water issues from the right hand…pe… a mass of fire issues from the right side, a stream of water issues from the left side. A mass of fire issues from the left side, a stream of water issues from the right side…pe… a mass of fire issues from the right foot, a stream of water issues from the left foot. A mass of fire issues from the left foot, a stream of water issues from the right foot…pe… a mass of fire issues from each finger, a stream of water issues between the fingers. A mass of fire issues between the fingers, a stream of water issues from each finger…pe… a mass of fire issues from each hair, a stream of water issues from each hair. A mass of fire issues from each pore, a stream of water issues from each pore—of six colors: blue, yellow, red, white, crimson, and brilliant.

‘‘Bhagavā caṅkamati, nimmito tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā tiṭṭhati, nimmito caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā nisīdati, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā seyyaṃ kappeti, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā. Nimmito caṅkamati, bhagavā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito tiṭṭhati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito nisīdati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito seyyaṃ kappeti, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā, idaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇanti veditabbaṃ’’.

"The Blessed One walks, the created image stands, sits, or lies down. The Blessed One stands, the created image walks, sits, or lies down. The Blessed One sits, the created image walks, stands, or lies down. The Blessed One lies down, the created image walks, stands, or sits. The created image walks, the Blessed One stands, sits, or lies down. The created image stands, the Blessed One walks, sits, or lies down. The created image sits, the Blessed One walks, stands, or lies down. The created image lies down, the Blessed One walks, stands, or sits—this should be known as the Tathāgata's knowledge in the Twin Miracle."

Tassa pana bhagavato tejokasiṇasamāpattivasena uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati. Āpokasiṇasamāpattivasena heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatīti puna udakadhārāya pavattaṭṭhānato aggikkhandho pavattati, aggikkhandhassa pavattaṭṭhānato udakadhārā pavattatīti dassetuṃ, ‘‘heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’ti vuttanti veditabbā. Eseva nayo sesapadesupi. Aggikkhandho panettha udakadhārāya asammissova ahosi. Tathā udakadhārā aggikkhandhena. Rasmīsu pana dutiyā dutiyā rasmi purimāya purimāya yamakā viya ekakkhaṇe pavattati. Dvinnañca cittānaṃ ekakkhaṇe pavatti nāma natthi, buddhānaṃ pana bhavaṅgaparivāsassa lahukatāya pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasitāya etā rasmiyo ekakkhaṇe viya pavattanti, tassā pana rasmiyā āvajjanaparikammādhiṭṭhānāni visuṃyeva. Nīlarasmiatthāya hi bhagavā nīlakasiṇaṃ samāpajjati. Pītarasmiādīnaṃ atthāya pītakasiṇādīni samāpajjati.

Here, a mass of fire issues from the upper part of the Blessed One's body by way of the fire-kasina attainment. A stream of water issues from the lower part of the body by way of the water-kasina attainment. To show again that a mass of fire issues from the place where the stream of water issued, and a stream of water issues from the place where the mass of fire issued, it is said, "a mass of fire issues from the lower part of the body, a stream of water issues from the upper part of the body." This method should be understood in the remaining places as well. Here, the mass of fire was not mixed with the stream of water. Likewise, the stream of water was not mixed with the mass of fire. But in the rays, the second ray after the second issues simultaneously, like pairs. And there is no occurrence of two cittas in one moment. But for Buddhas, because of the lightness of the bhavanga-parivāsa, and because of the practice and familiarity in five ways, these rays issue as if in one moment, but the directing attention, preliminary work, and determination of that ray are separate. For the sake of the blue ray, the Blessed One attains the blue kasina. For the sake of the yellow ray, etc., he attains the yellow kasina, etc.

Evaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihīre kayiramāne sakalassāpi dasasahassacakkavāḷassa alaṅkārakaraṇakālo viya ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

Thus, when the Twin Miracle of the Blessed One was being performed, it was like a time for adorning the entire ten thousand world-system. Therefore, it was said:

9.

9.

‘‘Sattuttamo anadhivaro vināyako, satthā ahū devamanussapūjito;

"The Best of Beings, unsurpassed, the Guide, the Teacher, worshiped by devas and humans, the Mighty One, marked with a hundred merits, showed a wonderful miracle."

sattuttamoti attano sīlādīhi guṇehi sabbesu sattesu uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti sattuttamo, sattānaṃ vā uttamo sattuttamo.Sattanti hi ñāṇassa nāmaṃ, tena dasabalacatuvesārajjachaasādhāraṇañāṇasaṅkhātena sattena seṭṭho uttamoti sattuttamo, samānādhikaraṇavasena satto uttamoti vā sattuttamo. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘uttamasatto’’ti vattabbaṃ uttama-saddassa pubbanipātapāṭhato. Na panesa bhedo aniyamato bahulavacanato ca naruttamapurisuttamanaravarādi-saddā viya daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā sattaṃ uttamaṃ yassa so sattuttamo, idhāpi ca uttama-saddassa pubbanipāto bhavati. Uttamasattoti visesanassa pubbanipātapāṭhato ‘‘cittagū paddhagū’’ti ettha viyāti nāyaṃ doso. Ubhayavisesanato vā āhitaggiādipāṭho viya daṭṭhabbo.Vināyakoti bahūhi vinayanūpāyehi satte vineti dametīti vināyako.Satthāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthehi yathārahaṃ satte anusāsatīti satthā.Ahūti ahosi.Devamanussapūjitoti dibbehi pañcakāmaguṇehi dibbanti kīḷantīti devā. Manassa ussannattā manussā, devā ca manussā ca devamanussā, devamanussehi pūjito devamanussapūjito. Pupphādipūjāya ca paccayapūjāya ca pūjito, apacitoti attho. Kasmā pana devamanussānameva gahaṇaṃ kataṃ, nanu bhagavā tiracchānagatehipi āravāḷakāḷāpalāladhanapālapālileyyakanāgādīhi sātāgirāḷavakahemavatasūcilomakharalomayakkhādīhi vinipātagatehipi pūjitoyevāti? Saccamevetaṃ, ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena sabbapuggalaparicchedavasena cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.Mahānubhāvoti mahatā buddhānubhāvena samannāgato.Satapuññalakkhaṇoti anantesu cakkavāḷesu sabbe sattā ekekaṃ puññakammaṃ satakkhattuṃ kareyyuṃ ettakehi janehi katakammaṃ bodhisatto sayameva ekako sataguṇaṃ katvā nibbatto. Tasmā ‘‘satapuññalakkhaṇo’’ti vuccati. Keci pana ‘‘satena satena puññakammena nibbattaekekalakkhaṇo’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Evaṃ sante yo koci buddho bhaveyyā’’ti taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ.Dassesīti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ ativimhayakaraṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi.

sattuttamoti the best, the most excellent, the most superior among all beings by his own qualities of virtue, etc., is sattuttamo, or the best of beings is sattuttamo. Sattanti is a name for knowledge; therefore, sattuttamo because he is the best, the most excellent, with knowledge designated as the ten powers, four confidences, and six uncommon knowledges, or sattuttamo by way of apposition, meaning one whose knowledge is best. If so, it should be said "uttamasatto" because of the reading of the prior placement of the word uttama. But this difference should be seen as not fixed, because of abundance, like the words naruttama, purisuttama, naravara, etc. Or, sattam uttamaṃ yassa so sattuttamo, and here also the prior placement of the word uttama occurs. Because of the reading of the prior placement of the adjective uttasmasatta, this is not a fault, as in "cittagū paddhagū." Or, because it is a dual adjective, it should be seen like the reading beginning with āhitaggi. Vināyakoti he guides, tames beings with many methods of guiding is vināyako. Satthāti he instructs beings appropriately with regard to matters pertaining to visible benefits and future benefits is Satthā. Ahūti he was. Devamanussapūjitoti those who sport, playing with the divine five strands of sense pleasure are devas. Because of the eminence of mind are humans. Devas and humans are devamanussā; one who is worshiped by devas and humans is devamanussapūjito. He was worshiped, revered, with offerings of flowers, etc., and with offerings of requisites. Why, however, is only the taking up of devas and humans done? Surely, the Blessed One was worshiped even by animals such as Āḷavaka, Kālā, Palāla, Dhanapāla, Pāḷileyyaka Nāga, etc., and by beings in the states of loss such as Sātāgira, Āḷavaka, Hemavata, Sūciloma, Kharaloma Yakkha, etc.? That is true, this should be known as stated according to the preeminence of excellence and according to the delimitation of all individuals. Mahānubhāvoti endowed with great Buddha-power. Satapuññalakkhaṇoti in countless world-systems, if all beings were to do a single meritorious action a hundred times, the Bodhisatta himself, alone, having done a hundred times the action done by so many people, was born. Therefore, he is called "satapuññalakkhaṇo". Some, however, say "one whose every single characteristic is born of a hundred meritorious actions." "If that were so, anyone would become a Buddha"—that is refuted in the commentaries. Dassesīti he showed the Twin Miracle, which causes extreme amazement to all devas and humans.

Atha satthā ākāse pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā mahājanassa cittācāraṃ oloketvā tassa ajjhāsayānukūlaṃ dhammakathaṃ caṅkamanto kathetukāmo ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

Then the Teacher, having performed the miracle in the sky, having observed the inclination of the minds of the great assembly, wishing to speak Dhamma-talk suitable to their disposition while walking back and forth, created a jeweled walkway made of all kinds of jewels, extending throughout the ten thousand world-systems. Therefore, it was said:

10.

10.

‘‘So yācito devavarena cakkhumā, atthaṃ samekkhitvā tadā naruttamo;

"Being asked by the best of devas, the Visionary, having considered the matter, then, the Best of Men, the Leader of the World, created a walkway, well-established, made of all kinds of jewels."

soti so satthā.Yācitoti paṭhamameva aṭṭhame sattāhe dhammadesanāya yācitoti attho.Devavarenāti sahampatibrahmunā.Cakkhumāti ettha cakkhatīti cakkhu, samavisamaṃ vibhāvayatīti attho. Taṃ pana cakkhu duvidhaṃ – ñāṇacakkhu, maṃsacakkhūti. Tattha ñāṇacakkhu pañcavidhaṃ – buddhacakkhu, dhammacakkhu, samantacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhūti. Tesubuddhacakkhunāma āsayānusayañāṇañceva indriyaparopariyattañāṇañca, yaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’ti (dī. ni. 2.69; ma. ni. 1.283; 2.339; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9) āgataṃ.Dhammacakkhunāma heṭṭhimā tayo maggā tīṇi ca phalāni, yaṃ ‘‘virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.355; saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 16; paṭi. ma. 2.30) āgataṃ.Samantacakkhunāma sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ, sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhū’’ti (dī. ni. 2.70; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) āgataṃ.Dibbacakkhunāma ālokavaḍḍhanena uppannābhiññācittena sampayuttañāṇaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148, 284, 385, 432; 2.341; 3.82, 261; mahāva. 10) āgataṃ.Paññācakkhunāma ‘‘cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1082; mahāva. 15; kathā. 405; paṭi. ma. 2.30) ettha pubbenivāsādiñāṇaṃ paññācakkhūti āgataṃ.

Soti, that is the Teacher. Yācitoti, meaning that he was requested to teach the Dhamma in the eighth week, the very first time. Devavarenāti, by Sahampati Brahma. Cakkhumāti, here, cakkhu means "one who sees," meaning one who discerns the uneven and even. That cakkhu is twofold: ñāṇacakkhu (wisdom-eye) and maṃsacakkhu (flesh-eye). Among these, ñāṇacakkhu is fivefold: buddhacakkhu (Buddha-eye), dhammacakkhu (Dhamma-eye), samantacakkhu (all-around eye), dibbacakkhu (divine-eye), and paññācakkhu (wisdom-eye). Among these, buddhacakkhu is the knowledge of inclinations and underlying tendencies, and the knowledge of the superiority or inferiority of faculties, which comes as "observing the world with the Buddha-eye" (dī. ni. 2.69; ma. ni. 1.283; 2.339; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9). Dhammacakkhu is the lower three paths and three fruits, which comes as "the stainless, immaculate Dhamma-eye arose" (dī. ni. 1.355; saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 16; paṭi. ma. 2.30). Samantacakkhu is the knowledge of omniscience, which comes as "having ascended the Dhamma-made palace, O Sumedha, with the all-around eye" (dī. ni. 2.70; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8). Dibbacakkhu is the knowledge associated with the supernormal consciousness arisen through the increase of light, which comes as "with the divine, purified eye" (ma. ni. 1.148, 284, 385, 432; 2.341; 3.82, 261; mahāva. 10). Paññācakkhu is the knowledge of past lives, etc., which comes as "the eye arose, knowledge arose" (saṃ. ni. 5.1082; mahāva. 15; kathā. 405; paṭi. ma. 2.30), here, knowledge of past lives, etc., is called the wisdom-eye.

Maṃsacakkhunāma ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe cā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 2.43; 4.60; kathā. 465, 467) ettha pasādamaṃsacakkhu vuttaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.213). Taṃ pana duvidhaṃ – sasambhāracakkhu pasādacakkhūti. Tesu yvāyaṃ akkhikūpake akkhipattakehi parivārito maṃsapiṇḍo yattha catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇagandharasojā sambhavo jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti saṅkhepato terasa sambhārā honti. Vitthārato pana sambhavamānāni catusamuṭṭhānāni chattiṃsa jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti ime kammasamuṭṭhānā cattāro cāti sasambhārā honti, idaṃsasambhāracakkhunāma. Yaṃ pana setamaṇḍalaparicchinnena kaṇhamaṇḍalena parivārite diṭṭhamaṇḍale sanniviṭṭhaṃ rūpadassanasamatthaṃ pasādamattaṃ, idaṃpasādacakkhunāma. Sabbāni panetāni ekavidhāni aniccato saṅkhatato, duvidhāni sāsavānāsavato lokiyalokuttarato, tividhāni bhūmito upādiṇṇattikato, catubbidhāni ekantaparittaappamāṇāniyatārammaṇato, pañcavidhāni rūpanibbānārūpasabbārammaṇānārammaṇavasena, chabbidhāni honti buddhacakkhādivasena. Iccevametāni vuttappakārāni cakkhūni assa bhagavato santīti bhagavācakkhumāti vuccati.Atthaṃ samekkhitvāti caṅkamaṃ māpetvā, dhammadesanānimittaṃ devamanussānaṃ hitatthaṃ upaparikkhitvā upadhāretvāti adhippāyo.Māpayīti māpesi.Lokanāyakoti saggamokkhābhimukhaṃ lokaṃ nayatīti lokanāyako.Suniṭṭhitanti suṭṭhu niṭṭhitaṃ, pariyositanti attho.Sabbaratananimmitanti dasavidharatanamayaṃ.

Maṃsacakkhu is "because of eye and forms" (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 2.43; 4.60; kathā. 465, 467), here, the sensitive flesh-eye is mentioned (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.213). That is twofold: sasambhāracakkhu (eye with its physical base) and pasādacakkhu (sensitive eye). Among these, this mass of flesh in the eye socket, surrounded by the eyelashes, where the four elements, color, odor, taste, nutritive essence, origination, life, faculty, the faculty of the eye, and the faculty of the body, in brief, there are thirteen components. In detail, the thirty-six which arise from the four causes, life, faculty, the faculty of the eye, and the faculty of the body, these four which arise from kamma, these are the components, this is called sasambhāracakkhu. That which is situated in the visible area, surrounded by the white orb and enclosed by the black orb, which is capable of seeing forms, the mere sensitive element, this is called pasādacakkhu. However, all these are of one kind in terms of impermanence and conditioned nature, two kinds in terms of being with or without āsavas, mundane or supramundane, three kinds in terms of the base and the three upādiṇṇa elements, four kinds in terms of being exclusively limited, unrestricted, immeasurable, and with a fixed object, five kinds in terms of object of form, Nibbāna, formless, all, object and without object, six kinds in terms of being the Buddha-eye, etc. Thus, because the Blessed One has these eyes of the kinds mentioned, the Blessed One is called Cakkhumā. Atthaṃ samekkhitvā, having measured the promenade, having examined and determined for the benefit of gods and humans, for the purpose of teaching the Dhamma, is the meaning. Māpayīti, he caused to be measured. Lokanāyakoti, the leader of the world, because he leads the world towards heaven and liberation. Suniṭṭhitanti, well-finished, meaning completely accomplished. Sabbaratananimmitanti, made of ten kinds of jewels.

Idāni bhagavato tividhapāṭihāriyasampattidassanatthaṃ –

Now, to show the Blessed One's attainment of the three kinds of miracles –

11.

11.

‘‘Iddhī ca ādesanānusāsanī, tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahu;

"He was master of the three miracles: iddhi, ādesanā, and anusāsanī;
The Leader of the World measured out a promenade, well-made, of every jewel."

iddhīti iddhividhaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ nāma. Taṃ pana ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotītiādinayappavattaṃ (dī. ni. 1.239; ma. ni. 1.147; paṭi. ma. 3.10).Ādesanāti parassa cittācāraṃ ñatvā kathanaṃ ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ, taṃ sāvakānañca buddhānañca satatadhammadesanā.Anusāsanīti anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ, tassa tassa ajjhāsayānukūlamovādoti attho. Iti etāni tīṇi pāṭihāriyāni. Tattha iddhipāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ mahāmoggallānassa āciṇṇaṃ, ādesanāpāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ dhammasenāpatissa, anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ pana buddhānaṃ satatadhammadesanā.Tipāṭihīreti etesu tīsu pāṭihāriyesūti attho.Bhagavāti idaṃ guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –

Iddhīti, iddhi-power is called the iddhi-miracle. That, being one, becomes many; being many, becomes one, proceeding in such a way (dī. ni. 1.239; ma. ni. 1.147; paṭi. ma. 3.10). Ādesanāti, declaring after knowing the disposition of another's mind is the ādesanā-miracle, that is the constant Dhamma teaching of both disciples and Buddhas. Anusāsanīti, the anusāsanī-miracle, meaning advice in accordance with the inclination of each individual. Thus, these are the three miracles. Among these, the anusāsanī-miracle is customary for Mahā Moggallāna through the iddhi-miracle, the anusāsanī-miracle is customary for the General of the Dhamma through the ādesanā-miracle, but the anusāsanī-miracle is the Buddhas' constant teaching of the Dhamma. Tipāṭihīreti, in these three miracles is the meaning. Bhagavāti, this is a term of respect for a being who is superior, excellent, worthy of reverence, and endowed with virtues. This was said by the ancients:

‘‘Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ;

"The word 'Bhagavā' is the best,
the word 'Bhagavā' is supreme;
He is endowed with respect and reverence,
therefore, he is called 'Bhagavā'." (visuddhi. 1.142; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1. verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50);

Vasīti etasmiṃ tividhepi pāṭihāriye vasippatto, ciṇṇavasīti attho.Vasiyonāma pañca vasiyo – āvajjanasamāpajjanaadhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātā. Tatra yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ āvajjati āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ āvajjetuṃ samatthatāāvajjanavasīnāma. Tathā yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ…pe… samāpajjati samāpajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ samāpajjanasamatthatāsamāpajjanavasīnāma. Dīghaṃ kālaṃ ṭhapetuṃ samatthatāadhiṭṭhānavasīnāma. Tatheva lahuṃ vuṭṭhātuṃ samatthatāvuṭṭhānavasīnāma.Paccavekkhaṇavasīpana paccavekkhaṇajavanāneva honti tāni āvajjanānantarāneva hutvā uppajjantīti āvajjanavasiyā eva vuttāni. Iti imāsu pañcasu vasīsu ciṇṇavasitā vasī nāma hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahū’’ti.

Vasīti, having attained mastery in these three kinds of miracles, meaning one who has cultivated mastery. Vasiyo means five masteries: āvajjanā (turning the mind), samāpajjana (attaining), adhiṭṭhāna (determining), vuṭṭhāna (emerging), and paccavekkhaṇā (reviewing). Among these, the ability to quickly turn the mind to whatever jhāna one wishes, whenever one wishes, for as long as one wishes, without delay in turning the mind, is called āvajjanavasī. Similarly, the ability to quickly attain whatever jhāna…pe…one wishes, without delay in attaining, is called samāpajjanavasī. The ability to maintain it for a long time is called adhiṭṭhānavasī. Likewise, the ability to quickly emerge is called vuṭṭhānavasī. Paccavekkhaṇavasī, however, are only the reviewing javana moments, and these arise immediately after the āvajjana moment, therefore, they are included in āvajjanavasī. Thus, being skilled in these five masteries is called mastery. Therefore, it was said, "He was master of the three miracles."

Idāni tassa ratanacaṅkamassa nimmitavidhānassa dassanatthaṃ –

Now, to show the method of constructing that jewel promenade –

12.

12.

‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, sinerupabbatuttame;

"In the ten-thousand-world-system,
on the excellent Mount Sineru,
Like pillars, he showed in order,
the promenade made of jewels" – these opening verses were spoken;

dasasahassīlokadhātuyāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu.Sinerupabbatuttameti mahāmerusaṅkhāte seṭṭhapabbate.Thambhevāti thambhe viya dasacakkavāḷasahassesu ye sinerupabbatā, te paṭipāṭiyā ṭhite suvaṇṇathambhe viya katvā tesaṃ upari caṅkamaṃ māpetvā dassesīti attho.Ratanāmayeti ratanamaye.

dasasahassīlokadhātuyāti, in ten thousand world-systems. Sinerupabbatuttameti, on the best mountain called Mahāmeru. Thambhevāti, like pillars, meaning having made the Mount Sinerus in the ten thousand world-systems, which are situated in order, like golden pillars, and having constructed the promenade above them, he showed it. Ratanāmayeti, made of jewels.

13.Dasasahassī atikkammāti ratanacaṅkamaṃ pana bhagavā māpento tassa ekaṃ koṭiṃ sabbapariyantaṃ pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ ekaṃ koṭiṃ pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ atikkamitvā ṭhitaṃ katvā māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

13.Dasasahassī atikkammāti, however, when the Blessed One constructed the jewel promenade, he constructed it by making one edge, the entire boundary, exceeding the eastern face of the world-system, and one edge exceeding the western face of the world-system. Therefore, it was said –

‘‘Dasasahassī atikkamma, caṅkamaṃ māpayī jino;

"Exceeding the ten thousand, the Conqueror measured the promenade;
On all sides were golden borders on the jeweled promenade."

jinoti kilesārijayanato jino.Sabbasoṇṇamayā passeti tassa pana evaṃ nimmitassa caṅkamassa ubhayapassesu suvaṇṇamayā paramaramaṇīyā mariyādabhūmi ahosi, majjhe maṇimayāti adhippāyo.

jinoti, the Conqueror, because he has conquered the enemies, the kilesas. Sabbasoṇṇamayā passeti, however, on both sides of the promenade thus constructed, there was a boundary ground made of gold, exceedingly beautiful; in the middle it was made of jewels, is the meaning.

14.Tulāsaṅghāṭāti tulāyugaḷā, tā nānāratanamayāti veditabbā.Anuvaggāti anurūpā.Sovaṇṇaphalakatthatāti sovaṇṇamayehi phalakehi atthatā, tulāsaṅghātānaṃ upari suvaṇṇamayo padaracchadoti attho.Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇāti vedikā pana sabbāpi suvaṇṇamayā, yā panesā caṅkamanaparikkhepavedikā, sā ekāva aññehi ratanehi asammissāti attho.Dubhato passesu nimmitāti ubhosu passesu nimmitā.Da-kāro padasandhikaro.

14.Tulāsaṅghāṭāti, crossbeams, these should be understood as made of various jewels. Anuvaggāti, corresponding. Sovaṇṇaphalakatthatāti, covered with golden planks, meaning a golden cover above the crossbeams. Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇāti, the railing, however, was entirely golden; this railing around the promenade was only one, unmixed with other jewels, is the meaning. Dubhato passesu nimmitāti, constructed on both sides. The letter "da" connects the words.

15.Maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇāti maṇimuttāmayavālukākiṇṇā. Atha vā maṇayo ca muttā ca vālukā ca maṇimuttāvālukā. Tāhi maṇimuttāvālukāhi ākiṇṇā santhatāti maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇā.Nimmitoti iminākārena nimmito kato.Ratanāmayoti sabbaratanamayo, caṅkamoti attho.Obhāseti disā sabbāti sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti pakāseti.Sataraṃsīvāti sahassaraṃsiādicco viya.Uggatoti udito. Yathā pana abbhuggato sahassaraṃsi sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti, evameva esopi sabbaratanamayo caṅkamo obhāsetīti attho.

15.Maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇāti, strewn with sand made of jewels and pearls. Or, jewels and pearls and sand are maṇimuttāvālukā. Strewn with that maṇimuttāvālukā, the spread, thus strewn with maṇimuttāvālukā. Nimmitoti, constructed, made in this manner. Ratanāmayoti, made of all jewels, the promenade is the meaning. Obhāseti disā sabbāti, illuminates, shines all ten directions. Sataraṃsīvāti, like the sun with a thousand rays. Uggatoti, risen. Just as the newly risen sun with a thousand rays illuminates all ten directions, so too, this promenade made of all jewels illuminates, is the meaning.

Idāni pana niṭṭhite caṅkame tattha bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ –

Now, to show the Blessed One's activity there, after the completion of the promenade –

16.

16.

‘‘Tasmiṃ caṅkamane dhīro, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

"On that promenade, the wise one,
with thirty-two excellent marks,
Shining, the Awakened One,
the Conqueror walked the promenade."

17.

17.

‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;

"Divine mandārava blossoms,
lotuses and pārichattaka flowers,
They scattered on the promenade,
all the gathered gods."

18.

18.

‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, dasasahassī pamoditā;

"The assemblies of gods saw him,
the ten-thousand rejoiced,
Paying homage, they bowed down,
delighted, thrilled, and joyous." – these verses were spoken;

dhīroti dhitiyutto.Dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇoti suppatiṭṭhitapādatalādīhi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgatoti attho.Dibbanti devaloke bhavaṃ jātaṃ dibbaṃ.Pārichattakanti devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ koviḷārarukkhassa nissandena samantā yojanasataparimāṇo paramadassanīyo pāricchattakarukkho nibbatti. Yasmiṃ pupphite sakalaṃ devanagaraṃ ekasurabhigandhavāsitaṃ hoti, tassa kusumareṇuokiṇṇāni navakanakavimānāni piñjarāni hutvā khāyanti. Imassa pana pāricchattakarukkhassa pupphañca pāricchattakanti vuttaṃ.Caṅkame okirantīti tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame avakiranti, tena vuttappakārena pupphena tasmiṃ caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ bhagavantaṃ pūjentīti attho.Sabbe devāti kāmāvacaradevādayo devā. Tenāha ‘‘passanti taṃ devasaṅghā’’ti. Taṃ bhagavantaṃ ratanacaṅkamane caṅkamantaṃ sakesu ālayesupi passantīti attho.Dasasahassīti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, dasasahassiyaṃ devasaṅghā taṃ passantīti attho.Pamoditāti pamuditā.Nipatantīti sannipatanti.Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhāti pītivasena tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā.Pamoditāti idāni vattabbehi tāvatiṃsādidevehi saddhinti sambandho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā punaruttidosato na muccati. Atha vā pamoditā taṃ bhagavantaṃ passanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā tahiṃ tahiṃ sannipatantīti attho.

dhīroti, endowed with wisdom. Dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇoti, endowed with the thirty-two marks of a great man, beginning with well-established feet. Dibbanti, divine, born in the heavenly world. Pārichattakanti, for the gods of Tāvatiṃsa, from the sap of the koviḷāra tree, a pāricchattaka tree arises, completely beautiful, covering a hundred yojanas all around. When it blooms, the entire city of the gods is scented with a single fragrant aroma, and the nine golden mansions, covered with pollen of its flowers, appear to be yellowish-red. However, the flower of this pāricchattaka tree is also called pāricchattaka. Caṅkame okirantīti, they scatter on that jewel promenade, meaning they worship the Blessed One walking on that promenade with flowers of the kind mentioned. Sabbe devāti, all the gods, beginning with the gods of the desire realm. Therefore, he said, "The assemblies of gods saw him." They see that Blessed One walking on the jewel promenade even in their own abodes, is the meaning. Dasasahassīti, the locative case in the sense of the base, the assemblies of gods in the ten-thousand saw him, is the meaning. Pamoditāti, rejoiced. Nipatantīti, they gather together. Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhāti, delighted and thrilled with joy. Pamoditāti, now, it should be connected with the Tāvatiṃsa gods and others who are to be mentioned, otherwise, it does not escape the fault of repetition. Or, rejoicing, they see that Blessed One; delighted and thrilled, rejoicing, they gather together in various places, is the meaning.

Idāni ye passiṃsu ye sannipatiṃsu, te sarūpato dassetuṃ –

Now, to show in their true form those who saw and those who gathered together –

19.

19.

‘‘Tāvatiṃsā ca yāmā ca, tusitā cāpi devatā;

"The Tāvatiṃsa and Yāma gods,
the Tusita gods too,
The Nimmānaratī gods,
the Vasavattī gods,
With uplifted minds, joyous,
they see the Leader of the World."

20.

20.

‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhasā, nāgā supaṇṇā atha vāpi kinnarā;

"Gods, gandhabbas, humans, and ogres,
nāgas, supaṇṇas, or even kinnaras,
They see him, compassionate for the world's benefit,
like the moon disc risen high in the sky."

21.

21.

‘‘Ābhassarā subhakiṇhā, vehapphalā akaniṭṭhā ca devatā;

"The Ābhassara, Subhakiṇha, Vehapphala,
and Akaniṭṭha gods,
Clad in perfectly pure white garments,
they stand with hands in añjali."

22.

22.

‘‘Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ;

"They release flowers of five colors,
mandārava mixed with sandalwood powder,
They wave their robes in the sky then,
O, the Conqueror is compassionate for the world's benefit!" –

Imā gāthāyo vuttā.

These verses were spoken.

udaggacittāti pītisomanassavasena udaggacittā.Sumanāti udaggacittattā eva sumanā.Lokahitānukampakanti lokahitañca lokānukampakañca. Lokahitena vā anukampakaṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ.Nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalanti ettha ākāse abhinavoditaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ sabbopaddavavinimuttaṃ saradasamaye candamaṇḍalaṃ viya buddhasiriyā virocamānaṃ nayanānandakaraṃ passantīti attho.

udaggacittāti, with uplifted minds due to joy and gladness. Sumanāti, being of uplifted mind, therefore, joyous. Lokahitānukampakanti, one who benefits the world and is compassionate to the world. Or, compassionate for the benefit of the world is lokahitānukampaka. Nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalanti, here, they see him, shining with the splendor of the Buddha, pleasing to the eyes, like the fully risen moon disc in the autumn season, newly risen in the sky, complete and free from all misfortunes, is the meaning.

Ābhassarāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena vuttaṃ. Parittābhaappamāṇābhaābhassarāparittamajjhimapaṇītabhedena dutiyajjhānenābhinibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā.Subhakiṇhāti idaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ, tasmā parittasubhaappamāṇasubhasubhakiṇhāparittādibhedena tatiyajjhānena nibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā.Vehapphalāti vipulā phalāti vehapphalā. Te catutthajjhānanibbattā asaññasattehi ekatalavāsino. Heṭṭhā pana paṭhamajjhānanibbattā brahmakāyikādayo dassitā. Tasmā idha na dassitā. Cakkhusotānamabhāvato asaññasattā ca arūpino ca idha na uddiṭṭhā.Akaniṭṭhā ca devatāti idhāpi ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ. Tasmā avihātappasudassāsudassiakaniṭṭhasaṅkhātā pañcapi suddhāvāsā gahitāti veditabbā.Susuddhasukkavatthavasanāti suṭṭhu suddhāni susuddhāni sukkāni odātāni. Susuddhāni sukkāni vatthāni nivatthāni ceva pārutāni ca yehi te susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, paridahitaparisuddhapaṇḍaravatthāti attho. ‘‘Susuddhasukkavasanā’’tipi pāṭho.Pañjalīkatāti katapañjalikā kamalamakulasadisaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā tiṭṭhanti.

Muñcantīti okiranti.Pupphaṃ panāti kusumaṃ pana. ‘‘Pupphāni vā’’tipi pāṭho, vacanavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo, attho panassa soyeva.Pañcavaṇṇikanti pañcavaṇṇaṃ – nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhakavaṇṇavasena pañcavaṇṇaṃ.Candanacuṇṇamissitanti candanacuṇṇena missitaṃ.Bhamenti celānīti bhamayanti vatthāni.Aho jino lokahitānukampakoti ‘‘aho jino lokahito aho ca lokahitānukampako aho kāruṇiko’’ti evamādīni thutivacanāni uggirantā. Muñcanti pupphaṃ bhamayanti celānīti sambandho.

Idāni tehi payuttāni thutivacanāni dassetuṃ imā gāthāyo vuttā –

23.

‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketū ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ;

24.

‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, devatāyo mahiddhikā;

25.

‘‘Devatā devakaññā ca, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā;

26.

‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā;

27.

‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ;

28.

‘‘Sakasakamhi bhavane, nisīditvāna devatā;

29.

‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, tiṇapanthanivāsino;

30.

‘‘Yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, puññavanto mahiddhiko;

31.

‘‘Saṅgītiyo pavattenti, ambare anilañjase;

32.

‘‘Saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi ḍiṇḍimā bahū;

33.

‘‘Abbhuto vata no ajja, uppajji lomahaṃsano;

34.

‘‘Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade;

35.

‘‘Hiṅkārā sādhukārā ca, ukkuṭṭhi sampahaṃsanaṃ;

36.

‘‘Gāyanti seḷenti ca vādayanti ca, bhujāni pothenti ca naccayanti ca;

37.

‘‘Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇaṃ;

satthā. Ketūti ketuno apacitikātabbaṭṭhena ketu viyāti ketu.Dhajoti indadhajo samussayaṭṭhena dassanīyaṭṭhena ca tuvaṃ dhajo viyāti dhajoti. Atha vā yathā hi loke yassa kassaci dhajaṃ disvāva – ‘‘ayaṃ dhajo itthannāmassā’’ti dhajavā dhajīti paññāyati, evameva bhagavā paññānibbānādhigamāya bhagavantaṃ disvāva nibbānādhigamo paññāyati. Tena vuttaṃ –‘‘dhajo yūpo cā’’ti.Kūṭadantasuttevuttānaṃ dānādiāsavakkhayañāṇapariyosānānaṃ sabbayāgānaṃ yajanatthāya samussito yūpo tuvanti attho.Parāyanoti paṭisaraṇaṃ.Patiṭṭhāti yathā mahāpathavī sabbapāṇīnaṃ ādhārabhāvena patiṭṭhā nissayabhūtā, evaṃ tuvampi patiṭṭhābhūtā.Dīpo cāti padīpo. Yathā caturaṅge tamasi vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ āropito padīpo rūpasandassano hoti. Evaṃ avijjandhakāre vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ paramatthasandassano padīpo tuvanti attho. Atha vā mahāsamudde bhinnanāvānaṃ sattānaṃ samuddadīpo yathā patiṭṭhā hoti, evaṃ tuvampi saṃsārasāgare alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhe osīdantānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ dīpo viyāti dīpoti attho.

Dvipaduttamoti dvipadānaṃ uttamo dvipaduttamo, ettha pana niddhāraṇalakkhaṇassa abhāvato chaṭṭhīsamāsassa paṭisedho natthi, niddhāraṇalakkhaṇāya chaṭṭhiyā samāso paṭisiddho. Sammāsambuddho pana apadānaṃ dvipadānaṃ catuppadānaṃ bahuppadānaṃ rūpīnaṃ arūpīnaṃ saññīnaṃ asaññīnaṃ nevasaññīnāsaññīnaṃ uttamova. Kasmā panidha ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vuttoti ce? Seṭṭhataravasena. Imasmiñhi loke seṭṭho nāma uppajjamāno apadacatuppadabahuppadesupi nuppajjati. Ayaṃ dvipadesuyeva uppajjati. Kataradvipadesūti? Manussesu ceva devesu ca. Manussesu uppajjamāno tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātu vase kattuṃ samattho buddho hutvā nibbattati. Devesu uppajjamāno dasasahassilokadhātu vasavattī mahābrahmā hutvā nibbattati. So tassa kappiyakārako vā ārāmiko vā sampajjati. Iti tatopi seṭṭhataravasena ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vutto.

Dasasahassilokadhātuyāti dasasahassisaṅkhātāya lokadhātuyā.Mahiddhikāti mahatiyā iddhiyā yuttā, mahānubhāvāti attho.Parivāretvāti bhagavantaṃ samantato parikkhipitvā.Pasannāti sañjātasaddhā.Narāsabhanti narapuṅgavaṃ.Aho acchariyanti ettha andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ, accharāyogganti vā acchariyaṃ, ‘‘aho, idaṃ vimhaya’’nti accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho.Abbhutanti abhūtapubbaṃ abhūtanti abbhutaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ vimhayāvahassādhivacanaṃ.Lomahaṃsananti lomānaṃ uddhaggabhāvakaraṇaṃ.Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbanti na mayā īdisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, abbhutaṃ diṭṭhanti attho. Diṭṭhanti vacanaṃ āharitvā gahetabbaṃ.Accheranti acchariyaṃ.

Sakasakamhi bhavaneti attano attano bhavane.Nisīditvānāti upavissa.Devatāti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ devānampi devadhītānampi sādhāraṇavacananti veditabbaṃ.Hasantitāti tā devatā mahāhasitaṃ hasanti, pītivasaṃ gatahadayatāya mihitamattaṃ akatvā aṭṭahāsaṃ hasantīti attho.Nabheti ākāse.

Ākāsaṭṭhāti ākāse vimānādīsu ṭhitā, eseva nayo bhūmaṭṭhesupi.Tiṇapanthanivāsinoti tiṇaggesu ceva panthesu ca nivāsino.Puññavantoti mahāpuññā.Mahiddhikāti mahānubhāvā.Saṅgītiyo pavattentīti devanāṭakasaṅgītiyo pavattenti, tathāgataṃ pūjanatthāya payujjantīti attho.Ambareti ākāse.Anilañjaseti anilapathe, ambarassa anekatthattā ‘‘anilañjase’’ti vuttaṃ, purimasseva vevacanaṃ.Cammanaddhānīti cammavinaddhāni. Ayameva vā pāṭho, devadundubhiyoti attho.Vādentīti vādayanti devatā.

Saṅkhāti dhamanasaṅkhā.Paṇavāti tanumajjhaturiyavisesā.Ḍiṇḍimāti tiṇavākhuddakabheriyo vuccanti.Vajjantīti vādayanti.Abbhuto vata noti acchariyo vata nu.Uppajjīti uppanno.Lomahaṃsanoti lomahaṃsanakaro.Dhuvanti yasmā pana abbhuto ayaṃ satthā loke uppanno, tasmā dhuvaṃ avassaṃ atthasiddhiṃ labhāmāti adhippāyo.Labhāmāti labhissāma.Khaṇoti aṭṭhakkhaṇavirahito navamo khaṇoti attho.Noti amhākaṃ.Paṭipāditoti paṭiladdho.

Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvānāti buddhoti idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā tesaṃ devānaṃ pañcavaṇṇā pīti udapādīti attho.Tāvadeti tasmiṃ kāle.Hiṅkārāti hiṅkārasaddā, hiṃhinti yakkhādayo pahaṭṭhakāle karonti.Sādhukārāti sādhukārasaddā ca pavattanti.Ukkuṭṭhīti ukkuṭṭhisaddo ca unnādasaddo cāti attho.Pajāti devādayo adhippetā. Keci ‘‘paṭākā vividhā gagane vattantī’’ti paṭhanti.Gāyantīti buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ gītaṃ gāyanti.

Seḷentīti mukhena seḷitasaddaṃ karonti.Vādayantīti mahatī vipañcikāmakaramukhādayo vīṇā ca turiyāni ca tathāgatassa pūjanatthāya vādenti payojenti.Bhujāni pothentīti bhuje apphoṭenti. Liṅgavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo.Naccanti cāti aññe ca naccāpenti sayañca naccanti.

Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti ettha yena pakārenayathā. Mahāvīriyena yogatomahāvīro. Pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti tava ubhosu pādatalesu sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ cakkalakkhaṇaṃ sobhatīti attho.Cakka-saddo panāyaṃ sampattirathaṅgairiyāpathadānaratanadhammakhuracakkalakkhaṇādīsu dissati. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.31) sampattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Cakkaṃva vahato pada’’ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 1) rathaṅge. ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.29) iriyāpathe. ‘‘Dadaṃ bhuñja ca mā ca pamādo, cakkaṃ vattaya sabbapāṇina’’nti (jā. 1.7.149) ettha dāne. ‘‘Dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhūta’’nti (dī. ni. 2.243; 3.85; ma. ni. 3.256) ettha ratanacakke. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’nti (su. ni. 562; bu. vaṃ. 28.17) ettha pana dhammacakke. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) ettha khuracakke, paharaṇacakketi attho. ‘‘Pādatalesu cakkāni jātānī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.35; 3.200, 204; ma. ni. 2.386) ettha lakkhaṇe. Idhāpi lakkhaṇacakke daṭṭhabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.187; 2.4.8; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44).Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācitanti dhajena ca vajirena ca paṭākāya ca vaḍḍhamānena ca aṅkusena ca ācitaṃ alaṅkataṃ parivāritaṃ pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti attho. Cakkalakkhaṇe pana gahite sesalakkhaṇāni gahitāneva honti. Tathā asīti anubyañjanāni byāmappabhā ca. Tasmā tehi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāsītianubyañjanabyāmappabhāhi samalaṅkato bhagavato kāyo sabbaphāliphullo viya pāricchattako vikasitapadumaṃ viya kamalavanaṃ vividharatanavicittaṃ viya navakanakatoraṇaṃ tārāmarīcivirājitamiva gaganatalaṃ ito cito ca vidhāvamānā vipphandamānā chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo muñcamāno ativiya sobhati.

Idāni bhagavato rūpakāyadhammakāyasampattidassanatthaṃ –

38.

‘‘Rūpe sīle samādhimhi, paññāya ca asādiso;

rūpeti ayaṃrūpa-saddo khandhabhavanimittapaccayasarīravaṇṇasaṇṭhānādīsu dissati. Yathāha – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppanna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.361; 3.86, 89; vibha. 2; mahāva. 22) ettha rūpakkhandhe dissati. ‘‘Rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (dha. sa. 160-161; vibha. 624) ettha rūpabhave. ‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.338; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 1.435-442; dha. sa. 204-205) ettha kasiṇanimitte. ‘‘Sarūpā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā no arūpā’’ti (a. ni. 2.83) ettha paccaye. ‘‘Ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.306) ettha sarīre. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 4.60; kathā. 465) ettha vaṇṇe. ‘‘Rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno’’ti (a. ni. 4.65) ettha saṇṭhāne. Idhāpi saṇṭhāne daṭṭhabbo (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1 rūpādivaggavaṇṇanā).Sīleti catubbidhe sīle.Samādhimhīti tividhepi samādhimhi.Paññāyāti lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya.Asādisoti asadiso anupamo.Vimuttiyāti phalavimuttiyā.Asamasamoti asamā atītā buddhā tehi asamehi buddhehi sīlādīhi samoti asamasamo. Ettāvatā bhagavato rūpakāyasampatti dassitā.

Idāni bhagavato kāyabalādiṃ dassetuṃ –

39.

‘‘Dasanāgabalaṃ kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balaṃ;

dasanāgabalanti dasachaddantanāgabalaṃ. Duvidhañhi tathāgatassa balaṃ – kāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalañcāti. Tattha kāyabalaṃ hatthikulānusārena veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ?

‘‘Kāḷāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ;

tathāgatassa balaṃ,nārāyanabalaṃ vajirabalanti idameva vuccati. Tadetaṃ pakatihatthigaṇanāya hatthikoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ, purisagaṇanāya dasannaṃ purisakoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāva tathāgatassa pakatikāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalaṃ pana appameyyaṃ dasabalañāṇaṃ catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ cuddasa buddhañāṇānīti evamādikaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ. Idha pana kāyabalaṃ adhippetaṃ.Kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balanti tañca pana tava kāye pākatikabalanti attho. Tasmā ‘‘dasanāgabala’’nti dasachaddantanāgabalanti attho.

‘‘iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti āha. Tatthaiddhibalena asamoti vikubbanādhiṭṭhānādinā iddhibalena asamo asadiso anupamo.Dhammacakkappavattaneti desanāñāṇepi asamoti attho.

Idāni ‘‘yo evamādiguṇasamannāgato satthā, so sabbalokekanāyako, taṃ satthāraṃ namassathā’’ti tathāgatassa paṇāmane niyogadassanatthaṃ –

40.

‘‘Evaṃ sabbaguṇūpetaṃ, sabbaṅgasamupāgataṃ;

evanti vuttappakāranidassane nipāto.Sabbaguṇūpetanti etthasabboti ayaṃ niravasesavācī.Guṇoti ayaṃguṇa-saddo anekesu atthesu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ahatānaṃ vatthānaṃ diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭi’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; mahāva. 348) ettha paṭalatthe dissati. ‘‘Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo, vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.4) ettha rāsatthe. ‘‘Sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.379) ettha ānisaṃsatthe. ‘‘Antaṃ antaguṇaṃ’’ (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110, 302; 2.114; 3.154, 349; khu. pā. 3.dvattiṃsākāra) ‘‘kayirā mālāguṇe bahū’’ti (dha. pa. 53) ettha bandhanatthe. ‘‘Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhari’’nti (bu. vaṃ. 2.29) ettha sampattiatthe. Idhāpi sampattiatthe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.166; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 136). Tasmā sabbehi lokiyalokuttarehi guṇehi sabbasampattīhi upetaṃ samannāgatanti attho.Sabbaṅgasamupāgatanti sabbehi buddhaguṇehi guṇaṅgehi vā samupāgataṃ samannāgataṃ.Mahāmuninti aññehi paccekabuddhādīhi munīhi adhikabhāvato mahanto munīti vuccati mahāmuni.Kāruṇikanti karuṇāguṇayogato kāruṇikaṃ.Lokanāthanti sabbalokekanāthaṃ, sabbalokehi ‘‘ayaṃ no dukkhopatāpassa āhantā sametā’’ti evamāsīsīyatīti attho.

Idāni dasabalassa sabbanipaccākārassa arahabhāvadassanatthaṃ –

41.

‘‘Abhivādanaṃ thomanañca, vandanañca pasaṃsanaṃ;

42.

‘‘Ye keci loke vandaneyyā, vandanaṃ arahanti ye;

abhivādananti aññehi attano abhivādanakārāpanaṃ.Thomananti parammukhato thuti.Vandananti paṇāmanaṃ.Pasaṃsananti sammukhato pasaṃsanaṃ.Namassananti añjalikaraṇaṃ, manasā namassanaṃ vā.Pūjananti mālāgandhavilepanādīhi pūjanañca.Sabbanti sabbampi taṃ vuttappakāraṃ sakkāravisesaṃ tuvaṃ arahasi yuttoti attho.Ye keci loke vandaneyyāti ye keci loke vanditabbā vandanīyā vandanaṃ arahanti.Yeti ye pana loke vandanaṃ arahanti. Idaṃ pana purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ.Sabbaseṭṭhoti sabbesaṃ tesaṃ seṭṭho uttamo, tvaṃ mahāvīra sadiso te loke koci na vijjatīti attho.

Atha bhagavati yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpetvā tatra caṅkamamāne āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate pañcahi parivārabhikkhusatehi. Atha thero bhagavantaṃ olokento addasa kapilapure ākāse ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –

43.

‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido;

sāriputtoti rūpasāriyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā puttoti sāriputto.Mahāpaññoti mahatiyā soḷasavidhāya paññāya samannāgatoti mahāpañño.Samādhijjhānakovidoti etthasamādhīti cittaṃ samaṃ ādahati ārammaṇe ṭhapetīti samādhi. So tividho hoti savitakkasavicāro avitakkavicāramatto avitakkaavicāro samādhīti.Jhānanti paṭhamajjhānaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ catutthajjhānanti imehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi mettājhānādīnipi saṅgahitāneva honti, jhānampi duvidhaṃ hoti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ ārammaṇūpanijjhānanti. Tattha aniccādilakkhaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti vipassanāñāṇaṃ ‘‘lakkhaṇūpanijjhāna’’nti vuccati. Paṭhamajjhānādikaṃ pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānato paccanīkajhāpanato vā jhānanti vuccati. Samādhīsu ca jhānesu ca kovidoti samādhijjhānakovido, samādhijjhānakusaloti attho.Gijjhakūṭeti evaṃnāmake pabbate ṭhitoyevapassatīti passi.

44.Suphullaṃsālarājaṃ vāti samavaṭṭakkhandhaṃ samuggatavipulakomalaphalapallavaṅkurasamalaṅkatasākhaṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ sālarājaṃ viya sīlamūlaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ paññāsākhaṃ abhiññāpupphaṃ vimuttiphalaṃ dasabalasālarājaṃolokesīti evaṃ olokapadena sambandho.Candaṃva gagane yathāti abbhāhimadhūmarajorāhupasaggavinimuttaṃ tāragaṇaparivutaṃ saradasamaye paripuṇṇaṃ viya rajanikaraṃ sabbakilesatimiravidhamanakaraṃ veneyyajanakumudavanavikasanakaraṃ munivararajanikaraṃ oloketīti attho.Yathāti nipātamattaṃ.Majjhanhikeva sūriyanti majjhanhikasamaye siriyā paṭutarakiraṇamālinaṃ aṃsumālinamiva virocamānaṃ.Narāsabhanti naravasabhaṃ.

45.Jalantanti daddaḷhamānaṃ, saradasamayaṃ paripuṇṇacandasassirikacāruvadanasobhaṃ lakkhaṇānubyañjanasamalaṅkatavarasarīraṃ paramāya buddhasiriyā virocamānanti attho.Dīparukkhaṃ vāti āropitadīpaṃ dīparukkhamiva.Taruṇasūriyaṃva uggatanti abhinavoditādiccamiva, sommabhāvena jalantanti attho. Sūriyassa taruṇabhāvo pana udayaṃ paṭicca vuccati. Na hi candassa viya hānivuddhiyo atthi.Byāmappabhānurañjitanti byāmappabhāya anurañjitaṃ.Dhīraṃ passati lokanāyakanti sabbalokekadhīraṃ passati nāyakanti attho.

Athāyasmā dhammasenāpati atisītalasaliladharanikaraparicumbitakūṭe nānāvidhasurabhitarukusumavāsitakūṭe paramaruciracittakūṭe gijjhakūṭe pabbate ṭhatvāva dasahi cakkavāḷasahassehi āgatehi devabrahmagaṇehi parivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ anuttarāya buddhasiriyā anopamāya buddhalīḷāya sabbaratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ disvā – ‘‘handāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā buddhaguṇaparidīpanaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ yāceyya’’nti cintetvā attanā saddhiṃ vasamānāni pañca bhikkhusatāni sannipātesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

46.

‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ, katakiccāna tādinaṃ;

pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānanti pañca bhikkhusatāni, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Katakiccānanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena pariniṭṭhitasoḷasakiccānanti attho.Khīṇāsavānanti parikkhīṇacaturāsavānaṃ.Vimalānanti vigatamalānaṃ, khīṇāsavattā vā vimalānaṃ paramaparisuddhacittasantānānanti attho.Khaṇenāti khaṇeyeva.Sannipātayīti sannipātesi.

Idāni tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannipāte gamane ca kāraṇaṃ dassanatthaṃ –

47.

‘‘Lokappasādanaṃ nāma, pāṭihīraṃ nidassayi;

48.

‘‘Etha sabbe gamissāma, tucchissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ;

lokappasādanaṃ nāmāti lokassa pasādakaraṇato lokappasādanaṃ pāṭihīraṃ vuccati. ‘‘Ullokappasādanaṃ nāmātipi pāṭho, tassa lokavivaraṇapāṭihāriyanti attho. Taṃ pana uddhaṃ akaniṭṭhabhavanato heṭṭhā yāva avīci etthantare ekālokaṃ katvā etthantare sabbesampi sattānaṃ aññamaññaṃ dassanakaraṇādhiṭṭhānanti vuccati.Nidassayīti dassesi.Amhepīti mayampi.Tatthāti yattha bhagavā, tattha gantvānāti attho.Vandissāmāti mayaṃ bhagavato pāde sirasā vandissāma. Ettha pana amhepi, mayanti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ saddānaṃ purimassa gamanakiriyāya sambandho daṭṭhabbo, pacchimassa vandanakiriyāya. Itarathā hi punaruttidosato na muccati.

Ethāti āgacchatha.Kaṅkhaṃvinodayissāmāti etthāha – khīṇāsavānaṃ pana kaṅkhā nāma kācipi natthi, kasmā thero evamāhāti? Saccamevetaṃ, paṭhamamaggeneva samucchedaṃ gatā. Yathāha –

‘‘Katame dhammā dassanena pahātabbāti? Cattāro diṭṭhigatasampayuttacittuppādā vicikicchāsahagato cittuppādo apāyagamanīyo lobho doso moho māno tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā’’ti (dha. sa. 1405 thokaṃ visadisaṃ).

Vinodayissāmāti vinodessāma.

Atha kho te bhikkhū therassa vacanaṃ sutvā attano attano pattacīvaramādāya suvammitā viya mahānāgā pabhinnakilesā chinnabandhanā appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā taramānā sannipattiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –

49.

‘‘Sādhūti te paṭissutvā, nipakā saṃvutindriyā;

sādhūti ayaṃsādhu-saddo āyācanasampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanasundarādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘sādhu me, bhante bhagavā, saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.95; 5.382; a. ni. 4.257) āyācane dissati. ‘‘Sādhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaṭicchane. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputtā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.349) sampahaṃsane.

‘‘Sādhu dhammaruci rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro;

Nipakāti paṇḍitā paññavantā.Saṃvutindriyāti indriyesu guttadvārā, indriyasaṃvarasamannāgatāti attho.Taramānāti turitā.Upāgamunti theraṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.

50-1.Idāni dhammasenāpatissa pavattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi‘‘khīṇāsavehi vimalehī’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā tatthadantehīti kāyena ca cittena ca dantehi.Uttame dameti arahatte, nimittatthe bhummaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Tehi bhikkhūhīti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi.Mahāgaṇīti sīlādīhi ca saṅkhyāvasena ca mahanto gaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī, nānāpadavasena vā sīlādīhi guṇehi mahanto gaṇoti mahāgaṇo, mahāgaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī.Laḷanto devova gaganeti iddhivilāsena vilāsento devo viya gaganatale bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamīti attho.

52.Idāni ‘‘te itthambhūtā upasaṅkamiṃsū’’ti upasaṅkamavidhānadassanatthaṃ‘‘ukkāsitañca khipita’’ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tatthaukkāsitañcāti ukkāsitasaddañca.Khipitanti khipitasaddañca.Ajjhupekkhiyāti upekkhitvā, taṃ ubhayaṃ akatvāti adhippāyo.Subbatāti suvimaladhutaguṇā.Sappatissāti sahapatissayā, nīcavuttinoti attho.

53.Sayambhunti sayameva aññāpadesaṃ vinā pāramiyo pūretvā adhigatabuddhabhāvanti attho.Accuggatanti abhinavoditaṃ.Candaṃ vāti candaṃ viya, nabhe jalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ gagane candaṃ viya passantīti evaṃ padasambandho daṭṭhabbo. Idhāpiyathā-saddo nipātamattova.

54.Vijjuṃ vāti vijjughanaṃ viya. Yadi ciraṭṭhitikā acirappabhā assa tādisanti attho.Gagane yathāti ākāse yathā, idhāpiyathā-saddo nipātamattova. Ito parampi īdisesu ṭhānesu yathā-saddo nipātamattoti daṭṭhabbo.

55.Rahadamiva vippasannanti atigambhīravitthataṃ mahārahadaṃ viya anāvilaṃ vippasannaṃ salilaṃ.Suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathāti suvikasitapadumavanaṃ rahadamivāti attho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Suphullaṃ kamalaṃ yathā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa kamanīyabhāvena suphullaṃ kamalavanamivāti attho.

56.Atha te bhikkhū dhammasenāpatippamukhā añjaliṃ sirasi katvā dasabalassa cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho. Tena vuttaṃ –‘‘añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā’’tiādi. Tatthanipatantīti nipatiṃsu, vandiṃsūti attho.Cakkalakkhaṇeti cakkaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ yasmiṃ pāde so pādo cakkalakkhaṇo, tasmiṃ cakkalakkhaṇe. Jātivasena ‘‘pāde’’ti vuttaṃ, satthuno cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho.

57.Idāni tesaṃ kesañci therānaṃ nāmaṃ dassentehi‘‘sāriputto mahāpañño, koraṇḍasamasādiso’’tiādi gāthāyo vuttā. Tatthakoraṇḍasamasādisoti koraṇḍakusumasadisavaṇṇo, yadi evaṃ ‘‘koraṇḍasamo’’ti vā, ‘‘koraṇḍasadiso’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, kiṃ dvikkhattuṃ ‘‘samasādiso’’ti vuttanti ce? Nāyaṃ doso, tādiso koraṇḍasamattā koraṇḍasadisabhāveneva koraṇḍasamasādiso. Na panādhikavacanavasenāti adhippāyo.Samādhijjhānakusaloti ettha ayaṃkusala-saddo tāva arogyānavajjachekasukhavipākādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘kacci nu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmaya’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.15.146; 2.20.129) ārogye dissati. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, kāyasamācāro kusalo? Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro anavajjo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.361) evamādīsu anavajje. ‘‘Kusalo tvaṃ rathassa aṅgapaccaṅgāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.87) cheke. ‘‘Kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 431 ādayo) sukhavipāke. Idha pana cheke daṭṭhabbo.Vandateti vandittha.

58.Gajjitāti gajjantīti gajjitā.Kālamegho vāti nīlasaliladharo viya gajjitā iddhivisayeti adhippāyo.Nīluppalasamasādisoti nīlakuvalayasadisavaṇṇo. Heṭṭhā vuttanayenevetthāpi attho veditabbo.Moggallānoti evaṃ gottavasena laddhanāmo kolito.

59.Mahākassapopi cāti uruvelakassapanadīkassapagayākassapakumārakassape khuddānukhuddake there upādāya ayaṃ mahā, tasmā ‘‘mahākassapo’’ti vutto.Pi cāti sambhāvanasampiṇḍanattho.Uttattakanakasannibhoti santattasuvaṇṇasadisachavivaṇṇo.Dhutaguṇeti ettha kilesadhunanato dhammo dhuto nāma, dhutaguṇo nāma dhutadhammo. Katamo pana dhutadhammo nāma? Appicchatā, santuṭṭhitā, sallekhatā, pavivekatā, idamaṭṭhikatāti ime dhutaṅgacetanāya parivārabhūtā pañca dhammā ‘‘appicchaṃyeva nissāyā’’tiādivacanato dhutadhammā nāma. Atha vā kilese dhunanato ñāṇaṃ dhutaṃ nāma, tasmiṃ dhutaguṇe.Agganikkhittoti aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti ṭhapito. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākassapo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 191) ṭhānantare ṭhapitoti attho. Ayaṃ panaagga-saddo ādikoṭikoṭṭhāsaseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘ajjatagge, samma dovārika, āvarāmi dāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.70) ādimhi dissati. ‘‘Teneva aṅgulaggena taṃ aṅgulaggaṃ parāmaseyya’’ (kathā. 441), ‘‘ucchaggaṃ veḷagga’’ntiādīsu koṭiyaṃ. ‘‘Ambilaggaṃ vā madhuraggaṃ vā’’ (saṃ. ni. 5.374) ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vihāraggena vā pariveṇaggena vā bhājetu’’ntiādīsu (cūḷava. 318) koṭṭhāse. ‘‘Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā…pe… tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.34) seṭṭhe. Svāyamidha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo. Koṭiyampi vattati. Thero attano ṭhāne seṭṭho ceva koṭibhūto ca. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘agganikkhitto’’ti, aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.250 saraṇagamanakathā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.15).Thomitoti pasaṃsito devamanussādīhi.Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito thuto, ‘‘kassapo, bhikkhave, candūpamo kulāni upasaṅkamati apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu appagabbho’’ti evamādīhi anekehi suttanayehi (saṃ. ni. 2.146) vaṇṇito pasattho, sopi bhagavantaṃ vandatīti attho.

60.Dibbacakkhūnanti dibbaṃ cakkhu yesaṃ atthi te dibbacakkhū, tesaṃ dibbacakkhūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃaggoseṭṭhoti attho. Yathāha – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ yadidaṃ anuruddho’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 192). Anuruddhatthero bhagavato cūḷapituno amitodanassa nāma sakkassa putto mahānāmassa kaniṭṭhabhātā mahāpuñño paramasukhumālo, so attasattamo nikkhamitvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, tassa pabbajjānukkamosaṅghabhedakakkhandhake(cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatova.Avidūre vāti bhagavato santikeyeva.

61.Āpattianāpattiyāti āpattiyañca anāpattiyañca kovido.Satekicchāyāti sappaṭikammāyapi appaṭikammāyapi cāti attho. Tattha sappaṭikammā sā chabbidhā hoti, appaṭikammā sā pārājikāpatti. ‘‘Āpattianāpattiyā, satekicchāya kovido’’tipi pāṭho, soyeva attho.Vinayeti vinayapiṭake.Agganikkhittoti ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ, upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228) etadaggaṭṭhāne ṭhapitoti attho.Upālīti upālitthero.Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito pasattho. Thero kira tathāgatasseva santike vinayapiṭakaṃ uggaṇhitvā bhārukacchakavatthuṃ (pārā. 78), ajjukavatthuṃ (pārā. 158), kumārakassapavatthunti (ma. ni. 1.249) imāni tīṇi vatthūni sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā kathesi. Tasmā thero vinayadharānaṃ aggoti evamādinā nayena satthārā vaṇṇitoti vutto.

62.Sukhumanipuṇatthapaṭividdhoti paṭividdhasukhumanipuṇattho, paṭividdhaduddasanipuṇatthoti attho.Kathikānaṃ pavaroti dhammakathikānaṃ seṭṭho. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ puṇṇo mantāṇiputto’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 196) etadaggapāḷiyaṃ āropito. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kathikānaṃ pavaro’’ti.Gaṇīti sasaṅgho. Therassa kira santike pabbajitā kulaputtā pañcasatā ahesuṃ. Sabbepi te dasabalassa jātabhūmikā jātaraṭṭhavāsino sabbeva khīṇāsavā sabbeva dasakathāvatthulābhino. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘gaṇī’’ti.Isīti esati gavesati kusale dhammeti isi.Mantāṇiyā puttoti mantāṇiyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā putto.Puṇṇoti tassa nāmaṃ.Vissutoti attano appicchatādīhi guṇehi vissuto.

Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheropana satthari abhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anupubbena āgantvā rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharante kapilavatthuṃ āgantvā attano bhāgineyyaṃ puṇṇaṃ nāma māṇavaṃ pabbājetvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā āpucchitvā nivāsatthāya sayaṃ chaddantadahaṃ gato. Puṇṇo pana bhagavantaṃ dassanāya therena saddhiṃ āgantvā – ‘‘mayhaṃ pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvāva dasabalassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti kapilapureyeva ohīno, so yonisomanasikāraṃ karonto nacirasseva arahattaṃ patvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami. Ettha panaanuruddhattherocaupālittheroca ime dve therā bhagavato kapilavatthupuraṃ pavisitvā ñātisamāgamadivase pabbajitā viya dassitā, taṃ pana khandhakapāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca na sameti. Vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.

Atha satthā sāriputtattherādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ cittācāramaññāya attano guṇe kathetumārabhi. Tena vuttaṃ –

63.

‘‘Etesaṃ cittamaññāya, opammakusalo muni;

opammakusaloti upamāya kusalo.Kaṅkhacchedoti sabbasattānaṃ saṃsayacchedako.

Idāni te attano guṇe kathesi, te dassetuṃ –

64.

‘‘Cattāro te asaṅkhyeyyā, koṭi yesaṃ na nāyati;

cattāroti gaṇanaparicchedo.Eteti idāni vattabbe atthe nidasseti.Asaṅkhyeyyāti saṅkhyātumasakkuṇeyyattā asaṅkhyeyyā, gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattāti attho.Koṭītiādi vā anto vā mariyādā.Yesanti yesaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ.Na nāyatīti na paññāyati. Idāni te vuttappakāre cattāro asaṅkhyeyye dassetuṃ‘‘sattakāyo’’tiādi vuttaṃ.Sattakāyoti sattasamūho, sattakāyo ananto aparimāṇo appameyyo. Tathāākāsoākāsassāpi anto natthi. Tathācakkavāḷānianantāni eva. Buddhañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ.Na sakkā ete vijānitunti yasmā panete anantā, tasmā na sakkā vijānituṃ.

65.Idāni satthā attano iddhivikubbane sañjātacchariyabbhutānaṃ devamanussādīnaṃ kinnāmetaṃ acchariyaṃ, itopi visiṭṭhataraṃ acchariyaṃ abbhutaṃ atthi, mama taṃ suṇāthāti dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhento –

‘‘Kimetaṃ acchariyaṃ loke, yaṃ me iddhivikubbanaṃ;

kinti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ.Etanti idaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ sandhāyāha.Yanti ayaṃyaṃ-saddo ‘‘yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 1058; mahāni. 110; cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchā 77) upayogavacane dissati. ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso; yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti (a. ni. 1.277; vibha. 809; mi. pa. 5.1.1) ettha kāraṇavacane. ‘‘Yaṃ vipassī bhagavā kappe udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.4) ettha bhumme. ‘‘Yaṃ kho me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ārocemi taṃ bhagavato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.293) paccattavacane. Idhāpi paccattavacane daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.4). Aññe bahū mama acchariyā abbhutavisesā santīti dīpeti.

Idāni te acchariye dassento –

66.

‘‘Yadāhaṃ tusite kāye, santusito nāmahaṃ tadā;

yadāti yasmiṃ kāle.Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati.Tusite kāyeti tusitasaṅkhāte devanikāye. Yadā panāhaṃ samattiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā pañcamahāpariccāge pariccajitvā ñātatthacariyalokatthacariyabuddhatthacariyānaṃ koṭiṃ patvā sattasatakamahādānāni datvā sattakkhattuṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā dutiye cittavāre tusitabhavane nibbatto tadāpi santusito nāma devarājā ahosiṃ.Dasasahassī samāgammāti dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatā sannipatitvāti attho.Yācanti pañjalī mamanti maṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘mārisa, tayā dasa pāramiyo pūrentena na sakkasampattiṃ na māra na brahma na cakkavattisampattiṃ patthentena pūritā, lokanittharaṇatthāya pana buddhattaṃ patthayamānena pūritā, so tava kālo, mārisa, buddhattāya samayo, mārisa, buddhattāyā’’ti (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā) yācanti mamanti. Tena vuttaṃ –

67.

‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ;

kālo teti kālo tava, ayameva vā pāṭho.Uppajjāti paṭisandhiṃ gaṇha, ‘‘okkamā’’tipi pāṭho.Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokanti attho.Tārayantoti ettha pāramiyo pūrentopi tārayati nāma, pāramiyo matthakaṃ pāpentopi tārayati nāma, vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā tusitapure paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā saṭṭhivassasatasahassādhikāni sattapaṇṇāsavassakoṭiyo tattha tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma, devatāhi yācito pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokitaṃ viloketvā mahāmāyādeviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantopi dasamāse gabbhavāsaṃ vasantopi tārayati nāma, ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma. Rāhulabhaddassa jātadivase channasahāyo kaṇḍakaṃ āruyha nikkhamantopi tīṇi rajjāni atikkamitvā anomāya nāma nadiyā tīre pabbajantopi tārayati nāma, chabbassāni padhānaṃ karontopi visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme dvādasaṅgaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomato sammasitvā sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭivijjhantopi tārayati nāma, sotāpattiphalakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, anāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, anāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, arahattamaggakkhaṇepi, arahattaphalakkhaṇepi tārayati nāma, yadā aṭṭhārasadevatākoṭisahassehi pañcavaggiyānaṃ amatapānaṃ adāsi, tato paṭṭhāya tārayi nāmāti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ –

‘‘Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti.

kālonāma. Idāni vassasatāyukā manussāti atha bodhisatto ‘‘nibbattitabbakālo’’ti addasa.

dīpaṃpassi. Tato jambudīpo nāma mahā dasayojanasahassaparimāṇo, katarasmiṃ nu kho padese buddhā nibbattantī’’ti desaṃ vilokento majjhimadesaṃpassi. Tato kulaṃ vilokento ‘‘buddhā nāma lokasammate kule nibbattanti, idāni khattiyakulaṃ lokasammataṃ, tattha nibbattissāmi,suddhodanonāma me rājā pitā bhavissatī’’tikulaṃaddasa. Tatomātaraṃvilokento ‘‘buddhamātā nāma lolā surādhuttā na hoti, akhaṇḍapañcasīlāti ayañcamahāmāyānāma devī edisā, ayaṃ me mātā bhavissatīti kittakaṃ assāāyū’’ti āvajjento dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari sattadivasāni passi. Iti imaṃ pañcavidhavilokanaṃ viloketvā – ‘‘kālo me, mārisa, buddhabhāvāyā’’ti devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cavitvā sakyarājakule māyādeviyā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā). Tena vuttaṃ –

68.

‘‘Tusitā kāyā cavitvāna, yadā okkami kucchiyaṃ;

okkamīti okkamiṃ pāvisiṃ.Kucchiyanti mātukucchimhi.Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampitthāti sato sampajāno pana bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkamanto ekūnavīsatiyā paṭisandhicittesu mettāpubbabhāgassa somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittassa sadisa mahāvipākacittena āsāḷhipuṇṇamāyaṃ uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Tadā dasasahassīlokadhātu sakalāpi kampi saṅkampi sampakampīti attho.Dharaṇīti dhāreti sabbe thāvarajaṅgameti dharaṇī, pathavī.

69.Sampajānova nikkhaminti ettha yadā panāhaṃ sato sampajānova mātukucchito dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya nisseṇito otaranto puriso viya ca dve hatthe ca pāde ca pasāretvā ṭhitakova mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhitova nikkhamiṃ.Sādhukāraṃ pavattentīti sādhukāraṃ pavattayanti, sādhukāraṃ dentīti attho.Pakampitthāti kampittha, okkamanepi mātukucchito nikkhamanepi dasasahassī pakampitthāti attho.

70.Atha bhagavā gabbhokkantiādīsu attanā samasamaṃ adisvā gabbhokkantiādīsu attano acchariyadassanatthaṃ‘‘okkanti me samo natthī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tatthaokkantīti gabbhokkantiyaṃ, bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, paṭisandhiggahaṇeti attho.Meti mayā.Samoti sadiso natthi.Jātitoti ettha jāyati etāya mātuyāti mātā ‘‘jātī’’ti vuccati, tato jātito mātuyāti attho.Abhinikkhameti mātukucchito abhinikkhamane pasave satīti attho.Sambodhiyanti ettha pasatthā sundarā bodhi sambodhi. Ayaṃ panabodhi-saddo rukkhamagganibbānasabbaññutaññāṇādīsu dissati – ‘‘bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho’’ti (mahāva. 1; udā. 1) ca, ‘‘antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhi’’nti (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11) ca āgataṭṭhāne hi rukkho bodhīti vuccati. ‘‘Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇa’’nti (cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121) āgataṭṭhāne maggo. ‘‘Patvāna bodhiṃ amataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti āgataṭṭhāne nibbānaṃ. ‘‘Pappoti bodhiṃ varabhūrimedhaso’’ti (dī. ni. 3.217) āgataṭṭhāne sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Idha pana bhagavato arahattamaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.13; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.11; udā. aṭṭha. 20; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā). Apare ‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇa’’ntipi vadanti, tassaṃ sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭhoti attho.

Dhammacakkappavattaneti ettha dhammacakkaṃ pana duvidhaṃ hoti – paṭivedhañāṇañca desanāñāṇañcāti. Tattha paññāpabhāvitaṃ attano ariyaphalāvahaṃ paṭivedhañāṇaṃ, karuṇāpabhāvitaṃ sāvakānaṃ ariyaphalāvahaṃ desanāñāṇaṃ. Paṭivedhañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ kusalaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ avitakkaavicāraṃ, desanāñāṇaṃ lokiyaṃ abyākataṃ, ubhayampi panetaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ. Idha pana desanāñāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44).

71.Idāni bhagavato gabbhokkamaneva pathavikampanādikaṃ pavattiṃ sutvā‘‘aho acchariyaṃ loke’’ti devatāhi ayaṃ gāthā vuttā. Tatthabuddhānaṃ guṇamahantatāti aho buddhānaṃ guṇamahantabhāvo, aho buddhānaṃ mahānubhāvoti atthodasasahassīlokadhātu, chappakāraṃ pakampathāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu mahāpathavī chappakāraṃ pakampittha calittha. Kathaṃ? Puratthimato unnamati pacchimato onamati, pacchimato unnamati puratthimato onamati, uttarato unnamati dakkhiṇato onamati, dakkhiṇato unnamati uttarato onamati, majjhimato unnamati pariyantato onamati, pariyantato unnamati majjhimato onamatīti evaṃ chappakāraṃ anilabalacalitajalataraṅgabhaṅgasaṅghaṭṭitā viya nāvā catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā pathavisandhārakajalapariyantā acetanāpi samānā sacetanā viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī pītiyā naccantī viya akampitthāti attho.Obhāsoca mahā āsīti atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ uḷāro obhāso ahosīti attho.Accheraṃ lomahaṃsananti accherañca lomahaṃsanañca ahosīti attho.

72.Idāni pathavikampanālokapātubhāvādīsu acchariyesu vattamānesu bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ‘‘bhagavā tamhi samaye’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā. Tatthalokajeṭṭhoti lokaseṭṭho.Sadevakanti sadevakassa lokassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Dassayantoti pāṭihāriyaṃ dassento.

73.Caṅkamantovāti dasalokadhātusahassāni ajjhottharitvā ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānova kathesi.Lokanāyakoti atha satthā manosilātale sīhanādaṃ nadanto sīho viya gajjanto pāvussakamegho viya ca ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya ca aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatena (dī. ni. 2.285, 301) savanīyena kamanīyena brahmassarena nānānayavicittaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ madhuradhammakathaṃ kathesīti attho.

Antarā na nivatteti, catuhatthe caṅkame yathāti ettha satthārā pana nimmitassa tassa caṅkamassa ekā koṭi pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ekā pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ evaṃ ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamāno satthā ubho koṭiyo patvāva nivattati, antarā ubho koṭiyo apatvā na nivattati. Yathā catuhatthappamāṇe caṅkame caṅkamamāno ubho koṭiyo sīghameva patvā nivattati, evaṃ antarā na nivattatīti attho. Kiṃ pana bhagavā dasasahassayojanappamāṇāyāmaṃ caṅkamaṃ rassamakāsi, tāvamahantaṃ vā attabhāvaṃ nimminīti? Na panevamakāsi. Acinteyyo buddhānaṃ buddhānubhāvo. Akaniṭṭhabhavanato paṭṭhāya yāva avīci, tāva ekaṅgaṇā ahosi. Tiriyato ca dasacakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi deve passanti. Yathā sabbe devamanussā pakatiyā caṅkamamānaṃ passanti, evaṃ bhagavantaṃ caṅkamamānaṃ passiṃsūti. Bhagavā pana caṅkamantova dhammaṃ deseti antarāsamāpattiñca samāpajjati.

‘‘kīdiso te mahāvīrā’’tiādikaṃ paripucchi. Tena vuttaṃ –

74.

‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido;

75.

‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttama;

pucchānusandhiveditabbā.

ajjhāsayānusandhiveditabbā.

yathānusandhiveditabbā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pucchānusandhī’’ti.

paññāya pāramippattoti sāvakapāramiñāṇassa matthakaṃ patto.Pucchatīti apucchi. Tattha pucchā nāma adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā, vimaticchedanāpucchā, anumatipucchā, kathetukamyatāpucchāti pañcavidhā hoti. Tatthāyaṃ therassa katamā pucchāti ce? Yasmā panāyaṃ buddhavaṃso kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānañca kappasatasahassopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ sesamahāsāvakānaṃ vā avisayo, sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva visayo, tasmā therassa adiṭṭhajotanā pucchāti veditabbā.

Kīdisoti pucchanākāro, kiṃpakāroti attho.Teti tava.Abhinīhāroti abhinīhāro nāma buddhabhāvatthaṃ mānasaṃ bandhitvā ‘‘buddhabyākaraṇaṃ aladdhā na uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vīriyamadhiṭṭhāya nipajjanaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –

‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttamā’’ti.

Kamhi kāleti tasmiṃ kāle.Patthitāti icchitā abhikaṅkhitā, ‘‘buddho bodheyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’ntiādinā nayena buddhabhāvāya paṇidhānaṃ kadā katanti apucchi.Bodhīti sammāsambodhi, arahattamaggañāṇassa ca sabbaññutaññāṇassa cetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.Uttamāti sāvakabodhipaccekabodhīhi seṭṭhattā uttamāti vuttā. Ubhinnamantarāma-kāro padasandhikaro.

Idāni buddhabhāvakārake dhamme pucchanto –

76.

‘‘Dānaṃ sīlañca nekkhammaṃ, paññāvīriyañca kīdisaṃ;

77.

‘‘Dasa pāramī tayā dhīra, kīdisī lokanāyaka;

pāramīnāma, aṅgapariccāgoupapāramīnāma, jīvitapariccāgoparamatthapāramīnāmāti. Esa nayo sesapāramīsupi. Evaṃ dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo honti. Tattha bodhisattassa dānapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassasasapaṇḍitajātake

‘‘Bhikkhāya upagataṃ disvā, sakattānaṃ pariccajiṃ;

dānapāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

saṅkhapālajātake

‘‘Sūlehi vinivijjhante, koṭṭayantepi sattibhi;

sīlapāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

cūḷasutasomajātake

‘‘Mahārajjaṃ hatthagataṃ, kheḷapiṇḍaṃva chaḍḍayiṃ;

nekkhammapāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

sattubhattakapaṇḍitakāle

‘‘Paññāya vicinantohaṃ, brāhmaṇaṃ mocayiṃ dukhā;

paññāpāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

mahājanakajātake

‘‘Atīradassī jalamajjhe, hatā sabbeva mānusā;

vīriyapāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

khantivādijātake

‘‘Acetanaṃva koṭṭente, tiṇhena pharasunā mamaṃ;

khantipāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

mahāsutasomajātake

‘‘Saccavācaṃnurakkhanto, cajitvā mama jīvitaṃ;

saccapāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

mūgapakkhajātake

‘‘Mātā pitā na me dessā, attā me na ca dessiyo;

adhiṭṭhānapāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

suvaṇṇasāmajātake

‘‘Na maṃ koci uttasati, napi bhāyāmi kassaci;

mettāpāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā.

lomahaṃsajātake

‘‘Susāne seyyaṃ kappemi, chavaṭṭhikaṃ upanidhāyahaṃ;

upekkhāpāramīparamatthapāramī nāma jātā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro panacariyāpiṭakatogahetabbo.

Idāni therena puṭṭhassa bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi –

78.

‘‘Tassa puṭṭho viyākāsi, karavīkamadhuragiro;

79.

‘‘Atītabuddhānaṃ jinānaṃ desitaṃ, nikīlitaṃ buddhaparamparāgataṃ;

tassa puṭṭho viyākāsīti tena dhammasenāpatinā puṭṭho hutvā tassa byākāsi, attano abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya abhisambodhipariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ kathesīti attho.Karavīkamadhuragiroti karavīkasakuṇassa viya madhurā girā yassa so karavīkamadhuragiro, karavīkamadhuramañjussaroti attho. Tatridaṃ karavīkānaṃ madhurassaratā – karavīkasakuṇā kira madhurarasaṃ ambapakkaṃ mukhatuṇḍakena paharitvā paggharitaṃ phalarasaṃ pivitvā pakkhena tāḷaṃ datvā vikūjamāne catuppadā madamattā viya laḷituṃ ārabhanti, gocarapasutāpi catuppadagaṇā mukhagatānipi tiṇāni chaḍḍetvā taṃ nādaṃ suṇanti, vāḷamigā khuddakamige anubandhamānā ukkhittaṃ pādaṃ anikkhipitvā cittakatā viya tiṭṭhanti, anubandhamigāpi maraṇabhayaṃ hitvā tiṭṭhanti, ākāse pakkhandantā pakkhinopi pakkhe pasāretvā tiṭṭhanti, udake macchāpi kaṇṇapaṭalaṃ acālentā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānā tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ madhurassarā karavīkā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.38; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.386).Nibbāpayanto hadayanti kilesaggisantattasabbajanamānasaṃ dhammakathāmatadhārāya sītibhāvaṃ janayantoti attho.Hāsayantoti tosayanto.Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokaṃ.

Jinānanti tasseva vevacanaṃ.Desitanti kathitaṃ. Catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammakathaṃ.Nikīlitanti tesaṃ caritaṃ kappajātigottāyubodhisāvakasannipātaupaṭṭhākamātāpituputtabhariyāparicchedādikaṃ nikīlitaṃ nāma.Buddhaparamparāgatanti dīpaṅkaradasabalato paṭṭhāya yāva kassapaparamparato āgataṃ desitaṃ nikīlitaṃ vāti attho.Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyāti ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyoti (ma. ni. 1.148, 384, 421; 2.233; 3.82; pārā. 12) evaṃ vibhattaṃ pubbe nivuṭṭhakkhandhasantānasaṅkhātaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anugatā upagatā tāya pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇenāti attho.Pakāsayīti byākāsi.Lokahitanti sabbalokahitaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ.Sadevaketi sadevake loketi attho.

80.Atha bhagavā karuṇāsītalena hadayena sadevakaṃ lokaṃ savane niyojento‘‘pītipāmojjajanana’’ntiādimāha. Tatthapītipāmojjajanananti pītipāmojjakaraṃ pītiyā pubbabhāgaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pañcavaṇṇāya pītiyā janananti attho.Sokasallavinodananti sokasaṅkhātānaṃ sallānaṃ vinodanaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ.Sabbasampattipaṭilābhanti sabbāpi devamanussasampattiādayo sampattiyo paṭilabhanti etenāti sabbasampattipaṭilābho, taṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhaṃ buddhavaṃsadesananti attho.Cittīkatvāti citte katvā, buddhānussatiṃ purakkhatvāti attho.Suṇāthāti nisāmetha nibodhatha.Meti mama.

81.Madanimmadananti jātimadādīnaṃ sabbamadānaṃ nimmadanakaraṃ.Sokanudanti soko nāma ñātibyasanādīhi phuṭṭhassa cittasantāpo. Kiñcāpi atthato domanassameva hoti, evaṃ santepi antonijjhānalakkhaṇo, cetaso parinijjhāyanaraso, anusocanapaccupaṭṭhāno, taṃ sokaṃ nudatīti sokanudo, taṃ sokanudaṃ.Saṃsāraparimocananti saṃsārabandhanato parimocanakaraṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasamatikkama’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa saṃsārasamatikkamakaranti attho.

Sabbadukkhakkhayanti etthadukkha-saddo dukkhavedanā-dukkhavatthu-dukkhārammaṇa-dukkhapaccaya-dukkhaṭṭhānādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘dukkhassa ca pahānā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.232; ma. ni. 1.383, 430; pārā. 11) dukkhavedanāyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Jātipi dukkhā jarāpi dukkhā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.387; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) dukkhavatthusmiṃ. ‘‘Yasmā ca kho, mahāli, rūpaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkanta’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.60) dukkhārammaṇe. ‘‘Dukkho pāpassa uccayo’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 117) dukkhapaccaye. ‘‘Yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, na sukarā akkhānena pāpuṇitaṃ yāva dukkhā nirayā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.250) dukkhaṭṭhāne. Idha panāyaṃ dukkhavatthusmiṃ dukkhapaccayepi ca daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā jātiādisabbadukkhakkhayakaranti attho (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 2 ādayo).Magganti ettha kusalatthikehi maggīyati, kilese vā mārento gacchatīti maggoti buddhavaṃsadesanā vuccati, taṃ nibbānassa maggabhūtaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ.Sakkaccanti sakkaccaṃ cittīkatvā, ohitasotā hutvāti attho.Paṭipajjathāti adhitiṭṭhatha, suṇāthāti attho. Atha vā pītipāmojjajananaṃ sokasallavinodanaṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhahetubhūtaṃ imaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ sutvā idāni madanimmadanādiguṇavisesāvahaṃ sabbadukkhakkhayaṃ buddhabhāvamaggaṃ paṭipajjathāti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ buddhattaṃ paṇidhāya ussāhaṃ janeti. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.

Iti madhuratthavilāsiniyā buddhavaṃsa-aṭṭhakathāya

Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhitā ca sabbākārena abbhantaranidānassatthavaṇṇanā.

2. Sumedhapatthanākathāvaṇṇanā

Idāni –

1-2.

‘‘Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye;

ākaṅkheyyasuttaṃ(ma. ni. 1.64 ādayo)vatthasuttanti (ma. ni. 1.70 ādayo) evamādīni, tesaṃattajjhāsayonikkhepo.

rāhulovādasuttaṃdhammacakkappavattanasuttanti (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) evamādīni, tesaṃparajjhāsayonikkhepo.

devatāsaṃyutta(saṃ. ni. 1.1 ādayo)bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttādīni (saṃ. ni. 5.182 ādayo) tesaṃpucchāvasikonikkhepo.

aṭṭhuppattikonikkhepo. Evametesu catūsu suttanikkhepesu imassa buddhavaṃsassa pucchāvasiko nikkhepo. Pucchāvasena hi bhagavatā ayaṃ nikkhitto. Kassa pucchāvasena? Āyasmato sāriputtattherassa. Vuttañhetaṃ asmiṃ nidānasmiṃ eva –

‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido;

Ādi. Tenesā buddhavaṃsadesanā pucchāvasikāti veditabbā.

kappe ca satasahasseti etthakappa-saddo panāyaṃ abhisaddahanavohārakālapaññattichedanavikappanalesasamantabhāvaāyukappamahākappādīsu dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘okappanīyametaṃ bhoto gotamassa. Yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) abhisaddahane dissati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 250) vohāre. ‘‘Yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) kāle. ‘‘Iccāyasmā kappo’’ti (su. ni. 1098; cūḷani. kappamāṇavapucchā 117; kappamāṇavapucchāniddesa 61) ca, ‘‘nigrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṃ, tayā kataṃ bhagavā brāhmaṇassā’’ti ca evamādīsu (su. ni. 346) paññattiyaṃ. ‘‘Alaṅkato kappitakesamassū’’ti evamādīsu (jā. 2.22.1368) chedane. ‘‘Kappati dvaṅgulakappo’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 446) vikappe. ‘‘Atthi kappo nipajjitu’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 8.80) lese. ‘‘Kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā’’tiādīsu samantabhāve. ‘‘Tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappa’’nti (dī. ni. 2.178; udā. 51) ettha āyukappe. ‘‘Kīva dīgho nu kho, bhante, kappo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.128-129) ettha mahākappe. Ādisaddena ‘‘satthukappena vata kira, bho, mayaṃ sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā na jānimhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.260) ettha paṭibhāge. ‘‘Kappo naṭṭho hoti. Kappakatokāso jiṇṇo hotī’’ti (pāci. 371) ettha vinayakappe. Idha pana mahākappe daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā kappe ca satasahasseti mahākappānaṃ satasahassānanti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.29; 3.275; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1; a. ni. aṭṭha. 2.3.128; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 5.maṅgalasutta, evamiccādipāṭhavaṇṇanā; su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanā; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā.1; cūḷani. aṭṭha. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesavaṇṇanā).Caturo ca asaṅkhiyeti ‘‘catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake’’ti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthaketi attho.Amaraṃ nāma nagaranti ‘‘amara’’nti ca ‘‘amaravatī’’ti ca laddhanāmaṃ nagaraṃ ahosi. Keci panettha aññenāpi pakārena vaṇṇayanti, kiṃ tehi, nāmamattaṃ panetaṃ tassa nagarassa.Dassaneyyanti suvibhattavicitra-caccaradvāra-catukkasiṅghāṭika-pākāra-parikkhepapāsāda- hammiya-bhavana-samalaṅkatattā dassanīyaṃ.Manoramanti samasuciparamaramaṇīyabhūmibhāgattā chāyūdakasampannattā sulabhāhārattā sabbopakaraṇayuttattā ca samiddhattā devamanussādīnaṃ mano ramayatīti manoramaṃ.

Dasahi saddehi avivittanti hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena saṅkhasaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena sammatāḷasaddena ‘‘bhuñjatha pivatha khādathā’’ti dasamena saddenāti; imehi dasahi saddehi avivittaṃ ahosi, sabbakālaṃ anupamussavasamajjanāṭakā kīḷantīti attho.Annapānasamāyutanti annena catubbidhenāhārena ca pānena ca suṭṭhu āyutaṃ annapānasamāyutaṃ, iminā subhikkhatā dassitā, bahuannapānasamāyutanti attho.

Idāni te dasa sadde vatthuto dassanatthaṃ –

‘‘Hatthisaddaṃ assasaddaṃ, bherisaṅkharathāni ca;

hatthisaddanti hatthīnaṃ koñcanādasaddena, karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.Bherisaṅkharathāni cāti bherisaddena ca saṅkhasaddena ca rathasaddena cāti attho. Liṅgavipariyāsena vuttaṃ, ‘khādatha pivathā’ti evamādinayappavattena annapānapaṭisaṃyuttena ghositaṃ abhināditanti attho. Etthāha – tesaṃ pana saddānaṃ ekadesova dassito, na sakaloti? Na ekadeso sakalo dasavidho dassitova. Kathaṃ? Bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddo saṅgahito, saṅkhasaddena vīṇāgītasammatāḷasaddā saṅgahitāti daseva dassitā.

Evaṃ ekena pariyāyena nagarasampattiṃ vaṇṇetvā puna tameva dassetuṃ –

3.

‘‘Nagaraṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ, sabbakammamupāgataṃ, sattaratanasampannaṃ, nānājanasamākulaṃ;

sabbaṅgasampannanti pākāragopuraṭṭālakādisabbanagarāvayavasampannaṃ, paripuṇṇasabbavittūpakaraṇadhanadhaññatiṇakaṭṭhodakanti vā attho.Sabbakammamupāgatanti sabbakammantena upagataṃ, samupagatasabbakammantanti attho.Sattaratanasampannanti paripuṇṇamuttādisattaratanaṃ, cakkavattinivāsabhūmito vā hatthiratanādīhi sattaratanehi sampannaṃ.Nānājanasamākulanti nānāvidhadesabhāsehi janehi samākulaṃ.Samiddhanti manussopabhogasabbopakaraṇehi samiddhaṃ phītaṃ.Devanagaraṃ vāti devanagaraṃ viya ālakamandā viya amaravatī samiddhanti vuttaṃ hoti.Āvāsaṃ puññakamminanti āvasanti ettha puññakammino janāti āvāso. ‘‘Āvāso’’ti vattabbe ‘‘āvāsa’’nti liṅgabhedaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Paññāyati tenāti puññaṃ, kularūpamahābhogissariyavasena paññāyatīti attho. Punātīti vā puññaṃ. Sabbakusalamalarajāpavāhakattā puññaṃ kammaṃ yesaṃ atthi te puññakammino, tesaṃ puññakamminaṃ āvāsabhūtanti attho.

sumedhonāma brāhmaṇo paṭivasati ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādena, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato, so tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū ahosi sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ padako veyyākaraṇo anavayo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu. Tassa pana daharakāleyeva mātāpitaro kālamakaṃsu. Athassa rāsivaḍḍhako amacco āyapotthakaṃ āharitvā suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimuttādivividharatanabharite gabbhe vivaritvā – ‘‘etthakaṃ te, kumāra, mātu santakaṃ, etthakaṃ pitu santakaṃ, etthakaṃ ayyakapayyakāna’’nti yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā dhanaṃ ācikkhitvā – ‘‘etaṃ paṭipajjāhī’’ti niyyātesi. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā puññāni karonto agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Nagare amaravatiyā, sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo;

5.

‘‘Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū;

nagare amaravatiyāti amaravatīsaṅkhāte nagare.Sumedho nāmāti ettha ‘‘medhā’’ti paññā vuccati. Sā tassa sundarā pasatthāti sumedhoti paññāyittha.Brāhmaṇoti brahmaṃ aṇati sikkhatīti brāhmaṇo, mante sajjhāyatīti attho. Akkharacintakā pana ‘‘brahmuno apaccaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti vadanti. Ariyā pana bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇāti.Anekakoṭisannicayoti koṭīnaṃ sannicayo koṭisannicayo, aneko koṭisannicayo yassa soyaṃ anekakoṭisannicayo, anekakoṭi dhanasannicayoti attho.Pahūtadhanadhaññavāti bahuladhanadhaññavā. Purimaṃ bhūmigatagabbhagatadhanadhaññavasena vuttaṃ, idaṃ niccaparibhogūpagatadhanadhaññavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Ajjhāyakoti na jhāyatīti ajjhāyako, jhānabhāvanārahitoti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘na dānime jhāyantīti. Na dānime jhāyantīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘ajjhāyakā ajjhāyakā’ tveva tatiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbatta’’nti (dī. ni. 3.132) evaṃ paṭhamakappikakāle jhānavirahitānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ garahavacanaṃ uppannaṃ. Idāni mantaṃ jhāyatīti ajjhāyako, mante parivattetīti iminā atthena pasaṃsavacanaṃ katvā voharanti. Mante dhāretītimantadharo.Tiṇṇaṃ vedānanti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ. Ayaṃ panaveda-saddo ñāṇasomanassaganthesu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedagumābhijaññā, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asatta’’ntiādīsu (su. ni. 1065) ñāṇe dissati. ‘‘Ye vedajātā vicaranti loke’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.57) somanasse. ‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhāna’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.256) ganthe. Idhāpi ganthe (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.75).Pāragūti tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ oṭṭhapahatakaraṇamattena pāraṃ gatoti pāragū.Lakkhaṇeti itthilakkhaṇapurisalakkhaṇamahāpurisalakkhaṇādike lakkhaṇe.Itihāseti itiha āsa, itiha āsāti īdisavacanapaṭisaṃyutte purāṇasaṅkhāte ganthavisese.Sadhammeti brāhmaṇānaṃ sake dhamme, sake ācariyake vā.Pāramiṃ gatoti pāraṃ gato, disāpāmokkho ācariyo ahosīti attho.

Athekadivasaṃ so dasaguṇagaṇārādhitapaṇḍito sumedhapaṇḍito uparipāsādavaratale rahogato hutvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinno cintesi – ‘‘punabbhave paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ nāma dukkhaṃ, tathā nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne sarīrabhedanaṃ, ahañca jātidhammo, jarādhammo, byādhidhammo, maraṇadhammo, evaṃbhūtena mayā ajātiṃ ajaraṃ abyādhiṃ amaraṇaṃ sukhaṃ sivaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesituṃ vaṭṭati, avassaṃ bhavacārakato muccitvā nibbānagāminā ekena maggena bhavitabba’’nti. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Rahogato nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;

7.

‘‘Jātidhammo jarādhammo, byādhidhammo sahaṃ tadā;

8.

‘‘Yaṃnūnimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ;

9.

‘‘Atthi hehiti so maggo, na so sakkā na hetuye;

rahogatoti rahasi gato, rahasi ṭhāne nisinno.Evaṃ cintesahanti evaṃ cintesiṃ ahaṃ. Evanti iminā cintanākāraṃ dasseti.Tadāti tasmiṃ sumedhapaṇḍitakāle. ‘‘Evaṃ cintesaha’’nti bhagavā iminā attanā saddhiṃ sumedhapaṇḍitaṃ ekattaṃ karoti. Tasmā tadā so sumedho ahamevāti pakāsento ‘‘evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā’’ti bhagavā uttamapurisavasenāha.Jātidhammoti jātisabhāvo. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.Nibbutinti nibbānaṃ.

Yaṃnūnāti parivitakkanatthe nipāto, yadi panāhanti attho.Pūtikāyanti pūtibhūtaṃ kāyaṃ.Nānākuṇapapūritanti mutta-karīsa-pubbalohita-pitta-semha-kheḷasiṅghāṇikādianekakuṇapapūritaṃ.Anapekkhoti anālayo.Atthīti avassaṃ upalabbhati.Hehitīti bhavissati, parivitakkanavacanamidaṃ.Na so sakkā na hetuyeti tena maggena na sakkā na bhavituṃ. So pana maggohetuyeti hetubhāvāya na na hoti, hetuyevāti attho.Bhavato parimuttiyāti bhavabandhanavimuttiyāti attho.

‘‘yathāpī’’ti ādimāha. Yathā hi loke dukkhassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ nāma atthi, evaṃ bhave sati tappaṭipakkhena vibhavenāpi bhavitabbaṃ, yathā ca uṇhe sati tassa vūpasamabhūtaṃ sītalampi atthi, evaṃ rāgādiaggīnaṃ vūpasamena nibbānena bhavitabbaṃ. Yathā ca pāpassa lāmakassa dhammassa paṭipakkhabhūto kalyāṇo anavajjadhammopi atthiyeva, evameva pāpikāya jātiyā sati sabbajātikhepanato ajātisaṅkhātena nibbānenāpi bhavitabbamevāti. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Yathāpi dukkhe vijjante, sukhaṃ nāmapi vijjati;

11.

‘‘Yathāpi uṇhe vijjante, aparaṃ vijjati sītalaṃ;

12.

‘‘Yathāpi pāpe vijjante, kalyāṇamapi vijjati;

yathāpīti opammatthe nipāto.Sukhanti kāyikacetasikasukhaṃ, suṭṭhu dukkhaṃ khaṇatīti sukhaṃ.Bhaveti janane.Vibhavoti ajananaṃ, janane vijjamāne ajananadhammopi icchitabbo.Tividhaggi vijjanteti tividhe rāgādike aggimhi vijjamāneti attho.Nibbānanti tassa tividhassa rāgādiaggissa nibbāpanaṃ upasamanaṃ nibbānañca icchitabbaṃ.Pāpeti akusale lāmake.Kalyāṇamapīti kusalamapi.Evamevāti evamevaṃ.Jāti vijjanteti jātiyā vijjamānāyāti attho. Liṅgabhedañca vibhattilopañca katvā vuttaṃ.Ajātipīti jātikhepanaṃ ajātinibbānampi icchitabbaṃ.

Athāhaṃ parampi cintesiṃ – ‘‘yathā nāma gūtharāsimhi nimuggena purisena dūratova kamalakuvalayapuṇḍarīkasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ vimalasalilaṃ taḷākaṃ disvā – ‘katarena nu kho maggena tattha gantabba’nti taḷākaṃ gavesituṃ yuttaṃ. Yaṃ tassa agavesanaṃ, na so tassa taḷākassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva kilesamaladhovane amatamahātaḷāke vijjamāne yaṃ tassa agavesanaṃ, na so amatasaṅkhātassa nibbānamahātaḷākassa doso, purisasseva doso. Yathā pana corehi saṃparivārito puriso palāyanamagge vijjamānepi sace so na palāyati, na so tassa maggassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva kilesacorehi parivāretvā gahitassa purisassa vijjamāneyeva nibbānamahānagaragāmimhi sive mahāmagge tassa maggassa agavesanaṃ nāma na maggassa doso, purisasseva doso. Yathā byādhipīḷito puriso vijjamāne byādhitikicchake vejje sace taṃ vejjaṃ gavesitvā taṃ byādhiṃ na tikicchāpeti, na so vejjassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva pana yo kilesabyādhiparipīḷito kilesavūpasamamaggakovidaṃ vijjamānameva ācariyaṃ na gavesati, tasseva doso, na kilesabyādhivināyakassa ācariyassa doso’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –

13.

‘‘Yathā gūthagato puriso, taḷākaṃ disvāna pūritaṃ;

14.

‘‘Evaṃ kilesamaladhovaṃ, vijjante amatantaḷe;

15.

‘‘Yathā arīhi pariruddho, vijjante gamanampathe;

16.

‘‘Evaṃ kilesapariruddho, vijjamāne sive pathe;

17.

‘‘Yathāpi byādhito puriso, vijjamāne tikicchake;

18.

‘‘Evaṃ kilesabyādhīhi, dukkhito patipīḷito;

gūthagatoti gūthakūpagato, gūthena gato makkhito vā.Kilesamaladhovanti kilesamalasodhane, bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ.Amatantaḷeti amatasaṅkhātassa taḷākassa, sāmiatthe bhummavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, anussaraṃ pakkhipitvā vuttaṃ.Arīhīti paccatthikehi.Pariruddhoti samantato niruddho.Gamanampatheti gamanapathe. Chandāvināsatthaṃ anussarāgamanaṃ katvā vuttaṃ.Na palāyatīti yadi na palāyeyya.So purisoti so corehi pariruddho puriso.Añjasassāti maggassa. Maggassa hi –

‘‘Maggo pantho patho pajjo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ;

Siveti sabbupaddavābhāvato sive.Sivamañjaseti sivassa añjasassāti attho.Tikicchaketi vejje.Na tikicchāpetīti na tikicchāpeyya.Na doso so tikicchaketi tikicchakassa doso natthi, byādhitasseva dosoti attho.Dukkhitoti sañjātakāyikacetasikadukkho.Ācariyanti mokkhamaggācariyaṃ.Vināyaketi ācariyassa.

Evaṃ panāhaṃ cintetvā uttarimpi evaṃ cintesiṃ – ‘‘yathāpi maṇḍanakajātiko puriso kaṇṭhe āsattaṃ kuṇapaṃ chaḍḍetvā sukhī gaccheyya, evaṃ mayāpi imaṃ pūtikāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkhena nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Yathā ca naranāriyo ukkārabhūmiyaṃ uccārapassāvaṃ katvā na taṃ ucchaṅgena vā ādāya dasante vā veṭhetvā ādāya gacchanti, atha kho jigucchamānā oloketumpi anicchantā anapekkhā chaḍḍetvā gacchanti, evaṃ mayāpi imaṃ pūtikāyaṃ anapekkhena chaḍḍetvā amataṃ nibbānanagaraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā ca nāvikā nāma jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ udakagāhiniṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkhāva gacchanti, evamahampi imaṃ navahi vaṇamukhehi paggharantaṃ kāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkho nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisissāmi. Yathā ca koci puriso muttāmaṇiveḷuriyādīni nānāvidhāni ratanāni ādāya corehi saddhiṃ maggaṃ gacchanto attano ratanavināsabhayena te core chaḍḍetvā khemaṃ maggaṃ gaṇhāti, evamayampi pūtikāyo ratanavilopakacorasadiso. Sacāhaṃ ettha taṇhaṃ karissāmi, ariyamaggakusaladhammaratanāni me nassissanti, tasmā mayā imaṃ mahācorasadisaṃ karajakāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –

19.

‘‘Yathāpi kuṇapaṃ puriso, kaṇṭhe baddhaṃ jigucchiya;

20.

‘‘Tathevimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapasañcayaṃ;

21.

‘‘Yathā uccāraṭṭhānamhi, karīsaṃ naranāriyo;

22.

‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ;

23.

‘‘Yathāpi jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ, paluggaṃ udagāhiniṃ;

24.

‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, navacchiddaṃ dhuvassavaṃ;

25.

‘‘Yathāpi puriso corehi, gacchanto bhaṇḍamādiya;

26.

‘‘Evameva imaṃ kāyo, mahācorasamo viya;

yathāpi kuṇapaṃ purisoti yathāpi daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko puriso ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyitvā harāyitvā jigucchitvā taṃ kuṇapaṃ mocetvā gaccheyya.Sukhīti sukhito.Serīti yathicchakavihārī.Nānākuṇapasañcayanti anekavidhakuṇaparāsibhūtaṃ ‘‘nānākuṇapapūrita’’ntipi pāṭho.

Uccāraṭṭhānamhīti uccārenti vaccaṃ karonti etthāti uccāro, uccāro ca so ṭhānaṃ ceti uccāraṭṭhānaṃ. Atha vā ussāsiyyatīti ussāso, vaccassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tassa ṭhānaṃ ussāsaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmiṃussāsaṭṭhānamhi,ukkāraṭṭhāneti attho.Vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭinti vaccaṃ katvā kuṭiṃ naranāriyo viyāti attho.

Jajjaranti jiṇṇaṃ.Palugganti palujjantiṃ, vikirantinti attho.Udagāhininti udakagāhiniṃ.Sāmīti nāvāsāmikā.Navacchiddanti cakkhusotādīhi navahi vaṇamukhehi chiddāvacchiddehi yuttattā navacchiddaṃ.Dhuvassavanti dhuvanissandaṃ, niccaṃ paggharaṇāsucinti attho.

Bhaṇḍamādiyāti yaṃkiñci ratanādikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ādiya.Bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃdisvāti bhaṇḍassa acchindanena bhayaṃ disvāti attho.Evamevāti so bhaṇḍamādāya gacchanto puriso viya.Ayaṃ kāyoti ayaṃ pana kucchitānaṃ paramajegucchānaṃ āyoti kāyo.Āyoti upattiṭṭhānaṃ. Āyanti tatoti āyo, kucchitā kesādayo. Iti kucchitānaṃ kesādīnaṃ āyoti kāyo.Mahācorasamo viyāti cakkhuādīhi rūpādīsu piyarūpesu sārajjanādivasena pāṇātipātādinnādānādicoro hutvā sabbakusalaṃ vilumpatīti mahācorasamo. Tasmā yathā so ratanabhaṇḍamādāya corehi saddhiṃ gacchanto puriso te core pahāya gacchati, evamevāhampi imaṃ mahācorasamaṃ kāyaṃ pahāya attano sotthibhāvakaraṃ maggaṃ gavesituṃ gamissāmīti atthasambandho veditabbo.Kusalacchedanābhayāti kusaladhammavilopanabhayenāti attho.

Athevaṃ sumedhapaṇḍito nānāvidhāhi upamāhi nekkhammakāraṇaṃ cintetvā punapi cintesi – ‘‘imaṃ mahādhanarāsiṃ saṃharitvā mayhaṃ pitupitāmahādayo paralokaṃ gacchantā ekakahāpaṇampi gahetvā na gatā, mayā pana gahetvā gamanakāraṇaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti gantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, jātijarādīhi upaddutahadayo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi, mayhaṃ anekakoṭisatasahassaṃ dhanaṃ atthi, taṃ devo paṭipajjatū’’ti. Rājā āha – ‘‘na mayhaṃ te dhanena attho, tvaṃyeva yathicchakaṃ karohī’’ti.

dhammikaṃnāma pabbataṃ nissāya assamaṃ katvā tattha paṇṇasālaṃ katvā pañcadosavivajjitaṃ caṅkamaṃ māpetvā aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ abhiññābalaṃ samāharituṃ navadosasamannāgataṃ sāṭakaṃ pajahitvā dvādasaguṇamupāgataṃ vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā pabbaji. Evaṃ pana so pabbajito aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ paṇṇasālaṃ pahāya dasaguṇasamannāgataṃ rukkhamūlaṃ upagantvā sabbadhaññavikatiṃ pahāya pavattaphalabhojano hutvā nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkamanavasena padhānaṃ padahanto sattāhabbhantareyeva aṭṭhannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ pañcannañca abhiññānaṃ lābhī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

27.

‘‘Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, nekakoṭisataṃ dhanaṃ;

28.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, dhammiko nāma pabbato;

29.

‘‘Caṅkamaṃ tattha māpesiṃ, pañcadosavivajjitaṃ.

Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhariṃ.

30.

‘‘Sāṭakaṃ pajahiṃ tattha, navadosamupāgataṃ;

31.

‘‘Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ, pajahiṃ paṇṇasālakaṃ;

32.

‘‘Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato;

33.

‘‘Tatthappadhānaṃ padahiṃ, nissajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

evāhanti evaṃ ahaṃ, heṭṭhā vuttappakārena cintetvāti attho.Nāthānāthānanti sanāthānamanāthānañca aḍḍhānañceva daliddānañca ‘‘atthikā gaṇhantū’’ti saha koṭṭhāgārehi datvāti attho.Himavantassāvidūreti himavantapabbatarājassa avidūre samīpe.Dhammiko nāma pabbatoti evaṃnāmako pabbato. Kasmā panāyaṃ dhammikoti? Yebhuyyena pana bodhisattā isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā taṃ pabbataṃ upanissāya abhiññāyo nibbattetvā samaṇadhammaṃ akaṃsu. Tasmā samaṇadhammassa nissayabhūtattā ‘‘dhammiko’’tveva pākaṭo ahosi.Assamo sukato mayhantiādinā sumedhapaṇḍitena assamapaṇṇasālā caṅkamā sahatthā māpitā viya vuttā, na ca pana sahatthā māpitā, kintu sakkena devena pesite vissakammunā devaputtena nimmitā. Bhagavā pana tadā attano puññānubhāvena nibbattaṃ taṃ sampadaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘sāriputta, tasmiṃ pabbate –

‘Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā;

paṇṇasālāti paṇṇachadanasālā.Tatthāti tasmiṃ assamapade.Pañcadosavivajjitanti pañcahi caṅkamadosehi vivajjitaṃ. Katame pañca caṅkamadosā nāma? Thaddhavisamatā, antorukkhatā, gahanacchannatā, atisambādhatā, ativisālatāti imehi pañcahi dosehi vivajjitaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena dīghato saṭṭhiratano vitthārato diyaḍḍharatano caṅkamo vutto. Atha vāpañcadosavivajjitanti pañcahi nīvaraṇadosehi vivajjitaṃ parihīnaṃabhiññābalamāharinti iminā uttarapadena sambandho daṭṭhabbo (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā, sumedhakathā).Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetanti ‘‘evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte’’ti evaṃ vuttehi aṭṭhaguṇehi (dī. ni. 1.244-245; ma. ni. 1.384-386, 431-433; pārā. 12-14) samannāgataṃ abhiññābalaṃ āhariṃ ānesinti attho.

Keci pana ‘‘aṭṭhahi samaṇasukhehi upetaṃ, aṭṭhimāni samaṇasukhāni nāma dhanadhaññapariggahābhāvo, anavajjapiṇḍapātapariyesanabhāvo, nibbutapiṇḍabhuñjanabhāvo, raṭṭhaṃ pīḷetvā dhanadhaññādīsu gaṇhantesu rājapurisesu raṭṭhapīḷanakilesābhāvo, upakaraṇesu nicchandarāgabhāvo, coravilopane nibbhayabhāvo, rājarājamahāmattehi asaṃsaṭṭhabhāvo, catūsu disāsu appaṭihatabhāvoti imehi aṭṭhahi samaṇasukhehi (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā) upetaṃ samupetaṃ assamaṃ māpesi’’nti assamena sambandhaṃ katvā vadanti, taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti.

Sāṭakanti vatthaṃ.Tatthāti tasmiṃ assame.Navadosamupāgatanti, sāriputta, tattha vasanto attano nivatthapārutaṃ mahagghasāṭakaṃpajahiṃpariccajiṃ. Sāṭakaṃ pajahanto ca tattha nava dose disvā pajahinti dīpeti. Tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitānañhi sāṭakasmiṃ nava dosā pakāsitā. Katame nava? Sāṭakassa mahagghabhāvo, parapaṭibaddhabhāvo, paribhogena lahukaṃ kilissanabhāvo, kiliṭṭho ca dhovitabbo puna rajitabbo ca hoti paribhogena jīraṇabhāvo, jiṇṇassa puna tunnakaraṇaṃ vā aggaḷadānaṃ vā kātabbaṃ hoti puna pariyesanāya durabhisambhavabhāvo, tāpasapabbajjāya ananucchavikabhāvo, paccatthikānaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvo, yathā naṃ na paccatthikā gaṇhanti, evaṃ gopetabbo hoti paridahato vibhūsanaṭṭhānabhāvo, gahetvā carantassa mahicchabhāvoti etehi navahi dosehi (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) upagataṃ sāṭakaṃ pahāya vākacīraṃ nivāsesinti dīpeti.Vākacīranti muñjatiṇaṃ hīrāhīraṃ katvā ganthetvā kataṃ vākamayacīraṃ nivāsanapārupanatthāya ādiyinti attho.Dvādasaguṇamupāgatanti dvādasahi ānisaṃsehi upetaṃ. Etthaguṇa-saddo ānisaṃsaṭṭho ‘‘sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.379) viya.Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Vākacīrasmiṃ dvādasānisaṃsā appagghatā, aparāyattatā, sahatthā kātuṃ sakkuṇeyyatā, paribhogena jiṇṇepi sibbitabbābhāvo, corabhayābhāvo pariyesantassa sukhena karaṇabhāvo, tāpasapabbajjāya sāruppabhāvo, sevamānassa vibhūsanaṭṭhānābhāvo, cīvarappaccaye appicchabhāvo, paribhogasukhabhāvo, vākuppattiyā sulabhabhāvo, vākacīre naṭṭhepi anapekkhabhāvoti imehi dvādasahi guṇehi sampannaṃ (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā).

Atha sumedhapaṇḍito tattha paṇṇasālāyaṃ viharanto paccūsasamaye paccuṭṭhāya attano nikkhamanakāraṇaṃ paccavekkhamāno evaṃ kira cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pana navakanakakaṭakanūpurādisaṅghaṭṭanasaddasammissita-madhurahasitakathitagehajanaramaṇīyaṃ uḷāravibhavasobhitaṃ suravarabhavanākāramagāraṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya pahāya vivekārāmatāya sabbajanapāpapavāhanaṃ tapovanaṃ paviṭṭhosmi, idha pana me paṇṇasālāya vāso dutiyo gharāvāso viya hoti, handāhaṃ rukkhamūle vaseyya’’nti. Tena vuttaṃ –

31.

‘‘Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ, pajahiṃ paṇṇasālaka’’nti.

aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇanti aṭṭhahi dosehi samākiṇṇaṃ saṃyuttaṃ. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Mahāsambhārehi nipphādanīyatā, tiṇapaṇṇamattikādīhi niccaṃ paṭijagganīyatā, senāsanaṃ nāma mahallakassa pāpuṇātīti avelāya vuṭṭhāpiyamānassa cittekaggatā na hotīti vuṭṭhāpanīyabhāvo, sītuṇhassa paṭighātena kāyassa sukhumālakaraṇabhāvo, gharaṃ paviṭṭhena yaṃ kiñci pāpaṃ sakkā kātunti garahapaṭicchādanakaraṇabhāvo, ‘‘mayhamida’’nti sapariggahabhāvo, gehassa atthibhāvo sadutiyakavāso, ūkāmaṅgulagharagoḷikādīnaṃ sādhāraṇatāya bahusādhāraṇabhāvoti iti ime aṭṭha ādīnave (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) disvā mahāsatto paṇṇasālaṃ pajahiṃ.

Guṇe dasahupāgatanti channaṃ paṭikkhipitvā dasahi guṇehi upetaṃ, rukkhamūlaṃ upagatosmīti attho. Katamehi dasahi? Appasamārambhatā, upagamanamattamevettha hotīti sulabhānavajjatā, abhiṇhaṃ tarupaṇṇavikāradassanena aniccasaññāsamuṭṭhāpanatā, senāsanamaccherābhāvo, tattha hi pāpaṃ karonto lajjatīti pāpakaraṇārahābhāvo, pariggahakaraṇābhāvo, devatāhi saha vāso, channapaṭikkhepo, paribhogasukhatā, rukkhamūlasenāsanassa gatagataṭṭhāne sulabhatāya anapekkhabhāvoti iti ime dasa guṇe (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) disvā rukkhamūlaṃ upagatosmīti vadati. Āha ca –

‘‘Vaṇṇito buddhaseṭṭhena, nissayoti ca bhāsito;

‘‘Āvāsamaccherahare, devatāparipālite;

‘‘Abhirattāni nīlāni, paṇḍūni patitāni ca;

‘‘Tasmā hi buddhadāyajjaṃ, bhāvanābhiratālayaṃ;

Atha sumedhapaṇḍito paṇṇasālāya diṭṭhadoso hutvā rukkhamūlasenāsane laddhānisaṃso viharanto uttaripi cintesi – ‘‘āhāratthāya me gāmagamanaṃ āhārapariyesanadukkhaṃ, nāhaṃ kenaci pārijuññena nikkhamitvā āhāratthāya pabbajito, āhārapariyesanamūlassa ca dukkhassa pamāṇaṃ natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ pavattaphalena yāpeyya’’nti. Imaṃ pana atthavisesaṃ dīpento –

32-33.‘‘Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato.

Anekaguṇasampannaṃ, pavattaphalamādiyi’’nti. – ādimāha;

vāpitanti vapitvā nipphannaṃ.Ropitanti ropitvā nipphannaṃ, vapanaropanavasena duvidhāva sassanipphatti, taṃ duvidhampi attano appicchatāya pahāya pavattaphalena yāpesiṃ.Pavattaphalanti sayameva patitaphalaṃ.Ādiyinti paribhuñjiṃ.

‘‘Pavattaphalasantuṭṭho, aparāyattajīviko;

‘‘Jahāti rasataṇhañca, ājīvo tassa sujjhati;

‘‘tatthappadhānaṃpadahi’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthatatthāti tasmiṃ assame.Padhānanti vīriyaṃ, vīriyañhi padahitabbato padhānabhāvakaraṇato vā ‘‘padhāna’’nti vuccati.Padahinti vīriyamārabhiṃ.Nissajjaṭṭhānacaṅkameti nisajjāya ca ṭhānena ca caṅkamena ca.

dīpaṅkaronāma satthā loke udapādi.

Saṅkhepeneva tassāyamānupubbikathā – ayaṃ kira dīpaṅkaro nāma mahāsatto samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā vessantarattabhāvasadise attabhāve ṭhito pathavikampanādīni mahādānāni datvā āyupariyosāne tusitapure nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi sannipatitvā –

‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ;

Vutte tato so devatānaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā ca pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā tato cuto rammavatīnagare attano yasavibhūtiyā vijitavāsudevassa naradevassa sudevassa nāma rañño kule sumedhāya deviyā kucchismiṃ āsāḷhipuṇṇamiyā uttarāsāḷhanakkhattena paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā mahatā parivārena parihariyamāno mahādeviyā kucchimhi maṇikūṭagato viya kenaci asucinā amakkhito dasa māse vasitvā saliladharavivaragato saradakālacando viya tassā udarato nikkhami.

Dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni

dvattiṃsa pubbanimittānipāṭihāriyāni pāturahesuṃ. Sabbasabbaññubodhisattesu mātukucchiṃ okkamantesu nikkhamantesu sambujjhantesu dhammacakkaṃ pavattantesūti imesu catūsu ṭhānesu dvattiṃsa pāṭihāriyāni pavattanteva. Tasmā mayā pākaṭattā dīpaṅkarakumārassa jātiyaṃ dassitāni –

‘‘Dīpaṅkare cārukare kumāre, sivaṃkare santikareva jāte;

‘‘Cakkavāḷasahassesu, dasasahasseva devatā;

‘‘Bodhisattaṃ mahāsattaṃ, jātamattantu devatā;

‘‘Avāditā kenaci cammanaddhā, supokkharā dundubhiyo ca vīṇā;

‘‘Chijjiṃsu sabbattha ca bandhanāni, sayaṃ vigacchiṃsu ca sabbarogā;

‘‘Anussatiṃ jātijaḷā manussā, labhiṃsu yānaṃ padasāva paṅgulā;

‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhaṃ bhūmigatañca sabbaṃ, sayaṃ samantā ratanaṃ viroci;

‘‘Lokantare dukkhanirantarepi, pabhā uḷārā vipulā ahosi;

‘‘Na vāyi vāto pharuso kharo vā, samphullapupphā taravo ahesuṃ;

‘‘Khagā nabhamhāpi ca rukkhato ca, haṭṭhāva heṭṭhā pathaviṃ bhajiṃsu;

‘‘Ṭhatvāva dibbe bhavane sakasmiṃ, pasannacittā pana devatāyo;

‘‘Sayaṃ kira dvāramahākavāṭā, khaṇeva tasmiṃ vivaṭā ahesuṃ;

‘‘Ye niccaverā pana pāṇisaṅghā, te mettacittaṃ paramaṃ labhiṃsu;

‘‘Ghorāpi sappānamukhāpi sappā, kīḷiṃsu kāmaṃ nakulehi saddhiṃ;

‘‘Buddhantarenāpi aladdhatoye, pisācaloke vigatā pipāsā;

‘‘Pasannacittā pana pāṇisaṅghā, tadaññamaññaṃ piyamālapiṃsu;

‘‘Surabhicandanacuṇṇasamākulā, kusumakuṅkumadhūpasugandhinī;

Tatra hissa dasasahassilokadhātukampo sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, devatānaṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipāto dhammacakkappavattanakāle ekappahāreneva sannipatitvā dhammapaṭiggahaṇassa pubbanimittaṃ, paṭhamaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, pacchā manussānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, cammanaddhadundubhīnaṃ sayameva vajjanaṃ mahantiyā dhammabheriyā anusāvanassa pubbanimittaṃ, vīṇābharaṇānaṃ sayameva vajjanaṃ anupubbavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, bandhanānaṃ sayameva chedo asmimānasamucchedassa pubbanimittaṃ, mahājanassa sabbarogavigamo catusaccaphalapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, jaccandhānaṃ rūpadassanaṃ dibbacakkhupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, badhirānaṃ saddassavanaṃ dibbasotadhātupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ.

Jātijaḷānaṃ anussatuppādo catusatipaṭṭhānapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, paṅgulānaṃ padasā gamanaṃ caturiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, videsagatānaṃ nāvānaṃ sapaṭṭanāgamanaṃ catupaṭisambhidādhigamassa, ratanānaṃ sayameva virocanaṃ dhammobhāsapaṭilābhassa, niraye agginibbāyanaṃ ekādasagginibbāyanassa, nadīsu toyassa nappavattanaṃ catuvesārajjapaṭilābhassa, lokantare āloko avijjandhakāraṃ vidhametvā ñāṇalokadassanassa, mahāsamuddassa madhurodakatā nibbānarasena ekarasabhāvassa, vātassa avāyanaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatabhedanassa, tarūnaṃ pupphitabhāvo vimuttipupphehi pupphitabhāvassa pubbanimittaṃ.

Candassa ativirocanaṃ bahujanakantatāya pubbanimittaṃ, sūriyassa nātiuṇhavimalabhāvo kāyikacetasikasukhuppattiyā, khagānaṃ nagādīhi pathavigamanaṃ ovādaṃ sutvā mahājanassa pāṇehi saraṇagamanassa, mahato catuddīpagatameghassa pavassanaṃ mahato dhammavassassa, devatānaṃ sakasakabhavanesveva ṭhatvā naccādīhi kīḷanaṃ buddhabhāvaṃ patvā udānudānassa, dvārakavāṭānaṃ sayameva vivaraṇaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikamaggadvāravivaraṇassa, khudāpīḷanassa abhāvo vimuttisukhena sukhitabhāvassa, verīnaṃ mettacittapaṭilābho catubrahmavihārapaṭilābhassa, dasasahassilokadhātuyā ekadhajamālitā ariyadhajamālitāya pubbanimittaṃ, sesavisesā pana sesabuddhaguṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittānīti veditabbā.

dīpaṅkarakumāromahatiyā sampattiyā paricāriyamāno anukkamena bhaddaṃ yobbanaṃ patvā tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikesu tīsu pāsādesu devalokasiriṃ viya rajjasirimanubhavanto uyyānakīḷāya gamanasamaye anukkamena jiṇṇabyādhimatasaṅkhāte tayo devadūte disvā sañjātasaṃvego nivattitvā sudassananagarasadisavibhavasobhaṃ rammavatī nāma nagaraṃ pāvisi. Nagaraṃ pavisitvā puna catutthavāre hatthācariyaṃ pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, tāta, uyyānadassanatthāya nikkhamissāmi hatthiyānāni kappāpehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti paṭisuṇitvā caturāsītihatthisahassāni kappāpesi. Atha vissakammo nāma devaputto bodhisattaṃ nānāvirāgavasananivāsanaṃ āmukkamuttāhārakeyūraṃ ruciranavakanakakaṭakamakuṭakuṇḍaladharaṃ paramasurabhikusumamālasamalaṅkatasiroruhaṃ samalaṅkari kira. Atha dīpaṅkarakumāro devakumāro viya caturāsītiyā hatthisahassehi parivuto hatthikkhandhavaragato mahatā balakāyena parivuto ratijananaṃ uyyānaṃ pavisitvā hatthikkhandhato oruyha taṃ uyyānamanusañcaritvā paramaruciradassane sakahadayasītale silātale nisīditvā pabbajjāya cittaṃ uppādesi. Taṅkhaṇaññeva suddhāvāsakhīṇāsavo mahābrahmā aṭṭha samaṇaparikkhāre ādāya mahāpurisassa cakkhupathe pāturahosi.

makuṭacetiyaṃnāma akāsi. Atha mahāpuriso devadattiyaṃ arahattadhajaṃ kāsāvaṃ paridahitvā sāṭakayugaṃ ākāse khipi. Taṃ brahmā paṭiggahetvā brahmaloke dvādasayojanikaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ cetiyamakāsi. Dīpaṅkarakumāraṃ pana pabbajantaṃ ekā purisakoṭi anupabbaji. Tāya pana parisāya parivuto bodhisatto dasa māse padhānacariyaṃ acari. Atha visākhapuṇṇamāya aññataraṃ nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.

sunandenanāmājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā pipphalibodhirukkhamūlaṃ gantvā tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā navutihatthaṃ bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūle nisīdi.

sunandārāmedhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā koṭisatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ dhammāmataṃ pāyetvā catuddīpikamahāmegho viya dhammavassaṃ vassento mahājanassa bandhanamokkhaṃ karonto janapadacārikaṃ vicari.

Tadā kira sumedhapaṇḍito samāpattisukhena vītināmento neva pathavikampanamaddasa na tāni nimittāni. Tena vuttaṃ –

34.

‘‘Evaṃ me siddhippattassa, vasībhūtassa sāsane;

35.

‘‘Uppajjante ca jāyante, bujjhante dhammadesane;

evanti idāni vattabbaṃ nidasseti.Meti mama.Siddhippattassāti pañcābhiññāsiddhippattassa.Vasībhūtassāti bhūtavasissa, ciṇṇavasībhāvamupagatassāti attho.Sāsaneti vivekamānasānaṃ sāsane, anādaralakkhaṇe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Jinoti kilesārijayanena jino.

Uppajjanteti paṭisandhiggahaṇe.Jāyanteti mātukucchito nikkhamane.Bujjhanteti anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhante.Dhammadesaneti dhammacakkappavattane.Caturonimitteti cattāri nimittāni. Dīpaṅkarassa dasabalassa paṭisandhi-jāti-bodhi-dhammacakkappavattanesu catūsu ṭhānesu dasasahassilokadhātukampanādīni nimittānīti attho. Etthāha – tāni pana bahūni nimittāni, kasmā ‘‘caturo nimitte’’ti vuttaṃ, ayuttaṃ nanūti? Nāyuttaṃ, yadipi etāni bahūni nimittāni, catūsu ṭhānesu pana pavattattā ‘‘caturo nimitte’’ti vuttaṃ.Nāddasanti nāddasiṃ. Idāni tesaṃ catunnaṃ nimittānaṃ adassane kāraṇaṃ niddisanto‘‘jhānaratisamappito’’ti āha.Jhānaratīti samāpattisukhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Jhānaratiyā samappitattā samaṅgībhūtattā tāni nimittāni nāddasanti attho.

sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasati. Rammanagaravāsino ‘‘dīpaṅkaro kira dasabalo anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno rammanagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasatī’’ti sutvā sappiādīni bhesajjāni gahetvā bhuttapātarāsā suddhuttarāsaṅgā pupphadhūpagandhahatthā yena buddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā satthāraṃ vanditvā pupphādīhi pūjetvā ekamantaṃ nisīditvā atimadhuraṃ dhammakathaṃ sutvā svātanāya bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā dasabalaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

Te punadivase asadisamahādānaṃ sajjetvā maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā vimalakomalehi nīluppalehi chādetvā catujjātigandhena paribhaṇḍaṃ kāretvā lājapañcamāni surabhikusumāni vikiritvā maṇḍapassa catūsu koṇesu sītalamadhuravāripuṇṇā cāṭiyo ṭhapetvā kadalipaṇṇehi pidahitvā maṇḍapopari jayasumanakusumasadisaṃ paramaruciradassanaṃ celavitānaṃ bandhitvā suvaṇṇamaṇirajatatārakāhi racayitvā tattha gandhadāmapupphadāmapattadāmaratanadāmāni olambetvā dhūpehi duddinaṃ katvā sakalañca taṃ rammaṃ rammanagaraṃ sammaṭṭhaṃ saphalakadaliyo ca pupphasamalaṅkate puṇṇaghaṭe ca ṭhapāpetvā nānāvirāgā dhajapaṭākāyo ca samussāpetvā mahāvīthiyā ubhosu passesu sāṇipākārehi parikkhipitvā dīpaṅkaradasabalassa āgamanamaggaṃ alaṅkarontā udakaparibhinnaṭṭhānesu paṃsuṃ pakkhipitvā cikkhallakampi pathaviṃ asamaṃ samaṃ katvā muttāsadisāhi vālukāhi ākiranti, lājapañcamehi ca pupphehi ākiranti, saphalakadalikamuke ca patiṭṭhāpenti.

Atha tasmiṃ kāle sumedhatāpaso attano assamapadato uggantvā rammanagaravāsīnaṃ tesaṃ manussānaṃ uparibhāgena ākāsena gacchanto te haṭṭhapahaṭṭhe maggaṃ sodhente ca alaṅkaronte ca disvā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti cintetvā sabbesaṃ passantānaññeva ākāsato oruyha ekamante ṭhatvā te manusse pucchi – ‘‘ambho! Kassatthāya tumhe imaṃ maggaṃ sodhethā’’ti? Tena vuttaṃ –

36.

‘‘Paccantadesavisaye, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

37.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, nikkhamitvā sakassamā;

38.

‘‘Vedajātaṃ janaṃ disvā, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditaṃ;

39.

‘‘Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito, vedajāto mahājano;

paccantadesavisayeti majjhimadesasseva ekapasse paccantadesasaññite janapade.Tassa āgamanaṃ magganti tena āgantabbaṃ magganti attho.Ahaṃ tena samayenāti ahaṃ tasmiṃ samaye, bhummatthe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Sakassamāti attano assamapadato nikkhamitvā.Dhunantoti odhunanto.‘‘Tena samayena’’ ca, ‘‘tadā’’ cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ ekatthattā purimassa nikkhamanakiriyāya pacchimassa ca gamanakiriyāya saddhiṃ sambandho veditabbo, itarathā punaruttidosā na muccati.Tadāti tasmiṃ samaye.

Vedajātanti sañjātasomanassaṃ.Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditanti imāni tīṇi padāni aññamaññavevacanāni aññamaññassa atthadīpanāni. Atha vā sukhenatuṭṭhaṃ,pītiyāhaṭṭhaṃ,pāmojjenapamuditaṃ.Orohitvānāti otaritvā.Manusse pucchīti mānuse pucchi. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Tāvadeti tadā, taṅkhaṇeyevāti attho. Idāni pucchitamatthaṃ dassentena‘‘tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ayaṃ mahājano tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamoditahadayo hutvā maggaṃ sodheti, kiṃ kāraṇā sodheti, kassatthāya vā sodhetīti? Evaṃ ‘‘sodheti’’ saddaṃ āharitvā attho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā na yujjati.Sodhīyatīti suddhabhāvo karīyati.Maggo añjasaṃ vaṭumāyananti maggassevetāni vevacanāni.

Evaṃ tena sumedhatāpasena puṭṭhā te manussā āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante sumedha, kiṃ na jānātha dīpaṅkaro nāma buddho anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko janapadacārikaṃ caramāno anukkamena amhākaṃ nagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasati, mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ nimantayitvā tasseva buddhassa bhagavato āgamanamaggaṃ sodhemā’’ti. Tato taṃ sutvā sumedhapaṇḍito cintesi – ‘‘buddhoti kho panesa ghosopi dullabho, pageva buddhuppādo, tena hi mayāpi imehi manussehi saddhiṃ dasabalassa āgamanamaggaṃ sodhetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So te manusse āha – ‘‘sace, bho, tumhe imaṃ maggaṃ buddhassa sodhetha, mayhampi ekaṃ okāsaṃ detha, ahampi tumhehi saddhiṃ buddhassa maggaṃ sodhessāmī’’ti. Tato te ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ sumedhapaṇḍito mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’ti jānamānā dubbisodhanaṃ udakasambhinnaṃ ativiya visamaṃ ekaṃ okāsaṃ sallakkhetvā – ‘‘imaṃ okāsaṃ tumhe sodhetha alaṅkarotha cā’’ti adaṃsu. Tato sumedhapaṇḍito buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ uppādetvā cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pana imaṃ okāsaṃ iddhiyā paramadassanīyaṃ kātuṃ pahomi, evaṃ kate pana maṃ na paritosessati. Ajja pana mayā kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti paṃsuṃ āharitvā taṃ padesaṃ pūreti.

Tassa pana tasmiṃ padese asodhite vippakateyeva rammanagaravāsino manussā bhagavato kālamārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, bhatta’’nti. Evaṃ tehi kāle ārocite dasabalo jayasumanakusumasadisavaṇṇaṃ dupaṭṭacīvaraṃ timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādetvā nivāsetvā tassupari suvaṇṇapāmaṅgena jayasumanakusumakalāpaṃ parikkhipanto viya vijjulatāsassirikaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā kanakagirisikharamatthake lākhārasaṃ parisiñcanto viya suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ pavāḷajālena parikkhipanto viya ca suvaṇṇagghikaṃ rattakambalena paṭimuñcanto viya ca saradasamayarajanikaraṃ rattavalāhakena paṭicchādento viya ca lākhārasena tintakiṃsukakusumasadisavaṇṇaṃ rattavarapaṃsukūlacīvaraṃ pārupitvā gandhakuṭidvārato kañcanaguhato sīho viya nikkhamitvā gandhakuṭipamukhe aṭṭhāsi. Atha sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaramādāya bhagavantaṃ parivārayiṃsu. Te pana parivāretvā ṭhitā bhikkhū evarūpā ahesuṃ –

‘‘Appicchā pana santuṭṭhā, vattāro vacanakkhamā;

‘‘Sabbepi sīlasampannā, samādhijjhānakovidā;

‘‘Khīṇāsavā vasippattā, iddhimanto yasassino;

Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi vītadoso vītadosehi vītamoho vītamohehi parivuto ativiya virocittha. Atha satthā mahānubhāvānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ chaḷabhiññānaṃ catūhi satasahassehi parivuto marugaṇaparivuto dasasatanayano viya brahmagaṇaparivuto hāritamahābrahmā viya ca aparimitasamayasamupacitakusalabalajanitāya anopamāya buddhalīḷāya tārāgaṇaparivuto saradasamayarajanikaro viya ca gaganatalaṃ taṃ maggaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ paṭipajji.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇāya pabhāya dhīro, suvaṇṇavaṇṇe kira maggarukkhe;

Sumedhatāpasopi tena alaṅkatapaṭiyattena maggena āgacchantassa dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ asītiyā anubyañjanehi anurañjitaṃ byāmappabhāya parikkhepaṃ sassirikaṃ indanīlamaṇisadisaṃ ākāse nānappakārā vijjulatā viya chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vissajjentaṃ rūpasobhaggappattaṃ attabhāvaṃ akkhīni ummīletvā oloketvā – ‘‘ajja mayā dasabalassa jīvitapariccāgaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti, ‘‘mā bhagavā kalale akkami, maṇimayaphalakasetuṃ akkamanto viya saddhiṃ catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi mama piṭṭhiṃ akkamanto gacchatu, taṃ me bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti kese mocetvā ajinajaṭāvākacīrāni kāḷavaṇṇe kalale pattharitvā tattheva kalalapiṭṭhe nipajji. Tena vuttaṃ –

40.

‘‘Te me puṭṭhā viyākaṃsu, buddho loke anuttaro;

41.

‘‘Buddhoti vacanaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade;

42.

‘‘Tattha ṭhatvā vicintesiṃ, tuṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

43.

‘‘Yadi buddhassa sodhetha, ekokāsaṃ dadātha me;

44.

‘‘Adaṃsu te mamokāsaṃ, sodhetuṃ añjasaṃ tadā;

45.

‘‘Aniṭṭhite mamokāse, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

46.

‘‘Paccuggamanā vattanti, vajjanti bheriyo bahū;

47.

‘‘Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi ca devatā;

48.

‘‘Devā dibbehi turiyehi, manussā mānusehi ca;

49.

‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;

50.

‘‘Dibbaṃ candanacuṇṇañca, varagandhañca kevalaṃ;

51.

‘‘Campakaṃ saralaṃ nīpaṃ, nāgapunnāgaketalaṃ;

52.

‘‘Kese muñcitvāhaṃ tattha, vākacīrañca cammakaṃ;

53.

‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu;

viyākaṃsūti byākariṃsu. ‘‘Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, tassa sodhīyati patho’’tipi pāṭho.Somanassaṃ pavedayinti somanassamanubhavinti attho.Tattha ṭhatvāti yasmiṃ padese ākāsato otari, tattheva ṭhatvā.Saṃviggamānasoti pītivimhitamānaso.Idhāti imasmiṃ dīpaṅkare puññakkhette.Bījānīti kusalabījāni.Ropissanti ropissāmi.Khaṇoti aṭṭhakkhaṇavirahito navamo khaṇasannipāto. Atidullabho so mayā paṭiladdho.Veti nipātamattaṃ.Mā upaccagāti so mā accagamā, mā atikkamīti attho.Dadāthāti detha.Teti ye me puṭṭhā manussā, teti attho.Sodhemahaṃ tadāti sodhemi ahaṃ tadā.Aniṭṭhiteti apariyosite vippakate.Khīṇāsavehīti ettha cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavoti (cūḷani. jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddesa 69) ime cattāro āsavā yesaṃ khīṇā pahīnā samucchinnā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, te khīṇāsavā, tehi khīṇāsavehi. Khīṇāsavattāyevavimalehi.

Devā manusse passantīti ettha devānaṃ manussadassane vattabbaṃ natthi, pakatidassanavasena pana yathā manussā idha ṭhatvā passanti, evaṃ devāpi manusse passantīti attho.Devatāti deve.Ubhopīti ubho devamanussā.Pañjalikāti katapañjalikā, ubhopi hatthe sirasi patiṭṭhāpetvāti attho.Anuyanti tathāgatanti tathāgatassa pacchato yanti, anuyoge sati sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ hotīti lakkhaṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘anuyanti tathāgata’’nti.Vajjayantāti vādentā.

Mandāravanti mandāravapupphaṃ.Disodisanti disato disato.Okirantīti avakiranti.Ākāsanabhagatāti ākāsasaṅkhāte nabhasi gatā. Atha vā ākāsaṃ gatā saggagatāva. ‘‘Nabho’’ti hi saggo vuccati.Marūti amarā.Saralanti saralatarukusumaṃ.Nīpanti kadambapupphaṃ.Nāgapunnāgaketakanti nāgapunnāgaketakapupphāni ca.Bhūmitalagatāti bhūmigatā.

Kesemuñcitvāhanti ahaṃ kese baddhā kalāpakuṭilajaṭā muñcitvā, vippakiritvāti attho.Tatthāti mayhaṃ dinne okāse.Cammakanti cammakkhaṇḍaṃ.Kalaleti cikkhallakaddame.Avakujjoti adhomukho hutvā.Nipajjahanti nipajjiṃ ahaṃ.Mā nanti etthati paṭisedhatthe nipāto.Nanti padapūraṇatthe nipāto, buddho kalale mā akkamitthāti attho.Hitāya me bhavissatīti taṃ kalale anakkamanaṃ dīgharattaṃ mama hitatthāya bhavissatīti. ‘‘Sukhāya me bhavissatī’’tipi pāṭho.

Tato sumedhapaṇḍito kalalapiṭṭhe nipanno evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ iccheyyaṃ sabbakilese jhāpetvā saṅghanavako hutvā rammanagaraṃ paviseyyaṃ, aññātakavesena pana me kilese jhāpetvā nibbānappattiyā kiccaṃ natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dīpaṅkaradasabalo viya paramābhisambodhiṃ patvā dhammanāvaṃ āropetvā mahājanaṃ saṃsārasāgarā uttāretvā pacchā parinibbāyeyyaṃ, idaṃ me patirūpa’’nti. Tato aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvā buddhabhāvāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipajji. Tena vuttaṃ –

54.

‘‘Pathaviyaṃ nipannassa, evaṃ me āsi cetaso;

55.

‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha;

56.

‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā;

57.

‘‘Iminā me adhikārena, katena purisuttame;

58.

‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave;

pathaviyaṃ nipannassāti puthaviyā nipannassa. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Cetasoti cetaso parivitakko ahosīti attho. ‘‘Evaṃ me āsi cetanā’’tipi pāṭho.Icchamānoti ākaṅkhamāno.Kileseti kilissanti upatāpentīti kilesā, rāgādayo dasa.Jhāpayeti jhāpeyyaṃ, mama kilese jhāpaye ahanti attho.

Kinti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ.Aññātavesenāti apākaṭavesena, aviññātena paṭicchannena. Idha pana bhikkhū viya āsavakkhayaṃ katvā kiṃ, buddhakare dhamme pūretvā paṭisandhijātibodhidhammacakkappavattanesu mahāpathavikampanaṃ katvā buddho bodhetā, tiṇṇo tāretā, mutto mocetā bhaveyyanti adhippāyo.Sadevaketi sadevake loke.

Thāmadassināti attano thāmabalaṃ passamānena.Santāressanti santāressāmi.Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ sattanikāyaṃ, sadevakaṃ lokaṃ vā.Adhikārenāti adhivisiṭṭhena kārena, buddhassa mama jīvitaṃ pariccajitvā kalalapiṭṭhe sayanenādhikārenāti attho.

Saṃsārasotanti kammakilesavasena yonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitinavasattāvāsesu ito cito ca saṃsaraṇaṃ saṃsāro. Yathāha –

‘‘Khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanānañca;

saṃsārasotaṃ,saṃsārakāraṇaṃ taṇhāsotaṃ chinditvāti attho.Tayo bhaveti kāmarūpārūpabhave. Tibhavanibbattakakammakilesā tayo bhavāti adhippetā.Dhammanāvanti ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ. So hi caturoghuttaraṇaṭṭhena ‘‘dhammanāvā’’ti vuccati.Samāruyhāti āruyha.Santāressanti santāressāmi. Yasmā pana buddhattaṃ patthentassa –

59.

‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ;

manussattanti manussattabhāveyeva ṭhatvā buddhattaṃ patthentassa patthanā samijjhati, na nāgajātiādīsu ṭhitānaṃ. Kasmāti ce? Ahetukabhāvato.

Liṅgasampattīti manussattabhāve vattamānassāpi purisaliṅge ṭhitasseva patthanā samijjhati, na itthiyā vā paṇḍakanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānaṃ vā samijjhati. Kasmāti ce? Lakkhaṇapāripūriyā abhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ itthī arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddho’’ti (ma. ni. 3.130; a. ni. 1.279; vibha. 809) vitthāro. Tasmā itthiliṅge ṭhitassa manussajātikassāpi patthanā na samijjhati.

Hetūti purisassāpi tasmiṃ attabhāve arahattappattiyā hetusampannasseva patthanā samijjhati, no itarassa.

Satthāradassananti sace jīvamānakabuddhasseva santike pattheti patthanā samijjhati. Parinibbute bhagavati cetiyassa santike vā bodhirukkhamūle vā paṭimāya vā paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ vā santike patthanā na samijjhati. Kasmā? Bhabbābhabbake ñatvā kammavipākaparicchedakañāṇena paricchinditvā byākātuṃ asamatthattā. Tasmā buddhassa santikeyeva patthanā samijjhati.

Pabbajjāti buddhassa bhagavato santike patthentassāpi kammakiriyavādīsu tāpasesu vā bhikkhūsu vā pabbajitasseva patthanā samijjhati, no gihiliṅge ṭhitassa. Kasmā? Pabbajitāyeva hi bodhisattā sambodhiṃ adhigacchanti, na gahaṭṭhā. Tasmā ādimhi paṇidhānakālepi pabbajiteneva bhavitabbaṃ.

Guṇasampattīti pabbajitassāpi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino pañcābhiññasseva samijjhati, na pana imāya guṇasampattiyā virahitassa. Kasmā? Nigguṇassa tadabhāvato.

Adhikāroti guṇasampannenāpi yena attano jīvitaṃ buddhānaṃ pariccattaṃ hoti, tassa iminā adhikārena sampannasseva samijjhati, na itarassa.

Chandatāti abhinīhārasampannassāpi yassa buddhakārakadhammānaṃ atthāya mahanto chando vāyāmo ca ussāho ca pariyeṭṭhi ca, tasseva samijjhati, na itarassa. Tatridaṃ chandamahantatāya opammaṃ – sace hi evamassa, ‘‘yo pana sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ ekodakībhūtaṃ attano bāhubalena uttaritvā pāraṃ gantuṃ samattho, so buddhattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Yo panimaṃ attano dukkaraṃ na maññati ‘ahaṃ imaṃ uttaritvā pāraṃ gamissāmī’’’ti evaṃ mahatā chandena ussāhena samannāgato hoti, tassa patthanā samijjhati, na itarassa (su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.khaggavisāṇasuttavaṇṇanā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; cariyā. aṭṭha. pakiṇṇakakathā).

Sumedhapaṇḍito pana ime aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvāva buddhabhāvāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipajji. Dīpaṅkaropi bhagavā āgantvā sumedhapaṇḍitassa sīsabhāge ṭhatvā kalalapiṭṭhe nipannaṃ sumedhatāpasaṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ tāpaso buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, ijjhissati nu kho etassa patthanā, udāhu no’’ti anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ pesetvā upadhārento – ‘‘ito kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni atikkamitvā gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ṭhitakova parisamajjhe byākāsi – ‘‘passatha no, tumhe bhikkhave, imaṃ uggatapaṃ tāpasaṃ kalalapiṭṭhe nipanna’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. Ayaṃ buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, samijjhissati imassa tāpasassa patthanā, ayañhi ito kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho loke bhavissati. Tasmiṃ panassa attabhāve kapilavatthu nāma nagaraṃ nivāso bhavissati, mahāmāyā nāma devī mātā, suddhodano nāma rājā pitā, upatisso ca kolito ca dve aggasāvakā, ānando nāma upaṭṭhāko, khemā ca uppalavaṇṇā ca dve aggasāvikā bhavissanti. Ayaṃ paripakkañāṇo hutvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā mahāpadhānaṃ padahitvā nigrodhamūle sujātāya nāma kumāriyā dinnaṃ pāyāsaṃ paṭiggahetvā nerañjarāya tīre paribhuñjitvā bodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha assattharukkhamūle abhisambujjhissatīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

60.

‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

61.

‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ;

62.

‘‘Ahū kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato;

63.

‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato;

64.

‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino;

65.

‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro;

66.

‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

67.

‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

68.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

69.

‘‘Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati;

lokavidūti sabbathā viditalokattā pana lokavidū. Bhagavā hi sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyatoti sabbathāpi lokaṃ avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi. Tasmā lokavidūti vuccati. Yathāha –

‘‘Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho, lokantagū vūsitabrahmacariyo;

Āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahoti dānānaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ arahattā dakkhiṇeyyattā āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho.Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvānāti mama sīsasamīpe ṭhatvā.Idaṃidāni vattabbaṃ vacanaṃ abravīti attho.Jaṭilanti jaṭā assa santīti jaṭilo, taṃ jaṭilaṃ.Uggatāpananti uggatāpasaṃ.Ahūti ahani, athāti attho. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Kapilavhayāti kapilaavhayā abhidhānā.Rammāti ramaṇīyato.Padhānanti vīriyaṃ.Ehitīti essati gamissati. Sesagāthāsu uttānamevāti.

Tato sumedhapaṇḍito – ‘‘mayhaṃ kira patthanā samijjhissatī’’ti sañjātasomanasso ahosi. Mahājano dīpaṅkaradasabalassa vacanaṃ sutvā – ‘‘sumedhatāpaso kira buddhabījaṅkuro’’ti haṭṭhatuṭṭho ahosi. Evañcassa ahosi – ‘‘yathā nāma puriso nadiṃ taranto ujukena titthena tarituṃ asakkonto heṭṭhātitthena uttarati, evameva mayaṃ dīpaṅkaradasabalassa sāsane maggaphalaṃ alabhamānā anāgate yadā tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, tadā tava sammukhā maggaphalaṃ sacchikātuṃ samatthā bhaveyyāmā’’ti patthanaṃ akaṃsu. Dīpaṅkaradasabalo bodhisattaṃ mahāsattaṃ pasaṃsitvā aṭṭhahi pupphamuṭṭhīhi pūjetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Tepi catusatasahassā khīṇāsavā bodhisattaṃ pupphehi ca gandhehi ca pūjetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Devamanussā pana tatheva pūjetvā vanditvā pakkamiṃsu.

Atha sabbalokamatidīpaṅkaro dīpaṅkaro bhagavā catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi parivuto rammanagaravāsīhi pūjiyamāno devatāhi abhivandiyamāno sañjhāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharo viya jaṅgamamāno anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu tena alaṅkatapaṭiyattena maggena gantvā nānāsurabhikusumagandhavāsitaṃ cuṇṇasammodagandhaṃ samussitadhajapaṭākaṃ gandhānubaddhahadayehi bhamaragaṇehi gumbagumbāyamānaṃ dhūpandhakāraṃ amarapurasadisasobhaṃ abhirammaṃ rammanagaraṃ pavisitvā paññatte mahārahe buddhāsane yugandharamatthake saradasamayarucirakararajanikaro timiranikaranidhanakaro kamalavanavikasanakaro divasakaro viya dasabaladivasakaro nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi paṭipāṭiyā attano attano pattāsane nisīdi. Rammanagaravāsino pana upāsakā saddhādiguṇasampannā nānāvidhakhajjādīhi samalaṅkataṃ vaṇṇagandharasasampannaṃ asadisaṃ sukhanidānaṃ dānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu.

Atha kho bodhisatto dasabalassa byākaraṇaṃ sutvā buddhabhāvaṃ karatalagatamiva maññamāno pamuditahadayo sabbesu paṭikkantesu sayanā vuṭṭhāya – ‘‘pāramiyo vicinissāmī’’ti puppharāsimatthake pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisīdi. Evaṃ nisinne mahāsatte sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sādhukāraṃ datvā – ‘‘ayya sumedhatāpasa, porāṇakabodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā – ‘pāramiyo vicinissāmī’ti nisinnakāle yāni pubbanimittāni nāma paññāyanti, tāni sabbānipi ajja pātubhūtāni nissaṃsayena tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, mayametaṃ jānāma – ‘yassetāni nimittāni paññāyanti, so ekanteneva buddho bhavissati’ tasmā tvaṃ attano vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā paggaṇhā’’ti bodhisattaṃ nānappakārāhi thutīhi abhitthaviṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –

70.

‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino;

71.

‘‘Ukkuṭṭhisaddā vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca;

72.

‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ;

73.

‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya;

74.

‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ;

75.

‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

76.

‘‘Ye tatthāsuṃ jinaputtā, padakkhiṇamakaṃsu maṃ;

77.

‘‘Dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake;

78.

‘‘Sukhena sukhito homi, pāmojjena pamodito;

79.

‘‘Pallaṅkena nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;

80.

‘‘Sahassiyamhi lokamhi, isayo natthi me samā;

81.

‘‘Pallaṅkābhujane mayhaṃ, dasasahassādhivāsino;

82.

‘‘Yā pubbe bodhisattānaṃ, pallaṅkavaramābhuje;

83.

‘‘Sītaṃ byapagataṃ hoti, uṇhañca upasammati;

84.

‘‘Dasasahassī lokadhātu, nissaddā honti nirākulā;

85.

‘‘Mahāvātā na vāyanti, na sandanti savantiyo;

86.

‘‘Thalajā dakajā pupphā, sabbe pupphanti tāvade;

87.

‘‘Latā vā yadi vā rukkhā, phalabhārā honti tāvade;

88.

‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, ratanā jotanti tāvade;

89.

‘‘Mānussakā ca dibbā ca, turiyā vajjanti tāvade;

90.

‘‘Vicittapupphā gaganā, abhivassanti tāvade;

91.

‘‘Mahāsamuddo ābhujati, dasasahassī pakampati;

92.

‘‘Nirayepi dasasahasse, aggī nibbanti tāvade;

93.

‘‘Vimalo hoti sūriyo, sabbā dissanti tārakā;

94.

‘‘Anovaṭṭhena udakaṃ, mahiyā ubbhijji tāvade;

95.

‘‘Tārāgaṇā virocanti, nakkhattā gaganamaṇḍale;

96.

‘‘Bilāsayā darīsayā, nikkhamanti sakāsayā;

97.

‘‘Na honti aratī sattānaṃ, santuṭṭhā honti tāvade;

98.

‘‘Rogā tadupasammanti, jighacchā ca vinassasi;

99.

‘‘Rogā tadā tanu hoti, doso moho vinassasi;

100.

‘‘Bhayaṃ tadā na bhavati, ajjapetaṃ padissati;

101.

‘‘Rajonuddhaṃsatī uddhaṃ, ajjapetaṃ padissati;

102.

‘‘Aniṭṭhagandho pakkamati, dibbagandho pavāyati;

103.

‘‘Sabbe devā padissanti, ṭhapayitvā arūpino;

104.

‘‘Yāvatā nirayā nāma, sabbe dissanti tāvade;

105.

‘‘Kuṭṭā kavāṭā selā ca, na hontāvaraṇā tadā;

106.

‘‘Cutī ca upapattī ca, khaṇe tasmiṃ na vijjati;

107.

‘‘Daḷhaṃ paggaṇha vīriyaṃ, mā nivatta abhikkama;

idaṃ sutvāna vacananti idaṃ dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato bodhisattassa byākaraṇavacanaṃ sutvā.Asamassāti samassa sadisassa abhāvato asamassa. Yathāha –

‘‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati;

Mahesinoti mahante sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhe esi gavesīti mahesī, tassa mahesino.Naramarūti narā ca amarā ca, ukkaṭṭhaniddeso panāyaṃ sabbepi dasasahassilokadhātuyā nāgasupaṇṇayakkhādayopi āmoditāva.Buddhabījaṃ kira ayanti ayaṃ kira buddhaṅkuro uppannoti āmoditāti attho.

Ukkuṭṭhisaddāti unnādasaddā vattanti.Apphoṭentīti hatthehi bāhā abhihananti.Dasasahassīti dasasahassilokadhātuyo.Sadevakāti saha devehi sadevakā dasasahassī namassantīti attho.Yadimassāti yadi imassa, ayameva vā pāṭho.Virajjhissāmāti yadi na sampāpuṇissāma.Anāgatamhi addhāneti anāgate kāle.Hessāmāti bhavissāma.Sammukhāti sammukhībhūtā.Imanti imassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ.

Nadiṃtarantāti nadītaraṇakā, ‘‘naditarantā’’tipi pāṭho.Paṭititthanti paṭimukhatitthaṃ.Virajjhiyāti virajjhitvā.Yadi muñcāmāti yadi imaṃ bhagavantaṃ muñcitvā akatakiccā gamissāmāti attho.Mama kammaṃ pakittetvāti mama bhāvitamatthaṃ byākaritvā.Dakkhiṇaṃpādamuddharīti dakkhiṇaṃ pādaṃ ukkhipi, ‘‘katapadakkhiṇo’’tipi pāṭho.

Jinaputtāti dīpaṅkarassa satthuno sāvakā.Devā manussā asurā ca, abhivādetvāna pakkamunti devādayo sabbepi ime maṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pupphādīhi pūjetvā suppatiṭṭhitapañcaṅgā vanditvā nivattitvā punappunaṃ oloketvā madhuratthabyañjanāhi nānappakārāhi thutīhi vaṇṇentā pakkamiṃsu. ‘‘Narā nāgā ca gandhabbā, abhivādetvāna pakkamu’’ntipi pāṭho.

Dassanaṃ me atikkanteti mama dassanavisayaṃ bhagavati atikkante. ‘‘Jahite dassanūpacāre’’tipi pāṭho.Sasaṅgheti saddhiṃ saṅghena sasaṅgho, tasmiṃ sasaṅghe.Sayanā vuṭṭhahitvānāti nipannaṭṭhānato kalalato uṭṭhahitvā.Pallaṅkaṃ ābhujinti katapallaṅko hutvā puppharāsimhi nisīdinti attho. ‘‘Haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānatthova.

Pītiyā ca abhissannoti pītiparipphuṭo.Vasībhūtoti vasībhāvappatto.Jhāneti rūpāvacarārūpāvacarajhānesu.Sahassiyamhīti dasasahassiyaṃ.Lokamhīti lokadhātuyā.Me samāti mayā sadisā. Avisesena ‘‘me samā natthī’’ti vatvā idāni tameva niyamento‘‘asamo iddhidhammesū’’ti āha. Tatthaiddhidhammesūti pañcasu iddhidhammesūti attho.Alabhinti paṭilabhiṃ.Īdisaṃ sukhanti īdisaṃ somanassaṃ.

‘‘pallaṅkābhujane mayha’’ntiādimāha.

pallaṅkābhujane mayhanti mama pallaṅkābhujane. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Dasasahassādhivāsinoti dasasahassivāsino mahābrahmāno.Yā pubbeti yāni pubbe, vibhattilopaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ.Pallaṅkavaramābhujeti varapallaṅkābhujane.Nimittāni padissantīti nimittāni padissiṃsūti attho. Atītavacane vattabbe vattamānavacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, atītavasena attho gahetabbo.Tāni ajja padissareti pubbepi niyatabodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujane yāni nimittāni uppajjiṃsu, tāni nimittāni ajja padissare. Tasmā tvaṃ dhuvameva buddho bhavissasīti attho. Na pana tāniyeva nimittāni uppajjiṃsu, taṃsadisattā ‘‘tāni ajja padissare’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Sītanti sītattaṃ.Byapagatanti gataṃ vigataṃ.Tānīti sītavigamanauṇhupasamanānīti attho.Nissaddāti asaddā anigghosā.Nirākulāti anākulā, ayameva vā pāṭho.Na sandantīti na vahanti nappavattanti.Savantiyoti nadiyo.Tānīti avāyanaasandanāni.Thalajāti pathavitalapabbatarukkhesu jātāni.Dakajāti odakāni pupphāni.Pupphantīti pubbe bodhisattānaṃ pupphiṃsu, atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.Tepajja pupphitānīti tāni pupphāni ajja pupphitānīti attho.

Phalabhārāti phaladharā.Tepajjāti tepi ajja, pulliṅgavasena ‘‘tepī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘latā vā rukkhā vā’’ti vuttattā.Phalitāti sañjātaphalā.Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā cāti ākāsagatā ca bhūmigatā caratanānīti muttādīni ratanāni.Jotantīti obhāsanti.Mānussakāti manussānaṃ santakā mānussakā.Dibbāti devānaṃ santakā dibbā.Turiyāti ātataṃ vitataṃ ātatavitataṃ susiraṃ ghananti pañca turiyāni. Tattha ātataṃ nāma cammapariyonaddhesu bheriādīsu ekatalaturiyaṃ. Vitataṃ nāma ubhayatalaṃ. Ātatavitataṃ nāma sabbato pariyonaddhaṃ mahativallakiādikaṃ. Susiraṃ nāma vaṃsādikaṃ. Ghanaṃ nāma sammatāḷādikaṃ.Vajjantīti heṭṭhā vuttanayena vajjiṃsu, atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Esa nayo upari īdisesu vacanesupi.Abhiravantīti tatra tatra kusalehi sumuñcitā suppatāḷitā suvāditā viya abhiravanti, abhinadantīti attho.

Vicittapupphāti vicitrāni nānāgandhavaṇṇāni pupphāni.Abhivassantīti abhivassiṃsu, nipatiṃsūti attho.Tepīti tānipi vicitrapupphāni abhivassantāni padissanti, devabrahmagaṇehi okiriyamānānīti adhippāyo.Ābhujatīti osakkati.Tepajjubhoti tepi ajja ubho mahāsamuddadasasahassiyo.Abhiravantīti abhinadanti.Nirayeti nirayesu.Dasasahassāti anekadasasahassā.Nibbantīti sammanti, santiṃ upentīti attho.Tārakāti nakkhattāni.Tepi ajja padissantīti tepi sūriyassa vimalabhāvā tārakā ajja divā dissanti.

Anovaṭṭhenāti anovaṭṭhe, bhummatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Atha vāanovaṭṭheti anabhivaṭṭhepi.ti nipātamattaṃ ‘‘sutvā na dūtavacana’’ntiādīsu viya.Tampajjubbhijjateti tampi udakaṃ ajja ubbhijjati, ubbhijjitvā uṭṭhahatīti attho.Mahiyāti pathaviyā, nissakkavacanaṃ.Tārāgaṇāti gahanakkhattādayo sabbe tāragaṇā.Nakkhattāti nakkhattatārakā ca.Gaganamaṇḍaleti sakalagaganamaṇḍalaṃ virocantīti attho.Bilāsayāti bilāsayā ahinakulakumbhīlagodhādayo.Darīsayāti jharāsayā. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Nikkhamantīti nikkhamiṃsu.Sakāsayāti attano attano āsayato. ‘‘Tadāsayā’’tipi pāṭho. Tassa tadā tasmiṃ kāle, āsayato, bilatoti attho.Chuddhāti suchuddhā suvuddhāritā, nikkhantāti attho.

Aratīti ukkaṇṭhā.Santuṭṭhāti paramena santuṭṭhena santuṭṭhā.Vinassatīti vigacchati.Rāgoti kāmarāgo.Tadā tanu hotīti oramattako hoti, iminā pariyuṭṭhānābhāvaṃ dīpeti.Vihatāti vinaṭṭhā.Tadāti pubbe, bodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujaneti attho.Na bhavatīti na hoti.Ajjapetanti ajja tava pallaṅkābhujanepi etaṃ bhayaṃ na hotevāti attho.Tena liṅgena jānāmāti tena kāraṇena sabbeva mayaṃ jānāma, yaṃ tvaṃ buddho bhavissasīti attho.

Anuddhaṃsatīti na uggacchati.Aniṭṭhagandhoti duggandho.Pakkamatīti pakkami vigacchi.Pavāyatīti pavāyi.Sopajjāti sopi dibbagandho ajja.Padissantīti padissiṃsu.Tepajjāti tepi sabbe devā ajja.Yāvatāti paricchedanatthe nipāto, yattakāti attho.Kuṭṭāti pākārā.Na hontāvaraṇāti āvaraṇakarā na ahesuṃ.Tadāti pubbe.Ākāsabhūtāti te kuṭṭakavāṭapabbatā āvaraṇaṃ tirokaraṇaṃ kātuṃ asakkontā, ajaṭākāsabhūtāti attho.Cutīti maraṇaṃ.Upapattīti paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ.Khaṇeti pubbe bodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujanakkhaṇe.Na vijjatīti nāhosi.Tānipajjāti tānipi ajja cavanabhavanānīti attho.Mā nivattīti mā paṭikkami.Abhikkamāti parakkama. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.

Tato sumedhapaṇḍito dīpaṅkarassa dasabalassa ca dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatānañca vacanaṃ sutvā bhiyyosomattāya sañjātussāho hutvā cintesi – ‘‘buddhā nāma amoghavacanā, natthi buddhānaṃ kathāya aññathattaṃ. Yathā hi ākāse khittassa leḍḍussa patanaṃ dhuvaṃ, jātassa maraṇaṃ, aruṇe uggate sūriyassa abbhuggamanaṃ, āsayā nikkhantassa sīhassa sīhanādanadanaṃ, garugabbhāya itthiyā bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ avassambhāvī, evameva buddhānaṃ vacanaṃ nāma dhuvaṃ amoghaṃ, addhā ahaṃ buddho bhavissāmīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

108.

‘‘Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassīnacūbhayaṃ;

109.

‘‘Advejjhavacanā buddhā, amoghavacanā jinā;

110.

‘‘Yathā khittaṃ nabhe leḍḍu, dhuvaṃ patati bhūmiyaṃ;

111.

‘‘Yathāpi sabbasattānaṃ, maraṇaṃ dhuvasassataṃ;

112.

‘‘Yathā rattikkhaye patte, sūriyuggamanaṃ dhuvaṃ;

113.

‘‘Yathā nikkhantasayanassa, sīhassa nadanaṃ dhuvaṃ;

114.

‘‘Yathā āpannasattānaṃ, bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ;

buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassī na cūbhayanti dīpaṅkarasammāsambuddhassa ca dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatānañca vacanaṃ sutvā.Ubhayanti ubhayesaṃ, sāmiatthe paccattavacanaṃ, ubhayavacanaṃ vā.Evaṃ cintesahanti evaṃ cintesiṃ ahaṃ.

Advejjhavacanāti dvedhā appavattavacanā, ekaṃsavacanāti attho. ‘‘Acchiddavacanā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa niddosavacanāti attho.Amoghavacanāti avitathavacanā.Vitathanti vitathavacanaṃ natthīti attho.Dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahanti ahaṃ ekaṃseneva buddho bhavissāmīti niyatavasena avassambhāvivasena ca vattamānavacanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.

Sūriyuggamananti sūriyassa udayanaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho.Dhuvasassatanti ekaṃsabhāvī ceva sassatañca.Nikkhantasayanassāti sayanato nikkhantassa.Āpannasattānanti garugabbhānaṃ, gabbhinīnanti attho.Bhāramoropananti bhāraoropanaṃ, gabbhassa oropananti attho.Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.

‘‘Svāhaṃ addhā buddho bhavissāmī’’ti evaṃ katasanniṭṭhāno buddhakārake dhamme upadhāretuṃ – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho buddhakārakā dhammā’’ti, uddhaṃ adho disāsu vidisāsūti anukkamena sakalaṃ dhammadhātuṃ vicinanto pubbe porāṇakehi bodhisattehi āsevitanisevitaṃ paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ disvā evaṃ attānaṃ ovadi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ pūreyyāsi. Yathā hi nikujjito udakakumbho nissesaṃ katvā udakaṃ vamatiyeva na paccāharati, evameva dhanaṃ vā yasaṃ vā puttadāraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ vā anoloketvā sabbattha yācakānaṃ sabbaṃ icchiticchitaṃ nissesaṃ katvā dadamāno bodhimūle nisīditvā buddho bhavissasī’’ti paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

115.

‘‘Handa buddhakare dhamme, vicināmi ito cito;

116.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ;

117.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

118.

‘‘Yathāpi kumbho sampuṇṇo, yassa kassaci adho kato;

119.

‘‘Tatheva yācake disvā, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime;

handāti vavassaggatthe nipāto.Buddhakare dhammeti buddhattakare dhamme. Buddhattakarā nāma dhammā dānapāramitādayo dasa dhammā.Vicināmīti vicinissāmi, vīmaṃsissāmi upaparikkhissāmīti attho.Ito citoti ito ito, ayameva vā pāṭho. Tattha tattha vicināmīti attho. Uddhanti devaloke.Adhoti manussaloke.Dasa disāti dasasu disāsu; kattha nu kho te buddhakārakadhammā uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ disāsu vidisāsūti adhippāyo.Yāvatā dhammadhātuyāti etthayāvatāti paricchedavacanaṃ.Dhammadhātuyāti sabhāvadhammassa, pavattanīti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yāvatikā sabhāvadhammānaṃ kāmarūpārūpadhammānaṃ pavatti, tāvatikaṃ vicinissāmīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Vicinantoti vīmaṃsanto upaparikkhanto.Pubbakehīti porāṇehi bodhisattehi.Anuciṇṇanti ajjhāciṇṇaṃ āsevitaṃ.Samādiyāti samādiyanaṃ karohi, ajja paṭṭhāya ayaṃ paṭhamaṃ dānapāramī pūretabbā mayāti evaṃ samādiyāti attho.Dānapāramitaṃ gacchāti dānapāramiṃ gaccha, pūrayāti attho.Yadibodhiṃ pattumicchasīti bodhimūlamupagantvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ pattuṃ icchasi ce.Yassa kassacīti udakassa vā khīrassa vā yassa kassaci sampuṇṇo. Sampuṇṇasaddayoge sati sāmivacanaṃ icchanti saddavidū. Karaṇatthe vā sāmivacanaṃ, yena kenacīti attho.Adho katoti heṭṭhāmukhīkato.Na tattha parirakkhatīti tasmiṃ vamane na parirakkhati, nissesaṃ udakaṃ vamatevāti attho.Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimeti hīnamajjhimapaṇīte.Ma-kāro padasandhikaro.Kumbho viya adho katoti heṭṭhāmukhīkato viya kumbho. Yācake upagate disvā – ‘‘tvaṃ, sumedha, attano anavasesetvā sabbadhanapariccāgena dānapāramiṃ, aṅgapariccāgena upapāramiṃ, jīvitapariccāgena paramatthapāramiñca pūrehī’’ti evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ ovadi.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakehi dhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya sīlapāramiṃ pūreyyāsi. Yathā camarī migo nāma jīvitampi anoloketvā attano vālameva rakkhati, evaṃ tvampi ito paṭṭhāya jīvitampi anoloketvā sīlameva rakkhanto buddho bhavissasī’’ti dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

120.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

121.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ;

122.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dutiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

123.

‘‘Yathāpi camarī vālaṃ, kismiñci paṭilaggitaṃ;

124.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ catūsu bhūmīsu, sīlāni paripūraya;

na heteti na hi eteyeva.Bodhipācanāti maggaparipācanā sabbaññutaññāṇaparipācanā vā.Dutiyaṃsīlapāraminti sīlaṃ nāma sabbesaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ patiṭṭhā, sīle patiṭṭhito kusaladhammehi na parihāyati, sabbepi lokiyalokuttaraguṇe paṭilabhati. Tasmā sīlapāramī pūretabbāti dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ addakkhinti attho.

Āsevitanisevitanti bhāvitañceva bahulīkatañca.Camarīti camarī migo.Kismiñcīti yattha katthaci rukkhalatākaṇṭakādīsu aññatarasmiṃ.Paṭilaggitanti paṭivilaggitaṃ.Tatthāti yattha vilaggitaṃ, tattheva ṭhatvā maraṇaṃ upagacchati.Na vikopetīti na chindati.Vāladhinti vālaṃ chinditvā na gacchati, tattheva maraṇaṃ upetīti attho.

Catūsubhūmīsu sīlānīti catūsu ṭhānesu vibhattasīlāni, pātimokkhasaṃvaraindriyasaṃvaraājīvapārisuddhipaccayasannissitavasenāti attho. Bhūmivasena pana dvīsuyeva bhūmīsu pariyāpannaṃ tampi catusīlamevāti.Paripūrayāti khaṇḍachiddasabalādiabhāvena paripūraya.Sabbadāti sabbakālaṃ.Camarī viyāti camarī migo viya. Sesametthāpi uttānatthamevāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakehi dhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya nekkhammapāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Yathāpi suciraṃ bandhanāgāre vasamāno puriso na tattha sinehaṃ karoti, atha kho ukkaṇṭhito avasitukāmo hoti, evameva tvampi sabbabhave bandhanāgārasadise katvā passa, sabbabhavehi ukkaṇṭhito muccitukāmo hutvā nekkhammābhimukhova hoti, evaṃ buddho bhavissasī’’ti tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

125.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

126.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ;

127.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ tatiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

128.

‘‘Yathā andughare puriso, ciravuṭṭho dukhaṭṭito;

129.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, passa andughare viya;

andughareti bandhanāgāre.Ciravuṭṭhoti cirakālaṃ vuṭṭho.Dukhaṭṭitoti dukkhapīḷito.Natattha rāgaṃ janetīti tattha andughare rāgaṃ sinehaṃ na janeti na uppādeti. ‘‘Imaṃ andugharaṃ muñcitvā nāhaṃ aññattha gamissāmī’’ti evaṃ tattha rāgaṃ na janeti, kintu muttiṃyeva mokkhameva gavesatīti adhippāyo.Nekkhammābhimukhoti nikkhamanābhimukho hoti.Bhavatoti sabbabhavehi.Parimuttiyāti parimocanatthāya. Nekkhammābhimukho hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’tipi pāṭho. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya paññāpāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Hīnamajjhimukkaṭṭhesu kañci avajjetvā sabbepi paṇḍite upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ puccheyyāsi. Yathāpi piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu hīnādibhedesu kulesu kiñci kulaṃ avivajjetvā paṭipāṭiyā piṇḍāya caranto khippaṃ yāpanamattaṃ labhati, evameva tvampi sabbe paṇḍite upasaṅkamitvā pucchanto buddho bhavissasī’’ti catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

130.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

131.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ;

132.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ catutthaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

133.

‘‘Yathā hi bhikkhu bhikkhanto, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime;

134.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbakālaṃ, paripucchaṃ budhaṃ janaṃ;

bhikkhantoti piṇḍāya caranto.Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimeti hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimāni kulānīti attho. Liṅgavipariyāso kato.Na vivajjentoti na pariharanto, gharapaṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā caranto vivajjeti nāma, evamakatvāti attho.Yāpananti yāpanamattaṃ pāṇadhāraṇaṃ āhāraṃ labhatīti attho.Paripucchanti – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ; kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajja’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 3.84, 216) nayena tattha tattha abhiññāte paṇḍite jane upasaṅkamitvā paripucchantoti attho.Budhaṃ jananti paṇḍitaṃ janaṃ. ‘‘Budhe jane’’tipi pāṭho.Paññāya pāraminti paññāya pāraṃ. ‘‘Paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā’’tipi pāṭho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya vīriyapāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Yathāpi sīho migarājā sabbairiyāpathesu daḷhavīriyo hoti, evaṃ tvampi sabbabhavesu sabbairiyāpathesu daḷhavīriyo anolīnavīriyo samāno buddho bhavissasī’’ti pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

135.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

136.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ;

137.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ pañcamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

138.

‘‘Yathāpi sīho migarājā, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

139.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, paggaṇha vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ;

alīnavīriyoti anolīnavīriyo.Sabbabhaveti jātajātabhave, sabbesu bhavesūti attho. Āraddhavīriyo hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasītipi pāṭho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya khantipāramiṃ paripūreyyāsi, sammānanepi avamānanepi khamova bhaveyyāsi. Yathā hi pathaviyaṃ nāma sucimpi pakkhipanti asucimpi, na ca tena pathavī sinehaṃ vā paṭighaṃ vā karoti, khamati sahati adhivāsetiyeva, evameva tvampi sabbesaṃ sammānanāvamānanesu khamo samāno buddho bhavissasī’’ti chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

140.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

141.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ;

142.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

143.

‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, sucimpi asucimpi ca;

144.

‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbesaṃ, sammānāvamānakkhamo;

tatthāti tassaṃ khantipāramiyaṃ. Advejjhamānasoti ekaṃsamānaso.Sucimpīti candanakuṅkumagandhamālādisucimpi.Asucimpīti ahikukkuramanussakuṇapagūthamuttakheḷasiṅghāṇikādiasucimpi.Sahatīti khamati, adhivāseti.Nikkhepanti nikkhittaṃ.Paṭighanti kodhaṃ.Tayāti tāya vuttiyā, tāya nikkhittatāya vā. ‘‘Paṭighaṃ daya’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa tena nikkhepena paṭighānurodhaṃ na karotīti attho.Sammānāvamānakkhamoti sabbesaṃ sammānanāvamānanasaho tvampi bhavāti attho. ‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbabhave, sammānanavimānakkhamo’’tipi paṭhanti. ‘‘Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvā’’tipi pāṭho, tassā khantiyā pāramipūraṇavasena gantvāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti. Ito paraṃ ettakampi avatvā yattha yattha viseso atthi, taṃ tameva vatvā pāṭhantaraṃ dassetvā gamissāmāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya saccapāramimpi pūreyyāsi, asaniyā matthake patamānāyapi dhanādīnaṃ atthāya chandādīnaṃ vasena sampajānamusāvādaṃ nāma mā bhāsi. Yathāpi osadhītārakā nāma sabbautūsu attano gamanavīthiṃ vijahitvā aññāya vīthiyā na gacchati, sakavīthiyāva gacchati, evameva tvampi saccaṃ pahāya musāvādaṃ nāma avadantoyeva buddho bhavissasī’’ti sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

145.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

146.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ;

147.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ sattamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

148.

‘‘Yathāpi osadhī nāma, tulābhūtā sadevake;

149.

‘‘Tatheva tvampi saccesu, mā vokkama hi vīthito;

tatthāti saccapāramiyaṃ.Advejjhavacanoti avitathavacano.Osadhī nāmāti osadhītārakā, osadhagahaṇe osadhītārakaṃ uditaṃ disvā osadhaṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā ‘‘osadhītārakā’’ti vuccati.Tulābhūtāti pamāṇabhūtā.Sadevaketi sadevakassa lokassa.Samayeti vassasamaye.Utuvasseti hemantagimhesu. ‘‘Samaye utuvaṭṭe’’tipi pāṭho. Tassasamayeti gimhe.Utuvaṭṭeti hemante ca vassāne cāti attho.Navokkamati vīthitoti taṃ taṃ utumhi attano gamanavīthito na vokkamati na vigacchati, cha māse pacchimaṃ disaṃ gacchati, cha māse pubbaṃ disaṃ gacchatīti. Atha vāosadhī nāmāti siṅgiverapipphalimaricādikaṃ osadhaṃ.Na vokkamatīti yaṃ yaṃ phaladānasamatthaṃ osadhaṃ, taṃ taṃ phaladānaṃ okkamma attano phalaṃ adatvā na nivattati.Vīthitoti gamanavīthito, pittaharo pittaṃ harateva, vātaharo vātaṃ harateva, semhaharo semhaṃ haratevāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhānapāramimpi pūreyyāsi, yaṃ adhiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ adhiṭṭhāne niccalo bhaveyyāsi, yathā pabbato nāma sabbadisāsu vāte paharantepi na kampati na calati, attano ṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati, evameva tvampi attano adhiṭṭhāne niccalo hontova buddho bhavissasī’’ti aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

150.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

151.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ;

152.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

153.

‘‘Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito;

154.

‘‘Tattheva tvampi adhiṭṭhāne, sabbadā acalo bhava;

seloti silāmayo.Acaloti niccalosuppatiṭṭhitoti acalattāva suṭṭhu patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Yathāpi pabbato acalo, nikhāto suppatiṭṭhito’’tipi pāṭho.Bhusavātehīti balavavātehi.Sakaṭṭhānevāti attano ṭhāneyeva, yathāṭhitaṭṭhāneyevāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya mettāpāramiṃ pūreyyāsi, hitesupi ahitesupi ekacittova bhaveyyāsi. Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma pāpajanassapi kalyāṇajanassapi sītabhāvaṃ ekasadisaṃ katvā pharati, evameva tvampi sabbasattesu mettacittena ekacittova hutvā buddho bhavissasī’’ti navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

155.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

156.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ;

157.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ navamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

158.

‘‘Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma, kalyāṇe pāpake jane;

159.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ hitāhite, samaṃ mettāya bhāvaya;

asamo hohīti mettābhāvanāya asadiso hohi. Tattha ‘‘tvaṃ samasamo hohī’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānatthova.Samanti tulyaṃ.Pharatīti phusati.Pavāhetīti visodheti.Rajoti āgantukarajaṃ.Malanti sarīre uṭṭhitaṃ sedamalādiṃ. ‘‘Rajamala’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho.Hitāhiteti hite ca ahite ca, mitte ca amitte cāti attho.Mettāya bhāvayāti mettaṃ bhāvaya vaḍḍhehi. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.

Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya upekkhāpāramiṃ paripūreyyāsi, sukhepi dukkhepi majjhattova bhaveyyāsi. Yathāpi pathavī nāma sucimpi asucimpi ca pakkhipamāne majjhattāva hoti, evameva tvampi sukhadukkhesu majjhattova honto buddho bhavissasī’’ti dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

160.

‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

161.

‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ;

162.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dasamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

163.

‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, nikkhittaṃ asuciṃ suciṃ;

164.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sukhadukkhe, tulābhūto sadā bhava;

tulābhūtoti majjhattabhāve ṭhito yathā tulāya daṇḍo samaṃ tulito samaṃ tiṭṭhati, na namati na unnamati, evameva tvampi sukhadukkhesu tulāsadiso hutvā sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.Kopānunayavajjitāti paṭighānurodhavajjitā. ‘‘Dayākopavivajjitā’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Sesaṃ khantipāramiyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

pāramiyonāma, aṅgapariccāgoupapāramiyonāma, jīvitapariccāgoparamatthapāramiyonāmāti dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo yamakatelaṃ vinivaṭṭento viya sammasi. Tassa dasa pāramiyo sammasantassa dhammatejena catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā vipulā ayaṃ mahāpathavī hatthinā akkantanaḷakalāpo viya uppīḷiyamānaṃ ucchuyantaṃ viya ca mahāviravaṃ viravamānā saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi. Kulālacakkaṃ viya telayantacakkaṃ viya ca paribbhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

165.

‘‘Ettakāyeva te loke, ye dhammā bodhipācanā;

166.

‘‘Ime dhamme sammasato, sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇe;

167.

‘‘Calatī ravatī pathavī, ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitaṃ;

ettakāyevāti niddiṭṭhānaṃ dasannaṃ pāramitānaṃ anūnādhikabhāvassa dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.Tatuddhanti tato dasapāramīhi uddhaṃnatthi. Aññatrāti aññaṃ, lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato gahetabbaṃ. Tato dasapāramito añño buddhakārakadhammo natthīti attho.Tatthāti tāsu dasasu pāramīsu.Patiṭṭhahāti patiṭṭha, paripūrento tiṭṭhāti attho.

Ime dhammeti pāramidhamme.Sammasatoti upaparikkhantassa, anādaratthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇeti sabhāvasaṅkhātena sarasalakkhaṇena sammasantassāti attho.Dhammatejenāti pāramipavicayañāṇatejena.Vasudhāti vasūti ratanaṃ vuccati, taṃ dhāreti dhīyati vā etthāti vasudhā. Kā sā? Medanī.Pakampathāti pakampittha. Sumedhapaṇḍite pana pāramiyo vicinante tassa ñāṇatejena dasasahassī pakampitthāti attho.

Calatīti chappakārā kampi.Ravatīti nadati vikūjati.Ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitanti nippīḷitaṃ ucchuyantaṃ viya. ‘‘Guḷayantaṃva pīḷita’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho.Telayanteti telapīḷanayante.Yathā cakkanti cakkikānaṃ mahācakkayantaṃ viya.Evanti yathā telapīḷanacakkayantaṃ paribbhamati kampati, evaṃ ayaṃ medanī kampatīti attho. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.

Evaṃ mahāpathaviyā kampamānāya rammanagaravāsino manussā bhagavantaṃ parivisayamānā saṇṭhātuṃ asakkontā yugandharavātabbhāhatā mahāsālā viya mucchitā papatiṃsu. Ghaṭādīni kulālabhaṇḍāni pavaṭṭentāni aññamaññaṃ paharantāni cuṇṇavicuṇṇāni ahesuṃ. Mahājano bhītatasito satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho bhagavā ‘nāgāvaṭṭo ayaṃ, bhūtayakkhadevatāsu aññatarāvaṭṭo vā’ti na hi mayaṃ etaṃ jānāma. Api ca kho sabbopi ayaṃ mahājano bhayena upadduto, kiṃ nu kho imassa lokassa pāpakaṃ bhavissati, udāhu kalyāṇaṃ, kathetha no etaṃ kāraṇa’’nti pucchiṃsu.

Atha satthā tesaṃ kathaṃ sutvā – ‘‘tumhe mā bhāyittha, mā kho cintayittha, natthi vo itonidānaṃ bhayaṃ, yo so mayā ajja sumedhapaṇḍito ‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’ti byākato, so idāni pāramiyo sammasati, tassa sammasantassa dhammatejena sakaladasasahassī lokadhātu ekappahārena kampati ceva viravati cā’’ti āha. Tena vuttaṃ –

168.

‘‘Yāvatā parisā āsi, buddhassa parivesane;

169.

‘‘Ghaṭānekasahassāni, kumbhīnañca satā bahū;

170.

‘‘Ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byathitamānasā;

171.

‘‘Kiṃ bhavissati lokassa, kalyāṇamatha pāpakaṃ;

172.

‘‘Tesaṃ tadā saññāpesi, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

173.

‘‘Yamahaṃ ajja byākāsiṃ, buddho loke bhavissati;

174.

‘‘Tassa sammasato dhammaṃ, buddhabhūmiṃ asesato;

yāvatāti yāvatikā.Āsīti ahosi. ‘‘Yā tadā parisā āsī’’tipi pāṭho, tassa yā tattha parisā ṭhitā āsīti attho.Pavedhamānāti kampamānā.ti sā parisā.Tatthāti tasmiṃ parivesanaṭṭhāne.Setīti sayittha.

Ghaṭāti ghaṭānaṃ, sāmiatthe paccattavacanaṃ, ghaṭānaṃ nekasahassānīti attho.Sañcuṇṇamathitāti cuṇṇā ceva mathitā ca, mathitasañcuṇṇāti attho.Aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitāti aññamaññaṃ pahaṭā.Ubbiggāti utrāsahadayā.Tasitāti sañjātatāsā.Bhītāti bhayabhītā.Bhantāti phandanamānasā, vibbhantacittāti attho. Sabbāni panetāni aññamaññavevacanāni.Samāgammāti samāgantvā. Ayameva vā pāṭho.

Upaddutoti upahato.Taṃ vinodehīti taṃ upaddutabhayaṃ vinodehi, vināsayāti attho.Cakkhumāti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhuma.Tesaṃ tadāti te jane tadā, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ.Saññāpesīti ñāpesi bodhesi.Visatthāti vissatthacittā.Mā bhāthāti mā bhāyatha.Yamahanti yaṃ ahaṃ sumedhapaṇḍitaṃ.Dhammanti pāramidhammaṃ.Pubbakanti porāṇaṃ.Jinasevitanti jinehi bodhisattakāle sevitanti attho.Buddhabhūminti pāramidhammaṃ.Tenāti tena sammasanakāraṇena.Kampitāti calitā.Sadevaketi sadevake loke.

Tato mahājano tathāgatassa vacanaṃ sutvā haṭṭhatuṭṭho mālāgandhavilepanādīni ādāya rammanagarato nikkhamitvā bodhisattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mālāgandhādīhi pūjetvā vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā rammanagarameva pāvisi. Atha kho bodhisatto dasa pāramiyo sammasitvā vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya nisinnāsanā vuṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

175.

‘‘Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, mano nibbāyi tāvade;

176.

‘‘Samādiyitvā buddhaguṇaṃ, daḷhaṃ katvāna mānasaṃ;

mano nibbāyīti mahājanassa pathavikampane ubbiggahadayassa tattha kāraṇaṃ sutvā mano nibbāyi, santiṃ agamāsīti attho. ‘‘Jano nibbāyī’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānoyeva.Samādiyitvāti sammā ādiyitvā, samādāyāti attho.Buddhaguṇanti pāramiyo. Sesaṃ uttānameva.

Atha kho bodhisattaṃ dayitasabbasattaṃ āsanā vuṭṭhahantaṃ sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sannipatitvā dibbehi mālāgandhādīhi pūjetvā – ‘‘ayya sumedhatāpasa, tayā ajja dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle mahati patthanā patthitā, sā te anantarāyena samijjhatu, mā te tattha bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā ahosi. Sarīre te appamattakopi rogo mā uppajjatu, khippaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambodhiṃ paṭivijjha. Yathā pupphūpagaphalūpagā rukkhā samaye pupphanti ceva phalanti ca, tatheva tvampi taṃ samayaṃ anatikkamitvā khippaṃ sambodhiṃ phusassū’’tiādīni thutimaṅgalāni payirudāhaṃsu, evaṃ payirudāhitvā bodhisattaṃ abhivādetvā attano attano devaṭṭhānameva agamaṃsu. Bodhisattopi devatāhi abhitthuto – ‘‘ahaṃ dasa pāramiyo pūretvā kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake buddho bhavissāmī’’ti vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya ākāsamabbhuggantvā isigaṇavantaṃ himavantaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

177.

‘‘Dibbaṃ mānusakaṃ pupphaṃ, devā mānusakā ubho;

178.

‘‘Vedayanti ca te sotthiṃ, devā mānusakā ubho;

179.

‘‘Sabbītiyo vivajjantu, soko rogo vinassatu;

180.

‘‘Yathāpi samaye patte, pupphanti pupphino dumā;

181.

‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, pūrayuṃ dasapāramī;

182.

‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, bodhimaṇḍamhi bujjhare;

183.

‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayuṃ;

184.

‘‘Puṇṇamāye yathā cando, parisuddho virocati;

185.

‘‘Rāhumutto yathā sūriyo, tāpena atirocati;

186.

‘‘Yathā yā kāci nadiyo, osaranti mahodadhiṃ;

187.

‘‘Tehi thutappasattho so, dasa dhamme samādiya;

dibbanti mandāravapāricchattakasantānakusesayādikaṃ dibbakusumaṃ devā mānusakā ca mānusapupphaṃ gahetvāti attho.Samokirantīti mamopari samokiriṃsūti attho.Vuṭṭhahantassāti vuṭṭhahato.Vedayantīti nivedayiṃsu saññāpesuṃ.Sotthinti sotthibhāvaṃ. Idāni vedayitākāradassanatthaṃ‘‘mahantaṃ patthitaṃ tuyha’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tayā pana, sumedhapaṇḍita, mahantaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, taṃ yathāpatthitaṃ labhassūti attho.

Sabbītiyoti entīti ītiyo, sabbā ītiyo sabbītiyo, upaddavā.Vivajjantūti mā hontu.Soko rogo vinassatūti socanasaṅkhāto soko rujanasaṅkhāto rogo ca vinassatu.Teti tava.Mā bhavantvantarāyāti mā bhavantu antarāyā.Phusāti adhigaccha pāpuṇāhi.Bodhinti arahattamaggañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇampi vaṭṭati.Uttamanti seṭṭhaṃ sabbabuddhaguṇadāyakattā arahattamaggañāṇaṃ ‘‘uttama’’nti vuttaṃ.

Samayeti tassa tassa rukkhassa pupphanasamaye sampatteti attho.Pupphinoti pupphanakā.Buddhañāṇehīti aṭṭhārasahi buddhañāṇehi.Pupphasūti pupphassu.Pūrayunti pūrayiṃsu.Pūrayāti paripūraya.Bujjhareti bujjhiṃsu.Jinabodhiyanti jinānaṃ buddhānaṃ bodhiyā, sabbaññubodhimūleti attho.Puṇṇamāyeti puṇṇamāsiyaṃ.Puṇṇamanoti paripuṇṇamanoratho.

Rāhumuttoti rāhunā sobbhānunā mutto.Tāpenāti patāpena, ālokena.Lokā muccitvāti lokadhammehi alitto hutvāti attho.Virocāti virāja.Siriyāti buddhasiriyā.Osarantīti mahāsamuddaṃ pavisanti.Osarantūti upagacchantu.Tavantiketi tava santikaṃ.Tehīti devehi.Thutappasatthoti thuto ceva pasattho ca, thutehi vā dīpaṅkarādīhi pasatthoti thutappasattho.Dasa dhammeti dasa pāramidhamme.Pavananti mahāvanaṃ, dhammikapabbate mahāvanaṃ pāvisīti attho. Sesagāthā suuttānā evāti.

Iti madhuratthavilāsiniyā buddhavaṃsa-aṭṭhakathāya

Sumedhapatthanākathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

3. Dīpaṅkarabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

Rammanagaravāsinopi te upāsakā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā puna bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ mālāgandhādīhi pūjetvā vanditvā dānānumodanaṃ sotukāmā upanisīdiṃsu. Atha satthā tesaṃ paramamadhuraṃ hadayaṅgamaṃ dānānumodanamakāsi –

‘‘Dānaṃ nāma sukhādīnaṃ, nidānaṃ paramaṃ mataṃ;

‘‘Dānaṃ tāṇaṃ manussānaṃ, dānaṃ bandhu parāyanaṃ;

‘‘Dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena, dānaṃ nāvāti dīpitaṃ;

‘‘Dānaṃ durāsadaṭṭhena, vuttamāsivisoti ca;

‘‘Natthi dānasamo loke, purisassa avassayo;

‘‘Saggalokanidānāni, dānāni matimā idha;

‘‘Sutvā devesu sampattiṃ, ko naro dānasambhavaṃ;

‘‘Dānena paṭipannena, accharāparivārito;

‘‘Pītimuḷāraṃ vindati dātā, gāravamasmiṃ gacchati loke;

‘‘Datvā dānaṃ yāti naro so, bhogasamiddhiṃ dīghañcāyu;

‘‘Corārirājodakapāvakānaṃ, dhanaṃ asādhāraṇameva dānaṃ;

Evamādinā nayena dānānumodanaṃ katvā dānānisaṃsaṃ pakāsetvā tadanantaraṃ sīlakathaṃ kathesi. Sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ idhalokaparalokasampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ.

‘‘Sīlaṃ sukhānaṃ paramaṃ nidānaṃ, sīlena sīlī tidivaṃ payāti;

‘‘Avassayo sīlasamo janānaṃ, kuto panañño idha vā parattha;

‘‘Sīlaṃ kireva kalyāṇaṃ, sīlaṃ loke anuttaraṃ;

Sīlālaṅkārasamo alaṅkāro natthi, sīlagandhasamo gandho natthi, sīlasamaṃ kilesamalavisodhanaṃ natthi, sīlasamaṃ pariḷāhūpasamaṃ natthi, sīlasamaṃ kittijananaṃ natthi, sīlasamaṃ saggārohaṇasopānaṃ natthi, nibbānanagarappavesane ca sīlasamaṃ dvāraṃ natthi. Yathāha –

‘‘Sobhantevaṃ na rājāno, muttāmaṇivibhūsitā;

‘‘Sīlagandhasamo gandho, kuto nāma bhavissati;

‘‘Na pupphagandho paṭivātameti, na candanaṃ taggaramallikā vā;

‘‘Candanaṃ tagaraṃ vāpi, uppalaṃ atha vassikī;

‘‘Na gaṅgā yamunā cāpi, sarabhū vā sarasvatī;

‘‘Sakkuṇanti visodhetuṃ, taṃ malaṃ idha pāṇinaṃ;

‘‘Na taṃ sajaladā vātā, na cāpi haricandanaṃ;

‘‘Samayantīdha sattānaṃ, pariḷāhaṃ surakkhitaṃ;

‘‘Attānuvādādibhayaṃ, viddhaṃsayati sabbadā;

‘‘Saggārohaṇasopānaṃ, aññaṃ sīlasamaṃ kuto;

‘‘Guṇānaṃ mūlabhūtassa, dosānaṃ balaghātino;

Evaṃ bhagavā sīlānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā – ‘‘idaṃ pana sīlaṃ nissāya ayaṃ saggo labhatī’’ti dassanatthaṃ tadanantaraṃ saggakathaṃ kathesi. Ayaṃ saggo nāma iṭṭho kanto manāpo ekantasukho niccamettha kīḷā niccaṃ sampattiyo labhanti. Cātumahārājikā devā navutivassasatasahassāni dibbasukhaṃ dibbasampattiṃ paṭilabhanti. Tāvatiṃsā tisso vassakoṭiyo saṭṭhi ca vassasatasahassānīti evamādisaggaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttakathaṃ kathesi. Evaṃ saggakathāya palobhetvā puna – ‘‘ayampi saggo anicco adhuvo na tattha chandarāgo kātabbo’’ti kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsañca pakāsetvā amatapariyosānaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathesi. Evaṃ tassa mahājanassa dhammaṃ desetvā ekacce saraṇesu ca ekacce pañcasīlesu ca ekacce sotāpattiphale ca ekacce sakadāgāmiphale ekacce anāgāmiphale ekacce catūsupi phalesu ekacce tīsu vijjāsu ekacce chasu abhiññāsu ekacce aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu patiṭṭhāpetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā rammanagarato nikkhamitvā sudassanamahāvihārameva pāvisi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Tadā te bhojayitvāna, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

2.

‘‘Saraṇāgamane kañci, niveseti tathāgato;

3.

‘‘Kassaci deti sāmaññaṃ, caturo phalamuttame;

4.

‘‘Kassaci varasamāpattiyo, aṭṭha deti narāsabho;

5.

‘‘Tena yogena janakāyaṃ, ovadati mahāmuni;

6.

‘‘Mahāhanusabhakkhandho, dīpaṅkarasanāmako;

7.

‘‘Bodhaneyyaṃ janaṃ disvā, satasahassepi yojane;

teti rammanagaravāsino upāsakā.Saraṇanti ettha saraṇaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ saraṇassa gantā ca veditabbā. Sarati hiṃsati vināsetītisaraṇaṃ,kiṃ taṃ? Ratanattayaṃ. Taṃ pana saraṇagatānaṃ teneva saraṇagamanena bhayaṃ santāsaṃ dukkhaṃ duggatiṃ parikkilesaṃ hanati hiṃsati vināsetīti saraṇanti vuccatīti. Vuttañhetaṃ –

‘‘Ye keci buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse, na te gamissanti apāyabhūmiṃ;

‘‘Ye keci dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse, na te gamissanti apāyabhūmiṃ;

‘‘Ye keci saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse, na te gamissanti apāyabhūmiṃ;

Saraṇagamanaṃnāma ratanattayaparāyanākārappavatto cittuppādo.Saraṇassa gantānāma taṃsamaṅgīpuggalo. Evaṃ tāva saraṇaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ saraṇassa gantā cāti idaṃ tayaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Tassāti taṃ dīpaṅkaraṃ, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Upagacchuṃ saraṇaṃ tatthā’’tipi pāṭho.Satthunoti satthāraṃ.Saraṇāgamane kañcīti kañci puggalaṃ saraṇagamane nivesetīti attho. Kiñcāpi paccuppannavasena vuttaṃ, atītakālavasena pana attho gahetabbo. Esa nayo sesesupi. ‘‘Kassaci saraṇāgamane’’tipi pāṭho, tassapi soyevattho. Kañci pañcasu sīlesūti kañci puggalaṃ pañcasu viratisīlesu nivesesīti attho. ‘‘Kassaci pañcasu sīlesū’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho.Sīle dasavidhe paranti aparaṃ puggalaṃ dasavidhe sīle nivesesīti attho. ‘‘Kassaci kusale dasā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa kañci puggalaṃ dasa kusaladhamme samādapesīti attho.Kassaci deti sāmaññanti ettha paramatthato sāmaññanti maggo vuccati. Yathāha –

‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, sāmaññaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sāmañña’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.36).

Caturo phalamuttameti cattāri uttamāni phalānīti attho.Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Liṅgavipariyāsena vuttaṃ. Yathopanissayaṃ cattāro magge cattāri ca sāmaññaphalāni kassaci adāsīti attho.Kassaci asame dhammeti kassaci asadise cattāro paṭisambhidādhamme adāsi.

Kassaci varasamāpattiyoti kassaci pana nīvaraṇavigamena padhānabhūtā aṭṭha samāpattiyo adāsi.Tisso kassaci vijjāyoti kassaci puggalassa upanissayavasena dibbacakkhuñāṇapubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaāsavakkhayañāṇānaṃ vasena tisso vijjāyo.Chaḷabhiññā pavecchatīti cha abhiññāyo kassaci adāsi.

Tena yogenāti tena nayena tenānukkamena ca.Janakāyanti janasamūhaṃ.Ovadatīti ovadi. Kālavipariyāsena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ito uparipi īdisesu vacanesu atītakālavaseneva attho gahetabbo.Tena vitthārikaṃ āsīti tena dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato ovādena anusāsaniyā vitthārikaṃ vitthataṃ visālībhūtaṃ sāsanaṃ ahosi.

Mahāhanūti mahāpurisānaṃ kira dvepi hanūni paripuṇṇāni dvādasiyā pakkhassa candasadisākārāni hontīti mahantāni hanūni yassa so mahāhanu, sīhahanūti vuttaṃ hoti.Usabhakkhandhoti usabhasseva khandho yassa bhavati, so usabhakkhandho. Suvaṭṭitasuvaṇṇāliṅgasadisarucirakkhandho samavaṭṭacārukkhandhoti attho.Dīpaṅkarasanāmakoti dīpaṅkarasanāmo.Bahū jane tārayatīti bahū buddhaveneyye jane tāresi.Parimocetīti parimocesi.Duggatinti duggatito. Nissakkatthe upayogavacanaṃ.

‘‘bodhaneyyaṃ jana’’nti gāthā vuttā. Tatthabodhaneyyaṃ jananti bodhaneyyaṃ pajaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho.Disvāti buddhacakkhunā vā samantacakkhunā vā disvā.Satasahassepi yojaneti anekasatasahassepi yojane ṭhitaṃ. Idaṃ pana dasasahassiyaṃyeva sandhāya vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Dīpaṅkaro kira satthā buddhattaṃ patvā bodhimūle sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā aṭṭhame sattāhe mahābrahmuno dhammajjhesanaṃ paṭiññāya sunandārāme dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā koṭisataṃ devamanussānaṃ dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Ayaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo ahosi.

rāhulovādasadisaṃdhammaṃ desetvā devamanussānaṃ navutikoṭiyo dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Ayaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi.

Puna bhagavā amaravatīnagaradvāre mahāsirīsarukkhamūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā mahājanassa bandhanāmokkhaṃ katvā devagaṇaparivuto divasakarātirekajutivisarabhavane tāvatiṃsabhavane pāricchattakamūle paramasītale paṇḍukambalasilātale nisīditvā sabbadevagaṇapītisañjananiṃ attano jananiṃ sumedhādeviṃ pamukhaṃ katvā sabbalokaviditavisuddhidevo devadevo dīpaṅkaro bhagavā sabbasattahitakaraṃ paramātirekagambhīrasukhumaṃ buddhivisadakaraṃ sattappakaraṇaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ desetvā navutidevakoṭisahassānaṃ dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Ayaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Paṭhamābhisamaye buddho, koṭisatamabodhayi;

9.

‘‘Yadā ca devabhavanamhi, buddho dhammamadesayi;

Dīpaṅkarassa pana bhagavato tayo sāvakasannipātā ahesuṃ. Tattha sunandārāme koṭisatasahassānaṃ paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno;

nāradakūṭaṃnāma paramaramaṇīyaṃ pabbataṃ sampāpuṇi. So kira pabbato nāradena nāma yakkhena pariggahito ahosi. Tattha pana tassa yakkhassa anusaṃvaccharaṃ mahājano manussabaliṃ upasaṃharati.

Atha dīpaṅkaro kira bhagavā tassa mahājanassa upanissayasampattiṃ disvā tato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ cātuddisaṃ pesetvā adutiyo asahāyo mahākaruṇābalavasaṅgatahadayo tañca yakkhaṃ vinetuṃ taṃ nāradapabbataṃ abhiruhi. Atha so manussabhakkho sakahitanirapekkho paravadhadakkho yakkho makkhaṃ asahamāno kodhaparetamānaso dasabalaṃ bhiṃsāpetvā palāpetukāmo taṃ pabbataṃ cālesi. So kira pabbato tena cāliyamāno bhagavato ānubhāvena tasseva matthake patamāno viya ahosi.

Tato so bhīto – ‘‘handa naṃ agginā jhāpessāmī’’ti mahantaṃ atibhīmadassanaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbattesi. So aggikkhandho paṭivāte khitto viya attanova dukkhaṃ janesi, na pana bhagavato cīvare aṃsumattampi daḍḍhuṃ samattho ahosi. Yakkho pana ‘‘samaṇo daḍḍho, na daḍḍho’’ti olokento dasabalaṃ saradasamayavimalakaranikaraṃ sabbajanaratikaraṃ rajanikaramiva sītalajalatalagatakamalakaṇṇikāya nisinnaṃ viya bhagavantaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘aho ayaṃ samaṇo mahānubhāvo, yaṃ yaṃ imassāhaṃ anatthaṃ karomi, so so mamūpariyeva patati, imaṃ pana samaṇaṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ me paṭisaraṇaṃ parāyanaṃ natthi, pathaviyaṃ upakkhalitā pathaviṃyeva nissāya uṭṭhahanti, handāhaṃ imaṃyeva samaṇaṃ saraṇaṃ gamissāmī’’ti.

Athevaṃ pana so cintetvā bhagavato cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu sirasā nipatitvā – ‘‘accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā’’ti vatvā bhagavantaṃ saraṇamagamāsi. Athassa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi. So desanāpariyosāne dasahi yakkhasahassehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tasmiṃ kira divase sakalajambudīpatalavāsino manussā tassa balikammatthaṃ ekekagāmato ekekaṃ purisaṃ āhariṃsu. Aññañca bahutilataṇḍulakulatthamuggamāsādiṃ sappinavanītatelamadhuphāṇitādiñca āhariṃsu. Atha so yakkho taṃ divasaṃ ābhatataṇḍulādikaṃ sabbaṃ tesaṃyeva datvā te balikammatthāya ānītamanusse dasabalassa niyyātesi.

Atha satthā te manusse ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā antosattāheyeva sabbe arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā māghapuṇṇamāya koṭisatabhikkhumajjhagato caturaṅgasamannāgate sannipāte pātimokkhamuddisi. Caturaṅgāni nāma sabbeva ehibhikkhū honti, sabbe chaḷabhiññā honti, sabbe anāmantitāva āgatā, pannarasūposathadivaso cāti imāni cattāri aṅgāni nāma. Ayaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

11.

‘‘Puna nāradakūṭamhi, pavivekagate jine;

pavivekagateti gaṇaṃ pahāya gate.Samiṃsūti sannipatiṃsu.

Yadā pana dīpaṅkaro lokanāyako sudassananāmake pabbate vassāvāsamupagañchi, tadā kira jambudīpavāsino manussā anusaṃvaccharaṃ giraggasamajjaṃ karonti. Tasmiṃ kira samajje sannipatitā manussā dasabalaṃ disvā dhammakathaṃ sutvā tatra pasīditvā pabbajiṃsu. Mahāpavāraṇadivase satthā tesaṃ ajjhāsayānukūlaṃ vipassanākathaṃ kathesi. Taṃ sutvā te sabbe saṅkhāre sammasitvā vipassanānupubbena maggānupubbena ca arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Atha satthā navutikoṭisahassehi saddhiṃ pavāresi. Ayaṃ tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

12.

‘‘Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, sudassanasiluccaye;

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano;

aṭṭhasāliniyādhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāya nidānavaṇṇanāyadīpaṅkarabuddhavaṃselikhitā. Imasmiṃ pana buddhavaṃse natthi. Natthibhāvoyeva panassā yuttataro. Kasmāti ce? Heṭṭhā sumedhakathāsu kathitattāti.

Dīpaṅkare kira bhagavati dhammaṃ desente dasasahassānañca vīsatisahassānañca dhammābhisamayo ahosiyeva. Ekassa pana dvinnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ catunnanti ca ādivasena abhisamayānaṃ anto natthi. Tasmā dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato sāsanaṃ vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

13.

‘‘Dasavīsasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu;

dasavīsasahassānanti dasasahassānaṃ vīsatisahassānañca.Dhammābhisamayoti catusaccadhammappaṭivedho.Ekadvinnanti ekassa ceva dvinnañca, tiṇṇaṃ catunnaṃ…pe… dasannantiādinā nayena asaṅkhyeyyāti attho. Evaṃ asaṅkhyeyyābhisamayattā cavitthārikaṃmahantappattaṃ bahūhi paṇḍitehi devamanussehi niyyānikantijaññaṃjānitabbaṃ adhisīlasikkhādīhiiddhañcasamādhiādīhiphītañcaahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

14.

‘‘Vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ, iddhaṃ phītaṃ ahū tadā;

suvisodhitanti suṭṭhu bhagavatā sodhitaṃ visuddhaṃ kataṃ. Dīpaṅkaraṃ kira satthāraṃ sabbakālaṃ chaḷabhiññānaṃ mahiddhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cattāri satasahassāni parivārenti. Tena ca samayena ye sekkhā kālakiriyaṃ karonti, te garahitā bhavanti, sabbe khīṇāsavā hutvāva parinibbāyantīti adhippāyo. Tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṃ supupphitaṃ susamiddhaṃ khīṇāsavehi bhikkhūhi ativiya sobhittha. Tena vuttaṃ –

15.

‘‘Cattāri satasahassāni, chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā;

16.

‘‘Ye keci tena samayena, jahanti mānusaṃ bhavaṃ;

17.

‘‘Supupphitaṃ pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi tādihi;

cattāri satasahassānīti gaṇanāya dassitā evaṃ dassitagaṇanā ime bhikkhūti dassanatthaṃ‘‘chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā’’ti vuttanti evamattho gahetabbo. Atha vāchaḷabhiññā mahiddhikāti chaḷabhiññānaṃ mahiddhikānanti sāmiatthe paccattavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Parivārenti sabbadāti niccakālaṃ dasabalaṃ parivārenti, bhagavantaṃ muñcitvā katthaci na gacchantīti adhippāyo.Tena samayenāti tasmiṃ samaye. Ayaṃ panasamaya-saddo samavāyādīsu navasu atthesu dissati. Yathāha –

‘‘Samavāye khaṇe kāle, samūhe hetudiṭṭhisu;

Mānusaṃ bhavanti manussabhāvaṃ.Appattamānasāti appattaṃ anadhigataṃ mānasaṃ yehi te appattamānasā. Mānasanti rāgassa ca cittassa ca arahattassa ca adhivacanaṃ. ‘‘Antalikkhacaro pāso, yvāyaṃ carati mānaso’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.151; mahāva. 33) hi ettha pana rāgo ‘‘mānaso’’ti vutto. ‘‘Cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ hadayaṃ paṇḍara’’nti (dha. sa. 6; vibha. 184; mahāni. 1; cūḷani. pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 114) ettha cittaṃ. ‘‘Appattamānaso sekho, kālaṃ kayirā janesutā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.159) ettha arahattaṃ. Idhāpi arahattameva adhippetaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 5 kāmāvacarakusalaniddesavārakathā; mahāni. aṭṭha. 1). Tasmā appattaarahattaphalāti attho.Sekhāti kenaṭṭhena sekhā? Sekhadhammapaṭilābhaṭṭhena sekhā. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, sekho hotīti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekhāya sammādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato hoti…pe… sekhena sammāsamādhinā samannāgato hoti. Ettāvatā kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sekho hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.13). Api ca sikkhantīti sekhā. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘sikkhati, sikkhatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā sekhoti vuccati. Kiñca sikkhati? Adhisīlampi sikkhati adhicittampi adhipaññampi sikkhatīti kho, bhikkhu, tasmā sekhoti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.86).

Supupphitanti suṭṭhu vikasitaṃ.Pāvacananti pasatthaṃ vacanaṃ, vuddhippattaṃ vā vacanaṃ pavacanaṃ, pavacanameva pāvacanaṃ, sāsananti attho.Upasobhatīti abhirājati ativirocati.Sabbadāti sabbakālaṃ. ‘‘Upasobhati sadevake’’tipi pāṭho.

Tassa dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato rammavatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, sudevo nāma khattiyo pitā, sumedhā nāma devī mātā, sumaṅgalo ca tisso cāti dve aggasāvakā, sāgato nāma upaṭṭhāko, nandā ca sunandā cāti dve aggasāvikā, bodhi tassa bhagavato pipphalirukkho ahosi, asītihatthubbedho, satasahassavassāni āyūti. Kiṃ panimesaṃ jātanagarādīnaṃ dassane payojananti ce? Vuccate – yassa yadi neva jātanagaraṃ na pitā na mātā paññāyeyya, imassa pana neva jātanagaraṃ na pitā na mātā paññāyati, devo vā sakko vā yakkho vā māro vā brahmā vā esa maññe, devānampi īdisaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ anacchariyanti maññamānā na sotabbaṃ na saddahitabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ, tato abhisamayo na bhaveyya, asati abhisamaye niratthako buddhuppādo bhaveyya, aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ. Tasmā sabbabuddhānaṃ jātanagarādiko paricchedo dassetabbo. Tena vuttaṃ –

18.

‘‘Nagaraṃ rammavatī nāma, sudevo nāma khattiyo;

24.

‘‘Sumaṅgalo ca tisso ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

25.

‘‘Nandā ceva sunandā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

27.

‘‘Asītihatthamubbedho, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

28.

‘‘Satasahassavassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

29.

‘‘Jotayitvāna saddhammaṃ, santāretvā mahājanaṃ;

30.

‘‘Sā ca iddhi so ca yaso, tāni ca pādesu cakkaratanāni;

sudevo nāma khattiyoti sudevo nāmassa khattiyo pitā ahosīti attho.Janikāti janetti.Pipphalīti pilakkhakapītanarukkho bodhi.Asītihatthamubbedhoti asītihatthaṃ uccaggato.Dīparukkho vāti sampajjalitadīpamālākulo dīparukkho viya ārohapariṇāhasaṇṭhānapāripūrisampanno dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇānubyañjanasamalaṅkatasarīro vipphuritaraṃsijālāvisaratārāgaṇasamujjalamiva gaganatalaṃ bhagavā dharamānakālesobhatīti sobhittha.Sālarājāva phullitoti pupphito sabbaphāliphullo sālarājarukkho viya ca sabbaphāliphullo yojanasatubbedho pāricchatto viya ca asītihatthubbedho bhagavā ativiya sobhati.

Satasahassavassānīti vassasatasahassāni tassa āyūti attho.Tāvatā tiṭṭhamānoti tāvatakaṃ kālaṃ tiṭṭhamāno.Janatanti janasamūhaṃ.Santāretvā mahājananti tārayitvā mahājanaṃ. ‘‘Santāretvā sadevaka’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa sadevakaṃ lokanti attho.Sā ca iddhīti sā ca sampatti ānubhāvo.So ca yasoti so ca parivāro.Sabbaṃ tamantarahitanti taṃ sabbaṃ vuttappakāraṃ sampattijātaṃ antarahitaṃ apagatanti attho.Nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārāti sabbe pana saṅkhatadhammā nanu rittā tucchā, niccasārādirahitāti attho.

Ettha pana nagarādiparicchedo pāḷiyamāgatova. Sambahulavāro pana nāgato, so ānetvā dīpetabbo. Seyyathidaṃ – puttaparicchedo, bhariyāparicchedo, pāsādaparicchedo, agāravāsaparicchedo, nāṭakitthiparicchedo, abhinikkhamanaparicchedo, padhānaparicchedo, vihāraparicchedo, upaṭṭhākaparicchedoti. Etesampi dīpane kāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Tassa pana dīpaṅkarassa bhariyānaṃ tisatasahassaṃ ahosi. Tassa aggamahesī padumā nāma, tassa pana putto usabhakkhandho nāma. Tena vuttaṃ –

‘‘Bhariyā padumā nāma, vibuddhapadumānanā;

‘‘Haṃsā koñcā mayūrākhyā, pāsādāpi tayo matā;

‘‘Hatthiyānena nikkhanto, nandārāme jino vasī;

āyuvemattaṃnāma keci dīghāyukā honti keci appāyukā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkarassa pana bhagavato vassasatasahassaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi, amhākaṃ bhagavato vassasataṃ.

Pamāṇavemattaṃnāma keci dīghā honti keci rassā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaro asītihatthappamāṇo ahosi, amhākaṃ pana bhagavā aṭṭhārasahatthappamāṇo.

Kulavemattaṃnāma keci khattiyakule nibbattanti keci brāhmaṇakule. Tathā hi dīpaṅkarādayo khattiyakule nibbattiṃsu, kakusandhakoṇāgamanādayo brāhmaṇakule.

Padhānavemattaṃ nāma kesañci padhānaṃ ittarameva hoti yathā kassapassa bhagavato, kesañci addhaniyaṃ amhākaṃ bhagavato viya.

Rasmivemattaṃnāma maṅgalassa bhagavato sarīrasmi dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharitvā aṭṭhāsi, amhākaṃ bhagavato byāmamattaṃ. Tatra rasmivemattaṃ ajjhāsayapaṭibaddhaṃ hoti. Yo yattakaṃ icchasi, tassa tattakaṃ sarīrappabhā pharati. Maṅgalassa pana ‘‘dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharatū’’ti ajjhāsayo ahosi. Paṭividdhaguṇesu pana kassaci vemattaṃ nāma natthi (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.12 ādayo).

Bodhipallaṅkoavijahito ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne hoti.Dhammacakkappavattanaṭṭhānaṃisipatane migadāye avijahitameva hoti. Devorohaṇakāle saṅkassanagaradvārepaṭhamapādakkamoavijahitova hoti. Jetavane gandhakuṭiyā cattārimañcapādaṭṭhānāniavijahitāneva honti. Vihāropi avijahitova. So pana khuddako vā mahanto vā hoti.

sata sahajātāni. Mahāpuriso kira uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva mātukucchiṃ okkami, mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhami, dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ akāsi. Visākhanakkhattena jāto ca abhisambuddho ca parinibbuto ca, māghanakkhattena tassa sāvakasannipāto ceva āyusaṅkhāravosajjanañca ahosi, assayujanakkhattena devorohaṇanti ettakaṃ āharitvā dīpetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ sambahulavāraparicchedo. Sesagāthā sauttānā evāti.

Iti bhagavā dīpaṅkaro yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā sabbabuddhakiccaṃ katvā anukkamena anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi.

Aṭṭhakathāyaṃpana tamhā kappā ādito paṭṭhāyuppannuppanne sabbabuddhe dassetuṃ idaṃ vuttaṃ –

‘‘Taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro, athopi saraṇaṅkaro;

‘‘Maṅgalo ca sumano ca, revato sobhito muni;

‘‘Sumedho ca sujāto ca, piyadassī mahāyaso;

‘‘Tisso phusso ca sambuddho, vipassī sikhi vessabhū;

‘‘Ete ahesuṃ sambuddhā, vītarāgā samāhitā;

Ettāvatā nātisaṅkhepavitthāravasena katāya

Madhuratthavilāsiniyā buddhavaṃsa-aṭṭhakathāya

Dīpaṅkarabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito paṭhamo buddhavaṃso.

4. Koṇḍaññabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

koṇḍaññonāma satthā udapādi. So pana bhagavā soḷasaasaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappānañca satasahassaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā bodhiñāṇaṃ paripācetvā vessantarattabhāvasadise attabhāve ṭhatvā tato cavitvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā tusitapurato cavitvā rammavatīnagare sunandassa nāma rañño kule sujātāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Tassapi paṭisandhikkhaṇe dīpaṅkarabuddhavaṃse vuttappakārāni dvattiṃsa pāṭihāriyāni nibbattiṃsu. So devatāhi katārakkhasaṃvidhāno dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena mātukucchito nikkhamitvā sabbasattuttaro uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gantvā sabbā ca disā viloketvā āsabhiṃ vācaṃ nicchāresi – ‘‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.31; ma. ni. 3.207).

Tato kumārassa nāmakaraṇadivase nāmaṃ karontā ‘‘koṇḍañño’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So hi bhagavā koṇḍaññagotto ahosi. Tassa kira tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ – rāma, surāma, subhanāmakā paramaramaṇīyā. Tesu tīṇi satasahassāni nāṭakitthīnaṃ naccagītavāditakusalānaṃ sabbakālaṃ paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ. Tassa rucidevī nāma aggamahesī ahosi. Vijitaseno nāmassa putto ahosi. So dasavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi.

So pana jiṇṇabyādhimatapabbajite disvā ājaññarathena nikkhamitvā pabbajitvā dasa māse padhānacariyaṃ cari. Koṇḍaññakumāraṃ pana pabbajantaṃ dasa janakoṭiyo anupabbajiṃsu. So tehi parivuto dasa māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya sunandagāme samasahitaghanapayodharāya yasodharāya nāma seṭṭhidhītāya dinnaṃ paramamadhuraṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā phalapallavaṅkurasamalaṅkate sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye gaṇaṃ pahāya sunandakājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā sālakalyāṇirukkhaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pubbadisābhāgaṃ oloketvā bodhirukkhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā rattiyā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ visodhetvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme paccayākāraṃ sammasitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā udayabbayavasena samapaññāsa lakkhaṇāni disvā yāva gotrabhuñāṇaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā cattāri maggañāṇāni cattāri ca phalañāṇāni catasso paṭisambhidā catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni sakale ca buddhaguṇe paṭivijjhitvā paripuṇṇasaṅkappo bodhimūle nisinnova –

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;

‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;

‘‘Ayoghanahatasseva, jalato jātavedaso;

‘‘Evaṃ sammā vimuttānaṃ, kāmabandhoghatārinaṃ;

Evaṃ udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhimūleyeva phalasamāpattisukhena vītināmetvā aṭṭhame sattāhe brahmuno ajjhesanaṃ paṭicca – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.284; 2.341; mahāva. 10) upadhārento attanā saddhiṃ pabbajitā dasa bhikkhukoṭiyo addasa. ‘‘Ime pana kulaputtā samupacitakusalamūlā maṃ pabbajantaṃ anupabbajitā mayā saddhiṃ padhānaṃ caritvā maṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu, handāhaṃ imesaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti evaṃ upadhāretvā – ‘‘idāni pana te kattha vasantī’’ti olokento – ‘‘ito aṭṭhārasayojanike arundhavatīnagare devavane viharantī’’ti disvā – ‘‘tesaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ gamissāmī’’ti pattacīvaramādāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva bodhimūle antarahito devavane pāturahosi.

dhammacakkappavattanasuttantaṃkathetvā dasabhikkhukoṭippamukhā satasahassadevamanussakoṭiyo dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Dīpaṅkarassa aparena, koṇḍañño nāma nāyako;

2.

‘‘Dharaṇūpamo khamanena, sīlena sāgarūpamo;

3.

‘‘Indriyabalabojjhaṅga-maggasaccappakāsanaṃ;

4.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, koṇḍaññe lokanāyake;

dīpaṅkarassa aparenāti dīpaṅkarassa satthuno aparabhāgeti attho.Koṇḍañño nāmāti attano gottavasena samadhigatanāmadheyyo.Nāyakoti vināyako.Anantatejoti attano sīlaguṇañāṇapuññatejena anantatejo. Heṭṭhato avīci upari bhavaggaṃ tiriyato anantā lokadhātuyo etthantare ekapuggalopi tassa mukhaṃ oloketvā ṭhātuṃ samattho nāma natthi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘anantatejo’’ti.Amitayasoti anantaparivāro. Tassa hi bhagavato vassasatasahassāni yāva parinibbānasamayaṃ etthantare bhikkhuparisāya gaṇanaparicchedo nāma nāhosi. Tasmā ‘‘amitayaso’’ti vuccati. Amitaguṇakittipi ‘‘amitayaso’’ti vuccati.Appameyyoti guṇagaṇaparimāṇavasena nappameyyoti appameyyo. Yathāha –

‘‘Buddhopi buddhassa bhaṇeyya vaṇṇaṃ, kappampi ce aññamabhāsamāno;

Durāsadoti durupasaṅkamanīyo, āsajja ghaṭṭetvā upasaṅkamitumasakkuṇeyyabhāvato durāsado, durabhibhavanīyoti attho.

Dharaṇūpamoti dharaṇīsamo.Khamanenāti khantiyā, catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā mahāpathavī viya pakativātena lābhālābhaiṭṭhāniṭṭhādīhi akampanabhāvato ‘‘dharaṇūpamo’’ti vuccati.Sīlena sāgarūpamoti sīlasaṃvarena velānātikkamanabhāvena sāgarasamo. ‘‘Mahāsamuddo, bhikkhave, ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattatī’’ti (a. ni. 8.19; cūḷava. 384; mi. pa. 6.2.10) hi vuttaṃ.

Samādhinā merūpamoti samādhipaṭipakkhabhūtadhammajanitakampābhāvato merunā girivarena samo, sadisoti attho. Merugirivaro viya thiratarasarīroti vā.Ñāṇena gaganūpamoti ettha bhagavato ñāṇassa anantabhāvena anantākāsena upamā katā. Cattāri anantāni vuttāni bhagavatā. Yathāha –

‘‘Sattakāyo ca ākāso, cakkavāḷā canantakā;

Tasmā anantassa ñāṇassa anantena ākāsena upamā katāti.

Indriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggasaccappakāsananti etesaṃ indriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggasaccānaṃ gahaṇena satipaṭṭhānasammappadhāniddhipādāpi gahitāva honti. Tasmā indriyādīnaṃ catusaṅkhepānaṃ vasena sattattiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ pakāsanadhammaṃ pakāsesi, desesīti attho.Hitāyāti hitatthaṃ.Dhammacakkaṃpavattenteti desanāñāṇe pavattiyamāne.

Tato aparabhāge mahāmaṅgalasamāgame dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu devatāyo sukhume attabhāve māpetvā imasmiññeva cakkavāḷe sannipatiṃsu. Tattha kira aññataro devaputto koṇḍaññadasabalaṃ maṅgalapañhaṃ pucchi. Tassa bhagavā maṅgalāni kathesi. Tattha navutikoṭisahassāni arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Sotāpannādīnaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo nāma nāhosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Tato parampi desente, naramarūnaṃ samāgame;

tato parampīti tato aparabhāgepi.Desenteti bhagavati dhammaṃ desente.Naramarūnanti narānañceva amarānañca, yadā pana bhagavā gaganatale titthiyamānamaddanaṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karonto dhammaṃ desesi tadā asītikoṭisahassāni arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tīsu phalesu patiṭṭhitā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Titthiye abhimaddanto, yadā dhammamadesayi;

Tattha tadā-saddaṃ ānetvā attho daṭṭhabbo. Yadā bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, tadā asītikoṭisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahūti.

Koṇḍañño kira satthā abhisambodhiṃ patvā paṭhamavassaṃ candavatīnagaraṃ upanissāya candārāme vihāsi. Tattha sucindharassa nāma brāhmaṇamahāsālassa putto bhaddamāṇavo nāma yasodharabrāhmaṇassa putto subhaddamāṇavo ca koṇḍaññassa buddhassa sammukhā dhammadesanaṃ sutvā pasannamānasā dasahi māṇavakasahassehi saddhiṃ tassa santike pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.

Atha koṇḍañño satthā jeṭṭhamāsapuṇṇamāya subhaddattherappamukhena koṭisatasahassena parivuto pātimokkhamuddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Tato aparabhāge koṇḍaññasatthuno putte vijitasene nāma arahattaṃ patte taṃpamukhassa koṭisahassassa majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Athāparena samayena dasabalo janapadacārikaṃ caranto udenarājānaṃ nāma navutikoṭijanaparivāraṃ pabbājesi saddhiṃ tāya parisāya. Tasmiṃ pana arahattaṃ patte taṃpamukhehi navutiyā arahantakoṭīhi bhagavā parivuto pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, koṇḍaññassa mahesino;

8.

‘‘Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Tadā kira amhākaṃ bodhisatto vijitāvī nāma cakkavattī hutvā candavatīnagare paṭivasati. So kira anekanaravaraparivuto salilanidhinivasanaṃ sameruyugandharaṃ aparimitavasudharaṃ vasundharaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena paripāleti. Atha koṇḍañño buddhopi koṭisatasahassakhīṇāsavaparivuto janapadacārikaṃ caramāno anupubbena candavatīnagaraṃ sampāpuṇi.

So vijitāvī kira rājā – ‘‘sammāsambuddho kira amhākaṃ nagaraṃ anuppatto’’ti sutvā paccuggantvā bhagavato vasanaṭṭhānaṃ saṃvidahitvā svātanāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena nimantetvā punadivase bhattavidhiṃ suṭṭhu paṭiyādetvā koṭisatasahassasaṅkhassa buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ adāsi. Bodhisatto bhagavantaṃ bhojetvā anumodanāvasāne – ‘‘bhante, temāsaṃ mahājanasaṅgahaṃ karonto idheva vasathā’’ti yācitvā tayo māse nirantaraṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa asadisamahādānaṃ adāsi.

Atha satthā bodhisattaṃ – ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākaritvā dhammamassa desesi. So satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā rajjaṃ niyyātetvā pabbajitvā tīṇi piṭakāni uggahetvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca ca abhiññāyo uppādetvā aparihīnajjhāno brahmaloke nibbatti. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, vijitāvī nāma khattiyo;

10.

‘‘Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, vimalānaṃ mahesinaṃ;

11.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, koṇḍañño lokanāyako;

12.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ;

13.

‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

14.

‘‘Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā;

15.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

16.

‘‘Citto ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā;

17.

‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino;

18.

‘‘Ukkuṭṭhisaddā vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca;

19.

‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ;

20.

‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya;

21.

‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ;

22.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

23.

‘‘Suttantaṃ vinayaṃ cāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

24.

‘‘Tatthappamatto viharanto, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

ahaṃ tena samayenāti ahaṃ tasmiṃ samaye.Vijitāvī nāmāti evaṃnāmako cakkavattirājā ahosiṃ.Samuddaṃ antamantenāti ettha cakkavāḷapabbataṃ sīmaṃ mariyādaṃ katvā ṭhitaṃ samuddaṃ antaṃ katvā issariyaṃ vattayāmīti attho. Ettāvatā na pākaṭaṃ hoti.

Rājā kira cakkavattī cakkaratanānubhāvena vāmapassena sineruṃ katvā samuddassa uparibhāgena aṭṭhayojanasahassappamāṇaṃ pubbavidehaṃ gacchati. Tattha rājā cakkavattī – ‘‘pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ nādātabbaṃ, kāmesumicchā na caritabbā, musā na bhāsitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ, yathābhuttañca bhuñjathā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.244; 3.85; ma. ni. 3.257) ovādaṃ deti. Evaṃ ovāde dinne taṃ cakkaratanaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā puratthimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhati. Yathā yathā ca taṃ ajjhogāhati, tathā tathā saṃkhittaūmivipphāraṃ hutvā ogacchamānaṃ mahāsamuddasalilaṃ yojanamattaṃ oggantvā antosamuddaṃ ubhosu passesu veḷuriyamaṇibhitti viya paramadassanīyaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, evaṃ puratthimasāgarapariyantaṃ gantvā taṃ cakkaratanaṃ paṭinivattati. Paṭinivattamāne ca tasmiṃ sā parisā aggato hoti, majjhe rājā cakkavattī ante cakkaratanaṃ hoti. Tampi jalaṃ jalantena viyogaṃ asahamānamiva nemimaṇḍalapariyantaṃ abhihanantameva tīramupagacchati.

samuddaṃ antamantena, issariyaṃ vattayāmaha’’nti.

Koṭisatasahassānanti koṭisatasahassāni. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Vimalānanti khīṇāsavānaṃ.Saha lokagganāthenāti saddhiṃ dasabalena koṭisatasahassānanti attho.Paramannenāti paṇītena annena.Tappayinti tappesiṃ.Aparimeyyito kappeti ito paṭṭhāya satasahassakappādhikāni tīṇi asaṅkhyeyyāni atikkamitvā ekasmiṃ bhaddakappeti attho.

Padhānanti vīriyaṃ.Tameva atthaṃ sādhentoti tameva buddhakārakamatthaṃ dānapāramiṃ pūrento sādhento nipphādentoti attho.Mahārajjanti cakkavattirajjaṃ.Jineti bhagavati, sampadānatthe vā bhummaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Adanti adāsiṃ. Evamatthaṃ sādhentoti iminā sambandho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Mahārajjaṃ jine dadi’’nti paṭhanti keci.Daditvānāti cajitvā.Suttantanti suttantapiṭakaṃ.Vinayanti vinayapiṭakaṃ.Navaṅganti suttageyyādinavaṅgaṃ.Sobhayiṃ jinasāsananti āgamādhigamehi lokiyehi samalaṅkariṃ.Tatthāti tassa bhagavato sāsane.Appamattoti satisampanno.Brahmalokamagañchahanti brahmalokaṃ agañchiṃ ahaṃ.

koṇḍaññabuddhassarammavatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, sunando nāma rājā pitā, sujātā nāma devī mātā, bhaddo ca subhaddo ca dve aggasāvakā, anuruddho nāmupaṭṭhāko, tissā ca upatissā ca dve aggasāvikā, sālakalyāṇirukkho bodhi, aṭṭhāsītihatthubbedhaṃ sarīraṃ, vassasatasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi, tassa rucidevī nāma aggamahesī ahosi, vijitaseno nāmassa putto, cando nāmupaṭṭhāko rājā. Candārāme kira vasīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

25.

‘‘Nagaraṃ rammavatī nāma, sunando nāma khattiyo;

30.

‘‘Bhaddo ceva subhaddo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

31.

‘‘Tissā ca upatissā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

33.

‘‘So aṭṭhāsīti hatthāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

34.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

35.

‘‘Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, vicittā āsi medanī;

36.

‘‘Tepi nāgā appameyyā, asaṅkhobhā durāsadā;

37.

‘‘Sā ca atuliyā jinassa iddhi, ñāṇaparibhāvito ca samādhi;

sālakalyāṇikoti sālakalyāṇirukkho, so buddhakāle ceva cakkavattikāle ca nibbattati, nāññadā. So ekāheneva uṭṭhāti kira.Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, vicittā āsi medanīti ayaṃ medanī khīṇāsavehi ekakāsāvapajjotā vicittā paramadassanīyā ahosi.Yathāti opammatthe nipāto.Uḷūbhīti nakkhattehi, tārāgaṇehi gaganatalaṃ viya khīṇāsavehi vicittā ayaṃ medanī sobhitthāti attho.

Asaṅkhobhāti aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi akkhobhā avikārā.Vijjupātaṃva dassetvāti vijjupātaṃ viya dassayitvā, ‘‘vijjuppātaṃvā’’tipi pāṭho. Koṇḍaññabuddhassa kira kāle parinibbāyamānā bhikkhū sattatālappamāṇamākāsamabbhuggantvā asitajaladharavivaragatā vijjulatā viya samantato vijjotamānā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā nirupādānā dahanā viya parinibbāyiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘vijjupātaṃva dassetvā’’ti.Atuliyāti atulyā asadisā.Ñāṇaparibhāvitoti ñāṇena vaḍḍhito. Sesagāthā heṭṭhā vuttanayattā uttānā evāti.

‘‘Koṇḍañño nāma sambuddho, candārāme manorame;

‘‘Na heva dhātuyo tassa, satthuno, vikiriṃsu tā;

Sakalajambudīpavāsino manussā samāgantvā sattayojanikaṃ sattaratanamayaṃ haritālamanosilāya mattikākiccaṃ telasappīhi udakakiccaṃ katvā niṭṭhāpesunti.

Koṇḍaññabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito dutiyo buddhavaṃso.

5. Maṅgalabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

maṅgalo, sumano, revato, sobhitoti. Tatthamaṅgalopana lokanāyako kappasatasahassādhikāni soḷasa asaṅkhyeyyāni pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā pañcasu pubbanimittesu uppannesu buddhakolāhalaṃ nāma udapādi, tadā dasasahassacakkavāḷe devatāyo ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷe sannipatitvā āyācanti –

‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ;

Evaṃ devehi āyācito katapañcavilokano tusitā kāyā cavitvā sabbanagaruttame uttaranagare anuttarassa uttarassa nāma rañño kule uttarāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tadā anekāni pāṭihāriyāni pāturahuṃ. Tāni dīpaṅkarabuddhavaṃse vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Tassā uttarāya kira mahādeviyā kucchismiṃ sabbalokamaṅgalassa maṅgalassa mahāsattassa paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya sarīrappabhā rattindivaṃ asītihatthappamāṇaṃ padesaṃ pharitvā candālokasūriyālokehi anabhibhavanīyā hutvā aṭṭhāsi. Sā ca aññenālokena vinā attano sarīrappabhāsamudayeneva andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā dhātīhi paricāriyamānā vicarati.

Sā kira devatāhi katārakkhā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena paramasurabhikusumaphaladharasākhāviṭape kamalakuvalayasamalaṅkate ruru-sīha-byaggha-gaja-gavaya-mahiṃsapasadavividhamigagaṇavicarite paramaramaṇīye uttaramadhuruyyāne nāma maṅgaluyyāne maṅgalamahāpurisaṃ vijāyi. So jātamattova mahāsatto sabbā disā viloketvā uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gantvā āsabhiṃ vācaṃ nicchāresi. Tasmiñca khaṇe sakaladasasahassilokadhātūsu devatā dissamānasarīrā dibbamālādīhi samalaṅkatagattā tattha tattha ṭhatvā jayamaṅgalathutivacanāni sampavattesuṃ. Pāṭihāriyāni vuttanayāneva. Nāmaggahaṇadivase panassa lakkhaṇapāṭhakā sabbamaṅgalasampattiyā jātoti ‘‘maṅgalakumāro’’ tveva nāmaṃ kariṃsu.

Tassa kira yasavā rucimā sirimāti tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Yasavatīdevippamukhāni tiṃsanāṭakitthisahassāni ahesuṃ. Tattha mahāsatto navavassasahassāni dibbasukhasadisaṃ sukhaṃ anubhavitvā yasavatiyā aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ sīlavaṃ nāma puttaṃ labhitvā cattāri nimittāni disvā alaṅkataṃ paṇḍaraṃ nāma sundaraturaṅgavaramāruyha mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ pana pabbajantaṃ tisso manussakoṭiyo anupabbajiṃsu. Tehi parivuto mahāpuriso aṭṭha māse padhānacariyamacari.

Tato visākhapuṇṇamāya uttaragāme uttaraseṭṭhino dhītāya uttarāya nāma dinnaṃ pakkhittadibbojaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā surabhikusumālaṅkate nīlobhāse manorame sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā uttarena nāma ājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā asitañjanagirisaṅkāsaṃ akkantavarakanakajālakūṭaṃva sītacchāyaṃ vividhamigagaṇasampātavirahitaṃ mandamāluteritāya ghanasākhāya samalaṅkataṃ naccantamiva pītiyā virocamānaṃ nāgabodhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā mattavaranāgagāmī nāgabodhiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pubbuttarapasse ṭhatvā aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā tattha pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ vīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā sabalaṃ mārabalaṃ viddhaṃsetvā pubbenivāsadibbacakkhuñāṇāni paṭilabhitvā paccayākārasammasanaṃ katvā khandhesu aniccādivasena abhinivisitvā anukkamena anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patvā –

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;

‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;

Udānaṃ udānesi.

Maṅgalassa pana sammāsambuddhassa aññehi buddhehi adhikatarā sarīrappabhā ahosi. Yathā pana aññesaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ samantā asītihatthappamāṇā vā byāmappamāṇā vā sarīrappabhā ahosi, na evaṃ tassa. Tassa pana bhagavato sarīrappabhā niccakālaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharitvā aṭṭhāsi. Tarugirigharapākāraghaṭakavāṭādayo suvaṇṇapaṭṭapariyonaddhā viya ahesuṃ. Navutivassasatasahassāni āyu tassa ahosi. Ettakaṃ kālaṃ candasūriyatārakādīnaṃ pabhā natthi. Rattindivaparicchedo na paññāyittha. Divā sūriyālokena viya sattā niccaṃ buddhālokeneva sabbakammāni karontā vicariṃsu. Sāyaṃ pupphanakakusumānaṃ pāto ca ravanakasakuṇādīnañca vasena loko rattindivaparicchedaṃ sallakkhesi.

kharadāṭhikonāma manussabhakkho mahesakkho yakkho mahāpurisassa dānajjhāsayataṃ sutvā brāhmaṇavaṇṇena upasaṅkamitvā mahāsattaṃ dve dārake yāci. Mahāsatto ‘‘dadāmi brāhmaṇassa puttake’’ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udakapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ kampento dve dārake adāsi. Atha kho yakkho tassa passantasseva mahāpurisassa taṃ brāhmaṇavaṇṇaṃ pahāya analajālapiṅgalavirūpanayano visamavirūpakuṭilabhīmadāṭho cipiṭakavirūpanāso kapilapharusadīghakeso navadaḍḍhatālakkhandhasadisakāyo hutvā te dārake muḷālakalāpaṃ viya gahetvā khādi. Mahāpurisassa yakkhaṃ oloketvā mukhe vivaṭamatte aggijālaṃ viya lohitadhāraṃ uggirantaṃ tassa mukhaṃ disvāpi kesaggamattampi domanassaṃ na uppajji. ‘‘Sudinnaṃ vata me dāna’’nti cintayato panassa sarīre mahantaṃ pītisomanassaṃ udapādi. So ‘‘imassa me nissandena anāgate iminā nīhārena rasmiyo nikkhamantū’’ti patthanamakāsi. Tassa taṃ patthanaṃ nissāya buddhabhūtassa sarīrato rasmiyo nikkhamitvā ettakaṃ ṭhānaṃ phariṃsu.

Aparampi pubbacariyaṃ tassa atthi. Ayaṃ kira bodhisattakāle ekassa buddhassa cetiyaṃ disvā – ‘‘imassa buddhassa mama jīvitaṃ pariccajituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti daṇḍadīpikāveṭhananiyāmena sakalasarīraṃ veṭhāpetvā ratanamattamakuḷaṃ satasahassagghanikaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ sugandhasappissa pūrāpetvā tattha sahassavaṭṭiyo jāletvā taṃ sīsenādāya sakalasarīraṃ jālāpetvā jinacetiyaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto sakalarattiṃ vītināmesi. Evaṃ yāva aruṇuggamanā vāyamantassa lomakūpamattampi usumaṃ na gaṇhi. Padumagabbhaṃ paviṭṭhakālo viya ahosi. Dhammo hi nāmesa attānaṃ rakkhantaṃ rakkhati. Tenāha bhagavā –

‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahāti;

Imassāpi kammassa nissandena tassa sarīrobhāso dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharitvā aṭṭhāsi (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā). Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Koṇḍaññassa aparena, maṅgalo nāma nāyako;

2.

‘‘Atulāsi pabhā tassa, jinehaññehi uttariṃ;

tamanti lokandhakārañca hadayatamañca.Nihantvānāti abhibhavitvā.Dhammokkanti ettha ayaṃ panaukkā-saddo suvaṇṇakāramūsādīsu anekesu atthesu dissati. Tathāhi ‘‘saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṃ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.360) āgataṭṭhāne suvaṇṇakārānaṃ mūsā ‘‘ukkā’’ti veditabbā. ‘‘Ukkaṃ bandheyya, ukkaṃ bandhitvā ukkāmukhaṃ ālimpeyyā’’ti āgataṭṭhāne kammārānaṃ aṅgārakapallaṃ. ‘‘Kammārānaṃ yathā ukkā, anto jhāyati no bahī’’ti (jā. 2.22.649) āgataṭṭhāne kammāruddhanaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃvipāko ukkāpāto bhavissatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.24, 208) āgataṭṭhāne vāyuvego ‘‘ukkā’’ti vuccati. ‘‘Ukkāsu dhāriyamānāsū’’ti (dī. ni. 1.159) āgataṭṭhāne dīpikā ‘‘ukkā’’ti vuccati. Idhāpi dīpikā ukkāti adhippetā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.76 ādayo). Tasmā idha dhammamayaṃ ukkaṃ abhidhārayi, avijjandhakārapaṭicchannassa avijjandhakārābhibhūtassa lokassa dhammamayaṃ ukkaṃ dhāresīti attho.

Atulāsīti atulyā āsi. Ayameva vā pāṭho, aññehi buddhehi asadisā ahosīti attho.Jinehaññehīti jinehi aññehi.Candasūriyappabhaṃ hantvāti candasūriyānaṃ pabhaṃ abhihantvā.Dasasahassī virocatīti candasūriyālokaṃ vinā buddhālokeneva dasasahassī virocatīti attho.

dhammacakkappavattanasuttantaṃkathesi. Tato tisso bhikkhukoṭiyo arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Devamanussānaṃ koṭisatasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

3.

‘‘Sopi buddho pakāsesi, caturo saccavaruttame;

4.

‘‘Patvāna bodhimatulaṃ, paṭhame dhammadesane;

caturoti cattāri.Saccavaruttameti saccāni ca varāni ca saccavarāni, saccāni uttamānīti attho. ‘‘Cattāro saccavaruttame’’tipi pāṭho, tassa cattāri saccavarāni uttamānīti attho.Te teti te te devamanussā buddhena bhagavatā vinītā.Saccarasanti catusaccapaṭivedhāmatarasaṃ pivitvā.Vinodenti mahātamanti tena tena maggena pahātabbaṃ mohatamaṃ vinodenti, viddhaṃsentīti attho.Patvānāti paṭivijjhitvā.Bodhinti ettha panāyaṃbodhi-saddo –

‘‘Magge phale ca nibbāne, rukkhe paññattiyaṃ tathā;

Atulanti tularahitaṃ pamāṇātītaṃ, appamāṇanti attho. Sambodhiṃ patvā dhammaṃ desentassa tassa bhagavato paṭhame dhammadesaneti attho gahetabbo.

Yadā pana cittaṃ nāma nagaraṃ upanissāya viharanto campakarukkhamūle kaṇḍambarukkhamūle amhākaṃ bhagavā viya titthiyānaṃ mānamaddanaṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā surāsurayuvatiratisambhavane ruciranavakanakarajatamayavarabhavane tāvatiṃsabhavane pāricchattakarukkhamūle paṇḍukambalasilātale nisīditvā abhidhammaṃ kathesi, tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, ayaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo. Yadā pana sunando nāma cakkavattirājā surabhinagare pūritacakkavattivatto hutvā cakkaratanaṃ paṭilabhi. Taṃ kira maṅgaladasabale loke uppanne cakkaratanaṃ ṭhānā osakkitaṃ disvā sunando rājā vigatānando brāhmaṇe paripucchi – ‘‘imaṃ cakkaratanaṃ mama kusalena nibbattaṃ, kasmā ṭhānā osakkita’’nti? Tato te tassa rañño osakkanakāraṇaṃ byākariṃsu. ‘‘Cakkavattirañño āyukkhayena vā pabbajjūpagamanena vā buddhapātubhāvena vā cakkaratanaṃ ṭhānā osakkatīti vatvā tuyhaṃ pana, mahārāja, āyukkhayo natthi, atidīghāyuko tvaṃ, maṅgalo pana sammāsambuddho loke uppanno, tena te cakkaratanaṃ osakkita’’nti. Taṃ sutvā sunando cakkavattirājā saparijano taṃ cakkaratanaṃ sirasā vanditvā āyāci – ‘‘yāvāhaṃ tavānubhāvena maṅgaladasabalaṃ sakkarissāmi, tāva tvaṃ mā antaradhāyassū’’ti. Atha naṃ cakkaratanaṃ yathāṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi.

Tato samupāgatānando sunando cakkavattirājā chattiṃsayojanaparimaṇḍalāya parisāya parivuto sabbalokamaṅgalaṃ maṅgaladasabalaṃ upasaṅkamitvā sasāvakasaṅghaṃ satthāraṃ mahādānena santappetvā arahantānaṃ koṭisatasahassānaṃ kāsikavatthāni datvā tathāgatassa sabbaparikkhāre datvā sakalalokavimhayakaraṃ bhagavato pūjaṃ katvā maṅgalaṃ sabbalokanāthaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ vimalakamalamakuḷasamamañjaliṃ sirasi katvā vanditvā dhammassavanatthāya ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Puttopi tassa anurājakumāro nāma tatheva nisīdi.

Tadā sunandacakkavattirājappamukhānaṃ tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi. Sunando cakkavattī saddhiṃ parisāya saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Atha satthā tesaṃ pubbacariyaṃ olokento iddhimayapattacīvarassa upanissayaṃ disvā cakkajālasamalaṅkataṃ dakkhiṇahatthaṃ pasāretvā – ‘‘etha, bhikkhavo’’ti āha. Sabbe taṅkhaṇaṃyeva duvaṅgulakesā iddhimayapattacīvaradharā vassasaṭṭhikattherā viya ākappasampannā hutvā bhagavantaṃ parivārayiṃsu. Ayaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Surindadevabhavane, buddho dhammamadesayi;

6.

‘‘Yadā sunando cakkavattī, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkami;

7.

‘‘Sunandassānucarā janatā, tadāsuṃ navutikoṭiyo;

surindadevabhavaneti puna devindabhavaneti attho.Dhammanti abhidhammaṃ.Āhanīti abhihani.Varuttamanti varo bhagavā uttamaṃ dhammabherinti attho.Anucarāti nibaddhacarā sevakā.Āsunti ahesuṃ. ‘‘Tadāsi navutikoṭiyo’’tipi pāṭho. Tassa janatā āsi, sā janatā kittakāti ce, navutikoṭiyoti attho.

Atha maṅgale kira lokanāthe mekhale pure viharante tasmiṃyeva pure sudevo ca dhammaseno ca māṇavakā māṇavakasahassaparivārā tassa bhagavato santike ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajiṃsu. Māghapuṇṇamāya dvīsu aggasāvakesu saparivāresu arahattaṃ pattesu satthā koṭisatasahassabhikkhugaṇamajjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, ayaṃ paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Puna uttarārāme nāma anuttare ñātisamāgame pabbajitānaṃ koṭisatasahassānaṃ samāgame pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, ayaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Sunandacakkavattibhikkhugaṇasamāgame navutikoṭisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, ayaṃ tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, maṅgalassa mahesino;

9.

‘‘Dutiyo koṭisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyo navutikoṭinaṃ;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto surucibrāhmaṇagāme suruci nāma brāhmaṇo hutvā tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ padako veyyākaraṇo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo ahosi. So satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā dasabalassa madhuradhammakathaṃ sutvā bhagavati pasīditvā saraṇaṃ gantvā – ‘‘sve mayhaṃ bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti sasāvakasaṅghaṃ bhagavantaṃ nimantesi. So bhagavatā ‘‘brāhmaṇa, kittakehi bhikkhūhi te attho’’ti vutto – ‘‘kittakā pana vo, bhante, parivārā bhikkhū’’ti āha. Tadā paṭhamasannipātova hoti, tasmā ‘‘koṭisatasahassa’’nti vutte – ‘‘yadi evaṃ, bhante, sabbehipi saddhiṃ mayhaṃ bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti nimantesi. Satthā adhivāsesi.

Brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ svātanāya nimantetvā attano gharaṃ gacchanto cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ ettakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yāgubhattavatthādīni dātuṃ sakkomi, nisīdanaṭṭhānaṃ pana kathaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Tassa kira sā cintanā caturāsītiyojanasahassappamāṇe merumatthake ṭhitassa devarājassa dasasatanayanassa paṇḍukambalasilāsanassa uṇhākāraṃ janesi. Atha sakko devarājā āsanassa uṇhabhāvaṃ disvā – ‘‘ko nu kho maṃ imamhā ṭhānā cāvetukāmo’’ti samuppannaparivitakko dibbena cakkhunā manussalokaṃ olokento mahāpurisaṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ mahāsatto buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ nimantetvā tassa nisīdanatthāya cintesi, mayāpi tattha gantvā puññakoṭṭhāsaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vaḍḍhakīvaṇṇaṃ nimminitvā vāsipharasuhattho mahāpurisassa purato pāturahosi. So ‘‘atthi nu kho kassaci bhatiyā kattabbakamma’’nti āha.

Mahāsatto disvā ‘‘kiṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ sakkhissasī’’ti āha. ‘‘Mama ajānanasippaṃ nāma natthi, yo yo yaṃ yaṃ icchati maṇḍapaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci nivesanādikaṃ, tassa tassa taṃ taṃ kātuṃ samatthomhī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi mayhaṃ kammaṃ atthī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ, ayyā’’ti? ‘‘Svātanāya mayā koṭisatasahassabhikkhū nimantitā, tesaṃ nisīdanamaṇḍapaṃ karissasī’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ nāma kareyyaṃ, sace me bhatiṃ dātuṃ sakkhissathā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkhissāmi, tātā’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ, sādhu, karissāmī’’ti vatvā ekaṃ padesaṃ olokesi. So dvādasayojanappamāṇo padeso kasiṇamaṇḍalaṃ viya samatalo paramaramaṇīyo ahosi. Puna so ‘‘ettake ṭhāne sattaratanamayo daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍo maṇḍapo uṭṭhahatū’’ti cintetvā olokesi. Tato tāvadeva maṇḍapasadiso pathavitalaṃ bhinditvā maṇḍapo uṭṭhahi. Tassa sovaṇṇamayesu thambhesu rajatamayā ghaṭakā ahesuṃ, rajatamayesu thambhesu sovaṇṇamayā ghaṭakā, maṇitthambhesu pavāḷamayā ghaṭakā, pavāḷamayesu thambhesu maṇimayā ghaṭakā, sattaratanamayesu thambhesu sattaratanamayā ghaṭakā ahesuṃ.

Tato maṇḍapassa antarantarāpi kiṅkiṇikajālā olambatū’’ti olokesi, saha olokanena kiṅkiṇikajālā olambi, yassa mandavāteritassa pañcaṅgikasseva turiyassa paramamanoramo madhuro saddo niccharati, dibbasaṅgītivattanakālo viya ahosi. ‘‘Antarantarā dibbagandhadāmapupphadāmapattadāmasattaratanadāmāni olambantū’’ti cintesi, saha cintāya dāmāni olambiṃsu. ‘‘Koṭisatasahassasaṅkhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āsanāni ca kappiyamahagghapaccattharaṇāni ādhārakāni ca pathaviṃ bhinditvā uṭṭhahantū’’ti cintesi, tāvadeva uṭṭhahiṃsu. ‘‘Koṇe koṇe ekekā udakacāṭi uṭṭhahatū’’ti cintesi, taṅkhaṇaṃyeva udakacāṭiyo paramasītalena madhurena suvisuddhasugandhakappiyavārinā puṇṇā kadalipaṇṇapihitamukhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. So dasasatanayano ettakaṃ māpetvā brāhmaṇassa santikaṃ gantvā – ‘‘ehi, ayya, tava maṇḍapaṃ disvā mayhaṃ bhatiṃ dehī’’ti āha. Mahāpuriso gantvā taṃ maṇḍapaṃ olokesi. Tassa olokentasseva sakalasarīraṃ pañcavaṇṇāya pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭaṃ ahosi.

sivijātake(jā. 1.15.52 ādayo) devasikaṃ pañcakahāpaṇasatasahassāni vissajjetvā catūsu nagaradvāresu nagaramajjheti pañcasu ṭhānesu dānaṃ dentassa taṃ dānaṃ cāgatuṭṭhiṃ uppādetuṃ nāsakkhi. Yadā panassa brāhmaṇavaṇṇena āgantvā sakko devarājā akkhīni yāci, tadā so tāni cakkhūni uppāṭetvā adāsi, dadamānasseva hāso uppajji, kesaggamattampi cittassa aññathattaṃ nāhosi. Evaṃ sabbaññubodhisattānaṃ bāhiradānaṃ nissāya titti nāma natthi. Tasmā sopi mahāpuriso – ‘‘mayā koṭisatasahassasaṅkhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dānaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cintetvā tasmiṃ maṇḍape nisīdāpetvā sattāhaṃ gavapānaṃ nāma dānaṃ adāsi.

gavapānanti mahante mahante kolambe khīrassa pūretvā uddhanesu āropetvā ghanapākapakke khīre thokathoke taṇḍule pakkhipitvā pakkamadhusakkharacuṇṇasappīhi abhisaṅkhatabhojanaṃ vuccati. Idamevacatumadhurabhojanantipi vuccati. Manussāyeva pana parivisituṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Devāpi ekantarikā hutvā parivisiṃsu. Dvādasayojanappamāṇampi taṃ ṭhānaṃ te bhikkhū gaṇhituṃ nappahosiyeva, te pana bhikkhū attano attano anubhāvena nisīdiṃsu. Pariyosānadivase sabbesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ patte dhovāpetvā bhesajjatthāya sappinavanītamadhuphāṇitādīnaṃ pūretvā ticīvarehi saddhiṃ adāsi. Tattha saṅghanavakabhikkhunā laddhacīvarasāṭakā satasahassagghanikā ahesuṃ.

Atha satthā anumodanaṃ karonto – ‘‘ayaṃ mahāpuriso evarūpaṃ mahādānaṃ adāsi, ko nu kho bhavissatī’’ti upadhārento – ‘‘anāgate kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ dvinnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti disvā tato mahāsattaṃ āmantetvā – ‘‘tvaṃ ettakaṃ nāma kālaṃ atikkamitvā gotamo nāma buddho bhavissasī’’ti byākāsi. Atha mahāpuriso bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ sutvā pamuditahadayo – ‘‘ahaṃ kira buddho bhavissāmi, na me gharāvāsena attho, pabbajissāmī’’ti cintetvā tathārūpaṃ sampattiṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya pahāya satthu santike pabbajitvā buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhitvā abhiññā ca aṭṭha samāpattiyo ca nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā āyupariyosāne brahmaloke nibbatti. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, surucī nāma brāhmaṇo;

11.

‘‘Tamahaṃ upasaṅkamma, saraṇaṃ gantvāna satthuno;

12.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, maṅgalo dvipaduttamo;

13.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā ima’’nti. –

Aṭṭha gāthā vitthāretabbā.

14.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

15.

‘‘Tadā pītimanubrūhanto, sambodhivarapattiyā;

16.

‘‘Suttantaṃ vinayaṃ cāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

17.

‘‘Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ;

gandhamālenāti gandhehi ceva mālehi ca.Gavapānenāti idaṃ vuttameva. ‘‘Ghatapānenā’’tipi keci paṭhanti.Tappayinti tappesiṃ.Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsinti bhiyyopi vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ.Dasapāramipūriyāti dasannaṃ pāramīnaṃ pūraṇatthāya.Pītinti hadayatuṭṭhiṃ.Anubrūhantoti vaḍḍhento.Sambodhivarapattiyāti buddhattappattiyā.Buddhe datvānāti buddhassa pariccajitvā.Maṃ gehanti mama gehaṃ, sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ catupaccayatthāya buddhassa bhagavato pariccajitvāti attho.Tatthāti tasmiṃ buddhasāsane.Brahmanti brahmavihārabhāvanaṃ bhāvetvā.

Maṅgalassapana bhagavato nagaraṃ uttaraṃ nāma ahosi, pitāpissa uttaro nāma rājā khattiyo, mātāpi uttarā nāma, sudevo ca dhammaseno ca dve aggasāvakā, pālito nāma upaṭṭhāko, sīvalā ca asokā ca dve aggasāvikā, nāgarukkho bodhi, aṭṭhāsītihatthubbedhaṃ sarīraṃ ahosi, navutivassasahassaṃ āyuparimāṇaṃ, bhariyā panassa yasavatī nāma, sīvalo nāma putto, assayānena nikkhami. Uttarārāme vasi. Uttaro nāma upaṭṭhāko, tasmiṃ pana navutivassasahassāni ṭhatvā parinibbute bhagavati ekappahāreneva dasacakkavāḷasahassāni ekandhakārāni ahesuṃ. Sabbacakkavāḷesu manussānaṃ mahantaṃ ārodanaparidevanaṃ ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

18.

‘‘Uttaraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, uttaro nāma khattiyo;

23.

‘‘Sudevo dhammaseno ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

24.

‘‘Sīvalā ca asokā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

26.

‘‘Aṭṭhāsīti ratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

27.

‘‘Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

28.

‘‘Yathāpi sāgare ūmī, na sakkā tā gaṇetuye;

29.

‘‘Yāva aṭṭhāsi sambuddho, maṅgalo lokanāyako;

30.

‘‘Dhammokkaṃ dhārayitvāna, santāretvā mahājanaṃ;

31.

‘‘Saṅkhārānaṃ sabhāvattaṃ, dassayitvā sadevake;

tatoti tassa maṅgalassa sarīrato.Niddhāvatīti niddhāvanti, vacanavipariyāyo daṭṭhabbo.Raṃsīti rasmiyo.Anekasatasahassiyoti anekasatasahassā.Ūmīti vīciyo taraṅgā.Gaṇetuyeti gaṇetuṃ saṅkhātuṃ. Ettakā sāgare ūmiyoti yathā na sakkā gaṇetuṃ, evaṃ tassa bhagavato sāvakāpi na sakkā gaṇetuṃ, atha kho gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattāti attho.Yāvāti yāvatakaṃ kālaṃ.Sakilesamaraṇaṃ tadāti saha kilesehi sakileso, sakilesassa maraṇaṃ sakilesamaraṇaṃ, taṃ natthi. Tadā kira tassa bhagavato sāsane sāvakā sabbe arahattaṃ patvāyeva parinibbāyiṃsu. Puthujjanā vā sotāpannādayo vā hutvā na kālamakaṃsūti attho. Keci ‘‘sammohamāraṇaṃ tadā’’ti paṭhanti.

Dhammokkanti dhammadīpakaṃ.Dhūmaketūti aggi vuccati, idha pana padīpo daṭṭhabbo tasmā padīpo viya jalitvā nibbutoti attho.Mahāyasoti mahāparivāro. Keci ‘‘nibbuto so sasāvako’’ti paṭhanti.Saṅkhārānanti saṅkhātadhammānaṃ sappaccayadhammānaṃ.Sabhāvattanti aniccādisāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ.Sūriyo atthaṅgato yathāti yathā sahassakiraṇo divasakaro sabbaṃ tamagaṇaṃ vidhamitvā sabbañca lokaṃ obhāsetvā atthamupagacchati, evaṃ maṅgaladivasakaropi veneyyakamalavanavikasanakaro sabbaṃ ajjhattikabāhiralokatamaṃ vidhamitvā attano sarīrappabhāya jalitvā atthaṅgatoti attho. Sesagāthā sabbattha uttānā evāti.

Maṅgalabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito tatiyo buddhavaṃso.

6. Sumanabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

sumanonāma bodhisatto pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā mekhalanagare sudattassa nāma rañño kule sirimāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Pāṭihāriyāni pubbe vuttanayāneva.

So anukkamena vuddhippatto sirivaḍḍhanasomavaḍḍhanaiddhivaḍḍhananāmadheyyesu tīsu pāsādesu tesaṭṭhiyā nāṭakitthisatasahassehi paricāriyamāno surayuvatīhi paricāriyamāno devakumāro viya navavassasahassāni dibbasukhasadisaṃ visayasukhamanubhavamāno vaṭaṃsikāya nāma deviyā anupamaṃ nāma nirupamaṃ puttaṃ janetvā cattāri nimittāni disvā hatthiyānena nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ pana pabbajantaṃ tiṃsakoṭiyo anupabbajiṃsu.

So tehi parivuto dasamāse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya anomanigame anomaseṭṭhino dhītāya anupamāya nāma dinnaṃ pakkhittadibbojaṃ pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā anupamājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā nāgabodhiṃ upagantvā taṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhahi tiṇamuṭṭhīhi tiṃsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ katvā tattha pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisīdi. Tato mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti (dha. pa. 153-154) udānaṃ udānesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Maṅgalassa aparena, sumano nāma nāyako;

maṅgalassa aparenāti maṅgalassa bhagavato aparabhāge.Sabbadhammehi asamoti sabbehipi sīlasamādhipaññādhammehi asamo asadiso.

Sumanokira bhagavā bodhisamīpeyeva sattasattāhāni vītināmetvā dhammadesanatthaṃ brahmāyācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti (dī. ni. 2.72; ma. ni. 1.284; 2.341; mahāva. 10) upadhārento attanā saha pabbajitānaṃ tiṃsakoṭiyo ca attano kaniṭṭhabhātikaṃ vemātikaṃ saraṇakumārañca purohitaputtaṃ bhāvitattamāṇavakañca upanissayasampanne disvā – ‘‘etesaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti cintetvā haṃsarājā viya gaganapathena mekhaluyyāne otaritvā uyyānapālaṃ pesetvā attano kaniṭṭhabhātikaṃ saraṇakumārañca purohitaputtaṃ bhāvitattakumārañca pakkosāpetvā tesaṃ parivārabhūtā sattatiṃsakoṭiyo attanā saha pabbajitā tiṃsakoṭiyo ca aññe ca bahū devamanussakoṭiyo cāti evaṃ koṭisatasahassaṃdhammacakkappavattanenadhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

2.

‘‘Tadā amatabheriṃ so, āhanī mekhale pure;

amatabherinti amatādhigamāya nibbānādhigamāya bheriṃ.Āhanīti vādayi, dhammaṃ desesīti attho. Sāyaṃ amatabherī nāma amatapariyosānaṃ navaṅgaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tenevāha –‘‘dhammasaṅkhasamāyuttaṃ, navaṅgaṃ jinasāsana’’nti. Tatthadhammasaṅkhasamāyuttanti catusaccadhammakathāsaṅkhavarasamāyuttaṃ.

Sumano pana lokanāyako abhisambodhiṃ pāpuṇitvā paṭiññānurūpaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjamāno mahājanassa bhavabandhanamokkhatthāya kusalaratanassa kilesacorehi viluppamānassa parittānatthaṃ sīlavipulapākāraṃ samādhiparikhāparivāritaṃ vipassanāñāṇadvāraṃ satisampajaññadaḷhakavāṭaṃ samāpattimaṇḍapādipaṭimaṇḍitaṃ bodhipakkhiyajanasamākulaṃ amatavaranagaraṃ māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

3.

‘‘Nijjinitvā kilese so, patvā sambodhimuttamaṃ;

nijjinitvāti vijinitvā abhibhuyya, kilesābhisaṅkhāradevaputtamāre viddhaṃsetvāti attho.Soti so sumano bhagavā. ‘‘Vijinitvā kilese hī’’tipi pāṭho. Tatthahi-kāro padapūraṇamatte nipāto.Patvāti adhigantvā. ‘‘Patto’’tipi pāṭho.Nagaranti nibbānanagaraṃ.Saddhammapuravaruttamanti saddhammasaṅkhātaṃ puravaresu uttamaṃ seṭṭhaṃ padhānabhūtaṃ. Atha vā saddhammamayesu puresu pavaresu uttamaṃ saddhammapuravaruttamaṃ. Purimasmiṃ atthavikappe ‘‘nagara’’nti tasseva vevacananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Paṭividdhadhammasabhāvānaṃ sekkhāsekkhānaṃ ariyapuggalānaṃ patiṭṭhānaṃ gocaranivāsaṭṭhena nibbānaṃ ‘‘nagara’’nti vuccati. Tasmiṃ pana saddhammavaranagare so satthā avicchinnaṃ akuṭilaṃ ujuṃ puthulañca vitthatañca satipaṭṭhānamayaṃ mahāvīthiṃ māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Nirantaraṃ akuṭilaṃ, ujuṃ vipulavitthataṃ;

nirantaranti kusalajavanasañcaraṇānantarabhāvato nirantaraṃ.Akuṭilanti kuṭilabhāvakaradosavirahitato akuṭilaṃ.Ujunti akuṭilattāva ujuṃ. Purimapadasseva atthadīpakamidaṃ vacanaṃ.Vipulavitthatanti āyāmato ca vitthārato ca puthulavitthataṃ, puthulavitthatabhāvo lokiyalokuttarasatipaṭṭhānavasena daṭṭhabbo.Mahāvīthinti mahāmaggaṃ.Satipaṭṭhānavaruttamanti satipaṭṭhānañca taṃ varesu uttamañcāti satipaṭṭhānavaruttamaṃ. Atha vā varaṃ satipaṭṭhānamayaṃ uttamavīthinti attho.

Idāni tassa nibbānamahānagarassa tassaṃ satipaṭṭhānavīthiyaṃ cattāri sāmaññaphalāni catasso paṭisambhidā cha abhiññā aṭṭha samāpattiyoti imāni mahaggharatanāni ubhosu passesu dhammāpaṇe pasāresi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Phale cattāri sāmaññe, catasso paṭisambhidā;

Idāni bhagavā imāni ratanabhaṇḍāni ye pana appamattā satimanto paṇḍitā hiriottappavīriyādīhi samannāgatā, te ādīyantīti tesaṃ ratanānaṃ haraṇūpāyaṃ dassento –

6.

‘‘Ye appamattā akhilā, hirivīriyehupāgatā;

yeti aniyamuddeso.Appamattāti pamādassa paṭipakkhabhūtena satiyā avippavāsalakkhaṇena appamādena samannāgatā.Akhilāti pañcacetokhilarahitā.Hirivīriyehupāgatāti kāyaduccaritādīhi hirīyatīti hirī, lajjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vīrassa bhāvo vīriyaṃ, taṃ ussāhalakkhaṇaṃ. Tehi hirivīriyehi upāgatā samannāgatā bhabbapuggalā.Teti idaṃ pubbe aniyamuddesassa niyamuddeso. Punateti vuttappakāre guṇaratanavisese te kulaputtā ādiyanti paṭilabhanti adhigacchantīti attho. Sabbaṃ pana sumano bhagavā kataviditamano dhammabheriṃ āhanitvā dhammanagaraṃ māpetvā iminā nayena paṭhamameva satasahassakoṭiyo bodhesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Evametena yogena, uddharanto mahājanaṃ;

uddharantoti saṃsārasāgarato ariyamagganāvāya samuddharanto.Koṭisatasahassiyoti satasahassakoṭiyoti attho. Vipariyāyena niddiṭṭhaṃ.

Yadā pana sumano lokanāyako sunandavatīnagare ambarukkhamūle titthiyamadamānamaddanaṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā sattānaṃ koṭisahassaṃ dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Ayaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, ovadī titthiye gaṇe;

titthiye gaṇeti titthiyabhūte gaṇe, titthiyānaṃ gaṇe vā ‘‘titthiye abhimaddanto, buddho dhammamadesayī’’ti paṭhanti keci.

Yadā pana dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu devatā imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe sannipatitvā manussā ca nirodhakathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ nirodhaṃ samāpajjanti, kathaṃ nirodhasamāpannā honti, kathaṃ nirodhā vuṭṭhahantī’’ti? Evaṃ samāpajjanaadhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānādīsu vinicchayaṃ kātuṃ asakkontā saha manussehi chasu kāmāvacaradevalokesu devā ca navasu brahmalokesu brahmāno ca dveḷhakajātā dvidhā ahesuṃ. Tato narasundarena arindamena nāma raññā saddhiṃ sāyanhasamaye sumanadasabalaṃ sabbalokanāthaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā arindamo rājā bhagavantaṃ nirodhapañhaṃ pucchi. Tato bhagavatā nirodhapañhe vissajjite navutipāṇakoṭisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Yadā devā manussā ca, samaggā ekamānasā;

10.

‘‘Tadāpi dhammadesane, nirodhaparidīpane;

Tassa pana sumanassa bhagavato tayo sāvakasannipātā ahesuṃ. Tattha paṭhamasannipāte mekhalanagaraṃ upanissāya vassaṃ vasitvā paṭhamapavāraṇāya arahantānaṃ koṭisahassena ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitena saddhiṃ bhagavā pavāresi, ayaṃ paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Athāparena samayena saṅkassanagarassāvidūre arindamarājakusalabalanibbatte yojanappamāṇe kanakapabbate nisinno saradasamayarucirakaranikaro divasakaro viya yugandharapabbate munivaradivasakaro arindamarājānaṃ parivāretvā āgatānaṃ purisānaṃ navutikoṭisahassāni dametvā sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā tasmiṃyeva divase arahattaṃ pattehi bhikkhūhi parivuto caturaṅgasamannāgate sannipāte pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Ayaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Yadā pana sakko devarājā sugatadassanatthāya upasaṅkami, tadā sumano bhagavā asītiyā arahantakoṭisahassehi parivuto pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, ayaṃ tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

11.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sumanassa mahesino;

12.

‘‘Vassaṃvuṭṭhassa bhagavato, abhighuṭṭhe pavāraṇe;

13.

‘‘Tato paraṃ sannipāte, vimale kañcanapabbate;

14.

‘‘Yadā sakko devarājā, buddhadassanupāgami;

abhighuṭṭhe pavāraṇeti liṅgavipallāso daṭṭhabbo, abhighuṭṭhāya pavāraṇāyāti attho.Tatoparanti tato aparabhāge.Kañcanapabbateti kanakamaye pabbate.Buddhadassanupāgamīti buddhadassanatthamupāgami. Tadā kira amhākaṃ bodhisatto atulo nāma nāgarājā ahosi mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo. So ‘‘loke buddho uppanno’’ti sutvā ñātigaṇaparivuto sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā koṭisatasahassabhikkhuparivārassa sumanassa bhagavato dibbehi turiyehi upahāraṃ kāretvā mahādānaṃ pavattetvā paccekadussayugāni datvā saraṇesu patiṭṭhāsi. Sopi naṃ satthā ‘‘anāgate buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

15.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, nāgarājā mahiddhiko;

16.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ nāgabhavanā, nikkhamitvā sañātibhi;

17.

‘‘Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, annapānena tappayiṃ;

Paccekadussayugaṃ datvā, saraṇaṃ tamupāgamiṃ.

18.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sumano lokanāyako;

19.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

Yathā koṇḍaññabuddhavaṃse, evaṃ aṭṭha gāthā vitthāretabbāti.

20.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

sumanassabhagavato mekhalaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, sudatto nāma rājā pitā, sirimā nāma devī mātā, saraṇo ca bhāvitatto ca dve aggasāvakā, udeno nāmupaṭṭhāko, soṇā ca upasoṇā ca dve aggasāvikā, nāgarukkho bodhi, navutihatthubbedhaṃ sarīraṃ, navutiyeva vassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi, vaṭaṃsikā nāmassa mahesī devī, anūpamo nāma putto ahosi, hatthiyānena nikkhami. Upaṭṭhāko aṅgarājā. Aṅgārāme vasīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

21.

‘‘Nagaraṃ mekhalaṃ nāma, sudatto nāma khattiyo;

22.

‘‘Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

23.

‘‘Tesaṭṭhisatasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

24.

‘‘Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami;

25.

‘‘Brahmunā yācito santo, sumano lokanāyako;

26.

‘‘Saraṇo bhāvitatto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

27.

‘‘Soṇā ca upasoṇā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

28.

‘‘Varuṇo ceva saraṇo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

29.

‘‘Uccattanena so buddho, navutihatthamuggato;

30.

‘‘Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

31.

‘‘Tāraṇīye tārayitvā, bodhanīye ca bodhayi;

32.

‘‘Te ca khīṇāsavā bhikkhū, so ca buddho asādiso;

33.

‘‘Tañca ñāṇaṃ atuliyaṃ, tāni ca atulāni ratanāni;

34.

‘‘Sumano yasadharo buddho, aṅgārāmamhi nibbuto;

kañcanagghiyasaṅkāsoti vividharatanavicittakañcanamayagghikasadisarūpasobho.Dasasahassī virocatīti tassa pabhāya dasasahassīpi lokadhātu virocatīti attho.Tāraṇīyeti tārayitabbe, tārayituṃ vutte sabbe buddhaveneyyeti attho.Uḷurājāvāti cando viya.Atthamīti atthaṅgato. Keci ‘‘atthaṃ gato’’ti paṭhanti.Asādisoti asadiso.Mahāyasāti mahākittisaddā mahāparivārā ca.Tañca ñāṇanti taṃ sabbaññutaññāṇañca.Atuliyanti atulyaṃ asadisaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Sumanabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito catuttho buddhavaṃso.

7. Revatabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

revatonāma satthā udapādi. Sopi pāramiyo pūretvā anekaratanasamujjalitabhavane tusitabhavane nibbattitvā tato cavitvā sabbadhanadhaññavatisudhaññavatīnagare sabbālaṅkārasamalaṅkataamitaruciraparivāraparivutassa sirivibhavasamudayenākulassa sabbasamiddhivipulassa vipulassa nāma rañño kule sabbajananayanālipālisamākulāya samphullanayanakuvalayasassirikasiniddhavadanakamalākarasobhāsamujjalāya suruciramanoharaguṇagaṇavipulāya vipulāya nāma aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena cittakūṭapabbatato suvaṇṇahaṃsarājā viya mātukucchito nikkhami.

Tassa paṭisandhiyaṃ jātiyañca pāṭihāriyāni pubbe vuttanayāneva ahesuṃ. Sudassanaratanagghiāveḷanāmakā tayo cassa pāsādā ahesuṃ. Sudassanādevippamukhāni tettiṃsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ. Tāhi parivuto so surayuvatīhi parivuto devakumāro viya chabbassasahassāni visayasukhamanubhavamāno agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. So sudassanāya nāma deviyā varuṇe nāma tanaye jāte cattāri nimittāni disvā nānāvirāgatanuvaravasananivasano āmukkamuttāhāramaṇikuṇḍalo varakeyūramakuṭakaṭakadharo paramasurabhigandhakusumasamalaṅkato paramarucirakaranikaro saradasamayarajanikaro viya tārāgaṇaparivuto viya cando tidasagaṇaparivuto viya dasasatanayano brahmagaṇaparivuto viya ca hāritamahābrahmā caturaṅginiyā mahatiyā senāya parivuto ājaññarathena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā sabbābharaṇāni omuñcitvā bhaṇḍāgārikassa hatthe datvā jalajāmalāvikalanīlakuvalayadalasadisenātinisitenātitikhiṇenāsinā sakesamakuṭaṃ chinditvā ākāse khipi. Taṃ sakko devarājā suvaṇṇacaṅkoṭakena paṭiggahetvā tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ netvā sinerumuddhani sattaratanamayaṃ cetiyaṃ akāsi.

Mahāpuriso pana devadattāni kāsāyāni paridahitvā pabbaji, ekā ca naṃ purisakoṭi anupabbaji. So tehi parivuto sattamāse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya aññatarāya sādhudeviyā nāma seṭṭhidhītāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye aññatarenājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā mattavaranāgagāmī nāgabodhiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tepaṇṇāsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nisīditvā mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti (dha. pa. 153-154) udānaṃ udānesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Sumanassa aparena, revato nāma nāyako;

Revato kira satthā bodhisamīpeyeva sattasattāhāni vītināmetvā dhammadesanatthaṃ brahmāyācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti (dī. ni. 2.72; ma. ni. 1.284; 2.341; mahāva. 10) upadhārento attanā saha pabbajitabhikkhukoṭiyo aññe ca bahū devamanusse upanissayasampanne disvā ākāsena gantvā varuṇārāme otaritvā tehi parivuto gambhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ aññena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā bhikkhūnaṃ koṭi arahatte patiṭṭhāpesi. Tīsu maggaphalesu patiṭṭhitānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo natthi. Tena vuttaṃ –

2.

‘‘Sopi dhammaṃ pakāsesi, brahmunā abhiyācito;

khandhadhātuvavatthānanti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ nāmarūpavavatthānādivasena vibhāgakaraṇaṃ. Sabhāvalakkhaṇasāmaññalakkhaṇādivasena rūpārūpadhammapariggaho khandhadhātuvavatthānaṃ nāma. Atha vā pheṇapiṇḍūpamaṃ rūpaṃ parimaddanāsahanato chiddāvachiddādibhāvato ca udakapubbuḷakaṃ viya vedanā muhuttaramaṇīyabhāvato, marīcikā viya saññā vippalambhanato, kadalikkhandho viya saṅkhārā asārakato, māyā viya viññāṇaṃ vañcanakato’’ti evamādināpi nayena aniccānupassanādivasenapi khandhadhātuvavatthānaṃ veditabbaṃ (vibha. aṭṭha. 26 kamādivinicchayakathā).Appavattaṃ bhavābhaveti ettha bhavoti vaḍḍhi, abhavoti hāni. Bhavoti sassatadiṭṭhi, abhavoti ucchedadiṭṭhi. Bhavoti khuddakabhavo, abhavoti mahābhavo. Bhavoti kāmabhavo, abhavoti rūpārūpabhavoti evamādinā nayena bhavābhavānaṃ attho veditabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.223; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.1080; udā. aṭṭha. 20). Tesaṃ bhavābhavānaṃ appavattihetubhūtaṃ dhammaṃ pakāsesīti attho. Atha vā bhavati anenāti bhavo, tīsu bhavesu uppattinimittaṃ kammādikaṃ. Upapattibhavo abhavo nāma. Ubhayattha nikantiyā pahānakaraṃ appavattaṃ dhammaṃ desesīti attho. Tassa pana revatabuddhassa tayova abhisamayā ahesuṃ. Paṭhamo panassa gaṇanapathaṃ vītivatto. Tena vuttaṃ –

3.

‘‘Tassābhisamayā tīṇi, ahesuṃ dhammadesane;

tīṇīti tayo, liṅgavipallāso kato, ayaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo ahosi.

Athāparena samayena nagaruttare uttare nagare sabbārindamo arindamo nāma rājā ahosi. So kira bhagavantaṃ attano nagaramanuppattaṃ sutvā tīhi janakoṭīhi parivuto bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ katvā svātanāya nimantetvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā tigāvutavitthataṃ dīpapūjaṃ katvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nisīdi. Atha bhagavā tassa manonukūlaṃ vicittanayaṃ dhammaṃ desesi. Tattha devamanussānaṃ koṭisahassassa dutiyābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Yadā arindamaṃ rājaṃ, vinesi revato muni;

Ayaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo.

Athāparena samayena revato satthā uttaranigamaṃ nāma upanissāya viharanto sattāhaṃ nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. Tadā kira uttaranigamavāsino manussā yāgubhattakhajjakabhesajjapānakādīni āharitvā bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā bhikkhū paripucchiṃsu – ‘‘kuhiṃ, bhante, bhagavā’’ti? Tato tesaṃ bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhagavā, āvuso, nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpanno’’ti. Athātīte tasmiṃ sattāhe bhagavantaṃ nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhitaṃ saradasamaye sūriyo viya attano anūpamāya buddhasiriyā virocamānaṃ disvā nirodhasamāpattiyā guṇānisaṃsaṃ pucchiṃsu. Bhagavā ca tesaṃ nirodhasamāpattiyā guṇānisaṃsaṃ kathesi. Tadā devamanussānaṃ koṭisataṃ arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Ayaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Sattāhaṃ paṭisallānā, vuṭṭhahitvā narāsabho;

Sudhaññavatīnagare paṭhamamahāpātimokkhuddese ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitānaṃ arahantānaṃ gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattānaṃ paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Mekhalanagare koṭisatasahassasaṅkhātānaṃ ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitānaṃ arahantānaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Revatassa pana bhagavato dhammacakkānuvattako varuṇo nāma aggasāvako paññavantānaṃ aggo ābādhiko ahosi. Tattha gilānapucchanatthāya sampattamahājanassa lakkhaṇattayaparidīpakaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā koṭisatasahassaṃ purisānaṃ ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā caturaṅginike sannipāte pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Ayaṃ tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, revatassa mahesino;

7.

‘‘Atikkantā gaṇanapathaṃ, paṭhamaṃ ye samāgatā;

8.

‘‘Yopi paññāya asamo, tassa cakkānuvattako;

9.

‘‘Tassa gilānapucchāya, ye tadā upagatā munī;

cakkānuvattakoti dhammacakkānuvattako.Patto jīvitasaṃsayanti ettha jīvite saṃsayaṃ jīvitasaṃsayaṃ, jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti vā, na vā pāpuṇātīti evaṃ jīvitasaṃsayaṃ patto, byādhitassa balavabhāvena marati, na maratīti jīvite saṃsayaṃ pattoti attho.Ye tadā upagatā munīti iti dīghabhāve sati bhikkhūnaṃ upari hoti, rasse anussarena saddhiṃ varuṇassa upari hoti.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto rammavatīnagare atidevo nāma brāhmaṇo hutvā brāhmaṇadhamme pāraṃ gato revataṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ disvā tassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya silokasahassena dasabalaṃ kittetvā sahassagghanikena uttarāsaṅgena bhagavantaṃ pūjesi. Sopi naṃ buddho byākāsi – ‘‘ito kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ dvinnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, atidevo nāma brāhmaṇo;

11.

‘‘Tassa sīlaṃ samādhiñca, paññāguṇamanuttamaṃ;

12.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, revato lokanāyako;

13.

‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā ima’’’nti. –

Aṭṭha gāthā vitthāretabbā.

14.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

15.

‘‘Tadāpi taṃ buddhadhammaṃ, saritvā anubrūhayiṃ;

saraṇaṃ tassa gañchahanti taṃ saraṇaṃ agañchiṃ ahaṃ, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ.Paññāguṇanti paññāsampattiṃ.Anuttamanti seṭṭhaṃ. ‘‘Paññāvimuttiguṇamuttama’’ntipi pāṭho, so uttānova.Thomayitvāti thometvā vaṇṇayitvā. Yathāthāmanti yathābalaṃ.Uttarīyanti uttarāsaṅgaṃ.Adāsahanti adāsiṃ ahaṃ.Buddhadhammanti buddhabhāvakaraṃ dhammaṃ, pāramīdhammanti attho.Saritvāti anussaritvā.Anubrūhayinti abhivaḍḍhesiṃ.Āharissāmīti ānayissāmi.Taṃ dhammanti taṃ buddhattaṃ.Yaṃ mayhaṃ abhipatthitanti yaṃ mayā abhipatthitaṃ buddhattaṃ, taṃ āharissāmīti attho.

revatassabhagavato nagaraṃ sudhaññavatī nāma ahosi, pitā vipulo nāma khattiyo, mātā vipulā nāma, varuṇo ca brahmadevo ca dve aggasāvakā, sambhavo nāma upaṭṭhāko, bhaddā ca subhaddā ca dve aggasāvikā, nāgarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ asītihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, āyu saṭṭhivassasahassāni, sudassanā nāma aggamahesī, varuṇo nāma putto, ājaññarathena nikkhami.

‘‘Tassa dehābhinikkhantaṃ, pabhājālamanuttaraṃ;

‘‘Dhātuyo mama sabbāpi, vikirantūti so jino;

‘‘Mahānāgavanuyyāne, mahato nagarassa so;

Tena vuttaṃ –

16.

‘‘Nagaraṃ sudhaññavatī nāma, vipulo nāma khattiyo;

21.

‘‘Varuṇo brahmadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

22.

‘‘Bhaddā ceva subhaddā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

23.

‘‘Padumo kuñjaro ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

24.

‘‘Uccattanena so buddho, asītihatthamuggato;

25.

‘‘Tassa sarīre nibbattā, pabhāmālā anuttarā;

26.

‘‘Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

27.

‘‘Dassayitvā buddhabalaṃ amataṃ loke pakāsayaṃ;

28.

‘‘So ca kāyo ratananibho, so ca dhammo asādiso;

obhāsetīti pakāsayati.Uggatoti ussito.Pabhāmālāti pabhāvelā.Yathaggīti aggi viya.Upādānasaṅkhayāti indhanakkhayā.So ca kāyo ratananibhoti so ca tassa bhagavato kāyo suvaṇṇavaṇṇo. ‘‘Tañca kāyaṃ ratananibha’’ntipi pāṭho, liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ. Soyeva panassattho. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Revatabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito pañcamo buddhavaṃso.

8. Sobhitabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

sobhitonāma bodhisatto kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā devehi āyācito tusitapurato cavitvā sudhammanagare sudhammarājassa kule sudhammāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. So dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena sudhammuyyāne mātukucchito parisuddhavirājitaghanameghapaṭalato puṇṇacando viya nikkhami. Tassa paṭisandhiyaṃ jātiyañca pāṭihāriyāni pubbe vuttappakārāni.

So dasavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasitvā sattattiṃsanāṭakitthisahassānaṃ aggāya aggamahesiyā makhiladeviyā kucchismiṃ sīhakumāre nāma putte uppanne cattāri nimittāni disvā sañjātasaṃvego pāsādeyeva pabbajitvā tattheva ānāpānassatisamādhiṃ bhāvetvā cattāri jhānāni paṭilabhitvā sattāhaṃ tattheva padhānacariyamacari. Tato makhilamahādeviyā dinnaṃ paramamadhuraṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā abhinikkhamanatthāya cittamuppādesi – ‘‘ayaṃ pāsādo alaṅkatapaṭiyatto mahājanassa passantasseva ākāsena gantvā bodhirukkhaṃ majjhekatvā pathaviyaṃ otaratu, imā ca itthiyo mayi bodhimūle nisinne avuttā sayameva pāsādato nikkhamantū’’ti. Sahacittuppādā pāsādo ca sudhammarājabhavanato uppatitvā asitañjanasaṅkāsamākāsamabbhuggañchi. So samosaritasurabhikusumadāmasamalaṅkatapāsādatalo sakalampi gaganatalaṃ samalaṅkurumāno viya kanakarasadhārāsadisarucirakaranikaro divasakaro viya ca saradasamayarajanikaro viya ca virocamāno vilambamānavividhavicittakiṅkiṇikajālo yassa kira vāteritassa sukusalajanavāditassa pañcaṅgikassa turiyassa viya saddo vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca ahosi.

Dūrato paṭṭhāya suyyamānena madhurena sarena sattānaṃ sotāni odahamāno gharacaccaracatukkavīthiādīsu ṭhatvā pavattitakathāsallāpesu manussesu nātinīcena nātiuccena taruvaravanamatthakāvidūrenākāsena palobhayamāno viya taruvarasākhānānāratanajutivisarasamujjalena vaṇṇena jananayanāni ākaḍḍhento viya ca puññānubhāvaṃ samugghosayanto viya ca gaganatalaṃ paṭipajji. Tattha nāṭakitthiyopi pañcaṅgikassa varaturiyassa madhurena sarena upagāyiṃsu ceva vilapiṃsu ca. Caturaṅginī kirassa senāpi alaṅkāra-kāyābharaṇa-juti-samudaya-samujjotanānāvirāga-surabhikusumavasanābharaṇasobhitā amaravarasenā viya paramaruciradassanā dharaṇī viya gaganatalena pāsādaṃ parivāretvā agamāsi.

Tato pāsādo gantvā aṭṭhāsītihatthubbedhaṃ ujuvipulavaṭṭakkhandhaṃ kusumapallavamakulasamalaṅkataṃ nāgarukkhaṃ majjhekatvā otaritvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahi. Nāṭakitthiyo ca kenaci avuttāva tato pāsādato otaritvā pakkamiṃsu. Anekaguṇasobhito kira sobhitopi mahāpuriso mahājanakataparivāroyeva rattiyā tīsu yāmesu tisso vijjāyo uppādesi. Mārabalaṃ panassa dhammatābaleneva yathāgatamagamāsi. Pāsādo pana tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Sobhito pana bhagavatā sambodhiṃ patvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā bodhisamīpeyeva sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā brahmuno dhammajjhesanaṃ paṭijānitvā – ‘‘kassa nu kho paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti buddhacakkhunā olokento attano vemātike kaniṭṭhabhātike asamakumārañca sunettakumārañca disvā – ‘‘ime dve kumārā upanissayasampannā gambhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ samatthā, handāhaṃ imesaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti ākāsenāgantvā sudhammuyyāne otaritvā dvepi kumāre uyyānapālena pakkosāpetvā tehi saparivārehi parivuto mahājanamajjhe dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Revatassa aparena, sobhito nāma nāyako;

2.

‘‘So jino sakagehamhi, mānasaṃ vinivattayi;

3.

‘‘Yāva heṭṭhā avīcito, bhavaggā cāpi uddhato;

4.

‘‘Tāya parisāya sambuddho, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi;

sakagehamhīti attano bhavaneyeva, antopāsādataleyevāti attho.Mānasaṃ vinivattayīti cittaṃ parivattesi, sakagehe ṭhatvā sattadivasabbhantareyeva puthujjanabhāvato cittaṃ vinivattetvā buddhattaṃ pāpuṇīti attho.Heṭṭhāti heṭṭhato.Bhavaggāti akaniṭṭhabhavanato.Tāya parisāyāti tassā parisāya majjhe.Gaṇanāya na vattabboti gaṇanapathamatītāti attho.Paṭhamābhisamayoti paṭhamo dhammābhisamayo.Ahūti gaṇanāya na vattabbā parisā ahosīti attho. ‘‘Paṭhame abhisamiṃsuyevā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa paṭhamadhammadesane abhisamiṃsu ye janā, te gaṇanāya na vattabbāti attho.

Athāparena samayena sudassananagaradvāre cittapāṭaliyā mūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā navakanakamaṇimayabhavane tāvatiṃsabhavane pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilātale nisīditvā abhidhammaṃ desesi. Desanāpariyosāne navutikoṭisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Tato parampi desente, marūnañca samāgame;

Athāparena samayena sudassananagare jayaseno nāma rājakumāro yojanappamāṇaṃ vihāraṃ kāretvā asokassakaṇṇacampakanāgapunnāgavakulasurabhicūtapanasāsanasālakunda- sahakārakaravīrāditaruvaranirantaraṃ ārāmaṃ ropetvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa niyyātesi. Dānānumodanaṃ katvā yāgaṃ vaṇṇetvā bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassasattanikāyassa dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ tatiyābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Punāparaṃ rājaputto, jayaseno nāma khattiyo;

7.

‘‘Tassa yāgaṃ pakittento, dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā;

Puna uggato nāma rājā sunandanagare sunandaṃ nāma vihāraṃ kāretvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa adāsi. Tasmiṃ dāne ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitānaṃ koṭisataṃ arahantānaṃ sannipāto, tesaṃ majjhe sobhito bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Puna mekhalānagare dhammagaṇo dhammagaṇārāmaṃ nāma pavarārāmaṃ mahāvihāraṃ kāretvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa datvā saha sabbaparikkhārehi dānaṃ adāsi. Tasmiṃ samāgame ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbajitānaṃ navutiyā arahantakoṭīnaṃ sannipāte pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Ayaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Yadā pana bhagavā dasasatanayanapure vassaṃ vasitvā pavāraṇāya suravaraparivuto otari, tadā asītiyā arahantakoṭīhi saddhiṃ caturaṅgike sannipāte pavāresi. Ayaṃ tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sobhitassa mahesino;

9.

‘‘Uggato nāma so rājā, dānaṃ deti naruttame;

10.

‘‘Punāparaṃ puragaṇo, deti dānaṃ naruttame;

11.

‘‘Devaloke vasitvāna, yadā orohatī jino;

Tadā kira amhākaṃ bodhisatto rammavatīnagare ubhato sujāto ‘sujāto’ nāma brāhmaṇo hutvā sobhitassa bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa temāsaṃ mahādānamadāsi. Sopi naṃ ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

12.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, sujāto nāma brāhmaṇo;

13.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sobhito lokanāyako;

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

15.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

tamevatthamanuppattiyāti tassa buddhattassa anuppattiatthaṃ, tassa pana sobhitabuddhassa – ‘‘anāgate ayaṃ gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘avitathavacanā hi buddhā’’ti buddhattappattiatthanti attho.Ugganti tibbaṃ ghoraṃ.Dhitinti vīriyaṃ.Akāsahanti akāsiṃ ahaṃ.

sobhitassabhagavato sudhammaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, pitā sudhammo nāma rājā, mātā sudhammā nāma devī, asamo ca sunetto ca dve aggasāvakā, anomo nāmupaṭṭhāko, nakulā ca sujātā ca dve aggasāvikā, nāgarukkho bodhi, aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthubbedhaṃ sarīraṃ ahosi, navutivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ, makhilā nāmassa mahādevī, sīhakumāro nāma atrajo, nāṭakitthīnaṃ sattattiṃsasahassāni navavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Pāsādena abhinikkhami. Jayaseno nāma rājā upaṭṭhāko. Setārāme kira vasīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

16.

‘‘Sudhammaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudhammo nāma khattiyo;

21.

‘‘Asamo ca sunetto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

22.

‘‘Nakulā ca sujātā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

24.

‘‘Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

25.

‘‘Tathā suphullaṃ pavanaṃ, nānāgandhehi dhūpitaṃ;

26.

‘‘Yathāpi sāgaro nāma, dassanena atappiyo;

27.

‘‘Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

28.

‘‘Ovādaṃ anusiṭṭhiñca, datvāna sesake jane;

29.

‘‘So ca buddho asamasamo, tepi sāvakā balappattā;

sataraṃsīvātiādicco viya, sabbā disā obhāsetīti attho.Pavananti mahāvanaṃ.Dhūpitanti vāsitaṃ gandhitaṃ.Atappiyoti atittikaro, atittijanano vā.Tāvadeti tasmiṃ kāle, tāvatakaṃ kālanti attho.Tāresīti tārayī.Ovādanti sakiṃ vādo ovādo nāma.Anusiṭṭhinti punappunaṃ vacanaṃ anusiṭṭhi nāma.Sesake janeti saccappaṭivedhaṃ appattassa sesajanassa, sāmiatthe bhummavacanaṃ.Hutāsanova tāpetvāti aggi viya tappetvā. Ayameva vā pāṭho, upādānakkhayā bhagavā parinibbutoti attho. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Sobhitabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito chaṭṭho buddhavaṃso.

9. Anomadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

anomadassī, padumo, nāradoti. Tatthaanomadassībhagavā soḷasa asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā devehi abhiyācito tato cavitvā candavatiyaṃ nāma rājadhāniyaṃ yasavā nāmassa rañño kule samussitacārupayodharāya yasodharāya nāma aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Anomadassikumāre kira yasodharāya deviyā kucchigate tassa puññappabhāvena pabhā asītihatthappamāṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ pharitvā aṭṭhāsi. Candasūriyappabhāhi anabhibhavanīyāva ahosi. Sā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena bodhisattaṃ sucandanuyyāne vijāyi. Pāṭihāriyāni heṭṭhā vuttanayāneva.

Nāmaggahaṇadivase panassa nāmaṃ gaṇhantā, yasmā jātiyaṃ ākāsato satta ratanāni patiṃsu, tasmā anomānaṃ ratanānaṃ uppattihetubhūtattā ‘‘anomadassī’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So anukkamena vuddhippatto dibbehi kāmaguṇehi paricāriyamāno dasavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tassa kira siri upasiri sirivaḍḍhoti tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Sirimādevippamukhāni tevīsati itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ. So sirimāya deviyā upavāṇe nāma putte jāte cattāri nimittāni disvā sivikāyānena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ tisso janakoṭiyo anupabbajiṃsu.

Tehi parivuto mahāpuriso dasa māse padhānacariyaṃ cari. Tato visākhapuṇṇamāya anupamabrāhmaṇagāme piṇḍāya caritvā anupamaseṭṭhidhītāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā anomanāmājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā ajjunarukkhabodhiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhattiṃsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā samāraṃ mārabalaṃ viddhaṃsetvā tīsu yāmesu tisso vijjā uppādetvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Sobhitassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘So chetvā bandhanaṃ sabbaṃ, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave;

3.

‘‘Sāgarova asaṅkhobho, pabbatova durāsado;

4.

‘‘Dassanenapi taṃ buddhaṃ, tositā honti pāṇino;

anomadassīti anupamadassano, amitadassano vā.Amitayasoti amitaparivāro, amitakitti vā.Tejassīti sīlasamādhipaññātejena samannāgato.Duratikkamoti duppadhaṃsiyo, aññena devena vā mārena vā kenaci vā atikkamituṃ asakkuṇeyyoti attho.Sochetvā bandhanaṃ sabbanti sabbaṃ dasavidhaṃ saṃyojanaṃ chinditvā.Viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhaveti tibhavūpagaṃ kammaṃ kammakkhayakarañāṇena viddhaṃsetvā, abhāvaṃ katvāti attho.Anivattigamanaṃ magganti nivattiyā pavattiyā paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ anivattīti vuccati, taṃ anivattiṃ gacchati anenāti anivattigamano. Taṃ anivattigamanaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ desesīti attho. ‘‘Dassetī’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho.Devamānuseti devamanussānaṃ, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Asaṅkhobhoti khobhetuṃ cāletuṃ asakkuṇeyyoti akkhobhiyo. Yathā hi samuddo caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīro anekayojanasahassabhūtāvāso akkhobhiyo, evaṃ akkhobhiyoti attho.Ākāsova anantoti yathā pana ākāsassa anto natthi, atha kho ananto appameyyo apāro, evaṃ bhagavāpi buddhaguṇehi ananto appameyyo apāro.Soti so bhagavā.Sālarājāva phullitoti sabbalakkhaṇānubyañjanasamalaṅkatasarīrattā suphullitasālarājā viya sobhatīti attho.Dassanenapi taṃ buddhanti tassa buddhassa dassanenāpīti attho. Īdisesupi sāmivacanaṃ payujjanti saddasatthavidū.Tositāti paritositā pīṇitā.Byāharantanti byāharantassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ.Amatanti nibbānaṃ.Pāpuṇantīti adhigacchanti.Teti ye tassa giraṃ dhammadesanaṃ suṇanti, te amataṃ pāpuṇantīti attho.

Bhagavā pana bodhimūle sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā brahmunā āyācito dhammadesanāya buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento attanā saha pabbajite tikoṭisaṅkhe jane upanissayasampanne disvā – ‘‘kattha nu kho te etarahi viharantī’’ti upadhārento subhavatīnagare sudassanuyyāne viharante disvā ākāsena gantvā sudassanuyyāne otari. So tehi parivuto sadevamanussāya parisāya majjhe dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tattha koṭisatānaṃ paṭhamābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Dhammābhisamayo tassa, iddho phīto tadā ahu;

phītoti phātippatto bāhujaññavasena.Koṭisatānīti koṭīnaṃ satāni koṭisatāni. ‘‘Koṭisatayo’’tipi pāṭho, tassa satakoṭiyoti attho.

Athāparena samayena osadhīnagaradvāre asanarukkhamūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā asurehi durabhibhavane tāvatiṃsabhavane paṇḍukambalasilāyaṃ nisinno temāsaṃ abhidhammavassaṃ vassāpayi. Tadā asītidevatākoṭiyo abhisamiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Tato paraṃ abhisamaye, vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyo;

vassanteti buddhamahāmeghe vassante.Dhammavuṭṭhiyoti dhammakathāvassavuṭṭhiyo.

Tato aparena samayena maṅgalapañhāniddese aṭṭhasattati koṭiyo abhisamiṃsu. So tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Tato parampi vassante, tappayante ca pāṇinaṃ;

vassanteti dhammakathāsaliladhāraṃ vassante.Tappayanteti dhammāmatavassena tappayante, tappanaṃ karonte bhagavatīti attho.

Anomadassissapi bhagavato tayo sāvakasannipātā ahesuṃ. Tattha soreyyanagare isidattassa rañño dhamme desiyamāne pasīditvā ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ arahantasatasahassānaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Rādhavatīnagare sundarindharassa nāma rañño dhamme desiyamāne ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitānaṃ sattannaṃ arahantasatasahassānaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Ayaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Puna soreyyanagareyeva soreyyaraññā saha ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitānaṃ channaṃ arahantasatasahassānaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Ayaṃ tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi ca mahesino;

9.

‘‘Aṭṭhasatasahassānaṃ, sannipāto tadā ahu;

10.

‘‘Sattasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo;

11.

‘‘Channaṃ satasahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

tassāpi ca mahesinoti tassa mahesino anomadassissāpi. ‘‘Tassāpi dvipaduttamo’’tipi pāṭho, tassapi dvipaduttamassāti attho. Lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato gahetabbaṃ.Abhiññābalappattānanti abhiññānaṃ balappattānaṃ, ciṇṇavasitāya khippanisantibhāvena abhiññāsu thirabhāvappattānanti attho.Pupphitānanti sabbaphāliphullabhāvena ativiya sobhaggappattānaṃ.Vimuttiyāti arahattaphalavimuttiyā.

Anaṅgaṇānanti ettha ayaṃaṅgaṇa-saddo katthaci kilesesu dissati. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamāni tīṇi aṅgaṇāni? Rāgo aṅgaṇaṃ doso aṅgaṇaṃ moho aṅgaṇa’’nti (vibha. 924). ‘‘Pāpakānaṃ kho etaṃ, āvuso, akusalānaṃ icchāvacarānaṃ adhivacanaṃ yadidaṃ aṅgaṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.60). Katthaci kismiñci male? Yathāha – ‘‘tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.184). Katthaci tathārūpe bhūmibhāge ‘‘cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ bodhiyaṅgaṇaṃ rājaṅgaṇa’’nti. Idha pana kilesesu daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā nikkilesānanti attho (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.57).Virajānanti tasseva vevacanaṃ.Tapassinanti kilesakkhayakaro ariyamaggasaṅkhāto tapo yesaṃ atthi te tapassino, tesaṃ tapassīnaṃ, khīṇāsavānanti attho.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto eko mahesakkho yakkhasenāpati ahosi mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo anekakoṭisatasahassānaṃ yakkhānaṃ adhipati. So ‘‘buddho loke uppanno’’ti sutvā āgantvā paramaruciradassanaṃ sattaratanamayaṃ abhirucirarajanikaramaṇḍalasadisaṃ maṇḍapaṃ nimminitvā tattha sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa adāsi. Atha naṃ bhagavā bhattānumodanasamaye ‘‘anāgate kappasatasahassādhike ekasmiṃ asaṅkhyeyye atikkante gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

12.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, yakkho āsiṃ mahiddhiko;

13.

‘‘Tadāpi taṃ buddhavaraṃ, upagantvā mahesinaṃ;

14.

‘‘Sopi maṃ tadā byākāsi, visuddhanayano muni;

15.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

16.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsinti pāramipūraṇatthāya bhiyyopi daḷhataraṃ parakkamamakāsīti attho.

anomadassissabhagavato candavatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, yasavā nāma rājā pitā, yasodharā nāma mātā, nisabho ca anomo ca dve aggasāvakā, varuṇo nāmupaṭṭhāko, sundarī ca sumanā ca dve aggasāvikā, ajjunarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, vassasatasahassaṃ āyu, sirimā nāma aggamahesī, upavāṇo nāmassa putto, dasavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. So sivikāyānena nikkhami. Sivikāyānena gamanaṃ pana sobhitabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanāya pāsādagamane vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Dhammako nāma rājā upaṭṭhāko. Dhammārāme kira bhagavā vihāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

17.

‘‘Nagaraṃ candavatī nāma, yasavā nāma khattiyo;

22.

‘‘Nisabho ca anomo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

23.

‘‘Sundarī ca sumanā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

25.

‘‘Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

26.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

27.

‘‘Supupphitaṃ pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi tādihi;

28.

‘‘So ca satthā amitayaso, yugāni tāni atuliyāni;

pabhā niddhāvatīti tassa sarīrato pabhā nikkhamati. Sarīrappabhā panassa niccakālaṃ dvādasayojanappamāṇaṃ padesaṃ pharitvā tiṭṭhati.Yugāni tānīti aggasāvakayugādīni yugaḷāni.Sabbaṃtamantarahitanti vuttappakāraṃ sabbampi aniccamukhaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ vinaṭṭhanti attho. ‘‘Nanu rittakameva saṅkhārā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa nanu rittakā tucchakāyeva sabbe saṅkhārāti attho.Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Imassa pana anomadassissa bhagavato santike sāriputto ca mahāmoggallāno cāti ime dve aggasāvakā aggasāvakabhāvatthāya paṇidhānamakaṃsu. Imesaṃ pana therānaṃ vatthu cettha kathetabbaṃ. Mayā ganthavitthārabhayena na uddhaṭanti.

Anomadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito sattamo buddhavaṃso.

10. Padumabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

padumonāma satthā loke uppajji. Sopi pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā campakanagare asamassa nāma rañño kule rūpādīhi asamāya asamāya nāma aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. So dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena campakuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Jāte pana kumāre ākāsato sakalajambudīpe samuddapariyante padumavassaṃ nipati. Tenassa nāmaggahaṇadivase nāmaṃ gaṇhantā nemittakā ca ñātakā ca ‘‘mahāpadumakumāro’’tveva nāmamakaṃsu. So dasavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Nanduttara-vasuttara-yasuttarānāmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Uttarādevippamukhāni tettiṃsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

Atha mahāsatto uttarāya nāma mahādeviyā rammakumāre nāma uppanne cattāri nimittāni disvā ājaññarathena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhami. Taṃ pabbajantaṃ ekā purisakoṭi anupabbaji. So tehi parivuto aṭṭha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya dhaññavatīnagare sudhaññaseṭṭhissa dhītāya dhaññavatiyā nāma dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā mahāsālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye titthakājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā mahāsoṇabodhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā aṭṭhattiṃsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharakaṃ paññapetvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā tīsu yāmesu tisso vijjā sacchikatvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti (dha. pa. 153-154) udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmetvā brahmuno āyācanaṃ adhivāsetvā dhammadesanāya bhājanabhūte puggale upaparikkhanto attanā saha pabbajite koṭisaṅkhe bhikkhū disvā taṅkhaṇeyeva anilapathena gantvā dhaññavatīnagarasamīpe dhanañjayuyyāne otaritvā tehi parivuto tesaṃ majjhe dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā koṭisatānaṃ abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Anomadassissa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘Tassāpi asamaṃ sīlaṃ, samādhipi anantako;

3.

‘‘Tassāpi atulatejassa, dhammacakkappavattane;

asamaṃ sīlanti aññesaṃ sīlena asadisaṃ, uttamaṃ seṭṭhanti attho.Samādhipi anantakoti samādhipi appameyyo, tassa anantabhāvo lokavivaraṇayamakapāṭihāriyādīsu daṭṭhabbo.Ñāṇavaranti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, asādhāraṇañāṇāni vā.Vimuttipīti arahattaphalavimuttipi bhagavato.Anūpamāti upamāvirahitā.Atulatejassāti atulañāṇatejassa. ‘‘Atulañāṇatejā’’tipi pāṭho. Tassa ‘‘tayo abhisamayā’’ti iminā uttarapadena sambandho daṭṭhabbo.Mahātamapavāhanāti mahāmohavināsakā, mohandhakāraviddhaṃsakāti attho.

Athāparena samayena padumo bhagavā attano kaniṭṭhabhātaraṃ sālakumārañca upasālakumārañca ñātisamāgame saparivāre pabbājetvā tesaṃ dhammaṃ desento navuti koṭiyo dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Yadā pana rammattherassa dhammaṃ desesi, tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Paṭhamābhisamaye buddho, koṭisatamabodhayi;

5.

‘‘Yadā ca padumo buddho, ovadī sakamatrajaṃ;

Yadā pana subhāvitatto nāma rājā padumassa buddhassa buddhapadumavadanassa santike koṭisatasahassaparivāro ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajito, tasmiṃ sannipāte bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so pana paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi.

Athāparena samayena mahāpadumo munivasabho usabhasamagatī usabhavatīnagaraṃ upanissāya vassaṃ upagañchi. Nagaravāsino manussā bhagavantaṃ dassanakāmā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Tattha ca bahavo manussā pasannacittā pabbajiṃsu. Tato dasabalo tehi ca aññehi ca tīhi bhikkhusatasahassehi saddhiṃ visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresi. So dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Ye pana tattha na pabbajiṃsu, te kathinānisaṃsaṃ sutvā pāṭipade pañcasu māsesu pañcānisaṃsadāyakaṃ kathinacīvaramadaṃsu. Tato taṃ bhikkhū dhammasenāpatiṃ aggasāvakaṃ visālamatiṃ sālattheraṃ kathinatthāratthaṃ yācitvā kathinacīvaraṃ tassādaṃsu. Therassa kathinacīvare kayiramāne bhikkhū sibbane sahāyakā ahesuṃ. Padumo pana sammāsambuddho sūcicchidde suttāni āvunitvā adāsi. Niṭṭhite pana cīvare bhagavā tīhi bhikkhusatasahassehi cārikaṃ pakkāmi.

Athāparena samayena sīhavikkantagāmī purisasīho viya buddhasīho gosiṅgasālavanasadise paramasurabhikusumaphalabhāravinamitasākhāviṭape vimalakamalakuvalayasamalaṅkate sisiramadhuravārivāhena paripūrite ruru-camara-sīha-byaggha-aja-haya-gavaya-mahiṃsādi vividhamigagaṇavicarite surabhikusumagandhāvabaddhahadayāhi bhamaramadhukarayuvatīhi anubhūtappacārāhi samantato gumbagumbāyamāne phalarasapamuditahadayāhi kākalisadisamadhuravirutāhi kokilavadhūhi upagīyamāne paramaramaṇīye vivitte vijane yogānukūle pavane vassāvāsamupagañchi. Tasmiṃ viharantaṃ saparivārakaṃ dasabalaṃ tathāgataṃ dhammarājaṃ buddhasiriyā virocamānaṃ disvā manussā tassa dhammaṃ sutvā pasīditvā ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajiṃsu. Tadā dvīhi bhikkhusatasahassehi parivuto pavāresi. So tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, padumassa mahesino;

7.

‘‘Kathinatthārasamaye, uppanne kathinacīvare;

8.

‘‘Tadā te vimalā bhikkhū, chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā;

9.

‘‘Punāparaṃ so narāsabho, pavane vāsaṃ upāgami;

kathinatthārasamayeti kathinacīvarattharaṇasamaye.Dhammasenāpatitthāyāti dhammasenāpatisālattheratthaṃ.Aparājitāti na parājitā, vibhattilopo daṭṭhabbo.Soti so mahāpadumo.Pavaneti mahāvane.Vāsanti vassāvāsaṃ.Upāgamīti upāgato.Dvinnaṃ satasahassinanti dvinnaṃ satasahassānaṃ. ‘‘Tadā āsi samāgamo’’tipi pāṭho yadi atthi sundaro bhaveyya.

Tadā tathāgate tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vasante amhākaṃ bodhisatto sīho hutvā sattāhaṃ nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisinnaṃ disvā pasannacitto hutvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā sañjātapītisomanasso tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā sattāhaṃ buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ avijahitvā pītisukheneva gocarāya apakkamitvā jīvitapariccāgaṃ katvā payirupāsamāno aṭṭhāsi. Atha satthā tassa sattāhassa accayena nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya narasīho sīhaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘bhikkhusaṅghepissa cittappasādo hotūti saṅgho āgacchatū’’ti cintesi. Anekakoṭibhikkhū tāvadeva āgañchiṃsu. Sīho saṅghepi cittaṃ pasādesi. Atha satthā tassa cittaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, sīho āsiṃ migādhibhū;

11.

‘‘Vanditvā sirasā pāde, katvāna taṃ padakkhiṇaṃ;

12.

‘‘Sattāhaṃ varasamāpattiyā, vuṭṭhahitvā tathāgato;

13.

‘‘Tadāpi so mahāvīro, tesaṃ majjhe viyākari;

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

15.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

pavivekamanubrūhantanti nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpannanti attho.Padakkhiṇanti tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā.Abhināditvāti tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā.Upaṭṭhahanti upaṭṭhahiṃ. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Varasamāpattiyāti nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhahitvā.Manasā cintayitvānāti ‘‘sabbepi bhikkhū idha āgacchantū’’ti manasāva cintetvā.Samānayīti samāhari.

padumassa bhagavatocampakaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Asamo nāma rājā pitā ahosi, mātāpi tassa asamā nāma, sālo ca upasālo ca dve aggasāvakā, varuṇo nāmupaṭṭhāko, rādhā ca surādhā ca dve aggasāvikā, mahāsoṇarukkho bodhi, aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthubbedhaṃ sarīraṃ, āyu vassasatasahassaṃ ahosi, rūpādīhi guṇehi anuttarā uttarā nāmassa aggamahesī, rammakumāro nāmassa atirammo tanayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

16.

‘‘Campakaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, asamo nāma khattiyo;

21.

‘‘Sālo ca upasālo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

22.

‘‘Rādhā ceva surādhā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

24.

‘‘Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

25.

‘‘Candappabhā sūriyappabhā, ratanaggimaṇippabhā;

26.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

27.

‘‘Paripakkamānase satte, bodhayitvā asesato;

28.

‘‘Uragova tacaṃ jiṇṇaṃ, vaddhapattaṃva pādapo;

ratanaggimaṇippabhāti ratanappabhā ca aggippabhā ca maṇippabhā ca.Hatāti abhibhūtā.Jinapabhuttamanti jinassa sarīrappabhaṃ uttamaṃ patvā hatāti attho.Paripakkamānaseti paripakkindriye veneyyasatte.Vaddhapattanti purāṇapattaṃ.Pādapo vāti pādapo viya.Sabbasaṅkhāreti sabbepi ajjhattikabāhire saṅkhāre. ‘‘Hitvā sabbasaṅkhāra’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho.Yathā sikhīti aggi viya nirupādāno nibbutiṃ sugato gatoti. Sesamettha gāthāsu heṭṭhā vuttanayattā uttānamevāti.

Padumabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito aṭṭhamo buddhavaṃso.

11. Nāradabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

nāradonāma narasattuttamo satthā loke udapādi. So cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavane nibbattitvā tato cavitvā dhaññavatī nāma nagare sakavīriyavijitavāsudevassa sudevassa nāma rañño kule aggamahesiyā nirūpamāya anomāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. So dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena dhanañjayuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Nāmaggahaṇadivase pana nāmakaraṇe kayiramāne sakalajambudīpe manussānaṃ upabhogakkhamāni anurūpāni ābharaṇāni ākāsato kapparukkhādīhi patiṃsu. Tenassa narānaṃ arahāni ābharaṇāni adāsīti ‘‘nārado’’ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu.

So navavassasahassāni agāramajjhe vasi. Vijito vijitāvī vijitābhirāmoti tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Tassa nāradakumārassa kulasīlācārarūpasampannaṃ manonukūlaṃ vijitasenaṃ nāma ativiya dhaññaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ aggamahesiṃ akaṃsu. Taṃ ādiṃ katvā vīsatisahassādhikaṃ itthīnaṃ satasahassaṃ ahosi. Tassā vijitasenāya deviyā sabbalokānandakare nanduttarakumāre nāma jāte so cattāri nimittāni disvā caturaṅginiyā mahatiyā senāya parivuto nānāvirāgatanuvaravasananivasano āmukkamuttāhāramaṇikuṇḍalo varakeyūramakuṭakaṭakadharo paramasurabhigandhakusumasamalaṅkato padasāva uyyānaṃ gantvā sabbābharaṇāni omuñcitvā bhaṇḍāgārikassa hatthe datvā sayameva vimalanīlakuvalayadalasadisenātinisitenāsinā paramaruciraratanavicittaṃ sakesamakuṭaṃ chinditvā gaganatale khipi. Taṃ sakko devarājā suvaṇṇacaṅkoṭakena paṭiggahetvā tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ netvā tiyojanubbedhaṃ sinerumuddhani sattaratanamayaṃ cetiyaṃ akāsi.

Mahāpuriso pana devadattāni kāsāyāni vatthāni paridahitvā tattheva uyyāne pabbaji. Purisasatasahassā ca taṃ anupabbajiṃsu. So sattāhaṃ tattheva padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya vijitasenāya aggamahesiyā dinnaṃ pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā tattheva uyyāne divāvihāraṃ katvā sudassanuyyānapālena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā mahāsoṇabodhiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā nisīditvā mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā tīsu yāmesu tisso vijjā uppādetvā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhāni vītināmetvā brahmuno yācito paṭiññaṃ datvā dhanañjayuyyāne attanā saha pabbajitehi satasahassabhikkhūhi parivuto tattha dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Padumassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘So buddho cakkavattissa, jeṭṭho dayitaoraso;

3.

‘‘Tatthāsi rukkho yasavipulo, abhirūpo brahmā suci;

4.

‘‘Tattha ñāṇavaruppajji, anantaṃ vajirūpamaṃ;

5.

‘‘Tattha sabbakilesāni, asesamabhivāhayi;

6.

‘‘Pāpuṇitvāna sambodhiṃ, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi;

cakkavattissāti cakkavattirañño.Jeṭṭhoti pubbajo.Dayitaorasoti dayito piyo oraso putto, dayito orasi gahetvā lālito putto dayitaoraso nāma.Āmukkamālābharaṇoti āmukkamuttāhārakeyūrakaṭakamakuṭakuṇḍalamālo.Uyyānanti bahinagare dhanañjayuyyānaṃ nāmārāmaṃ agamāsi.

Tatthāsi rukkhoti tasmiṃ uyyāne eko kira rukkho rattasoṇo nāma ahosi. So kira navutihatthubbedho samavaṭṭakkhandho sampannavividhaviṭapasākho nīlabahalavipulapalāso sandacchāyo devatādhivuṭṭhattā vigatavividhavihagagaṇasañcāro dharaṇītalatilakabhūto tarurajjaṃ viya kurumāno paramaramaṇīyadassano rattakusumasamalaṅkatasabbasākho devamanussanayanarasāyanabhūto ahosi.Yasavipuloti vipulayaso, sabbalokavikhyāto attano sampattiyā sabbattha pākaṭo vissutoti attho. Keci ‘‘tatthāsi rukkho vipulo’’ti paṭhanti.Brahāti mahanto, devānaṃ pāricchattakasadisoti attho.Tamajjhappatvāti taṃ soṇarukkhaṃ patvā adhipatvā upagammāti attho.Heṭṭhatoti tassa rukkhassa heṭṭhā.

Ñāṇavaruppajjīti ñāṇavaraṃ udapādi.Anantanti appameyyaṃ appamāṇaṃ.Vajirūpamanti vajirasadisaṃ tikhiṇaṃ, aniccānupassanādikassa vipassanāñāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.Tena vicini saṅkhāreti tena vipassanāñāṇena rūpādike saṅkhāre vicini.Ukkujjamavakujjakanti saṅkhārānaṃ udayañca vayañca vicinīti attho. Tasmā paccayākāraṃ sammasitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā udayabbayavasena samapaññāsa lakkhaṇāni disvā yāva gotrabhuñāṇaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ariyamaggānukkamena sakale buddhaguṇe paṭilabhīti attho.

Tatthāti soṇarukkhe.Sabbakilesānīti sabbepi kilese, liṅgavipariyāsaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Keci ‘‘tattha sabbakilesehī’’ti paṭhanti.Asesanti niravasesaṃ.Abhivāhayīti maggodhinā ca kilesodhinā ca sabbe kilese abhivāhayi, vināsamupanesīti attho.Bodhīti arahattamaggañāṇaṃ.Buddhañāṇe ca cuddasāti buddhañāṇāni cuddasa. Tāni katamānīti? Maggaphalañāṇāni aṭṭha, cha asādhāraṇañāṇānīti evamimāni cuddasa buddhañāṇāni nāma,ca-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, tena aparānipi catasso paṭisambhidāñāṇāni catuvesārajjañāṇāni catuyoniparicchedakañāṇāni pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇāni dasabalañāṇāni sakale ca buddhaguṇe pāpuṇīti attho.

Evaṃ buddhattaṃ patvā brahmāyācanaṃ adhivāsetvā dhanañjayuyyāne attanā saha pabbajite satasahassabhikkhū sammukhe katvā dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassassa paṭhamābhisamayo ahosi. Tadā kira mahādoṇanagare doṇo nāma nāgarājā gaṅgātīre paṭivasati mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo mahājanena sakkato garukato mānito pūjito. So yasmiṃ visaye janapadavāsino manussā tassa balikammaṃ na karonti, tesaṃ visayaṃ avassena vā ativassena vā sakkharavassena vā vināseti.

Atha tīradassano nārado satthā doṇassa nāgarājassa vinayane bahūnaṃ pāṇīnaṃ upanissayaṃ disvā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena parivārito tassa nāgarājassa nivāsaṭṭhānamagamāsi. Tato taṃ manussā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘bhagavā, ettha ghoraviso uggatejo mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo nāgarājā paṭivasati, so taṃ mā viheṭhessati na gantabba’’nti. Bhagavā pana tesaṃ vacanaṃ asuṇanto viya agamāsi. Gantvā ca tatthassa nāgarājassa sakkāratthāya kate paramasurabhigandhe pupphasanthare nisīdi. Mahājano kira ‘‘nāradassa ca munirājassa doṇassa ca nāgarājassa dvinnampi yuddhaṃ passissāmā’’ti sannipati.

Atha ahināgo munināgaṃ tathā nisinnaṃ disvā makkhaṃ asahamāno sandissamānakāyo hutvā padhūpāyi. Dasabalopi padhūpāyi. Puna nāgarājā pajjali. Munirājāpi pajjali. Atha so nāgarājā dasabalassa sarīrato nikkhantāhi dhūmajālāhi ativiya kilantasarīro dukkhaṃ asahamāno ‘‘visavegena naṃ māressāmī’’ti visaṃ vissajjesi. Visassa vegena sakalopi jambudīpo vinasseyya. Taṃ pana visaṃ dasabalassa sarīre ekalomampi kampetuṃ nāsakkhi. Atha so nāgarājā – ‘‘kā nu kho samaṇassa pavattī’’ti olokento saradasamaye sūriyaṃ viya candaṃ viya ca paripuṇṇaṃ chabbaṇṇāhi buddharasmīhi virocamānaṃ vippasannavadanasobhaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā – ‘‘aho! Mahiddhiko vatāyaṃ samaṇo, mayā pana attano balaṃ ajānantena aparaddha’’nti cintetvā tāṇaṃ gavesī bhagavantaṃyeva saraṇamupagañchi. Atha nārado munirājā taṃ nāgarājaṃ vinetvā tattha sannipatitassa mahājanassa cittappasādanatthaṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ akāsi. Tadā pāṇīnaṃ navutikoṭisahassāni arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. So dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Mahādoṇaṃ nāgarājaṃ, vinayanto mahāmuni;

8.

‘‘Tadā devamanussānaṃ, tamhi dhammappakāsane;

pāṭiheraṃ tadākāsīti akāsi yamakapāṭihāriyanti attho. Ayameva vā pāṭho. ‘‘Tadā devamanussā vā’’tipi pāṭho. Tatthadevamanussānanti sāmiatthe paccattaṃ. Tasmā devānaṃ manussānañca navutikoṭisahassānīti attho.Tariṃsūti atikkamiṃsu.

Yadā pana attano puttaṃ nanduttarakumāraṃ ovadi, tadā asītiyā koṭisahassānaṃ tatiyābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, ovadī sakamatrajaṃ;

Yadā pana thullakoṭṭhitanagare bhaddasālo ca vijitamitto ca dve brāhmaṇasahāyakā amatarahadaṃ gavesamānā parisati nisinnaṃ ativisāradaṃ nāradasammāsambuddhaṃ addasaṃsu. Te bhagavato kāye dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ loke vivaṭacchado sammāsambuddho’’ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā bhagavati sañjātasaddhā saparivārā bhagavato santike pabbajiṃsu. Tesu pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pattesu bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ koṭisatasahassamajjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, nāradassa mahesino;

Yasmiṃ samaye nārado sammāsambuddho ñātisamāgame attano paṇidhānato paṭṭhāya buddhavaṃsaṃ kathesi, tadā navutikoṭibhikkhusahassānaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

11.

‘‘Yadā buddho buddhaguṇaṃ, sanidānaṃ pakāsayi;

vimalāti vigatamalā, khīṇāsavāti attho.

Yadā pana mahādoṇanāgarājassa vinayane pasanno verocano nāma nāgarājā gaṅgāya nadiyā tigāvutappamāṇaṃ sattaratanamayaṃ maṇḍapaṃ nimminitvā saparivāraṃ bhagavantaṃ tattha nisīdāpetvā saparivāro sajanapade attano dānaggadassanatthāya nimantetvā nāganāṭakāni ca tāḷāvacare vividhavesālaṅkāradhare sannipātetvā mahāsakkārena bhagavato saparivārassa mahādānaṃ adāsi. Bhojanāvasāne bhagavā mahāgaṅgaṃ otārento viya anumodanamakāsi. Tadā bhattānumodane dhammaṃ sutvā pasannānaṃ ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitānaṃ asītibhikkhusatasahassānaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

12.

‘‘Yadā verocano nāgo, dānaṃ dadāti satthuno;

asītisatasahassiyoti satasahassānaṃ asītiyo.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā himavantapasse assamaṃ māpetvā pañcasu abhiññāsu aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu ca ciṇṇavasī hutvā paṭivasati. Atha tasmiṃ anukampāya nārado bhagavā asītiyā arahantakoṭīhi dasahi ca anāgāmiphalaṭṭhehi upāsakasahassehi parivuto taṃ assamapadaṃ agamāsi. Tāpaso bhagavantaṃ disvāva pamuditahadayo saparivārassa bhagavato nivāsatthāya assamaṃ māpetvā sakalarattiṃ satthuguṇaṃ kittetvā bhagavato dhammakathaṃ sutvā punadivase uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato āhāraṃ āharitvā saparivārassa buddhassa mahādānaṃ adāsi. Evaṃ sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā himavantato anagghaṃ lohitacandanaṃ āharitvā tena lohitacandanena bhagavantaṃ pūjesi. Tadā naṃ dasabalo amaranaraparivuto dhammakathaṃ kathetvā – ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

13.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano;

14.

‘‘Tadāpāhaṃ asamasamaṃ, sasaṅghaṃ saparijjanaṃ;

15.

‘‘Sopi maṃ tadā byākāsi, nārado lokanāyako;

16.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

17.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo hāsetva mānasaṃ;

tadāpāhanti tadāpi ahaṃ.Asamasamanti asamā nāma atītā buddhā, tehi asamehi samaṃ tulyaṃ asamasamaṃ. Atha vā asamā visamā, samā avisamā sādhavo, tesu asamasamesu samo ‘‘asamasamasamo’’ti vattabbe ekassa samasaddassa lopaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ, asamāvisamasamanti attho.Saparijjananti saupāsakajanaṃ. ‘‘Sopi maṃ tadā naramarūnaṃ, majjhe byākāsi cakkhumā’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānatthova.Bhiyyo hāsetva mānasanti uttarimpi hāsetvā tosetvā hadayaṃ.Adhiṭṭhahiṃ vataṃ ugganti uggaṃ vataṃ adhiṭṭhāsiṃ. ‘‘Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā’’tipi pāṭho.

Tassa pana bhagavato nāradassa dhaññavatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, sudevo nāma khattiyo pitā, anomā nāma mātā, bhaddasālo ca jitamitto ca dve aggasāvakā, vāseṭṭho nāma upaṭṭhāko, uttarā ca phaggunī ca dve aggasāvikā, mahāsoṇarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ aṭṭhāsītihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi. Tassa sarīrappabhā niccaṃ yojanaṃ pharati, navutivassasahassāni āyu, tassa pana vijitasenā nāma aggamahesī, nanduttarakumāro nāmassa putto ahosi, vijito vijitāvī vijitābhirāmoti tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. So navavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. So padasāva mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

18.

‘‘Nagaraṃ dhaññavatī nāma, sudevo nāma khattiyo;

23.

‘‘Bhaddasālo jitamitto, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

24.

‘‘Uttarā phaggunī ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

26.

‘‘Aṭṭhāsītiratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

27.

‘‘Tassa byāmappabhā kāyā, niddhāvati disodisaṃ;

28.

‘‘Na keci tena samayena, samantā yojane janā;

29.

‘‘Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

30.

‘‘Yathā uḷūhi gaganaṃ, vicittaṃ upasobhati;

31.

‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ taraṇāya, sesake paṭipannake;

32.

‘‘Sopi buddho asamasamo, tepi khīṇāsavā atulatejā;

kañcanagghiyasaṅkāsoti vividharatanavicittakañcanamayagghikasadisarūpasobho.Dasasahassī virocatīti tassa pabhāya dasasahassīpi lokadhātu virocati, virājatīti attho. Tamevatthaṃ pakāsento bhagavā‘‘tassa byāmappabhā kāyā, niddhāvati disodisa’’nti āha. Tatthabyāmappabhā kāyāti byāmappabhā viyāti byāmappabhā, amhākaṃ bhagavato byāmappabhā viyāti attho.

Na kecīti etthana-kāro paṭisedhattho, tassa ujjālenti-saddena sambandho daṭṭhabbo.Ukkāti daṇḍadīpikā. Ukkā vā padīpe vā kecipi janāna ujjālentina pajjālenti. Kasmāti ce? Buddhasarīrappabhāya obhāsitattā.Buddharaṃsīhīti buddharasmīhi.Otthaṭāti adhigatā.

Uḷūhīti tārāhi, yathā tārāhi gaganatalaṃ vicittaṃ sobhati, tatheva tassa sāsanaṃ arahantehi vicittaṃ upasobhatīti attho.Saṃsārasotaṃ taraṇāyāti saṃsārasāgarassa taraṇatthaṃ.Sesake paṭipannaketi arahante ṭhapetvā kalyāṇaputhujjanehi saddhiṃ sese sekkhapuggaleti attho.Dhammasetunti maggasetuṃ, sesapuggale saṃsārato tāretuṃ dhammasetuṃ ṭhapetvā katasabbakicco hutvā parinibbāyīti attho. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttattā sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Nāradabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito navamo buddhavaṃso.

12. Padumuttarabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

padumuttaronāma buddho loke udapādi. Sopi pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā haṃsavatīnagare sabbajanānandakarassānandassa nāma rañño aggamahesiyā uditoditakule jātāya sujātāya deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Sā devatāhi katārakkhā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena haṃsavatuyyāne padumuttarakumāraṃ vijāyi. Paṭisandhiyañcassa jātiyañca heṭṭhā vuttappakārāni pāṭihāriyāni ahesuṃ.

Tassa kira jātiyaṃ padumavassaṃ vassi. Tenassa nāmaggahaṇadivase ñātakā ‘‘padumuttarakumāro’’tveva nāmaṃ akaṃsu. So dasavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Naravāhana-yasavāhana-vasavattināmakā tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikā tayo cassa pāsādā ahesuṃ. Vasudattādevippamukhānaṃ itthīnaṃ satasahassāni vīsatisahassāni ca paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ. So vasudattāya deviyā putte sabbaguṇānuttare uttarakumāre nāma uppanne cattāri nimittāni disvā – ‘‘mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamissāmī’’ti cintesi. Tassa cintitamatteva vasavattināmako pāsādo kumbhakāracakkaṃ viya ākāsaṃ abbhuggantvā devavimānamiva puṇṇacando viya ca gaganatalena gantvā bodhirukkhaṃ majjhekaronto sobhitabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanāya āgatapāsādo viya bhūmiyaṃ otari.

Mahāpuriso kira tato pāsādato otaritvā arahattaddhajabhūtāni kāsāyāni vatthāni devadattiyāni pārupitvā tattheva pabbaji. Pāsādo panāgantvā sakaṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi. Mahāsattena sahagatāya parisāya ṭhapetvā itthiyo sabbe pabbajiṃsu. Mahāpuriso tehi saha sattāhaṃ padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya ujjeninigame rucānandaseṭṭhidhītāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye sumittājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā salalabodhiṃ upagantvā taṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhattiṃsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya samāraṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhame yāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā dutiye yāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā tatiye yāme paccayākāraṃ sammasitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā udayabbayavasena samapaññāsa lakkhaṇāni disvā yāva gotrabhuñāṇaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ariyamaggena sakalabuddhaguṇe paṭivijjhitvā sabbabuddhāciṇṇaṃ ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānesi. Tadā kira dasasahassacakkavāḷabbhantaraṃ sakalampi alaṅkarontaṃ viya padumavassaṃ vassi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Nāradassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘Maṇḍakappo vā so āsi, yamhi buddho ajāyatha;

sāgarūpamoti sāgarasadisagambhīrabhāvo.Maṇḍakappo vā so āsīti ettha yasmiṃ kappe dve sammāsambuddhā uppajjanti, ayaṃ maṇḍakappo nāma. Duvidho hi kappo suññakappo asuññakappo cāti. Tattha suññakappe buddhapaccekabuddhacakkavattino na uppajjanti. Tasmā guṇavantapuggalasuññattā‘‘suññakappo’’ti vuccati.

‘‘sārakappo’’ti vuccati. Yasmiṃ pana kappe dve lokanāyakā uppajjanti, so‘‘maṇḍakappo’’ti vuccati. Yasmiṃ kappe tayo buddhā uppajjanti, tesu paṭhamo dutiyaṃ byākaroti, dutiyo tatiyanti, tattha manussā pamuditahadayā attanā patthitapaṇidhānavasena varayanti. Tasmā‘‘varakappo’’ti vuccati. Yattha pana kappe cattāro buddhā uppajjanti, so purimakappato visiṭṭhatarattā sāratarattā‘‘sāramaṇḍakappo’’ti vuccati. Yasmiṃ kappe pañca buddhā uppajjanti, so ‘‘bhaddakappo’’ti vuccati. So pana atidullabho. Tasmiṃ pana kappe yebhuyyena sattā kalyāṇasukhabahulā honti. Yebhuyyena tihetukā kilesakkhayaṃ karonti, duhetukā sugatigāmino honti, ahetukā hetuṃ paṭilabhanti. Tasmā so kappo ‘‘bhaddakappo’’ti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘asuññakappo pañcavidho’’tiādi. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –

‘‘Eko buddho sārakappe, maṇḍakappe jinā duve;

‘‘maṇḍakappo’’ti vutto. Opammatthe-saddo daṭṭhabbo.Ussannakusalāti upacitapuññā.Janatāti janasamūho.

saṃyuttabhāṇakāvadanti.

Atha sabbalokuttaro padumuttaro bhagavā brahmāyācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā dhammadesanāya bhājanabhūte satte olokento mithilanagare devalaṃ sujātañcāti dve rājaputte upanissayasampanne disvā taṅkhaṇaññeva anilapathena gantvā mithiluyyāne otaritvā uyyānapālena dvepi rājakumāre pakkosāpesi. Tepi ca ‘‘amhākaṃ pitucchāputto padumuttarakumāro pabbajitvā sammāsambodhiṃ pāpuṇitvā amhākaṃ nagaraṃ sampatto, handa naṃ mayaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmā’’ti saparivārā padumuttaraṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Tadā dasabalo tehi parivuto tārāgaṇaparivuto puṇṇacando viya virocamāno tattha dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ paṭhamo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

3.

‘‘Padumuttarassa bhagavato, paṭhame dhammadesane;

Athāparena samayena saradatāpasasamāgame mahājanaṃ nirayasantāpena santāpetvā dhammaṃ desento sattatiṃsasatasahassasaṅkhe sattakāye dhammāmataṃ pāyesi, so dutiyo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Tato parampi vassante, tappayante ca pāṇino;

Yadā pana ānandamahārājā vīsatiyā purisasahassehi vīsatiyā amaccehi ca saddhiṃ padumuttarassa sammāsambuddhassa santike mithilanagare pāturahosi. Padumuttaro ca bhagavā te sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā tehi parivuto gantvā pitusaṅgahaṃ kurumāno haṃsavatiyā rājadhāniyā vasati. Tattha so amhākaṃ bhagavā viya kapilapure gaganatale ratanacaṅkame caṅkamanto buddhavaṃsaṃ kathesi, tadā paññāsasatasahassānaṃ tatiyo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, ānandaṃ upasaṅkami;

6.

‘‘Āhate amatabherimhi, vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyā;

ānandaṃ upasaṅkamīti pitaraṃ ānandarājānaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.Āhanīti abhihani.Āhateti āhatāya.Amatabherimhīti amatabheriyā, liṅgavipallāso daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Āsevite’’tipi pāṭho, tassa āsevitāyāti attho.Vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyāti dhammavassaṃ vassanteti attho. Idāni abhisamayakaraṇūpāyaṃ dassento –

7.

‘‘Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

ovādakoti saraṇasīladhutaṅgasamādānaguṇānisaṃsavaṇṇanāya ovadatīti ovādako.Viññāpakoti catusaccaṃ viññāpetīti viññāpako, bodhako.Tārakoti caturoghatārako.

Yadā pana satthā mithilanagare mithiluyyāne koṭisatasahassabhikkhugaṇamajjhe māghapuṇṇamāya puṇṇacandasadisavadano pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, padumuttarassa satthuno;

Yadā pana bhagavā vebhārapabbatakūṭe vassāvāsaṃ vasitvā pabbatasandassanatthaṃ āgatassa mahājanassa dhammaṃ desetvā navutikoṭisahassāni ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbājetvā tehi parivuto pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Yadā buddho asamasamo, vasi vebhārapabbate;

Puna bhagavati guṇavati tilokanāthe mahājanassa bandhanamokkhaṃ kurumāne janapadacārikaṃ caramāne asītikoṭisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Puna cārikaṃ pakkante, gāmanigamaraṭṭhato;

gāmanigamaraṭṭhatoti gāmanigamaraṭṭhehi. Ayameva vā pāṭho, tassa gāmanigamaraṭṭhehi nikkhamitvā pabbajitānanti attho.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto anekadhanakoṭiko jaṭilo nāma mahāraṭṭhiko hutvā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa sacīvaraṃ varadānamadāsi. Sopi taṃ bhattānumodanāvasāne ‘‘anāgate kappasatasahassamatthake gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

11.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo nāma raṭṭhiko;

12.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

13.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

14.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhahiṃ;

sambuddhappamukhaṃ saṅghanti buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ.Sabhattaṃ dussamadāsahanti sacīvaraṃ bhattaṃ adāsiṃ ahanti attho.Uggadaḷahanti atidaḷhaṃ.Dhitinti vīriyaṃ akāsinti attho.

Padumuttarassa pana bhagavato kāle titthiyā nāma nāhesuṃ. Sabbe devamanussā buddhameva saraṇamagamaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –

15.

‘‘Byāhatā titthiyā sabbe, vimanā dummanā tadā;

16.

‘‘Sabbe tattha samāgantvā, upagañchuṃ buddhasantike;

17.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

18.

‘‘Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññakaṃ titthiyehi taṃ;

byāhatāti vihatamānadappā.Titthiyāti ettha titthaṃ veditabbaṃ, titthakaro veditabbo, titthiyā veditabbā. Tattha sassatādidiṭṭhivasena taranti etthātititthaṃ,laddhi. Tassā laddhiyā uppādakotitthakaro,titthe bhavātitthiyāti. Padumuttarassa kira bhagavato kāle titthiyā nāhesuṃ. Ye pana santi, tepi īdisā ahesunti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘byāhatā titthiyā’’tiādi vuttanti veditabbaṃ.Vimanāti virūpamānasā.Dummanāti tasseva vevacanaṃ.Na tesaṃ keci paricarantīti tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ kecipi purisā parikammaṃ na karonti, na bhikkhaṃ denti, na sakkaronti, na garuṃ karonti, na mānenti, na pūjenti, na āsanā vuṭṭhahanti, na añjalikammaṃ karontīti attho.Raṭṭhatoti sakalaraṭṭhatopi.Nicchubhantīti nīharanti, ussādenti tesaṃ nivāsaṃ na dentīti attho.Teti titthiyā.

Upagañchuṃ buddhasantiketi evaṃ tehi raṭṭhavāsīhi manussehi ussādiyamānā sabbepi aññatitthiyā samāgantvā padumuttaradasabalameva saraṇamagamaṃsu. ‘‘Tvaṃ amhākaṃ satthā nātho gati parāyanaṃ saraṇa’’nti evaṃ vatvā saraṇamagamaṃsūti attho. Anukampatītianukampako. Karuṇāya caratītikāruṇiko.Sampatteti samāgate saraṇamupagate titthiye.Pañcasīle patiṭṭhahīti pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesīti attho.Nirākulanti anākulaṃ, aññehi laddhikehi asammissanti attho.Suññakanti suññaṃ rittaṃ tehi titthiyehi.Tanti taṃ bhagavato sāsananti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo.Vicittanti vicittavicittaṃ.Vasībhūtehīti vasībhāvappattehi.

Tassa pana padumuttarassa bhagavato haṃsavatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Pitā panassa ānando nāma khattiyo, mātā sujātā nāma devī, devalo ca sujāto ca dve aggasāvakā, sumano nāmupaṭṭhāko, amitā ca asamā ca dve aggasāvikā, salalarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, sarīrappabhā cassa samantā dvādasa yojanāni gaṇhi, vassasatasahassaṃ āyu ahosi, vasudattā nāma aggamahesī, uttaro nāma putto ahosi. Padumuttaro pana bhagavā paramābhirāme nandārāme kira parinibbuto. Dhātuyo panassa na vikiriṃsu. Sakalajambudīpavāsino manussā samāgamma dvādasayojanubbedhaṃ sattaratanamayaṃ cetiyamakaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –

19.

‘‘Nagaraṃ haṃsavatī nāma, ānando nāma khattiyo;

24.

‘‘Devalo ca sujāto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

25.

‘‘Amitā ca asamā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

27.

‘‘Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

28.

‘‘Kuṭṭā kavāṭā bhittī ca, rukkhā nagasiluccayā;

29.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

30.

‘‘Santāretvā bahujanaṃ, chinditvā sabbasaṃsayaṃ;

nagasiluccayāti nagasaṅkhātā siluccayā.Āvaraṇanti paṭicchādanaṃ tirokaraṇaṃ.Dvādasayojaneti samantato dvādasayojane ṭhāne bhagavato sarīrappabhā pharitvā rattindivaṃ tiṭṭhatīti attho. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Ito paṭṭhāya pāramipūraṇādipunappunāgatamatthaṃ saṅkhipitvā visesatthameva vatvā gamissāma. Yadi pana vuttameva punappunaṃ vakkhāma, kadā antaṃ gamissati ayaṃ saṃvaṇṇanāti.

Padumuttarabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito dasamo buddhavaṃso.

13. Sumedhabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

sumedho sujātocāti dve sammāsambuddhā nibbattiṃsu. Tattha adhigatamedhosumedhonāma bodhisatto pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā sudassananagare sudattassa nāma rañño aggamahesiyā sudattāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena sudassanuyyāne taruṇadivasakaro viya saliladharavivaragato mātukucchito nikkhami. So navavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tassa kira sucandana-kañcana-sirivaḍḍhananāmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Sumanamahādevippamukhāni aṭṭhacattālīsaitthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

dhammacakkaṃpavattesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, ayaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Padumuttarassa aparena, sumedho nāma nāyako;

2.

‘‘Pasannanetto sumukho, brahā uju patāpavā;

3.

‘‘Yadā buddho pāpuṇitvā, kevalaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

4.

‘‘Tassābhisamayā tīṇi, ahesuṃ dhammadesane;

uggatejoti uggatatejo.Pasannanettoti suṭṭhu pasannanayano, dhovitvā majjitvā ṭhapitamaṇiguḷikā viya pasannāni nettāni honti. Tasmā so ‘‘pasannanetto’’ti vutto. Mudusiniddhanīlavimalasukhumapakhumācitasuppasannanayanoti attho. ‘‘Suppasannapañcanayano’’tipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati.Sumukhoti paripuṇṇasaradasamayacandasadisavadano.Brahāti aṭṭhāsītihatthappamāṇasarīrattā brahā mahanto, aññehi asādhāraṇasarīrappamāṇoti attho.Ujūti brahmujugatto ujumeva uggatasarīro devanagare samussitasuvaṇṇatoraṇasadisavarasarīroti attho.Patāpavāti vijjotamānasarīro.Hitesīti hitagavesī.Abhisamayā tīṇīti abhisamayā tayo, liṅgavipallāso katoti.

navavidhā vassavuṭṭhiyovassetvāpi bhagavato lomaggamattampi cāletuṃ asakkonto ‘‘bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchitvā māressāmī’’ti āḷavako viya pañhaṃ pucchi. Ayaṃ bhagavā pañhābyākaraṇena taṃ yakkhaṃ vinayamupanesi. Tato dutiyadivase kirassa raṭṭhavāsino manussā sakaṭabharitena bhattena saha rājakumāraṃ āharitvā yakkhassa adaṃsu. Atha yakkho rājakumāraṃ buddhassa adāsi. Aṭavidvāre ṭhitamanussā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tadā tasmiṃ samāgame dasabalo yakkhassa manonukūlaṃ dhammaṃ desento. Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ uppādesi, so dutiyo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Punāparaṃ kumbhakaṇṇaṃ, yakkhaṃ so damayī jino;

Yadā pana upakārinagare sirinandanuyyāne cattāri saccāni pakāsayi, tadā asītikoṭisatasahassānaṃ tatiyo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Punāparaṃ amitayaso, catusaccaṃ pakāsayi;

Sumedhassāpi bhagavato tayo sāvakasannipātā ahesuṃ. Paṭhamasannipāte sudassananagare koṭisatakhīṇāsavā ahesuṃ. Puna devakūṭe pabbate kathinatthate dutiye navutikoṭiyo. Puna tatiye bhagavati cārikaṃ caramāne asītikoṭiyo ahesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sumedhassa mahesino;

8.

‘‘Sudassanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, upagañchi jino yadā;

9.

‘‘Punāparaṃ devakūṭe, bhikkhūnaṃ kathinatthate;

10.

‘‘Punāparaṃ dasabalo, yadā carati cārikaṃ;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto uttaro nāma sabbajanuttaro māṇavo hutvā nidahitvā ṭhapitaṃyeva asītikoṭidhanaṃ vissajjetvā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā tadā dasabalassa dhammaṃ sutvā saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Sopi naṃ satthā bhojanānumodanaṃ karonto – ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

11.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, uttaro nāma māṇavo;

12.

‘‘Kevalaṃ sabbaṃ datvāna, sasaṅghe lokanāyake;

13.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, karonto anumodanaṃ;

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

Byākaraṇagāthā vitthāretabbā.

15.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

16.

‘‘Suttantaṃ vinayaṃ cāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

17.

‘‘Tatthappamatto viharanto, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

sannicitanti nidahitaṃ nidhānavasena.Kevalanti sakalanti attho.Sabbanti asesato datvā.Sasaṅgheti sasaṅghassa.Tassūpagañchinti taṃ upagañchiṃ, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ.Abhirocayinti pabbajiṃ.Tiṃsakappasahassamhīti tiṃsakappasahassesu atikkantesūti attho.

Tassa pana sumedhassa bhagavato sudassanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, sudatto nāma rājā pitā, mātā sudattā nāma, saraṇo ca sabbakāmo ca dve aggasāvakā, sāgaro nāmupaṭṭhāko, rāmā ca surāmā ca dve aggasāvikā, mahānīparukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ aṭṭhāsītihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, āyu navutivassasahassāni, navavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi, sumanā nāmassa aggamahesī, punabbasumitto nāma putto, hatthiyānena nikkhami. Sesaṃ gāthāsu dissati. Tena vuttaṃ –

18.

‘‘Sudassanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudatto nāma khattiyo;

23.

‘‘Saraṇo sabbakāmo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

24.

‘‘Rāmā ceva surāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

26.

‘‘Aṭṭhāsītiratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

27.

‘‘Cakkavattimaṇī nāma, yathā tapati yojanaṃ;

28.

‘‘Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

29.

‘‘Tevijjachaḷabhiññehi, balappattehi tādihi;

30.

‘‘Tepi sabbe amitayasā, vippamuttā nirūpadhī;

cando tāragaṇe yathāti yathā nāma gagane paripuṇṇacando tārāgaṇe obhāseti pakāseti, evameva sabbāpi disā obhāsetīti attho. Keci ‘‘cando pannaraso yathā’’ti paṭhanti, so uttānatthova.

Cakkavattimaṇī nāmāti yathā nāma cakkavattirañño maṇiratanaṃ catuhatthāyāmaṃ sakaṭanābhisamapariṇāhaṃ caturāsītimaṇisahassaparivāraṃ tārāgaṇaparivutassa saradasamayaparipuṇṇarajanikarassa sirisamudayasobhaṃ avhayantamiva vepullapabbatato paramaramaṇīyadassanaṃ maṇiratanamāgacchati, tassevaṃ āgacchantassa samantato yojanappamāṇaṃ okāsaṃ ābhā pharati, evameva tassa sumedhassāpi bhagavato sarīrato ābhāratanaṃ samantato yojanaṃ pharatīti attho.

Tevijjachaḷabhiññehīti tevijjehi chaḷabhiññehi cāti attho.Balappattehīti iddhibalappattehi.Tādihīti tādibhāvappattehi.Samākulanti saṅkiṇṇaṃ ekakāsāvapajjotaṃ.Idanti sāsanaṃ sandhāyāha, mahītalaṃ vā.Amitayasāti amitaparivārā, atulakittighoso vā.Nirūpadhīti caturūpadhivirahitā. Sesamettha gāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Sumedhabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito ekādasamo buddhavaṃso.

14. Sujātabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

sujātonāma satthā loke udapādi. Sopi pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā sumaṅgalanagare uggatassa nāma rañño kule pabhāvatiyā nāma aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena mātukucchito nikkhami. Nāmaggahaṇadivase cassa nāmaṃ karonto sakalajambudīpe sabbasattānaṃ sukhaṃ janayanto jātoti ‘‘sujāto’’ tvevassa nāmamakaṃsu. So navavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Sirī upasirī sirinando cāti tassa tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Sirīnandādevippamukhāni tevīsati itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā sirīnandādeviyā upasene nāma putte uppanne haṃsavahaṃ nāma varaturaṅgamāruyha mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ pana pabbajantaṃ manussānaṃ koṭi anupabbaji. Atha so tehi parivuto nava māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya sirīnandananagare sirīnandanaseṭṭhissa dhītāya dinnaṃ paramamadhuraṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye sunandājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā veḷubodhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā tettiṃsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā sūriye dharamāneyeva samāraṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā sammāsambodhiṃ paṭivijjhitvā sabbabuddhānuciṇṇaṃ udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmetvā brahmunā āyācito attano kaniṭṭhabhātikaṃ sudassanakumāraṃ purohitaputtaṃ devakumārañca catusaccadhammapaṭivedhasamatthe disvā ākāsena gantvā sumaṅgalanagarasamīpe sumaṅgaluyyāne otaritvā uyyānapālena attano bhātikaṃ sudassanakumāraṃ purohitaputtaṃ devakumārañca pakkosāpetvā tesaṃ saparivārānaṃ majjhe nisinno dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tattha asītiyā koṭīnaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ paṭhamābhisamayo ahosi.

Yadā pana bhagavā sudassanuyyānadvāre mahāsālamūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā devesu tāvatiṃsesu vassāvāsaṃ upāgami, tadā sattattiṃsasatasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Yadā pana sujāto dasabalo pitusantikaṃ agamāsi, tadā saṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, sujāto nāma nāyako;

2.

‘‘Candova vimalo buddho, sataraṃsīva patāpavā;

3.

‘‘Pāpuṇitvāna sambuddho, kevalaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

4.

‘‘Desente pavaraṃ dhammaṃ, sujāte lokanāyake;

5.

‘‘Yadā sujāto amitayaso, deve vassaṃ upāgami;

6.

‘‘Yadā sujāto asamasamo, upagacchi pitusantikaṃ;

tattheva maṇḍakappamhīti yasmiṃ maṇḍakappe sumedho bhagavā uppanno, tattheva kappe sujātopi bhagavā uppannoti attho.Sīhahanūti sīhassa viya hanu assāti sīhahanu. Sīhassa pana heṭṭhimahanumeva puṇṇaṃ hoti, na uparimaṃ. Assa pana mahāpurisassa sīhassa heṭṭhimahanu viya dvepi paripuṇṇāni dvādasiyaṃ pakkhassa candasadisāni honti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sīhahanū’’ti.Usabhakkhandhoti usabhasseva samappavaṭṭakkhandho, suvaṭṭitasuvaṇṇāliṅgasadisakkhandhoti attho.Sataraṃsīvāti divasakaro viya.Siriyāti buddhasiriyā.Bodhimuttamanti uttamaṃ sambodhiṃ.

Sudhammavatīnagare sudhammuyyāne āgatānaṃ manussānaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā saṭṭhisatasahassāni ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbājetvā tesaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Tato paraṃ tidivorohaṇe bhagavato paññāsasatasahassānaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Puna ‘‘sudassanakumāro bhagavato santike pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto’’ti sutvā ‘‘mayampi pabbajissāmā’’ti āgatāni cattāri purisasatasahassāni gahetvā sudassanatthero sujātaṃ narāsabhaṃ upasaṅkami. Tesaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ desetvā ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā caturaṅgasamannāgate sannipāte pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sujātassa mahesino;

8.

‘‘Abhiññābalappattānaṃ, appattānaṃ bhavābhave;

9.

‘‘Punāparaṃ sannipāte, tidivorohaṇe jine;

10.

‘‘Upasaṅkamanto narāsabhaṃ, sudassano aggasāvako;

appattānanti bhavābhave asampattānanti attho. ‘‘Appavattā bhavābhave’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho.Tidivorohaṇeti saggalokato otarante kattukārake daṭṭhabbo. Kārakavipallāsena vuttaṃ. Atha vātidivorohaṇeti tidivato otaraṇe.Jineti jinassa, sāmiatthe bhummaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Tadā kira amhākaṃ bodhisatto cakkavattirājā hutvā ‘‘buddho loke uppanno’’ti sutvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dhammakathaṃ sutvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa sattahi ratanehi saddhiṃ catumahādīparajjaṃ datvā satthu santike pabbaji. Sakaladīpavāsino janā raṭṭhuppādaṃ gahetvā ārāmikakiccaṃ sādhetvā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa niccaṃ mahādānamadaṃsu. Sopi naṃ satthā – ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

11.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, catudīpamhi issaro;

13.

‘‘Catudīpe mahārajjaṃ ratane satta uttame;

14.

‘‘Ārāmikā janapade, uṭṭhānaṃ paṭipiṇḍiya;

15.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, dasasahassimhi issaro;

16.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

17.

‘‘Tassāpi cavanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo hāsaṃ janesahaṃ;

18.

‘‘Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

19.

‘‘Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ;

catudīpamhīti saparivāradīpānaṃ catunnaṃ mahādīpānanti attho.Antalikkhacaroti cakkaratanaṃ purakkhatvā ākāsacaro.Ratane sattāti hatthiratanādīni satta ratanāni.Uttameti uttamāni. Atha vā uttame buddheti attho daṭṭhabbo.Niyyātayitvānāti datvāna.Uṭṭhānanti raṭṭhuppādaṃ, āyanti attho.Paṭipiṇḍiyāti rāsiṃ katvā saṃkaḍḍhitvā.Paccayanti cīvarādivividhaṃ paccayaṃ.Dasasahassimhi issaroti dasasahassilokadhātuyaṃ issaro, tadetaṃ jātikkhettaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Anantānaṃ lokadhātūnaṃ issaro bhagavā.Tiṃsakappasahassamhīti ito paṭṭhāya tiṃsakappasahassānaṃ matthaketi attho.

Tassa pana sujātassa bhagavato sumaṅgalaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, uggato nāma rājā pitā, pabhāvatī nāma mātā, sudassano ca sudevo ca dve aggasāvakā, nārado nāmupaṭṭhāko, nāgā ca nāgasamālā ca dve aggasāvikā, mahāveḷurukkho bodhi, so kira mandacchiddo ghanakkhandho paramaramaṇīyo veḷuriyamaṇivaṇṇehi vimalehi pattehi sañchannavipulasākho mayūrapiñchakalāpo viya virocittha. Tassa pana bhagavato sarīraṃ paṇṇāsahatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, āyu navutivassasahassāni, sirīnandā nāmassa aggamahesī, upaseno nāma putto. Turaṅgavarayānena nikkhami. So pana candavatīnagare silārāme parinibbāyi. Tena vuttaṃ –

20.

‘‘Sumaṅgalaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, uggato nāma khattiyo;

25.

‘‘Sudassano sudevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

26.

‘‘Nāgo ca nāgasamālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

27.

‘‘So ca rukkho ghanakkhandho, acchiddo hoti pattiko;

28.

‘‘Ekakkhandho pavaḍḍhitvā, tato sākhā pabhijjati;

29.

‘‘Na tassa kaṇṭakā honti, nāpi chiddaṃ mahā ahu;

31.

‘‘Paññāsaratano āsi, uccattanena so jino;

32.

‘‘Tassa pabhā asamasamā, niddhāvati samantato;

33.

‘‘Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

34.

‘‘Yathāpi sāgare ūmī, gagane tārakā yathā;

35.

‘‘So ca buddho asamasamo, guṇāni ca tāni atuliyāni;

acchiddoti appacchiddo. ‘‘Anudarā kaññā’’tiādīsu viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Keci ‘‘chiddaṃ hoti parittaka’’nti paṭhanti.Pattikoti bahupatto, kācamaṇivaṇṇehi pattehi sañchannoti attho.Ujūti avaṅko akuṭilo.Vaṃsoti veḷu.Brahāti samantato mahā.Ekakkhandhoti avaniruho eko adutiyo cāti attho.Pavaḍḍhitvāti vaḍḍhitvā.Tato sākhā pabhijjatīti tato vaṃsaggato pañcavidhā sākhā nikkhamitvā pabhijjittha. ‘‘Tato sākhā pabhijjathā’’tipi pāṭho.Subaddhoti suṭṭhu pañcabandhanākārena baddho.Morahatthoti ātapasannivāraṇatthaṃ kato baddho morapiñchakalāpo vuccati.

Na tassa kaṇṭakā hontīti tassa vaṃsassa kaṇṭakinopi rukkhassa kaṇṭakā nāhesuṃ.Aviraloti aviralasākhāsañchanno.Sandacchāyoti ghanacchāyo, aviralattāva sandacchāyoti vutto.Paññāsaratano āsīti paññāsahattho ahosi.Sabbākāravarūpetoti sabbena ākārena varehiyeva upeto sabbākāravarūpeto nāma.Sabbaguṇamupāgatoti anantarapadasseva vevacanamattaṃ.

Appamāṇoti pamāṇarahito, pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā vā appamāṇo.Atuliyoti atulo, kenaci asadisoti attho.Opammehīti upamitabbehi.Anūpamoti upamārahito, ‘‘iminā ca iminā ca sadiso’’ti vattuṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvato anūpamoti attho.Guṇānica tānīti guṇā ca te, sabbaññutaññāṇādayo guṇāti attho. Liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.

Sujātabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito dvādasamo buddhavaṃso.

15. Piyadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

piyadassī, atthadassī, dhammadassīti tayo buddhā nibbattiṃsu. Tatthapiyadassīnāma bhagavā pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā sudhaññavatīnagare sudattassa nāma rañño aggamahesiyā candasadisavadanāya candādeviyā nāma kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena varuṇuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Tassa pana nāmaggahaṇadivase lokassa piyānaṃ pāṭihāriyavisesānaṃ dassitattā ‘‘piyadassī’’tveva nāmamakaṃsu. So navavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tassa kira sunimmalavimalagiribrahānāmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Vimalāmahādevippamukhāni tettiṃsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā vimalādeviyā kañcanaveḷe nāma putte uppanne ājaññarathena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Ekā ca naṃ purisakoṭi anupabbaji. So tehi parivuto mahāpuriso cha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya varuṇabrāhmaṇagāme vasabhabrāhmaṇassa dhītāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sujātājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā kakudhabodhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā tepaññāsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhitvā ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāra’’nti udānaṃ udānetvā tattheva sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā attanā saha pabbajitānaṃ ariyadhammapaṭivedhasamatthataṃ ñatvā ākāsena tattha gantvā usabhavatīnagarasamīpe usabhavatuyyāne otaritvā bhikkhukoṭiparivuto dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo.

Puna usabhavatiyā nāma nagarassa avidūre sudassanapabbate sudassano nāma devarājā paṭivasati. So micchādiṭṭhiko ahosi. Sakalajambudīpe pana manussā tassa anusaṃvaccharaṃ satasahassagghanikaṃ baliṃ upasaṃharanti. So sudassano devarājā nararājena saddhiṃ ekāsane nisīditvā baliṃ sampaṭicchati. Atha piyadassī bhagavā ‘‘tassa sudassanassa devarājassa taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ vinodessāmī’’ti tasmiṃ devarāje yakkhasamāgamaṃ gate tassa bhavanaṃ pavisitvā sirisayanaṃ āruhitvā chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñcanto yugandharapabbate saradasamaye sūriyo viya nisīdi. Tassa parivāraparicārikā devatāyo mālāgandhavilepanādīhi dasabalaṃ pūjetvā parivāretvā aṭṭhaṃsu.

Sudassanopi devarājā yakkhasamāgamato āgacchanto attano bhavanato chabbaṇṇarasmiyo niccharante disvā cintesi – ‘‘aññesu pana divasesu mama bhavanassa edisī anekaraṃsijālasamujjalavibhūti na diṭṭhapubbā. Ko nu kho idha paviṭṭho devo vā manusso vā’’ti olokento udayagirisikharamatthake saradasamayadivasakaramiva chabbaṇṇaraṃsijālena abhijjalantaṃ nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ muṇḍakasamaṇo mama parivārena parijanena parivuto varasayane nisinno’’ti kodhābhibhūtamānaso – ‘‘handāhaṃ imassa attano balaṃ dassessāmī’’ti cintetvā sakalaṃ taṃ pabbataṃ ekajālamakāsi. ‘‘Iminā aggijālena chārikābhūto muṇḍakasamaṇo’’ti olokento anekaraṃsijālavisaravipphuritavarasarīraṃ pasannavadanavaṇṇasobhaṃ vippasannacchavirāgaṃ dasabalamabhijjalantaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo aggidāhaṃ sahati, handāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ udakoghena osādetvā māressāmī’’ti atigambhīraṃ udakoghaṃ vimānābhimukhaṃ pavattesi.

Tato udakoghena puṇṇe tasmiṃ vimāne nisinnassa tassa bhagavato cīvare aṃsumattaṃ vā sarīre lomamattaṃ vā na temittha. Tato sudassano devarājā – ‘‘iminā samaṇo nirassāso mato bhavissatī’’ti mantvā udakaṃ saṅkhipitvā olokento bhagavantaṃ asitajaladharavivaragataṃ saradasamayarajanikaramiva vividharaṃsijālavisarena virocamānaṃ sakaparisaparivutaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā attano makkhaṃ asahamāno – ‘‘handa māressāmi na’’nti kodhena navavidhaāvudhavassaṃ vassesi. Athassa bhagavato ānubhāvena sabbāvudhāni nānāvidhaparamaruciradassanā surabhikusumamālā hutvā dasabalassa pādamūle nipatiṃsu.

Tato taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā sudassano devarājā paramakupitamānaso bhagavantaṃ ubhohi hatthehi pādesu gahetvā attano bhavanato nīharitukāmo ukkhipitvā mahāsamuddaṃ atikkamitvā cakkavāḷapabbataṃ gantvā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho samaṇo jīvati vā mato vā’’ti olokento tasmiṃyeva āsane nisinnaṃ disvā – ‘‘aho mahānubhāvo ayaṃ samaṇo, nāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ ito nikkaḍḍhituṃ sakkomi. Yadi hi maṃ koci jānissati, anappako me ayaso bhavissati. Yāvimaṃ koci na passati, tāva naṃ vissajjetvā gamissāmī’’ti cintesi.

Atha dasabalo tassa cittācāraṃ ñatvā tathā adhiṭṭhāsi, yathā naṃ sabbe devamanussā passanti. Tasmiñca divase sakalajambudīpe ekasatarājāno tasseva upahāradānatthāya sannipatiṃsu. Te bhagavato pāde gahetvā nisinnaṃ sudassanaṃ devarājānaṃ nararājāno disvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ devarājā munirājassa piyadassissa satthuno pādaparicariyaṃ karoti, aho buddhā nāma acchariyā, aho buddhaguṇā visiṭṭhā’’ti bhagavati, pasannacittā sabbe bhagavantaṃ namassamānā sirasmiṃ añjaliṃ katvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Tattha piyadassī bhagavā taṃ sudassanaṃ devarājānaṃ pamukhaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desesi. Tadā devamanussānaṃ navutikoṭisahassāni arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. So dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi.

Yadā pana navayojanappamāṇe kumudanagare buddhapaccatthiko devadatto viya soṇatthero nāma mahāpadumakumārena saddhiṃ mantetvā tassa pitaraṃ ghātetvā puna piyadassībuddhassa vadhāya nānappakāraṃ payogaṃ katvāpi ghātetuṃ asakkonto so doṇamukhanāgarājārohaṃ pakkosāpetvā taṃ palobhetvā tamatthaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘yadā panāyaṃ samaṇo piyadassī imaṃ nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, tadā doṇamukhaṃ nāma gajavaraṃ vissajjetvā piyadassīsamaṇaṃ mārehī’’ti.

Atha so āroho hitāhitavicāraṇarahito rājavallabho – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo ṭhānantarāpi maṃ cāveyyā’’ti mantvā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā dutiyadivase dasabalassa nagarappavesanasamayaṃ sallakkhetvā sujātamatthakapiṇḍakumbhanalāṭaṃ dhanusadisadīghasuṇḍataṭaṃ suvipulamudukaṇṇaṃ madhupiṅgalanayanaṃ sundarakkhandhāsanaṃ anuvaṭṭaghanajaghanaṃ nicitagūḷhajāṇuantaraṃ īsāsadisaruciradantaṃ suvāladhiṃ apacitamecakaṃ sabbalakkhaṇasampannaṃ asitajaladharasadisacārudassanaṃ sīhavikkantalalitagāminaṃ jaṅgamamiva dharādharaṃ sattappatiṭṭhaṃ sattadhā pabhinnaṃ sabbaso vissavantaṃ viggahavantamiva antakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā piṇḍakabaḷañjanadhūpalepādivisesehi bhiyyopi mattappamattaṃ katvā arivāraṇavāraṇaṃ erāvaṇavāraṇamiva arijanavāraṇaṃ munivāraṇaṃ māraṇatthāya pesesi. Atha so dviradavaro muttamattova gajamahiṃsaturaṅganaranāriyo hantvā hatarudhiraparirañjitasadantakarasarīro antajālapariyonaddhanayano sakaṭakavāṭakūṭāgāradvāratoraṇādīni bhañjitvā kāka-kulala-gijjhādīhi anupariyāyamāno hatamahiṃsanaraturaṅgadiradādīnaṃ aṅgāni ālumpitvā manussabhakkho yakkho viya bhakkhayanto dūratova dasabalaṃ sissagaṇaparivutaṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā anilagaruḷasadisavego vegena bhagavantamabhigañchi.

Atha puravāsino pana janā bhayasantāpaparipūritamānasā pāsādapākāracayatarūpagatā tathāgatābhimukhamabhidhāvantaṃ disvā hāhākārasaddamakaṃsu. Keci pana upāsakā taṃ nānappakārehi nayehi nivārayitumārabhiṃsu. Atha so buddhanāgo hatthināgamāyantamoloketvā karuṇāvipphārasītalahadayo mettāya taṃ phari. Tato so hatthināgo mettāpharaṇena mudukatahadayasantāno attano dosāparādhaṃ ñatvā lajjāya bhagavato purato ṭhātuṃ asakkonto pathaviyaṃ pavisanto viya sirasā bhagavato pādesu nipati. Evaṃ nipanno pana so timiranikarasadisasarīro sañchāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharasamīpamupagato asitasaliladharanikaro viya virocittha.

Athevaṃ munirājapādamūle karirājānaṃ sirasā nipatantaṃ disvā nāgarajanā paramapītipūritahadayā sādhukārasīhanādaṃ ukkuṭṭhisaddaṃ pavattayiṃsu. Surabhikusumamālācandanagandhacuṇṇālaṅkārādīhi taṃ anekappakāraṃ pūjesuṃ. Samantato celukkhepā pavattiṃsu. Gaganatale suradundubhiyo abhinadiṃsu. Atha bhagavā tamasitagirisikharamiva pādamūle nipannaṃ diradavaraṃ oloketvā aṅkusadhajajālasaṅkhacakkālaṅkatena karatalena gajavaramatthakaṃ parāmasitvā tassa cittācārānukūlāya dhammadesanāya taṃ anusāsi –

‘‘Gajavara vadato suṇohi vācaṃ, mama hitamatthayutañca taṃ bhajāhi;

‘‘Lobhena dosena ca mohato vā, yo pāṇino hiṃsati vāraṇinda;

‘‘Mākāsi mātaṅga punevarūpaṃ, kammaṃ pamādena madena vāpi;

‘‘Dukkhaṃ sughoraṃ narakenubhotvā, manussalokaṃ yadi yāti bhiyyo;

‘‘Yathā ca pāṇā paramaṃ piyā te, mahājane kuñjara mandanāga;

‘‘Dose ca hiṃsānirate viditvā, pāṇātipātā virate guṇe ca;

‘‘Pāṇātipātā virato sudanto, piyo manāpo bhavatīdha loke;

‘‘Dukkhāgamaṃ nicchati koci loke, sabbopi jāto sukhamesateva;

Athevaṃ dasabalenānusāsiyamāno dantivaro saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā paramavinīto vinayācārasampanno sisso viya ahosi. Evaṃ so piyadassī bhagavā amhākaṃ satthā viya dhanapālaṃ doṇamukhaṃ karivaraṃ damitvā tattha mahājanasamāgame dhammaṃ desesi. Tadā asītikoṭisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Ayaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Sujātassa aparena, sayambhū lokanāyako;

2.

‘‘Sopi buddho amitayaso, ādiccova virocati;

3.

‘‘Tassāpi atulatejassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo;

4.

‘‘Sudassano devarājā, micchādiṭṭhimarocayi;

5.

‘‘Janasannipāto atulo, mahāsannipatī tadā;

6.

‘‘Yadā doṇamukhaṃ hatthiṃ, vinesi narasārathi;

Sumaṅgalanagare pālito nāma rājaputto ca purohitaputto sabbadassikumāro cāti dve sahāyakā ahesuṃ. Te piyadassimhi sammāsambuddhe cārikaṃ carante ‘‘attano nagaraṃ sampatto’’ti sutvā koṭisatasahassaparivārā paccuggamanaṃ katvā tassa dhammaṃ sutvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā sattame divase bhagavato bhattānumodanāvasāne koṭisatasahassehi saddhiṃ pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ pana majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Athāparena samayena sudassanadevarājassa samāgame navutikoṭiyo arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tehi parivuto satthā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, ayaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Puna doṇamukhavinayane asītikoṭiyo pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, ayaṃ tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi piyadassino;

8.

‘‘Tato paraṃ navutikoṭī, samiṃsu ekato munī;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto kassapo nāma brāhmaṇamāṇavo itihāsapañcamānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū hutvā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā koṭisatasahassapariccāgena paramārāmaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ kāretvā saraṇesu ca pañcasīlesu ca patiṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ satthā – ‘‘ito aṭṭhārasakappasataccayena gotamo nāma buddho loke bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, kassapo nāma brāhmaṇo;

10.

‘‘Tassa dhammaṃ suṇitvāna, pasādaṃ janayiṃ ahaṃ;

11.

‘‘Tassa datvāna ārāmaṃ, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

12.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

13.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

14.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

saraṇe pañcasīle cāti tīṇi saraṇāni pañca sīlāni cāti attho.Aṭṭhārase kappasateti ito aṭṭhasatādhikassa kappasahassassa accayenāti attho.

Tassa pana bhagavato sudhaññaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Pitā sudatto nāma rājā, mātā sucandā nāma devī, pālito ca sabbadassī ca dve aggasāvakā, sobhito nāmupaṭṭhāko, sujātā ca dhammadinnā ca dve aggasāvikā, kakudharukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ asītihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, navutivassasahassāni āyu, vimalā nāmassa aggamahesī ahosi, kañcanāveḷo nāma putto, so ājaññarathena nikkhamīti. Tena vuttaṃ –

15.

‘‘Sudhaññaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudatto nāma khattiyo;

20.

‘‘Pālito sabbadassī ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

21.

‘‘Sujātā dhammadinnā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

23.

‘‘Sopi buddho amitayaso, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

24.

‘‘Aggicandasūriyānaṃ, natthi tādisikā pabhā;

25.

‘‘Tassāpi devadevassa, āyu tāvatakaṃ ahu;

26.

‘‘Sopi buddho asamasamo, yugānipi tāni atuliyāni;

sālarājā vāti sabbaphāliphullo paramaramaṇīyadassano samavaṭṭakkhandho sālarājā viya dissati.Yugānipi tānīti aggasāvakayugādīni yugaḷāni. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Piyadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito terasamo buddhavaṃso.

16. Atthadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

atthadassīnāma buddho loke uppajji. So pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā paramasobhane sobhane nāma nagare sāgarassa nāma rañño kule aggamahesiyā sudassanadeviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasa māse gabbhe vasitvā sucindhanuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Mātukucchito mahāpurise nikkhantamatte sucirakālanihitāni kulaparamparāgatāni mahānidhānāni dhanasāmikā paṭilabhiṃsūti tassa nāmaggahaṇadivase ‘‘atthadassī’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So dasavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Amaragiri-suragiri-girivāhananāmakā paramasurabhijanakā tayo cassa pāsādā ahesuṃ. Visākhādevippamukhāni tettiṃsa itthisahassāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā visākhādeviyā selakumāre nāma putte uppanne sudassanaṃ nāma assarājaṃ abhiruhitvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ nava manussakoṭiyo anupabbajiṃsu. Tehi parivuto so mahāpuriso aṭṭha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya sucindharanāgiyā upahāratthāya ānītaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ mahājanena sandissamānasabbasarīrāya nāgiyā saha suvaṇṇapātiyā dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā taruṇatarusatasamalaṅkate taruṇasālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye dhammarucinā mahārucinā nāma nāgarājena dinnā aṭṭha kusatiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā campakabodhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā tepaññāsahatthāyāmavitthataṃ kusatiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā sambodhiṃ patvā sabbabuddhāciṇṇaṃ – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmetvā brahmuno dhammadesanāyācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attanā saha pabbajitanavabhikkhukoṭiyo ariyadhammapaṭivedhasamatthe disvā ākāsena gantvā anomanagarasamīpe anomuyyāne otaritvā tehi parivuto tattha dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ paṭhamo dhammābhisamayo ahosi.

Puna bhagavati lokanāyake devalokacārikaṃ caritvā tattha dhammaṃ desente koṭisatasahassānaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Yadā pana bhagavā atthadassī amhākaṃ bhagavā viya kapilavatthupuraṃ sobhanapuraṃ pavisitvā dhammaṃ desesi, tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ tatiyo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, atthadassī mahāyaso;

2.

‘‘Brahmunā yācito santo, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi;

3.

‘‘Tassāpi lokanāthassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo;

4.

‘‘Yadā buddho atthadassī, carati devacārikaṃ;

5.

‘‘Punāparaṃ yadā buddho, desesi pitusantike;

tatthevāti tasmiññeva kappeti attho. Ettha pana varakappo ‘‘maṇḍakappo’’ti adhippeto. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kappe tayo buddhā nibbattanti, so kappo varakappo’’ti heṭṭhā padumuttarabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanāyaṃ vutto. Tasmā varakappo idha ‘‘maṇḍakappo’’ti vutto.Nihantvānāti nihanitvā. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Santoti samāno.Amatenāti maggaphalādhigamāmatapānena.Tappayīti atappayi, pīṇesīti attho.Dasasahassīti dasasahassilokadhātuṃ.Devacārikanti devānaṃ vinayanatthaṃ devalokacārikanti attho.

Sucandakanagare kira santo ca rājaputto upasanto ca purohitaputto tīsu vedesu sabbasamayantaresu ca sāramadisvā nagarassa catūsu dvāresu cattāro paṇḍite visārade ca manusse ṭhapesuṃ – ‘‘yaṃ pana tumhe paṇḍitaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā passatha suṇātha vā, taṃ amhākaṃ āgantvā ārocethā’’ti. Tena ca samayena atthadassī lokanātho sucandakanagaraṃ sampāpuṇi. Atha tehi niveditā purisā gantvā tesaṃ dasabalassa tatthāgamanaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. Tato te santopasantā tathāgatāgamanaṃ sutvā pahaṭṭhamānasā sahassaparivārā dasabalaṃ asamaṃ paccuggantvā abhivādetvā nimantetvā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa asadisaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā sattame divase sakalanagaravāsīhi manussehi saddhiṃ dhammakathaṃ suṇiṃsu. Tasmiṃ kira divase aṭṭhanavutisahassāni ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tāya parisāya majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi.

Yadā pana bhagavā attano puttassa selattherassa dhammaṃ desento aṭṭhāsītisahassāni pasādetvā ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbājetvā arahattaṃ pāpetvā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Puna mahāmaṅgalasamāgame māghapuṇṇamāyaṃ devamanussānaṃ dhammaṃ desento aṭṭhasattatisahassāni arahattaṃ pāpetvā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi ca mahesino;

7.

‘‘Aṭṭhanavutisahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

8.

‘‘Aṭṭhasattatisahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Tadā kira amhākaṃ bodhisatto campakanagare susīmo nāma brāhmaṇamahāsālo lokasammato ahosi. So sabbavibhavajātaṃ dīnānāthakapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ vissajjetvā himavantasamīpaṃ gantvā tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca abhiññāyo ca nibbattetvā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo hutvā mahājanassa kusalākusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anavajjasāvajjabhāvañca dassetvā buddhuppādaṃ āgamayamāno aṭṭhāsi.

Athāparena samayena atthadassimhi lokanāyake loke uppajjitvā sudassanamahānagare aṭṭhannaṃ parisānaṃ majjhe dhammāmatavassaṃ vassente tassa dhammaṃ sutvā saggalokaṃ gantvā dibbāni mandāravapadumapāricchattakādīni pupphāni devalokato āharitvā attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento dissamānasarīro catūsu disāsu catuddīpikamahāmegho viya pupphavassaṃ vassetvā samantato pupphamaṇḍapaṃ pupphamayagghitoraṇahemajālādīni pupphamayāni katvā mandāravapupphacchattena dasabalaṃ pūjesi. Sopi naṃ bhagavā – ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano;

10.

‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pāricchattakaṃ;

11.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, atthadassī mahāmuni;

12.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

13.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

jaṭiloti jaṭā assa atthīti jaṭilo.Mahiyā seṭṭhasammatoti sakalenapi lokena seṭṭho uttamo pavaroti evaṃ sammato sambhāvitoti attho.

Tassa pana bhagavato sobhanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Sāgaro nāma rājā pitā, sudassanā nāma mātā, santo upasanto ca dve aggasāvakā, abhayo nāmupaṭṭhāko, dhammā ca sudhammā ca dve aggasāvikā, campakarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ asītihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi. Sarīrappabhā samantato sabbakālaṃ yojanamattaṃ pharitvā aṭṭhāsi, āyu vassasatasahassaṃ, visākhā nāmassa aggamahesī, selo nāma putto, assayānena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

14.

‘‘Sobhanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sāgaro nāma khattiyo;

19.

‘‘Santo ca upasanto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

20.

‘‘Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

22.

‘‘Sopi buddho asamasamo, asītihatthamuggato;

23.

‘‘Tassa pākatikā raṃsī, anekasatakoṭiyo;

24.

‘‘Sopi buddho narāsabho, sabbasattuttamo muni;

25.

‘‘Atulaṃ dassetvā obhāsaṃ, virocetvā sadevake;

uḷurājāva pūritoti saradasamayaparipuṇṇavimalasakalamaṇḍalo tārakarājā viyāti attho.Pākatikāti pakativasena uppajjamānā, na adhiṭṭhānavasena. Yadā icchati bhagavā, tadā anekakoṭisatasahassepi cakkavāḷe ābhāya phareyya.Raṃsīti rasmiyo.Upādānasaṅkhayāti upādānakkhayā indhanakkhayā aggi viya. Sopi bhagavā catunnaṃ upādānānaṃ khayena anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā anupamanagare anomārāme parinibbāyi. Dhātuyo panassa adhiṭṭhānena vikiriṃsu. Sesamettha gāthāsu uttānamevāti.

Atthadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito cuddasamo buddhavaṃso.

17. Dhammadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

dhammadassīnāma satthā lokālokakaro lobhādilokamalavinayakaro lokekanāyako loke udapādi. Sopi bhagavā pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā saraṇanagare sabbalokasaraṇassa saraṇassa nāma rañño aggamahesiyā sunandāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. So dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena saraṇuyyāne mātukucchito pāvussakāle saliladharavivaragato puṇṇacando viya nikkhami. Mahāpurise pana mātukucchito nikkhantamatteyeva adhikaraṇavohārasatthapotthakesu adhammiyā vohārā sayameva antaradhāyiṃsu. Dhammikavohārāyeva aṭṭhaṃsu. Tenassa nāmaggahaṇadivase ‘‘dhammadassī’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So aṭṭhavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tassa kira araja-viraja-sudassananāmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Vicikoḷidevippamukhānaṃ itthīnaṃ vīsatisahassādhikaṃ satasahassaṃ ahosi.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā vicikoḷideviyā puññavaḍḍhane nāma putte uppanne devakumāro viya ativiya sukhumālo devasampattimiva sampattimanubhavamāno majjhimayāme vuṭṭhāya sirisayane nisinno niddopagatānaṃ itthīnaṃ vippakāraṃ disvā sañjātasaṃvego mahābhinikkhamanāya cittaṃ uppādesi. Cittuppādasamanantaramevassa sudassanapāsādo gaganatalamabbhuggantvā caturaṅginiyā senāya parivuto dutiyo divasakaro viya dibbavimānaṃ viya ca gantvā rattakuravakatarubodhisamīpeyeva otaritvā aṭṭhāsi. Mahāpuriso kira brahmunā upanītāni kāsāyāni gahetvā pabbajitvā pāsādato otaritvā avidūre aṭṭhāsi. Pāsādo puna ākāsena gantvā bodhirukkhaṃ antokatvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Itthiyopi saparivārā pāsādato otaritvā aḍḍhagāvutamattaṃ gantvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Tattha itthiyo ca tāsaṃ paricārikā ceṭikāyo ca ṭhapetvā sabbe manussā taṃ anupabbajiṃsu. Bhikkhūnaṃ koṭisatasahassaṃ ahosi.

Atha dhammadassī bodhisatto sattāhaṃ padhānacariyaṃ caritvā vicikoḷideviyā dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā badaravane divāvihāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye sirivaḍḍhanena nāma yavapālakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā bimbijālabodhiṃ upagantvā tepaṇṇāsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā tattha sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvāva bodhisamīpe sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā katabrahmayācano attanā saddhiṃ pabbajitassa bhikkhūnaṃ koṭisatasahassassa saddhammappaṭivedhasamatthataṃ ñatvā aṭṭhārasayojanikamaggaṃ ekāheneva isipatanaṃ gantvā tehi parivuto tattha dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ paṭhamābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, dhammadassī mahāyaso;

2.

‘‘Tassāpi atulatejassa, dhammacakkappavattane;

tamandhakāranti tamasaṅkhātaṃ mohandhakāranti attho.

Yadā pana tagaranāmake nagare sañjayo nāma rājā kāmesu ādīnavaṃ nekkhammaṃ khemato ca disvā isipabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Taṃ navutikoṭiyo anupabbajiṃsu. Te sabbeyeva pañcābhiññāaṭṭhasamāpattilābhino ahesuṃ. Atha satthā dhammadassī tesaṃ upanissayasampattiṃ disvā ākāsena gantvā sañjayassa tāpasassa assamapadaṃ gantvā ākāse ṭhatvā tesaṃ tāpasānaṃ ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā dhammacakkhuṃ uppādesi, so dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

3.

‘‘Yadā buddho dhammadassī, vinesi sañjayaṃ isiṃ;

Yadā pana sakko devānamindo dasabalassa dhammaṃ sotukāmo taṃ upasaṅkami, tadā asītiyā koṭīnaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Yadā sakko upagañchi, sapariso vināyakaṃ;

Yadā pana saraṇanagare vemātikabhātikaṃ padumakumāraṃ phussadevakumārañca saparivāre pabbājesi, tasmiṃ antovasse pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ koṭisatasahassānaṃ majjhe visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Puna bhagavato devalokato orohaṇe satakoṭīnaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Yadā pana sudassanārāme terasannaṃ dhutaguṇānaṃ guṇe ānisaṃse pakāsetvā hāritaṃ nāma mahāsāvakaṃ etadagge ṭhapesi, tadā asītiyā koṭīnaṃ majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Tassāpi devadevassa, sannipātā tayo ahuṃ;

6.

‘‘Yadā buddho dhammadassī, saraṇe vassaṃ upāgami;

7.

‘‘Punāparaṃ yadā buddho, devato eti mānusaṃ;

8.

‘‘Punāparaṃ yadā buddho, pakāsesi dhute guṇe;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto sakko devarājā hutvā dvīsu devalokesu devehi parivuto āgantvā dibbehi gandhapupphādīhi dibbaturiyehi ca tathāgataṃ pūjesi. Sopi naṃ satthā – ‘‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, sakko āsiṃ purindado;

10.

‘‘Sopi maṃ tadā byākāsi, devamajjhe nisīdiya;

11.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

12.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Tassa pana bhagavato saraṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Saraṇo nāma rājā pitā, sunandā nāma mātā, padumo ca phussadevo ca dve aggasāvakā, sunetto nāma upaṭṭhāko, khemā ca sabbanāmā ca dve aggasāvikā, bimbijālarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ panassa asītihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, āyu vassasatasahassaṃ, vicikoḷidevī nāmassa aggamahesī, puññavaḍḍhano nāmassa putto, pāsādena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

13.

‘‘Saraṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, saraṇo nāma khattiyo;

18.

‘‘Padumo phussadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

19.

‘‘Khemā ca sabbanāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

21.

‘‘Sopi buddho asamasamo, asītihatthamuggato;

22.

‘‘Suphullo sālarājāva, vijjūva gagane yathā;

23.

‘‘Tassāpi atulatejassa, samakaṃ āsi jīvikaṃ;

24.

‘‘Obhāsaṃ dassayitvāna, vimalaṃ katvāna sāsanaṃ;

bimbijāloti rattakuravakarukkho.Dasasahassimhi dhātuyāti dasasahassiyā lokadhātuyā.Vijjūvāti vijjulatā viya.Upasobhathāti yathā gagane vijju ca majjanhike sūriyo ca upasobhati, evaṃ so bhagavā upasobhitthāti attho.Samakanti sabbehi narasattehi samameva tassa āyu ahosīti attho.Cavīti cuto.Candovāti gaganato candimā viya cavīti attho. Dhammadassī kira bhagavā sālavatīnagare kesārāme parinibbāyi sesamettha gāthāsu pākaṭamevāti.

Dhammadassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito pannarasamo buddhavaṃso.

18. Siddhatthabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

siddhatthonāma satthā loke pāturahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Dhammadassissa aparena, siddhattho lokanāyako;

Siddhattho bodhisattopi pāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavane nibbattitvā tato cavitvā vebhāranagare udenassa nāma rañño aggamahesiyā suphassāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena vīriyuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Jāte pana mahāpurise sabbesaṃ āraddhakammantā ca icchitā ca atthā siddhimagamaṃsu. Tasmā panassa ñātakā ‘‘siddhattho’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So dasavassasahassāni agāramajjhe vasi. Tassa kokā-suppala-padumanāmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Somanassādevippamukhāni aṭṭhacattālīsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā somanassādeviyā putte anupamakumāre uppanne āsāḷhipuṇṇamiyaṃ suvaṇṇasivikāya nikkhamitvā vīriyuyyānaṃ gantvā pabbaji. Taṃ koṭisatasahassamanussā anupabbajiṃsu. Mahāpuriso kira tehi saddhiṃ dasa māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ asadisabrāhmaṇagāme sunettāya nāma brāhmaṇakaññāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā badaravane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye varuṇena nāma yavapālena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā kaṇikārabodhiṃ upagantvā cattālīsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā attanā saha pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ koṭisatasahassānaṃ catusaccapaṭivedhasamatthataṃ disvā anilapathena gantvā gayāmigadāye otaritvā tesaṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

2.

‘‘Sopi patvāna sambodhiṃ, santārento sadevakaṃ;

3.

‘‘Tassāpi atulatejassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo;

sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokaṃ.Dhammameghenāti dhammakathāmeghavassena. Puna bhīmarathanagare bhīmarathena nāma raññā nimantito nagaramajjhe kate santhāgāre nisinno karavīkarutamañjunā savanasukhena paramamadhurena paṇḍitajanahadayaṅgamena amatābhisekasadisena brahmassarena dasa disā paripūrento dhammāmatadundubhimāhani, tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Punāparaṃ bhīmarathe, yadā āhani dundubhiṃ;

Yadā pana vebhāranagare ñātisamāgame buddhavaṃsaṃ desento navutikoṭīnaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ uppādesi, so tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Yadā buddho dhammaṃ desesi, vebhāre so puruttame;

Amararuciradassane amaranagare nāma sambalo ca sumitto ca dve bhātaro rajjaṃ kāresuṃ. Atha siddhattho satthā tesaṃ rājūnaṃ upanissayasampattiṃ disvā gaganatalena gantvā amaranagaramajjhe otaritvā cakkālaṅkatatalehi caraṇehi pathavitalaṃ maddanto viya padacetiyāni dassetvā amaruyyānaṃ gantvā paramaramaṇīye attano karuṇāsītale silātale nisīdi. Tato dvepi bhātikarājāno dasabalassa padacetiyāni disvā padāni anugantvā siddhatthaṃ adhigataparamatthaṃ satthāraṃ sabbalokanetāraṃ saparivāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā abhivādetvā bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ dhammaṃ desesi. Tassa te dhammakathaṃ sutvā sañjātasaddhā hutvā sabbeva pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ koṭisatānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Vebhāranagare ñātisamāgame pabbajitānaṃ navutikoṭīnaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Sudassanavihāre sannipatitānaṃ asītikoṭīnaṃ majjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tasmimpi dvipaduttame;

7.

‘‘Koṭisatānaṃ navutīnaṃ, asītiyāpi ca koṭinaṃ;

navutīnaṃ, asītiyāpi ca koṭinanti navutīnaṃ koṭīnaṃ asītiyāpi ca koṭīnaṃ sannipātā ahesunti attho.Ete āsuṃ tayo ṭhānāti etāni tīṇi sannipātaṭṭhānāni ahesunti attho. ‘‘Ṭhānāne tāni tīṇi ahesu’’ntipi pāṭho.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto surasenanagare maṅgalo nāma brāhmaṇo hutvā vedavedaṅgānaṃ pāraṃ gantvā anekakoṭisaṅkhaṃ dhanasannicayaṃ dīnānāthādīnaṃ pariccajitvā vivekārāmo hutvā tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā jhānābhiññāyo nibbattetvā viharanto – ‘‘siddhattho nāma buddho loke uppanno’’ti sutvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā tassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā yāya jambuyā ayaṃ jambudīpo paññāyati, iddhiyā taṃ jambuṃ upasaṅkamitvā tato phalaṃ āharitvā navutikoṭibhikkhuparivāraṃ siddhatthaṃ satthāraṃ surasenavihāre nisīdāpetvā jambuphalehi santappesi sampavāresi. Atha satthā taṃ phalaṃ paribhuñjitvā – ‘‘ito catunavutikappamatthake gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, maṅgalo nāma tāpaso;

9.

‘‘Jambuto phalamānetvā, siddhatthassa adāsahaṃ;

10.

‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ;

11.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

12.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

duppasahoti durāsado. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Tassa pana bhagavato nagaraṃ vebhāraṃ nāma ahosi. Udeno nāma rājā pitā, jayasenotipi tasseva nāmaṃ, suphassā nāma mātā, sambalo ca sumitto ca dve aggasāvakā, revato nāmupaṭṭhāko, sīvalā ca surāmā ca dve aggasāvikā, kaṇikārarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ saṭṭhihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi. Vassasatasahassaṃ āyu, somanassā nāma aggamahesī ahosi, anupamo nāma putto, suvaṇṇasivikāya nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

13.

‘‘Vebhāraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, udeno nāma khattiyo;

18.

‘‘Sambalo ca sumitto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

19.

‘‘Sīvalā ca surāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

21.

‘‘So buddho saṭṭhiratanaṃ, ahosi nabhamuggato;

22.

‘‘Sopi buddho asamasamo, atulo appaṭipuggalo;

23.

‘‘Vipulaṃ pabhaṃ dassayitvā, pupphāpetvāna sāvake;

saṭṭhiratananti saṭṭhiratanappamāṇaṃ nabhaṃ uggatoti attho.Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāsoti nānāratanavicittakanakamayaagghiyasadisadassanoti attho.Dasasahassī virocatīti dasasahassiyaṃ virocati.Vipulanti uḷāraṃ obhāsaṃ.Pupphāpetvānāti jhānābhiññāmaggaphalasamāpattipupphehi pupphite paramasobhaggappatte katvāti attho.Vilāsetvāti vilāsayitvā kīḷitvā.Samāpatyāti lokiyalokuttarāhi samāpattīhi abhiññāhi ca.Nibbutoti anupādāparinibbānena nibbuto.

Siddhattho kira satthā kañcanaveḷunagare anomuyyāne parinibbāyi. Tatthevassa ratanamayaṃ catuyojanubbedhaṃ cetiyamakaṃsūti. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Siddhatthabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito soḷasamo buddhavaṃso.

19. Tissabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

tisso, phussoti ekasmiṃ kappe dve buddhā nibbattiṃsu. Tatthatissonāma mahāpuriso pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā khemakanagare janasandhassa nāma rañño aggamahesiyā padumadalasadisanayanāya padumānāmāya deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena anomuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Sattavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tassa guhāsela-nārisaya-nisabhanāmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Subhaddādevippamukhāni tettiṃsa itthisahassāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā subhaddādeviyā putte ānandakumāre uppanne sonuttaraṃ nāma anuttaraṃ turaṅgavaramāruyha mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ manussānaṃ koṭi anupabbaji. So tehi parivuto aṭṭha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya vīranigame vīraseṭṭhissa dhītāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā salalavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye vijitasaṅgāmakena nāma yavapālena upanītā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā asanabodhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā cattālīsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā tattha pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā samāraṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā adhigatasabbaññutaññāṇo – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmetvā yasavatī nagare brahmadevaṃ udayañca dve rājaputte saparivāre upanissayasampanne ākāsena gantvā yasavatīmigadāye otaritvā uyyānapālena rājaputte pakkosāpetvā tesaṃ saparivārānaṃ avisārinā byāpinā madhurena brahmassarena dasasahassilokadhātuṃ viññāpentova dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, tadā koṭisatānaṃ paṭhamo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Siddhatthassa aparena, asamo appaṭipuggalo;

2.

‘‘Tamandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā, obhāsetvā sadevakaṃ;

3.

‘‘Tassāpi atulā iddhi, atulaṃ sīlaṃ samādhi ca;

4.

‘‘So buddho dasasahassimhi, viññāpesi giraṃ suciṃ;

sabbatthāti sabbesu dhammesu pāraṃ gantvā.Dasasahassimhīti dasasahassiyaṃ athāparena samayena tissena satthārā saddhiṃ pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ koṭi mahāpurisassa gaṇavāsaṃ pahāya bodhimūlamupagamanasamaye aññatra gatā. Sā tissena sammāsambuddhena dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’’nti sutvā yasavatīmigadāyaṃ āgantvā dasabalamabhivādetvā taṃ parivāretvā nisīdi. Tesaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, tadā navutiyā koṭīnaṃ dutiyābhisamayo ahosi. Puna mahāmaṅgalasamāgame maṅgalapariyosāne saṭṭhiyā koṭīnaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Dutiyo navutikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo saṭṭhikoṭiyo;

dutiyo navutikoṭīnanti dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi navutikoṭipāṇīnanti attho.Bandhanātoti bandhanato, dasahi saṃyojanehi parimocesīti attho. Idāni parimocite satte sarūpato dassento‘‘naramarū’’ti āha.Naramarūti narāmare.

Yasavatīnagare kira antovassaṃ pabbajitānaṃ arahantānaṃ satasahassehi parivuto pavāresi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Ubhato sujātassa sujātassa nāma rañño nārivāhanakumāro nārivāhananagaraṃ anuppatte bhagavati lokanāthe saparivāro paccuggantvā dasabalaṃ sabhikkhusaṅghaṃ nimantetvā sattāhaṃ asadisadānaṃ datvā attano rajjaṃ puttassa niyyātetvā saparivāro sabbalokādhipatissa tissasammāsambuddhassa santike ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbaji. Tassa kira sā pabbajjā sabbadisāsu pākaṭā ahosi. Tasmā tato tato āgantvā nārivāhanakumāraṃ mahājano anupabbaji. Tadā tathāgato navutiyā bhikkhusatasahassassa majjhagato pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Puna khemavatīnagare ñātisamāgame buddhavaṃsadhammakathaṃ sutvā asītisatasahassāni tassa santike pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, tehi parivuto sugato pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tisse lokagganāyake;

7.

‘‘Khīṇāsavasatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

8.

‘‘Asītisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto yasavatīnagare sujāto nāma rājā hutvā iddhaṃ phītaṃ janapadaṃ anekakoṭidhanasannicayaṃ anurāgamupagatahadayañca parijanaṃ tiṇanaḷamiva pariccajitvā jātiādīsu saṃviggahadayo nikkhamitvā tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo hutvā ‘‘buddho loke uppanno’’ti sutvā pañcavaṇṇāya pītiyā phuṭasarīro hutvā sapatisso tissaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā cintesi – ‘‘handāhaṃ mandāravapāricchattakādīhi dibbakusumehi bhagavantaṃ pūjessāmī’’ti. Atha so evaṃ cintetvā iddhiyā saggalokaṃ gantvā cittalatāvanaṃ pavisitvā padumapāricchattakamandāravādīhi dibbakusumehi ratanamayaṃ caṅkoṭakaṃ gāvutappamāṇaṃ pūretvā gahetvā gaganatalena āgantvā dibbehi surabhikusumehi bhagavantaṃ pūjesi. Ekañca maṇidaṇḍakaṃ suvaṇṇamayakaṇṇikaṃ padumarāgamaṇimayapaṇṇaṃ sugandhakesaracchattaṃ viya padumacchattaṃ bhagavato sirasi dhārayanto catuparisamajjhe aṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā naṃ – ‘‘ito dvenavute kappe gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, sujāto nāma khattiyo;

10.

‘‘Mayi pabbajite sante, uppajji lokanāyako;

11.

‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;

12.

‘‘Cātuvaṇṇaparivutaṃ, tissaṃ lokagganāyakaṃ;

13.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, janamajjhe nisīdiya;

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

15.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

mayi pabbajiteti mayi pabbajitabhāvaṃ upagate. ‘‘Mama pabbajitaṃ santa’’nti potthakesu likhanti, so pamādalekhoti veditabbo.Upapajjathāti uppajjittha.Ubho hatthehīti ubhehi hatthehi.Paggayhāti gahetvāna.Dhunamānoti vākacīrāni vidhunamānova.Cātuvaṇṇaparivutanti catuparisaparivutaṃ, khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatisamaṇaparivutanti attho. ‘‘Catuvaṇṇehi parivuta’’nti paṭhanti keci.

Tassa pana bhagavato khemaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Janasandho nāma khattiyo pitā, padumā nāma janikā, brahmadevo ca udayo ca dve aggasāvakā, samaṅgo nāmupaṭṭhāko, phussā ca sudattā ca dve aggasāvikā, asanarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ saṭṭhihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, vassasatasahassaṃ āyu, subhaddā nāma aggamahesī, ānando nāma putto, turaṅgayānena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

16.

‘‘Khemakaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, janasandho nāma khattiyo;

21.

‘‘Brahmadevo ca udayo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

22.

‘‘Phussā ceva sudattā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

24.

‘‘So buddho saṭṭhiratano, ahu uccattane jino;

25.

‘‘Tassāpi atulatejassa, āyu āsi anuttaro;

26.

‘‘Uttamaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhaṃ, anubhotvā mahāyasaṃ;

27.

‘‘Valāhakova anilena, sūriyena viya ussavo;

uccattaneti uccabhāvena.Himavā viya dissatīti himavāva padissati. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Yathā yojanānaṃ satānucco himavā pañcapabbato sudūre ṭhitānampi uccabhāvena ca sommabhāvena ca atiramaṇīyo hutvā dissati, evaṃ bhagavāpi dissatīti attho.Anuttaroti nātidīgho nātirasso. Āyu vassasatasahassanti attho.Uttamaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhanti aññamaññavevacanāni.Ussavoti himabindu valāhakaussavaandhakārā viya anilasūriyadīpehi aniccatānilasūriyadīpehi upadduto parinibbuto sasāvako bhagavāti attho.

Tisso kira bhagavā sunandavatīnagare sunandārāme parinibbāyi. Sesamettha gāthāsu pākaṭamevāti.

Tissabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito sattarasamo buddhavaṃso.

20. Phussabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

phussonāma satthā loke uppajji. Sopi bhagavā pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā kāsikanagare jayasenarañño aggamahesiyā sirimāya nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena sirimuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. So navavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tassa kira garuḷapakkha-haṃsa-suvaṇṇabhārāti tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Kisāgotamippamukhāni tiṃsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā kisāgotamiyā anupame nāma putte uppanne alaṅkatagajavarakkhandhagato mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ pabbajitaṃ janakoṭi anupabbaji. So tehi parivuto cha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā tato gaṇaṃ pahāya sattāhaṃ ekacariyaṃ anubrūhayamāno vasitvā visākhapuṇṇamāya aññatare nagare aññatarassa seṭṭhino dhītāya sirivaḍḍhāya nāma dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā siṃsapāvane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye sirivaḍḍhena nāma upāsakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā āmalakabodhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā samāraṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ patvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmetvā attanā saddhiṃ pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ koṭīnaṃ dhammapaṭivedhasamatthataṃ disvā ākāsena gantvā saṅkassanagare isipatane migadāye otaritvā tesaṃ majjhe dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, ahu satthā anuttaro;

2.

‘‘Sopi sabbaṃ tamaṃ hantvā, vijaṭetvā mahājaṭaṃ;

3.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, phusse nakkhattamaṅgale;

tattheva maṇḍakappamhīti yasmiṃ kappe dve buddhā uppajjanti, so ‘‘maṇḍakappo’’ti heṭṭhā vutto.Vijaṭetvāti paṭivissajjetvā.Mahājaṭanti ettha jaṭāti taṇhāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sā hi rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu heṭṭhupariyavasena punappunaṃ uppajjanato saṃsibbanato suttagumbajālapūvasaṅkhātā jaṭā viyāti jaṭāti vuttaṃ, taṃ mahājaṭaṃ.Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokaṃ.Abhivassīti pāvassi.Amatambunāti amatasaṅkhātena dhammakathāsalilena tappayanto pāvassīti attho.

Yadā pana bārāṇasīnagare sirivaḍḍho nāma rājā mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Tena saha pabbajitānaṃ tāpasānaṃ navutisatasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Tadā navutiyā satasahassānaṃ dutiyābhisamayo ahosi. Yadā pana attano puttassa anupamakumārassa dhammaṃ desesi, tadā asītiyā satasahassānaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Navutisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu;

Tato aparena samayena kaṇṇakujjanagare surakkhito rājaputto ca purohitaputto dhammasenakumāro ca phusse sammāsambuddhe attano nagaraṃ sampatte saṭṭhiyā purisasatasahassehi saddhiṃ paccuggantvā vanditvā nimantetvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā dasabalassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā bhagavati pasīditvā te saparivārā pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ saṭṭhiyā bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Puna kāsinagare jayasenarañño saṭṭhimattānaṃ ñātīnaṃ samāgame buddhavaṃsaṃ desesi, taṃ sutvā paññāsasatasahassāni ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ majjhagato bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Puna mahāmaṅgalasamāgame maṅgalakathaṃ sutvā cattālīsapurisasatasahassāni pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tesaṃ majjhagato sugato pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, phussassapi mahesino;

6.

‘‘Saṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

7.

‘‘Cattālīsasatasahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto arindamanagare vijitāvī nāma khattiyo hutvā tassa dhammaṃ sutvā bhagavati pasīditvā tassa mahādānaṃ datvā mahārajjaṃ pahāya bhagavato santike pabbajitvā tīṇi piṭakāni uggahetvā tepiṭakadharo mahājanassa dhammakathaṃ kathesi, sīlapāramiñca pūresi. Sopi naṃ ‘‘buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, vijitāvī nāma khattiyo;

9.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, phusso lokagganāyako;

10.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… dasapāramipūriyā.

12.

‘‘Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

13.

‘‘Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ;

Tassa pana bhagavato kāsikaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Jayaseno nāma rājā pitā, sirimā nāma mātā, surakkhito ca dhammaseno ca dve aggasāvakā, sabhiyo nāmupaṭṭhāko, cālā ca upacālā ca dve aggasāvikā, āmalakarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, āyu navutivassasahassāni, kisāgotamī nāma aggamahesī, anupamo nāmassa putto, hatthiyānena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

14.

‘‘Kāsikaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, jayaseno nāma khattiyo;

22.

‘‘Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, sopi accuggato muni;

23.

‘‘Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

24.

‘‘Ovaditvā bahū satte, santāretvā bahū jane;

āmaṇḍoti āmalakarukkho.Ovaditvāti ovādaṃ datvā, anusāsitvāti attho.Sopi satthā atulayasoti sopi satthā amitayasoti attho. ‘‘So jahitvā amitayaso’’tipi pāṭho, tassa so sabbameva vuttappakāraṃ visesaṃ hitvāti attho.

Phusso kira sammāsambuddho kusinārāyaṃ senārāme parinibbāyi. Dhātuyo kirassa vitthārikā ahesuṃ. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Phussabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito aṭṭhārasamo buddhavaṃso.

21. Vipassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

vipassīnāma satthā loke udapādi. So pāramiyo pūretvā anekaratanamaṇivisarasamujjotitabhavane tusitabhavane nibbattitvā tato cavitvā bandhumatīnagare anekabandhumato bandhumato rañño bandhumatiyā nāma aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. So dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena kheme migadāye mātudarato asitanīradarājito puṇṇacando viya nikkhami. Nāmaggahaṇadivase panassa lakkhaṇapāṭhakā ñātakā ca divā ca rattiñca antarantarā nimmisasañjanitandhakāravirahena visuddhaṃ passanti, vivaṭehi vā akkhīhi passatīti ‘‘vipassī’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. ‘‘Viceyya viceyya passatīti vipassī’’ti vadanti. So aṭṭhavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Nanda-sunanda-sirimānāmakā tayo cassa pāsādā ahesuṃ.

Sudassanādevippamukhānaṃ itthīnaṃ satasahassaṃ vīsati ca sahassāni ahesuṃ. ‘‘Sutanū’’tipi sudassanā vuccati. So aṭṭhavassasahassānaṃ accayena cattāri nimittāni disvā sutanudeviyā samavaṭṭakkhandhe nāma tanaye jāte ājaññarathena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ purisānaṃ caturāsītisatasahassāni anupabbajiṃsu. So tehi parivuto mahāpuriso aṭṭhamāsaṃ padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya sudassanaseṭṭhidhītāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā kusumasamalaṅkate sālavane divāvihāraṃ katvā sujātena nāma yavapālakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā pāṭalibodhiṃ samalaṅkataṃ disvā dakkhiṇadisābhāgena taṃ upāgami.

Tassā pana pāṭaliyā samavaṭṭakkhandho taṃ divasaṃ paṇṇāsaratano hutvā abbhuggato sākhā paṇṇāsaratanā ubbedhena ratanasataṃ ahosi. Taṃdivasameva sā pāṭalī kaṇṇikābaddhehi viya pupphehi paramasurabhigandhehi mūlato paṭṭhāya sabbasañchannā ahosi. Dibbagandho vāyati, na kevalaṃ tadā ayameva pupphito, dasasahassi cakkavāḷesu sabbe pāṭaliyo pupphitāva. Na kevalaṃ pāṭaliyova, dasasahassicakkavāḷesu sabbarukkhagumbalatāyopi pupphiṃsu. Mahāsamuddopi pañcavaṇṇehi padumehi kuvalayuppalakumudehi sañchanno sītalamadhurasalilo ahosi. Sabbampi ca dasasahassi cakkavāḷabbhantaraṃ dhajamālākulaṃ ahosi. Tattha tattha paṭimālāgulavippakiṇṇaṃ nānāsurabhikusumasajjitadharaṇītalaṃ dhūpacuṇṇandhakāraṃ ahosi. Taṃ upagantvā tepaṇṇāsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ vīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya – ‘‘yāva buddho na homi, tāva ito na uṭṭhahāmī’’ti paṭiññaṃ katvā nisīdi. Evaṃ nisīditvā samāraṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā maggānukkamena cattāri maggañāṇāni maggānantaraṃ cattāri phalañāṇāni catasso paṭisambhidā catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ catuvesārajjañāṇāni cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni ca sakale ca buddhaguṇe hatthagate katvā paripuṇṇasaṅkappo bodhipallaṅke nisinnova –

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā. (dha. pa. 153-154);

‘‘Ayoghanahatasseva, jalato jātavedaso;

‘‘Evaṃ sammā vimuttānaṃ, kāmabandhoghatārinaṃ;

Evaṃ udānaṃ udānetvā bodhisamīpeyeva sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā brahmāyācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attano vemātikassa bhātikassa khaṇḍakumārassa ca purohitaputtassa tissakumārassa ca upanissayasampattiṃ oloketvā ākāsena gantvā kheme migadāye otaritvā ubhopi te uyyānapālena pakkosāpetvā tesaṃ parivārānaṃ majjhe dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā aparimitānaṃ devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Phussassa ca aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘Avijjaṃ sabbaṃ padāletvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ;

3.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā, ubho bodhesi nāyako;

padāletvāti bhinditvā, avijjandhakāraṃ bhinditvāti attho. ‘‘Vattetvā cakkamārāme’’tipi pāṭho, tassaārāmeti kheme migadāyeti attho.Ubho bodhesīti attano kaniṭṭhabhātikaṃ khaṇḍaṃ rājaputtaṃ tissañca purohitaputtanti ubho bodhesi.Gaṇanāya na vattabboti devatānaṃ abhisamayavasena gaṇanaparicchedo natthīti attho.

Athāparena samayena khaṇḍaṃ rājaputtaṃ tissañca purohitaputtaṃ anupabbajitāni caturāsītibhikkhusahassāni dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. So dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Punāparaṃ amitayaso, tattha saccaṃ pakāsayi;

tatthāti kheme migadāyeti attho. ‘‘Caturāsītisahassāni, sambuddhamanupabbaju’’nti ettha ete pana caturāsītisahassasaṅkhātā purisā vipassissa kumārassa upaṭṭhākapurisāyeva. Te pātova vipassikumārassa upaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā kumāramadisvā pātarāsatthāya gantvā bhuttapātarāsā ‘‘kuhiṃ kumāro’’ti pucchitvā tato ‘‘uyyānabhūmiṃ gato’’ti sutvā ‘‘tattheva naṃ dakkhissāmā’’ti nikkhantā nivattamānaṃ tassa sārathiṃ disvā ‘‘kumāro pabbajito’’ti sutvā sutaṭṭhāneyeva sabbābharaṇāni muñcitvā antarāpaṇato kāsāyāni vatthāni āharāpetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā pabbajiṃsu. Pabbajitvā ca te gantvā mahāpurisaṃ parivārayiṃsu.

Tato vipassī bodhisatto ‘‘padhānacariyaṃ caranto ākiṇṇo viharāmi, na kho panametaṃ pātirūpaṃ yatheva maṃ ime gihibhūtā pubbe parivāretvā caranti, idānipi tatheva kiṃ iminā gaṇenā’’ti gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ukkaṇṭhitvā ‘‘ajjeva gacchāmī’’ti cintetvā puna – ‘‘ajja avelā, sace panāhaṃ ajja gamissāmi, sabbepime jānissanti, sveva gamissāmī’’ti cintesi. Taṃdivasañca uruvelagāmasadise ekasmiṃ gāme gāmavāsino manussā svātanāya saddhiṃ parisāya mahāpurisaṃ nimantayiṃsu. Te tesaṃ caturāsītisahassānaṃ mahāpurisassa ca pāyāsameva paṭiyādayiṃsu. Atha vipassī mahāpuriso punadivase visākhapuṇṇamāya tasmiṃ gāme tehi pabbajitajanehi saddhiṃ bhattakiccaṃ katvā vasanaṭṭhānameva agamāsi. Tatra te pabbajitā mahāpurisassa vattaṃ dassetvā attano attano rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānāni pavisiṃsu.

Bodhisattopi paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nisinno cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ kālo nikkhamitu’’nti nikkhamitvā paṇṇasāladvāraṃ pidahitvā bodhimaṇḍābhimukho pāyāsi. Te kira pabbajitā sāyaṃ bodhisattassa upaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā paṇṇasālaṃ parivāretvā nisinnā – ‘‘ativikālo jāto upadhārethā’’ti vatvā paṇṇasāladvāraṃ vivaritvā taṃ apassantāpi ‘‘kuhiṃ nu gato mahāpuriso’’ti nānubandhiṃsu. ‘‘Gaṇavāse nibbinno eko viharitukāmo maññe mahāpuriso buddhabhūtaṃyeva taṃ passissāmā’’ti antojambudīpābhimukhā cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu. Atha te – ‘‘vipassinā kira buddhattaṃ patvā dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’’nti sutvā anukkamena sabbe te pabbajitā bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā kheme migadāye sannipatiṃsu. Tato tesaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, tadā caturāsītiyā bhikkhusahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. So tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Caturāsītisahassāni, sambuddhaṃ anupabbajuṃ;

6.

‘‘Sabbākārena bhāsato, sutvā upanisādino;

caturāsītisahassāni, sambuddhaṃ anupabbajunti ettha anunā yogato sambuddhanti upayogavacanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ, sambuddhassa pacchā pabbajiṃsūti attho. Lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Tattha ārāmapattāna’’ntipi pāṭho.Bhāsatoti vadato.Upanisādinoti gantvā upanissāya dhammadānaṃ dadatoti attho.Tepīti te caturāsītisahassasaṅkhātā pabbajitā vipassissa upaṭṭhākabhūtā.Gantvāti tassa dhammaṃ ñatvā. Evaṃ tesaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Kheme migadāye vipassīsammāsambuddhaṃ dve ca aggasāvake anupabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aṭṭhasaṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ majjhe nisinno vipassī bhagavā –

‘‘Khantīparamaṃ tapo titikkhā, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā;

‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā;

‘‘Anūpavādo anūpaghāto, pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro;

Imaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Imā pana sabbabuddhānaṃ pātimokkhuddesagāthāyo hontīti veditabbaṃ. So paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Puna yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ disvā pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ satasahassānaṃ dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Yadā pana vipassissa vemātikā tayo bhātaro paccantaṃ vūpasametvā bhagavato upaṭṭhānakiriyāya laddhavarā hutvā attano nagaraṃ netvā upaṭṭhahantā tassa dhammaṃ sutvā pabbajiṃsu. Tesaṃ asītisatasahassānaṃ majjhe nisīditvā bhagavā kheme migadāye pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, vipassissa mahesino;

8.

‘‘Aṭṭhasaṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

9.

‘‘Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

aṭṭhasaṭṭhisatasahassānanti aṭṭhasaṭṭhisahassādhikānaṃ satasahassabhikkhūnanti attho.Tatthāti tattha kheme migadāye.Bhikkhugaṇamajjheti bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe. ‘‘Tassa bhikkhugaṇamajjhe’’tipi pāṭho, tassa bhikkhugaṇassa majjheti attho.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo atulo nāma nāgarājā hutvā anekanāgakoṭisatasahassaparivāro hutvā saparivārassa dasabalassa asamabalasīlassa karuṇāsītalahadayassa sakkārakaraṇatthaṃ sattaratanamayaṃ candamaṇḍalasaṅkāsaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā tattha nisīdāpetvā sattāhaṃ dibbavibhavānurūpaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā sattaratanakhacitaṃ mahārahaṃ suvaṇṇamayaṃ nānāmaṇijutivisarasamujjalaṃ pīṭhaṃ bhagavato adāsi. Tadā naṃ pīṭhānumodanāvasāne ‘‘ito ayaṃ ekanavutikappe buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, nāgarājā mahiddhiko;

11.

‘‘Nekānaṃ nāgakoṭīnaṃ, parivāretvānahaṃ tadā;

12.

‘‘Upasaṅkamitvā sambuddhaṃ, vipassiṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

13.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

14.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato;

15.

‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato;

16.

‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino;

17.

‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro;

18.

‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

19.

‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

20.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

23.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

puññavantoti puññavā, samupacitapuññasañcayoti attho.Jutindharoti pabhāyutto.Nekānaṃ nāgakoṭīnanti anekāhi nāgakoṭīhi, karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Parivāretvānāti bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā.Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati.Vajjantoti vādento tāḷento.Maṇimuttaratanakhacitanti maṇimuttādīhi vividhehi ratanehi khacitanti attho.Sabbābharaṇabhūsitanti sabbābharaṇehi vāḷarūpādīhi ratanamayehi maṇḍitanti attho.Suvaṇṇapīṭhanti suvaṇṇamayaṃ pīṭhaṃ.Adāsahanti adāsiṃ ahaṃ.

Tassa pana vipassissa bhagavato bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Bandhumā nāma rājā pitā, bandhumatī nāma mātā, khaṇḍo ca tisso ca dve aggasāvakā, asoko nāmupaṭṭhāko, candā ca candamittā ca dve aggasāvikā, pāṭalirukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ asītihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, sarīrappabhā sabbakālaṃ satta yojanāni pharitvā aṭṭhāsi asītivassasahassāni āyu, sutanu nāmassa aggamahesī, samavaṭṭakkhandho nāmassa putto, ājaññarathena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

24.

‘‘Nagaraṃ bandhumatī nāma, bandhumā nāma khattiyo;

29.

‘‘Khaṇḍo ca tissanāmo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

30.

‘‘Candā ca candamittā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

32.

‘‘Asītihatthamubbedho, vipassī lokanāyako;

33.

‘‘Asītivassasahassāni, āyu buddhassa tāvade;

34.

‘‘Bahudevamanussānaṃ, bandhanā parimocayi;

35.

‘‘Ālokaṃ dassayitvāna, desetvā amataṃ padaṃ;

36.

‘‘Iddhivaraṃ puññavaraṃ, lakkhaṇañca kusumitaṃ;

bandhanāti devamanusse kāmarāgasaṃyojanādibandhanā mocesi, vikāsesīti attho.Maggāmaggañca ācikkhīti ‘‘amatādhigamāya ayaṃ maggo ucchedasassatadiṭṭhivirahitā majjhimā paṭipadā maggo kāyakilamathādiko nāyaṃ maggo’’ti sesaputhujjane ācikkhīti attho.Ālokaṃ dassayitvānāti maggañāṇālokaṃ vipassanāñāṇālokañca dassayitvā.Lakkhaṇañca kusumitanti cittalakkhaṇādīhi phullitaṃ maṇḍitaṃ bhagavato sarīranti attho. Sesaṃ sabbattha gāthāsu uttānamevāti.

Vipassībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito ekūnavīsatimo buddhavaṃso.

22. Sikhībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

sikhīcavessabhūcāti dve sammāsambuddhā loke uppajjiṃsu. Tatthasikhīpana bhagavā pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā kusalakaraṇavatī aruṇavatīnagare paramaguṇavato aruṇavato nāma rañño aggamahesiyā rattakanakapaṭibimbarucirappabhāya pabhāvatiyā nāma deviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasa māse vītināmetvā nisabhuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Nemittikā panassa nāmaṃ karontā uṇhīsassa sikhā viya uggatattā ‘‘sikhī’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So sattavassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Sucandakasirīgiriyasanārivasabha nāmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Sabbakāmādevippamukhāni catuvīsati itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā sabbakāmādeviyā guṇagaṇātule atule nāma putte uppanne hatthiyānena hatthikkhandhavaragato mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ sattatipurisasatasahassāni anupabbajiṃsu. So tehi parivuto aṭṭhamāsaṃ padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṃ pahāya sudassananigame piyadassīseṭṭhino dhītuyā dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā taruṇakhadiravane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā anomadassinā nāma tāpasena dinnā aṭṭha kusatiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā puṇḍarīkabodhiṃ upasaṅkami. Tassā kira puṇḍarīkabodhiyāpi pāṭaliyā pamāṇameva pamāṇaṃ ahosi. Taṃdivasameva so paṇṇāsaratanakkhandho hutvā abbhuggato, sākhāpissa paṇṇāsaratanamattāva. So dibbehi gandhehi pupphehi sañchanno ahosi. Na kevalaṃ puppheheva, phalehipi sañchanno ahosi. Tassa ekapassato taruṇāni phalāni ekato majjhimāni ekato nātipakkāni ekato pakkhittadibbojāni viya surasāni vaṇṇagandharasasampannāni tato tato olambanti. Yathā ca so, evaṃ dasasahassicakkavāḷesu pupphūpagā rukkhā pupphehi phalūpagā rukkhā phalehi paṭimaṇḍitā ahesuṃ.

So tattha catuvīsatihatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nisīdi. Evaṃ nisīditvā chattiṃsa yojanavitthataṃ samāraṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā sambodhiṃ pāpuṇitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā bodhisamīpeyeva sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā brahmāyācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attanā saha pabbajitānaṃ sattatiyā bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ upanissayasampattiṃ disvā surapathena gantvā vividhāvaraṇavatiyā aruṇavatiyā rājadhāniyā samīpe migājinuyyāne otaritvā tehi munigaṇehi parivuto tesaṃ majjhe dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Vipassissa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘Mārasenaṃ pamadditvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ;

3.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, sikhimhi jinapuṅgave;

Punapi aruṇavatiyā rājadhāniyā samīpeyeva abhibhūrājaputtassa ca sambhavarājaputtassa cāti dvinnaṃ saparivārānaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā navutikoṭisahassāni dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. So dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Aparampi dhammaṃ desente, gaṇaseṭṭhe naruttame;

Yadā pana sūriyavatīnagaradvāre campakarukkhamūle titthiyamadamānabhañjanatthaṃ sabbajanabandhanamokkhatthañca yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karonto bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, tadā asītikoṭisahassānaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Yamakapāṭihāriyañca, dassayante sadevake;

Abhibhunā ca sambhavena ca rājaputtena saddhiṃ pabbajitānaṃ arahantānaṃ satasahassānaṃ majjhe nisīditvā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi, aruṇavatīnagare ñātisamāgame pabbajitānaṃ asītiyā bhikkhusahassānaṃ majjhe nisīditvā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi. Dhanañjayanagare dhanapālakanāgavinayanasamaye pabbajitānaṃ sattatiyā bhikkhusahassānaṃ majjhe bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sikhissāpi mahesino;

7.

‘‘Bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

8.

‘‘Sattatibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

anupalitto padumaṃvāti toye jātaṃ toyeva vaḍḍhitaṃ padumaṃ viya toyena anupalittaṃ, sopi bhikkhusannipāto loke jātopi lokadhammehi anupalitto ahosīti attho.

Tadā kira amhākaṃ bodhisatto katthaci asaṃsaṭṭho paribhuttanagare arindamo nāma rājā hutvā sikhimhi satthari paribhuttanagaramanuppatte saparivāro rājā bhagavato paccuggantvā pasādavaḍḍhitahadayanayanasoto dasabalassa amalacaraṇakamalayugaḷesu saparivāro sirasā abhivanditvā dasabalaṃ nimantetvā sattāhaṃ issariyakulavibhavasaddhānurūpaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā dussabhaṇḍāgāradvārāni vivarāpetvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahagghāni vatthāni adāsi. Attano ca balarūpalakkhaṇajavasampannahemajālamālāsamalaṅkataṃ navakanakaruciradaṇḍakosacāmarayugavirājitaṃ vipulamudukaṇṇaṃ candarājivirājitavadanasobhaṃ erāvaṇavāraṇamiva arivāraṇaṃ varavāraṇaṃ datvā vāraṇappamāṇameva katvā kappiyabhaṇḍañca adāsi. Sopi naṃ satthā – ‘‘ito ekattiṃsakappe buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, arindamo nāma khattiyo;

10.

‘‘Bahuṃ dussavaraṃ datvā, dussakoṭiṃ anappakaṃ;

11.

‘‘Hatthiyānaṃ nimminitvā, kappiyaṃ upanāmayiṃ;

12.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sikhī lokagganāyako;

13.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

14.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

nimminitvāti tassa hatthino pamāṇena tulayitvā.Kappiyanti kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ, bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kappati gahetuṃ, taṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ nāma.Pūrayiṃ mānasaṃ mayhanti mama cittaṃ dānapītiyā pūrayiṃ, mayhaṃ hāsuppādanasamatthaṃ akāsinti attho.Niccaṃ daḷhamupaṭṭhitanti niccakālaṃ dānaṃ dassāmī’’ti dānavasena daḷhaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ cittanti attho.

Tassa pana bhagavato nagaraṃ aruṇavatī nāma ahosi. Aruṇavā nāma rājā pitā, pabhāvatī nāma mātā, abhibhū ca sambhavo ca dve aggasāvakā, khemaṅkaro nāmupaṭṭhāko, sakhilā ca madumā ca dve aggasāvikā, puṇḍarīkarukkho bodhi, sarīrañcassa sattatihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi. Sarīrappabhā niccakālaṃ yojanattayaṃ pharitvā aṭṭhāsi. Sattativassasahassāni āyu, sabbakāmā nāmassa aggamahesī, atulo nāmassa putto, hatthiyānena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

15.

‘‘Nagaraṃ aruṇavatī nāma, aruṇo nāma khattiyo;

20.

‘‘Abhibhū sambhavo ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

21.

‘‘Sakhilā ca padumā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

22.

‘‘Sirivaḍḍho ca nando ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

23.

‘‘Uccattanena so buddho, sattatihatthamuggato;

24.

‘‘Tassāpi byāmappabhā kāyā, divārattiṃ nirantaraṃ;

25.

‘‘Sattativassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

26.

‘‘Dhammameghaṃ pavassetvā, temayitvā sadevake;

27.

‘‘Anubyañjanasampannaṃ, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇaṃ;

puṇḍarīkoti setambarukkho.Tīṇi yojanaso pabhāti tīṇi yojanāni pabhā niccharantīti attho.Dhammameghanti dhammavassaṃ, dhammavassanako buddhamegho.Temayitvāti dhammakathāsalilena temetvā, siñcitvāti attho.Sadevaketi sadevake satte.Khemantanti khemantaṃ nibbānaṃ.Anubyañjanasampannanti tambanakhatuṅganāsavaṭṭaṅgulitādīhi asītiyā anubyañjanehi sampannaṃ, dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ bhagavato sarīranti attho. Sikhī kira sammāsambuddho sīlavatīnagare assārāme parinibbāyi.

‘‘Sikhīva loke tapasā jalitvā, sikhīva meghāgamane naditvā;

Sikhissa kira bhagavato dhātuyo ekagghanāva hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu na vippakiriṃsu. Sakalajambudīpavāsino pana manussā tiyojanubbedhaṃ sattaratanamayaṃ himagirisadisasobhaṃ thūpamakaṃsu. Sesamettha gāthāsu pākaṭamevāti.

Sikhībuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito vīsatimo buddhavaṃso.

23. Vessabhūbuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

vessabhūnāma satthā loke udapādi. So pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā anomanagare suppatītassa suppatītassa nāma rañño aggamahesiyā sīlavatiyā yasavatiyā nāma kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. So dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena anupamuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Jāyamānova janaṃ tosento vasabhanādaṃ nadi. Tasmā vasabhanādahetuttā tassa nāmaggahaṇadivase ‘‘vessabhū’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So chabbassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Ruci-suruci-rativaḍḍhananāmakā tayo pāsādā tassa ahesuṃ. Sucittādevippamukhāni tiṃsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā sucittāya nāma deviyā suppabuddhe nāma kumāre uppanne suvaṇṇasivikāya uyyānadassanatthāya gantvā devadattāni kāsāyāni gahetvā pabbaji. Taṃ sattattiṃsasahassāni anupabbajiṃsu. Atha so tehi parivuto cha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya sucittanigame sandissamānasarīrāya sirivaḍḍhanāya nāma dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye narindanāgarājena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā sālabodhiṃ padakkhiṇato upāgami. Tassāpi sālassa tadeva pāṭaliyā pamāṇameva pamāṇaṃ ahosi. Tatheva pupphaphalasirivibhavo veditabbo. So sālamūlamupagantvā cattālīsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā vigatanīvaraṇaṃ sabbakāmamadāvaraṇaṃ anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ paṭilabhitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ tattheva vītināmetvā attano kaniṭṭhabhātikassa soṇakumārassa uttarakumārassa ca upanissayasampattiṃ disvā devapathena gantvā anomanagarasamīpe aruṇuyyāne otaritvā uyyānapālena kumāre pakkosāpetvā tesaṃ saparivārānaṃ majjhe dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā asītiyā koṭisahassānaṃ paṭhamo abhisamayo ahosi.

Puna janapadacārikaṃ caranto bhagavā tattha tattha dhammaṃ desento sattatiyā koṭisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, so dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Anomanagareyeva diṭṭhijālaṃ bhindanto titthiyamānaddhajaṃ pātento mānamadaṃ viddhaṃsento dhammaddhajaṃ samussayanto navutiyojanavitthatāya manussaparisāya parimāṇarahitāya devaparisāya yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā devamanusse pasādetvā saṭṭhikoṭiyo dhammāmatena tappesi, so tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, asamo appaṭipuggalo;

2.

‘‘Ādittaṃ vata rāgaggi, taṇhānaṃ vijitaṃ tadā;

3.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, vessabhūlokanāyake;

4.

‘‘Pakkante cārikaṃ raṭṭhe, lokajeṭṭhe narāsabhe;

5.

‘‘Mahādiṭṭhiṃ vinodento, pāṭiheraṃ karoti so;

6.

‘‘Mahāacchariyaṃ disvā, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ;

ādittanti sakalamidaṃ lokattayaṃ sampadittaṃ.Rāgaggīti rāgena.Taṇhānaṃ vijitanti taṇhānaṃ vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ vasavattiṭṭhānanti evaṃ ñatvāti attho.Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvāti hatthī viya pūtilatābandhanaṃ chinditvā sambodhiṃ patto adhigato.Dasasahassīti dasasahassiyaṃ.Sadevaketi sadevake loke.Bujjhareti bujjhiṃsu.

Soṇuttarānaṃ pana dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ samāgame pabbajitānaṃ asītiyā arahantasahassānaṃ majjhe māghapuṇṇamāyaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so paṭhamo sannipāto ahosi. Yadā pana vessabhunā sabbalokābhibhunā saha pabbajitā sattattiṃsasahassasaṅkhā bhikkhū gaṇato ohīnasamaye pakkantā, te vessabhussa sammāsambuddhassa dhammacakkappavattiṃ sutvā soreyyaṃ nāma nagaraṃ āgantvā bhagavantaṃ addasaṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ desetvā sabbeva te ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā caturaṅgasamannāgatāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so dutiyo sannipāto ahosi.

Yadā pana nārivāhananagare upasanto nāma rājaputto rajjaṃ kāresi, tassānukampāya bhagavā tattha agamāsi, sopi bhagavato āgamanaṃ sutvā saparivāro bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ katvā nimantetvā mahādānaṃ datvā tassa dhammaṃ sutvā pasannahadayo pabbaji. Taṃ saṭṭhisahassasaṅkhā purisā anupabbajiṃsu. Te tena saddhiṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. So tehi parivuto vessabhū bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi, so tatiyo sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, vessabhussa mahesino;

8.

‘‘Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

9.

‘‘Saṭṭhibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto sarabhavatīnagare paramapiyadassano sudassano nāma rājā hutvā vessabhumhi lokanāyake sarabhanagaramupagate tassa dhammaṃ sutvā pasannahadayo dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ jalajāmalāvikalakamalamakulasadisamañjaliṃ sirasi katvā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa sacīvaraṃ mahādānaṃ datvā tattheva bhagavato nivāsatthāya gandhakuṭiṃ katvā taṃ parikkhipitvā vihārasahassaṃ kāretvā sabbañca vibhavajātaṃ bhagavato sāsane pariccajitvā tassa santike pabbajitvā ācāraguṇasampanno terasadhutaguṇesu nirato bodhisambhārapariyesanāya rato buddhasāsanābhirato vihāsi. Sopi taṃ bhagavā byākāsi – ‘‘anāgate ito ekattiṃsakappe ayaṃ gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, sudassano nāma khattiyo;

11.

‘‘Tassa buddhassa asamassa, cakkaṃ vattitamuttamaṃ;

12.

‘‘Mahādānaṃ pavattetvā, rattindivamatandito;

13.

‘‘Ācāraguṇasampanno, vattasīlasamāhito;

14.

‘‘Saddhāpītiṃ upagantvā, buddhaṃ vandāmi sattharaṃ;

15.

‘‘Anivattamānasaṃ ñatvā, sambuddho etadabravi;

16.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhaṃ imaṃ.

17.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

cakkaṃ vattitanti dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ.Paṇītaṃ dhammanti uttarimanussadhammaṃ.Pabbajjaṃ guṇasampannanti ñatvā pabbajinti attho.Vattasīlasamāhitoti vattesu ca sīlesu ca samāhito. Tesaṃ tesaṃ pūraṇe samāhitoti attho.Ramāmīti abhiramiṃ.Saddhāpītinti saddhañca pītiñca upagantvā.Vandāmīti abhivandiṃ, atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.Sattharanti satthāraṃ.Anivattamānasanti anosakkiyamānamānasaṃ.

Tassa pana bhagavato anomaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Suppatīto nāmassa pitā khattiyo, yasavatī nāma mātā, soṇo ca uttaro ca dve aggasāvakā, upasanto nāmupaṭṭhāko, rāmā ca samālā ca dve aggasāvikā, sālarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ saṭṭhihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi. Saṭṭhivassasahassāni āyu, sucittā nāmassa bhariyā, suppabuddho nāmassa putto, suvaṇṇasivikāya nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

18.

‘‘Anomaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, suppatīto nāma khattiyo;

23.

‘‘Soṇo ca uttaro ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

24.

‘‘Rāmā ceva samālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

25.

‘‘Sotthiko ceva rammo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

26.

‘‘Saṭṭhiratanamubbedho, hemayūpasamūpamo;

27.

‘‘Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

28.

‘‘Dhammaṃ vitthārikaṃ katvā, vibhajitvā mahājanaṃ;

29.

‘‘Dassaneyyaṃ sabbajanaṃ, vihāraṃ iriyāpathaṃ;

hemayūpasamūpamoti suvaṇṇatthambhasadisoti attho.Niccharatīti ito cito ca sandhāvati.Rasmīti pabhārasmi.Rattiṃva pabbate sikhīti rattiyaṃ pabbatamatthake aggi viya. Raṃsivijjotā tassa kāyeti attho.Vibhajitvāti vibhāgaṃ katvā, ugghaṭitādivasena sotāpannādivasena cāti attho.Dhammanāvanti aṭṭhaṅgamaggasaṅkhātaṃ dhammanāvaṃ, caturoghanittharaṇatthāya ṭhapetvāti attho.Dassaneyyanti dassanīyo.Sabbajananti sabbo jano, sasāvakasaṅgho sammāsambuddhoti attho.Vihāranti vihāro, sabbattha paccatte upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Vessabhū kira bhagavā usabhavatīnagare kheme migadāye parinibbāyi. Dhātuyo panassa vippakiriṃsu.

‘‘Usabhavatipure puruttame, jinavasabho bhagavā hi vessabhū;

Sesaṃ sabbattha gāthāsu pākaṭamevāti.

Vessabhūbuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito ekavīsatimo buddhavaṃso.

24. Kakusandhabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

Kakusandho koṇāgamano kassapo amhākaṃ buddhoti.Metteyyopana bhagavā uppajjissati. Evamayaṃ kappo pañcahi buddhuppādehi paṭimaṇḍitattā bhaddakappoti bhagavatā vaṇṇito. Tatthakakusandhonāma bhagavā pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā khemavatīnagare khemaṅkarassa nāma rañño atthadhammānusāsakassa aggidattassa nāma purohitassa aggamahesiyā visākhāya nāma brāhmaṇiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Yadā pana khattiyā brāhmaṇe sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti, tadā bodhisattā brāhmaṇakule nibbattanti.

Yadā pana brāhmaṇā khattiye sakkaronti garukaronti mānenti pūjenti, tadā khattiyakule uppajjanti. Tadā kira brāhmaṇā khattiyehi sakkarīyanti garukarīyanti, tasmā saccasandho kakusandho bodhisatto vibhavasirisamudayenākule anākule brāhmaṇakule dasasahassilokadhātuṃ unnādento kampayanto udapādi. Heṭṭhā vuttappakārāni pāṭihāriyāni nibbattiṃsu. Tato dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena khemavatuyyāne mātukucchito suvaṇṇalatāto aggijālo viya nikkhami. So cattāri vassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tassa kira kāmakāmavaṇṇakāmasuddhināmakā tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Rocinībrāhmaṇīpamukhāni tiṃsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā rociniyā brāhmaṇiyā anuttare uttare nāma kumāre uppanne payuttena ājaññarathena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ cattālīsasahassāni anupabbajiṃsu. So tehi parivuto aṭṭha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya sucirindhanigame vajirindhabrāhmaṇassa dhītāya dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā khadiravane divāvihāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye subhaddena nāma yavapālakena upanītā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā sirīsabodhiṃ pāṭaliyā vuttappamāṇaṃ dibbagandhaṃ upavāyamānaṃ upagantvā catuttiṃsahatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā sambodhiṃ patvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā attanā saha pabbajitānaṃ cattālīsāya bhikkhusahassānaṃ saccappaṭivedhasamatthataṃ disvā ekāheneva makilanagarasamīpe sambhūtaṃ isipatanaṃ nāma migadāyaṃ pavisitvā tesaṃ majjhagato bhagavā dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā cattālīsāya koṭisahassānaṃ paṭhamo dhammābhisamayo ahosi.

Puna kaṇṇakujjanagaradvāre mahāsālarukkhamūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā tiṃsakoṭisahassānaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ uppādesi, so dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Yadā pana khemavatīnagarassāvidūre aññatarasmiṃ devāyatane abhimatanaradevo naradevo nāma yakkho dissamānamanussasarīro hutvā kantāramajjhe ekassa kamalakuvalayuppalasamalaṅkatasalilasītalassa paramamadhurasisiravārino sabbajanasurabhiramassa sarassa samīpe ṭhatvā kamalakuvalayakallahārādīhi satte upalāpetvā manusse khādati. Tasmiṃ magge pacchinne janasampātarahite mahāaṭaviṃ pavisitvā tattha sampatte satte khādati. So lokavissuto mahākantāramaggo ahosi. Ubhatokantāradvāre kira mahājanakāyo sannipatitvā kantāranittharaṇatthāya aṭṭhāsi. Atha vigatabhavabandho kakusandho satthā ekadivasaṃ paccūsasamaye mahākaruṇāsamāpattito vuṭṭhāya lokaṃ volokento ñāṇajālassa antogataṃ taṃ mahesakkhaṃ naradevayakkhaṃ tañca janasamūhamaddasa. Disvā ca pana gaganatalena gantvā tassa janakāyassa passantasseva bhagavā anekavihitaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ karonto tassa naradevayakkhassa bhavane otaritvā tassa maṅgalapallaṅke nisīdi.

Atha kho so manussabhakkho yakkho chabbaṇṇarasmiyo vissajjentaṃ indadhanuparivutamiva divasakaraṃ munidivasakaraṃ pavanapathenāgacchantaṃ disvā – ‘‘dasabalo mamānukampāya idhāgacchatī’’ti pasannahadayo attano parivārayakkhehi saddhiṃ anekamigagaṇavantaṃ himavantaṃ gantvā nānāvaṇṇagandhāni jalajathalajāni kusumāni paramamanoramāni sugandhagandhe samāharitvā attano pallaṅke nisinnaṃ vigatarandhaṃ kakusandhaṃ lokanāyakaṃ mālāgandhavilepanādīhi pūjayitvā thutisaṅgītāni pavattento sirasi añjaliṃ katvā namassamāno aṭṭhāsi. Tato manussā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā pasannahadayā samāgamma bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā namassamānā aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha appaṭisandho kakusandho bhagavā abhipūjitanaradevayakkhaṃ naradevayakkhaṃ kammaphalasambandhadassanena samuttejetvā nirayakathāya santāsetvā catusaccakathaṃ kathesi, tadā aparimitānaṃ sattānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, ayaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Vessabhussa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘Ugghāṭetvā sabbabhavaṃ, cariyāya pāramiṃ gato;

3.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, kakusandhe lokanāyake;

4.

‘‘Antalikkhamhi ākāse, yamakaṃ katvā vikubbanaṃ;

5.

‘‘Naradevassa yakkhassa, catusaccappakāsane;

ugghāṭetvāti samūhanitvā.Sabbabhavanti sabbaṃ navavidhaṃ bhavaṃ, bhavuppattinimittaṃ kammanti attho.Cariyāya pāramiṃ gatoti sabbapāramīnaṃ pūraṇavasena pāraṃ gato.Sīhova pañjaraṃ bhetvāti sīho viya pañjaraṃ munikuñjaro bhavapañjaraṃ vināsetvāti attho. Kakusandhassa viddhastabhavabandhanassa ekova sāvakasannipāto ahosi. Kaṇṇakujjanagare isipatane migadāye attanā saha pabbajitehi cattālīsāya arahantasahassehi parivuto māghapuṇṇamāyaṃ bhagavā pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Tena vuttaṃ –

6.

‘‘Kakusandhassa bhagavato, eko āsi samāgamo;

7.

‘‘Cattālīsasahassānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo;

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto khemo nāma rājā hutvā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa pattacīvaraṃ mahādānaṃ datvā añjanādīni sabbabhesajjāni ca adāsi. Aññañca samaṇaparikkhāraṃ datvā tassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā pasannahadayo hutvā bhagavato santike pabbaji. So pana satthā – ‘‘anāgate imasmiṃyeva kappe buddho bhavissatī’’ti byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, khemo nāmāsi khattiyo;

9.

‘‘Pattañca cīvaraṃ datvā, añjanaṃ madhulaṭṭhikaṃ;

10.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, kakusandho vināyako;

11.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

13.

‘‘Nagaraṃ khemavatī nāma, khemo nāmāsahaṃ tadā;

añjanaṃpākaṭameva.Madhulaṭṭhikanti yaṭṭhimadhukaṃ.Imetanti imaṃ etaṃ.Patthitanti icchitaṃ.Paṭiyādemīti dajjāmi, adāsinti attho.Varaṃ varanti seṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhanti attho. ‘‘Yadetaṃ patthita’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa yaṃ icchati, etaṃ sabbaṃ adāsinti attho. Ayaṃ sundarataro.

Tassa pana adandhassa kakusandhassa bhagavato khemaṃ nāma nagaraṃ ahosi. Aggidatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā, visākhā nāma brāhmaṇī mātā, vidhuro ca sañjīvo ca dve aggasāvakā, buddhijo nāmupaṭṭhāko, sāmā ca campā ca dve aggasāvikā, mahāsirīsarukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ cattālīsahatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, samantā dasayojanāni sarīrappabhā niccharati, cattālīsavassasahassāni āyu, bhariyā panassa rocinī nāma brāhmaṇī, uttaro nāma putto, ājaññarathena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

14.

‘‘Brāhmaṇo aggidatto ca, āsi buddhassa so pitā;

15.

‘‘Vasate tattha kheme pure, sambuddhassa mahākulaṃ;

20.

‘‘Vidhuro ca sañjīvo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

21.

‘‘Sāmā ca campānāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

23.

‘‘Cattālīsaratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

24.

‘‘Cattālīsavassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

25.

‘‘Dhammāpaṇaṃ pasāretvā, naranārīnaṃ sadevake;

26.

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgavacanasampanno, acchiddāni nirantaraṃ;

vasate tattha kheme pureti ayaṃ gāthā kakusandhassa jātanagarasandassanatthaṃ vuttāti veditabbā.Mahākulanti uditoditaṃ bhagavato pitukulaṃ.Narānaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhanti jātivasena sabbamanussānaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhanti attho.Jātimantanti abhijātivantaṃ, uttamābhijātaṃ.Mahāyasanti mahāparivāraṃ, kiṃ taṃ buddhassa mahākulaṃ? Tattha mahākulaṃ kheme pure vasatetipadena sambandho daṭṭhabbo.

Samantā dasayojananti samantato dasa yojanāni pharitvā niccakālaṃ sarīrato nikkhamitvā suvaṇṇavaṇṇā pabhā niccharatīti attho.Dhammāpaṇanti dhammasaṅkhātaṃ āpaṇaṃ.Pasāretvāti bhaṇḍavikkiṇanatthaṃ nānābhaṇḍasamiddhamāpaṇaṃ viya dhammāpaṇaṃ pasāretvāti attho.Naranārīnanti veneyyanaranārīnaṃ jhānasamāpattimaggaphalaratanavisesādhigamatthāya.Sīhanādaṃ vāti sīhanādaṃ viya, abhayanādaṃ naditvā.Aṭṭhaṅgavacanasampannoti aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatasaro satthā.Acchiddānīti chiddādibhāvarahitāni sīlāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni. Atha vā acchiddāni avivarāni sāvakayugaḷādīni.Nirantaranti satataṃ sabbakālaṃ.Sabbaṃ tamantarahitanti satthā ca sāvakayugaḷādīni ca taṃ sabbaṃ munibhāvamupagantvā adassanabhāvamupagatanti attho.

‘‘Apetabandho kakusandhabuddho, adandhapañño gatasabbarandho;

Sesagāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Kakusandhabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito bāvīsatimo buddhavaṃso.

25. Koṇāgamanabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

koṇāgamanonāma satthā loke udapādi. Atha vā kanakāgamanato koṇāgamano nāma satthā loke udapādi. Tattha ka-kārassa koādesaṃ katvā na-kārassa ṇādesaṃ katvā ekassa ka-kārassa lopaṃ katvā niruttinayena kanakassa kanakādiābharaṇassa āgamanaṃ pavassanaṃ yassa bhagavato uppannakāle so koṇāgamano nāma. Ettha pana āyu anupubbena parihīnasadisaṃ kataṃ, na evaṃ parihīnaṃ, puna vaḍḍhitvā parihīnanti veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Imasmiṃyeva kappe kakusandho bhagavā cattālīsavassasahassāyukakāle nibbatto, taṃ pana āyu parihāyamānaṃ dasavassakālaṃ patvā puna asaṅkhyeyyaṃ patvā tato parihāyamānaṃ tiṃsavassasahassāyukakāle ṭhitaṃ, tadā koṇāgamano bhagavā loke uppannoti veditabbo.

Sopi pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā sobhavatīnagare yaññadattassa brāhmaṇassa bhariyāya rūpādīhi guṇehi anuttarāya uttarāya nāma brāhmaṇiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena subhavatīuyyāne mātukucchito nikkhami. Jāyamāne pana tasmiṃ sakalajambudīpe devo kanakavassaṃ vassi. Tenassa kanakāgamanakāraṇattā ‘‘kanakāgamano’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. Taṃ panassa nāmaṃ anukkamena pariṇamamānaṃ koṇāgamano’’ti jātaṃ. So pana tīṇi vassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tusita-santusita-santuṭṭhanāmakā panassa tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Rucigattābrāhmaṇīpamukhāni soḷasa itthisahassāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā rucigattāya brāhmaṇiyā satthavāhe nāma putte uppanne hatthikkhandhavaragato hatthiyānena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbaji. Taṃ tiṃsapurisasahassāni anupabbajiṃsu. So tehi parivuto cha māse padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ aggisonabrāhmaṇassa dhītāya aggisonabrāhmaṇakumāriyā dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā khadiravane divāvihāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye jaṭātindukena nāma yavapālena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā udumbarabodhiṃ puṇḍarīke vuttappamāṇaṃ phalavibhūtisampannaṃ dakkhiṇato upagantvā vīsatihatthavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā mārabalaṃ viddhaṃsetvā dasabalañāṇāni paṭilabhitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā attanā saha pabbajitānaṃ tiṃsabhikkhusahassānaṃ upanissayasampattiṃ disvā gaganapathena gantvā sudassananagarasamīpe isipatane migadāye otaritvā tesaṃ majjhagato dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, tadā tiṃsakoṭisahassānaṃ paṭhamābhisamayo ahosi.

Puna sundaranagaradvāre mahāsālarukkhamūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā vīsatikoṭisahassānaṃ dhammāmataṃ pāyesi, so dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Attano mātaraṃ uttaraṃ pamukhaṃ katvā dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu devatānaṃ samāgatānaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ desente bhagavati dasannaṃ koṭisahassānaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Kakusandhassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘Dasa dhamme pūrayitvāna, kantāraṃ samatikkami;

3.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, koṇāgamananāyake;

4.

‘‘Pāṭihīraṃ karonte ca, paravādappamaddane;

5.

‘‘Tato vikubbanaṃ katvā, jino devapuraṃ gato;

6.

‘‘Pakaraṇe satta desento, vassaṃ vasati so muni;

dasa dhamme pūrayitvānāti dasa pāramidhamme pūrayitvā.Kantāraṃ samatikkamīti jātikantāraṃ samatikkami.Pavāhiyāti pavāhetvā.Malaṃ sabbanti rāgādimalattayaṃ.Pāṭihīraṃ karonte ca, paravādappamaddaneti paravādivādappamaddane, bhagavati pāṭihāriyaṃ karonteti attho.Vikubbananti vikubbaniddhiṃ, sundaranagaradvāre yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā devapuraṃ gato tattha paṇḍukambalasilāyaṃ vasi. Kathaṃ vasīti?Pakaraṇe satta desentoti tattha devānaṃ sattappakaraṇasaṅkhātaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ desento vasi. Evaṃ tattha abhidhammaṃ desente bhagavati dasakoṭisahassānaṃ devānaṃ abhisamayo ahosīti attho.

Parisuddhapāramipūraṇāgamanassa koṇāgamanassapi eko sāvakasannipāto ahosi. Surindavatīnagare surindavatuyyāne viharanto bhiyyasassa rājaputtassa ca uttarassa ca rājaputtassa dvinnampi tiṃsasahassaparivārānaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā sabbeva te ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā tesaṃ majjhagato māghapuṇṇamāyaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Tena vuttaṃ –

7.

‘‘Tassāpi devadevassa, eko āsi samāgamo;

8.

‘‘Tiṃsabhikkhusahassānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo;

oghānanti kāmoghādīnaṃ, catunnamoghānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yassa pana te saṃvijjanti, taṃ vaṭṭasmiṃ ohananti osīdāpentīti oghā, tesaṃ oghānaṃ, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Catubbidhe oghe atikkantānanti attho.Bhijjitānanti etthāpi eseva nayo.Maccuyāti maccuno.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto mithilanagare pabbato nāma rājā ahosi, tadā ‘‘saraṇagatasabbapāṇāgamanaṃ koṇāgamanaṃ mithilanagaramanuppatta’’nti sutvā saparivāro rājā paccuggantvā vanditvā dasabalaṃ nimantetvā mahādānaṃ datvā tattha bhagavantaṃ vassāvāsatthāya yācitvā temāsaṃ sasāvakasaṅghaṃ satthāraṃ upaṭṭhahitvā pattuṇṇacīnapaṭṭakambalakoseyyadukūlakappāsikādīni mahagghāni ceva sukhumavatthāni ca suvaṇṇapādukā ceva aññañca bahuparikkhāramadāsi. Sopi naṃ bhagavā byākāsi – ‘‘imasmiṃyeva bhaddakappe ayaṃ buddho bhavissatī’’ti. Atha so mahāpuriso tassa bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ sutvā mahārajjaṃ pariccajitvā tasseva bhagavato santike pabbaji. Tena vuttaṃ –

9.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, pabbato nāma khattiyo;

10.

‘‘Sambuddhadassanaṃ gantvā, sutvā dhammamanuttaraṃ;

11.

‘‘Pattuṇṇaṃ cīnapaṭṭañca, koseyyaṃ kambalampi ca;

12.

‘‘Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

13.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

14.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

15.

‘‘Sabbaññutaṃ gavesanto, dānaṃ datvā naruttame;

anantabalavāhanoti bahukaṃ anantaṃ mayhaṃ balaṃ assahatthiādikaṃ vāhanañcāti attho.Sambuddhadassananti sambuddhadassanatthāya.Yadicchakanti yāvadicchakaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ catubbidhena āhārena ‘‘alamala’’nti pavārāpetvā, hatthena pidahāpetvāti attho.Satthusāvaketi satthuno ceva sāvakānañca adāsiṃ.Naruttameti naruttamassa.Ohāyāti pahāya pariccajitvā.

Tassa pana koṇāgamanassa bhagavato sobhavatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi, yaññadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā, uttarā nāma brāhmaṇī mātā, bhiyyaso ca uttaro cāti dve aggasāvakā, sotthijo nāmupaṭṭhāko, samuddā ca uttarā ca dve aggasāvikā, udumbararukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ tiṃsahatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, tiṃsavassasahassāni āyu, bhariyā panassa rucigattā nāma brāhmaṇī, satthavāho nāma putto, hatthiyānena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

16.

‘‘Nagaraṃ sobhavatī nāma, sobho nāmāsi khattiyo;

17.

‘‘Brāhmaṇo yaññadatto ca, āsi buddhassa so pitā;

22.

‘‘Bhiyyaso uttaro nāma, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

23.

‘‘Samuddā uttarā ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

25.

‘‘Uccattanena so buddho, tiṃsahatthasamuggato;

26.

‘‘Tiṃsavassasahassāni, āyu buddhassa tāvade;

27.

‘‘Dhammacetiṃ samussetvā, dhammadussavibhūsitaṃ;

28.

‘‘Mahāvilāso tassa jano, siridhammappakāsano;

ukkāmukheti kammāruddhane. Yathākambūti suvaṇṇanikkhaṃ viya.Evaṃ raṃsīhi maṇḍitoti evaṃ rasmīhi paṭimaṇḍito samalaṅkato.Dhammacetiṃ samussetvāti sattattiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammamayaṃ cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā.Dhammadussavibhūsitanti catusaccadhammapaṭākavibhūsitaṃ.Dhammapupphaguḷaṃ katvāti dhammamayapupphamālāguḷaṃ katvā. Mahājanassa vipassanācetiyaṅgaṇe ṭhitassa namassanatthāya dhammacetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā sasāvakasaṅgho satthā parinibbāyīti attho.Mahāvilāsoti mahāiddhivilāsappatto.Tassāti tassa bhagavato.Janoti sāvakajano.Siridhammappakāsanoti lokuttaradhammappakāsano so bhagavā ca sabbaṃ tamantarahitanti attho.

‘‘Sukhena koṇāgamano gatāsavo, vikāmapāṇāgamano mahesī;

Sesagāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Koṇāgamanabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito tevīsatimo buddhavaṃso.

26. Kassapabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

kassaponāma satthā loke udapādi (su. ni. aṭṭha. āmakagandhasuttavaṇṇanā). So pāramiyo pūretvā tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cavitvā bārāṇasīnagare brahmadattassa nāma brāhmaṇassa vipulaguṇavatiyā dhanavatiyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena isipatane migadāye mātukucchito nikkhami. Gottavasena panassa ‘‘kassapakumāro’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. So dve vassasahassāni agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Haṃsavā yasavā sirinandoti tassa tayo pāsādā ahesuṃ. Sunandā nāma brāhmaṇippamukhāni aṭṭhacattālīsa itthisahassāni paccupaṭṭhitāni ahesuṃ.

So cattāri nimittāni disvā sunandāya brāhmaṇiyā vijitasene nāma putte uppanne uppannasaṃvego ‘‘mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamissāmī’’ti cintesi. Athassa parivitakkasamanantarameva pāsādo kulālacakkamiva bhamitvā gaganatalamabbhuggantvā paramarucirakaranikaro saradasamayarajanikaro viya tārāgaṇaparivuto anekanarasataparivuto gaganatalamalaṅkaronto viya puññānubhāvaṃ pakāsento viya jananayanahadayāni ākaḍḍhento viya rukkhaggāni paraṃ sobhayamāno viya ca gantvā nigrodhabodhiṃ majjhekatvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahi. Atha bodhisatto mahāsatto pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā devadattaṃ arahattaddhajamādāya pabbaji. Tassa nāṭakitthiyo pāsādā otaritvā aḍḍhagāvutaṃ maggaṃ gantvā saparivārā senāsannivesaṃ katvā nisīdiṃsu. Tato itthiparicārike ṭhapetvā sahāgatā sabbe pabbajiṃsu.

Mahāpuriso kira sattāhaṃ tehi parivuto padhānacariyaṃ caritvā visākhapuṇṇamāya sunandāya nāma brāhmaṇiyā dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā khadiravane divāvihāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye somena nāma yavapālakena upanītā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā nigrodhabodhiṃ upagantvā pañcadasahatthāyāmavitthataṃ tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā tattha nisīditvā abhisambodhiṃ pāpuṇitvā – ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāraṃ…pe… taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti udānaṃ udānetvā sattasattāhaṃ vītināmetvā attanā saha pabbajitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ koṭiyā upanissayasampattiṃ disvā gaganatalena gantvā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye otaritvā tehi parivuto tattha dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Tadā vīsatiyā koṭisahassānaṃ paṭhamo dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Koṇāgamanassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

2.

‘‘Sañchaḍḍitaṃ kulamūlaṃ, bahvannapānabhojanaṃ;

3.

‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, kassape lokanāyake;

sañchaḍḍitanti chaḍḍitaṃ ujjhitaṃ pariccattaṃ.Kulamūlanti kulagharaṃ, aparimitabhogakkhandhaṃ anekakoṭisahassadhanasañcayaṃ dasasatanayanabhavanasadisabhogaṃ atiduccajaṃ tiṇamiva chaḍḍitanti attho.Yācaketi yācakānaṃ datvā.Āḷakanti goṭṭhaṃ, yathā usabho goṭṭhaṃ bhinditvā yathāsukhaṃ icchitaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃ mahāpurisopi gehabandhanaṃ bhinditvā abhisambodhiṃ pāpuṇīti attho.

Puna catumāsaṃ janapadacārikaṃ caramāne satthari dasakoṭisahassānaṃ dutiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Yadā pana sundaranagaradvāre asanarukkhamūle yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karonto dhammaṃ desesi, tadā pañcannaṃ koṭisahassānaṃ tatiyo abhisamayo ahosi. Puna yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā suraripudurabhibhavane tāvatiṃsabhavane sudhammā nāma devasabhā atthi, tattha nisīditvā attano mātaraṃ dhanavatīdeviṃ pamukhaṃ katvā dasasahassilokadhātuyā devatānaṃ anuggahakaraṇatthaṃ sattappakaraṇaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ desento tīṇi devatākoṭisahassāni dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Catumāsaṃ yadā buddho, loke carati cārikaṃ;

5.

‘‘Yamakaṃ vikubbanaṃ katvā, ñāṇadhātuṃ pakittayi;

6.

‘‘Sudhammā devapure ramme, tattha dhammaṃ pakittayi;

7.

‘‘Naradevassa yakkhassa, apare dhammadesane;

catumāsanti cātumāse. Ayameva vā pāṭho.Caratīti acari.Yamakaṃ vikubbanaṃ katvāti yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā.Ñāṇadhātunti sabbaññutaññāṇasabhāvaṃ. ‘‘Sabbañāṇadhātu’’ntipi vadanti.Pakittayīti mahājanassa pakāsesi.Sudhammāti tāvatiṃsabhavane sudhammā nāma sabhā atthi, tattha nisīditvāti attho.Dhammanti abhidhammaṃ.

‘‘naradevassa yakkhassā’’tiādi. Tatthaapare dhammadesaneti aparasmiṃ dhammadesane.Etesānanti etesaṃ. Ayameva vā pāṭho.

Tassa pana kassapabhagavato ekova sāvakasannipāto ahosi. Bārāṇasīnagare purohitaputto tisso nāma ahosi. So kassapassa bodhisattassa sarīre lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā pituno bhāsato sutvā – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ eso mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā buddho bhavissati, etassāhaṃ santike pabbajitvā saṃsāradukkhato muccissāmī’’ti cintetvā suddhamunigaṇavantaṃ himavantaṃ gantvā tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Tassa parivārabhūtāni vīsatitāpasasahassāni ahesuṃ. So aparabhāge ‘‘kassapakumāro nikkhamitvā abhisambodhiṃ anuppatto’’ti sutvā saparivāro āgantvā kassapassa bhagavato santike saparivāro ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tasmiṃ samāgame kassapo bhagavā māghapuṇṇamāyaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisi. Tena vuttaṃ –

8.

‘‘Tassāpi devadevassa, eko āsi samāgamo;

9.

‘‘Vīsabhikkhusahassānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo;

atikkantabhavantānanti atikkantaputhujjanasotāpannādīnaṃ, sabbesaṃ khīṇāsavānamevāti attho.Hirisīlena tādinanti hiriyā ca sīlena ca sadisānaṃ.

Tadā amhākaṃ bodhisatto jotipālo nāma māṇavo tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū bhūmiyañceva antalikkhe ca pākaṭo ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa sahāyo ahosi. So tena saddhiṃ satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā tassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā tassa santike pabbaji. So āraddhavīriyo tīṇi piṭakāni uggahetvā vattapaṭipattiyā buddhasāsanaṃ sobhesi. Sopi taṃ satthā byākāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

10.

‘‘Ahaṃ tadā māṇavako, jotipāloti vissuto;

11.

‘‘Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato;

12.

‘‘Kassapassa bhagavato, ghaṭikāro nāmupaṭṭhako;

13.

‘‘Ādāya maṃ ghaṭīkāro, upagañchi kassapaṃ jinaṃ;

14.

‘‘Āraddhavīriyo hutvā, vattāvattesu kovido;

15.

‘‘Yāvatā buddhabhaṇitaṃ, navaṅgaṃ jinasāsanaṃ;

16.

‘‘Mama acchariyaṃ disvā, sopi buddho viyākari;

17.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

30.

‘‘Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

31.

‘‘Evamahaṃ saṃsaritvā, parivajjento anācaraṃ;

bhūmantalikkhakusaloti bhūmisikkhāsu ca antalikkhesu ca joticakkācāre jotivijjāya ca kusaloti attho.Upaṭṭhakoti upaṭṭhāyako.Sappatissoti sappatissayo.Nibbutoti vinīto, vissuto vā.Tatiye phaleti nimittasattamī, tatiyaphalādhigamahetu nibbutoti attho.Ādāyāti maṃ gahetvā.Vattāvattesūti khuddakavattamahāvattesu.Kovidoti tesaṃ pūraṇe kusalo.Na kvaci parihāyāmīti kvacipi sīlesu vā samādhisamāpattiādīsu vā katthaci kutopi na parihāyāmi, sabbattha me parihāni nāma na vijjatīti dīpeti. ‘‘Na koci parihāyāmī’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho.

Yāvatāti paricchedavacanametaṃ, yāvatakanti attho.Buddhabhaṇitanti buddhavacanaṃ.Sobhayinti sobhesiṃ pakāsesiṃ.Mama acchariyanti mama sammāpaṭipattiṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ acchariyaṃ abbhutaṃ kassapo bhagavā disvāti attho.Saṃsaritvāti saṃsāre saṃsaritvā.Anācaranti anācāraṃ akattabbaṃ, akaraṇīyanti attho.

Tassa pana kassapassa bhagavato jātanagaraṃ bārāṇasī nāma ahosi, brahmadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā, paramaguṇavatī dhanavatī nāma brāhmaṇī mātā, tisso ca bhāradvājo ca dve aggasāvakā, sabbamitto nāmupaṭṭhāko, anuḷā ca uruveḷā ca dve aggasāvikā, nigrodharukkho bodhi, sarīraṃ vīsatihatthubbedhaṃ ahosi, vīsativassasahassāni āyu, sunandā nāmassa aggamahesī, vijitaseno nāma putto, pāsādayānena nikkhami. Tena vuttaṃ –

32.

‘‘Nagaraṃ bārāṇasī nāma, kikī nāmāsi khattiyo;

33.

‘‘Brāhmaṇo brahmadattova, āsi buddhassa so pitā;

38.

‘‘Tisso ca bhāradvājo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

39.

‘‘Anuḷā uruveḷā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

41.

‘‘Uccattanena so buddho, vīsatiratanuggato;

42.

‘‘Vīsativassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

43.

‘‘Dhammataḷākaṃ māpayitvā, sīlaṃ datvā vilepanaṃ;

44.

‘‘Dhammavimalamādāsaṃ, ṭhapayitvā mahājane;

45.

‘‘Sīlakañcukaṃ datvāna, jhānakavacavammitaṃ;

46.

‘‘Satiphalakaṃ datvāna, tikhiṇaṃ ñāṇakuntimaṃ;

47.

‘‘Tevijjābhūsanaṃ datvāna, āveḷaṃ caturo phale;

48.

‘‘Saddhammapaṇḍaracchattaṃ, datvā pāpanivāraṇaṃ;

49.

‘‘Eso hi sammāsambuddho, appameyyo durāsado;

50.

‘‘Eso hi saṅgharatano, suppaṭipanno anuttaro;

vijjulaṭṭhīvāti ghanabhāvena saṇṭhitā vijjulatā viya.Candova gahapūritoti parivesagahaparikkhito puṇṇacando viya.Dhammataḷākaṃ māpayitvāti pariyattidhammataḷākaṃ māpayitvā.Sīlaṃ datvā vilepananti catupārisuddhisīlasaṅkhātaṃ cittasantativibhūsanatthaṃ vilepanaṃ datvā.Dhammadussaṃ nivāsetvāti hirottappadhammasaṅkhātaṃ sāṭakayugaṃ nivāsetvā.Dhammamālaṃ vibhajjiyāti sattattiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammakusumamālaṃ vibhajitvā. Vidahitvāti attho.

Dhammavimalamādāsanti vimalaṃ sotāpattimaggasaṅkhātaṃ ādāsaṃ sāvajjānavajjakusalākusaladhammasallakkhaṇatthaṃ mahājanassa dhammataḷākatīre dhammādāsaṃ ṭhapetvāti attho.Mahājaneti mahājanassa.Kecīti ye keci.Nibbānaṃ patthentāti sabbākusalamalavilayakaraṃ amatamasaṅkhatamanītikaṃ paramasantaṃ accutirasaṃ nibbānaṃ patthentā vicaranti. Te imaṃ alaṅkāraṃ vuttappakāraṃ mayā dassitaṃ passantūti attho. ‘‘Nibbānamabhipatthentā, passantu maṃ alaṅkara’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Alaṅkaranti rassaṃ katvā vuttaṃ.

Sīlakañcukaṃ datvānāti pañcasīladasasīlacatupārisuddhisīlamayaṃ kañcukaṃ datvā.Jhānakavacavammitanti catukkapañcakajjhānakavacabandhaṃ bandhitvā.Dhammacammaṃ pārupitvāti satisampajaññasaṅkhātadhammacammaṃ pārupitvā.Datvā sannāhamuttamanti uttamaṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ vīriyasannāhaṃ datvāti attho.Satiphalakaṃ datvānāti rāgādidosāripāpanivāraṇatthaṃ catusatipaṭṭhānaphalakanivāraṇaṃ datvā.Tikhiṇaṃ ñāṇakuntimanti paṭivedhasamatthaṃ tikhiṇavipassanāñāṇakuntavantaṃ, vipassanāñāṇanisitakuntavaranti attho, kilesabalanidhanakarasamatthaṃ vā yogāvacarayodhavaraṃ ṭhapetvāti attho.Dhammakhaggavaraṃdatvāti tassa yogāvacarassa vīriyupalatalanisitadhāraṃ maggapaññāvarakhaggaṃ datvā.Sīlasaṃsaggamaddananti ariyaṃ lokuttarasīlaṃ kilesasaṃsaggamaddanatthāya, kilesanighātanatthāyāti attho.

Tevijjābhūsanaṃ datvāti tevijjāmayaṃ vibhūsanaṃ datvā.Āveḷaṃ caturo phaleti cattāri phalāni vaṭaṃsakaṃ katvā.Chaḷabhiññābharaṇanti ābharaṇatthāya alaṅkārakaraṇatthāya cha abhiññāyo datvā.Dhammapupphapiḷandhananti navalokuttaradhammasaṅkhātaṃ kusumamālaṃ katvā.Saddhammapaṇḍaracchattaṃ, datvā pāpanivāraṇanti accantavisuddhaṃ vimuttisetacchattaṃ sabbākusalātapanivāraṇaṃ datvā.Māpayitvābhayaṃ pupphanti abhayapuragāminaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikamaggaṃ pupphaṃ katvāti attho.

Kassapo kira bhagavā kāsiraṭṭhe setabyanagare setabyuyyāne parinibbāyi. Dhātuyo kirassa na vikiriṃsu. Sakalajambudīpavāsino manussā sannipatitvā ekekaṃ suvaṇṇiṭṭhakaṃ koṭiagghanakaṃ ratanavicittaṃ bahicinanatthaṃ ekekaṃ aḍḍhakoṭiagghanakaṃ abbhantarapūraṇatthaṃ manosilāya mattikākiccaṃ telena udakakiccaṃ karonto yojanubbedhaṃ thūpamakaṃsu.

‘‘Kassapopi bhagavā katakicco, sabbasattahitameva karonto;

Sesagāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Iti madhuratthavilāsiniyā buddhavaṃsa-aṭṭhakathāya

Kassapabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Ettāvatā catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ buddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

Sabbākārena niṭṭhitā.

27. Gotamabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā

Dūrenidānakathā

‘‘Idāni yasmā amhākaṃ, buddhavaṃsassa vaṇṇanā;

dīpaṅkarādīnaṃ catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃsantike laddhabyākaraṇo pana bodhisatto yenena –

‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ;

Ime aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvā dīpaṅkarapādamūle katābhinīhārena ‘‘handa, buddhakare dhamme, vicināmi ito cito’’ti ussāhaṃ katvā ‘‘vicinanto tadādakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapārami’’nti dānapāramitādayo buddhakārakadhammā diṭṭhā, te pūrento yāva vessantarattabhāvā āgami, āgacchanto ca ye te katābhinīhārānaṃ bodhisattānaṃ ānisaṃsā saṃvaṇṇitā –

‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampannā, bodhiyā niyatā narā;

‘‘Avīcimhi nuppajjanti, tathā lokantaresu ca;

‘‘Na honti khuddakā pāṇā, uppajjantāpi duggatiṃ;

‘‘Sotavekallatā natthi, na bhavanti mūgapakkhikā;

‘‘Na bhavanti pariyāpannā, bodhiyā niyatā narā;

‘‘Micchādiṭṭhiṃ na sevanti, kammakiriyadassanā;

‘‘Suddhāvāsesu devesu, hetu nāma na vijjati;

Te ānisaṃse adhigantvāva āgato. Evaṃ āgacchanto vessantarattabhāve ṭhito –

‘‘Acetanāyaṃ pathavī, aviññāya sukhaṃ dukhaṃ;

Evaṃ mahāpathavikampanādīni mahāpuññāni katvā āyupariyosāne tato cavitvā tusitapure nibbatti.

Avidūrenidānakathā

tīṇi kolāhalāniuppajjanti. Seyyathidaṃ – kappakolāhalaṃ, buddhakolāhalaṃ, cakkavattikolāhalanti. Tattha ‘‘vassasatasahassassa accayena kappuṭṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti lokabyūhā nāma kāmāvacaradevā muttasirā vikiṇṇakesā rudamukhā assūni hatthehi puñchamānā rattavatthanivatthā ativiya virūpavesadhārino hutvā manussapathe vicarantā evaṃ ārocenti – ‘‘mārisā, mārisā, ito vassasatasahassassa accayena kappuṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, ayaṃ loko vinassissati, mahāsamuddopi ussussissati, ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā uḍḍayhissanti vinassissanti, yāva brahmalokā lokavināso bhavissati, mettaṃ, mārisā, bhāvetha, karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ, mārisā, bhāvetha, mātaraṃ pitaraṃ upaṭṭhahatha, kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino hothā’’ti. Idaṃkappakolāhalaṃnāma.

buddhakolāhalaṃnāma.

cakkavattikolāhalaṃnāma (khu. pā. aṭṭha. 5.maṅgalapañhasamuṭṭhānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.avidūrenidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.avidūrenidānakathā).

Tesu buddhakolāhalasaddaṃ sutvā sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā ekato sannipatitvā – ‘‘asuko nāma satto buddho bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā upasaṅkamitvā āyācanti, āyācamānā ca tassa pubbanimittesu uppannesu āyācanti. Tadā pana sabbāpi tā ekekacakkavāḷe catumahārāja-sakka-suyāma-santusita-sunimmita-vasavatti-mahābrahmehi saddhiṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipatitvā tusitabhavane uppannacutinimittassa bodhisattassa santikaṃ gantvā – ‘‘mārisa, tumhehi dasa pāramiyo pūritā, pūrentehi ca na sakkabrahmasampattiādikaṃ sampattiṃ patthentehi pūritā, lokanittharaṇatthāya pana vo sabbaññutaṃ patthentehi paripūritā buddhattāya –

‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ;

Yāciṃsu.

pañca mahāvilokanānivilokesi. Tattha ‘‘kālo nu kho, na kālo’’ti paṭhamaṃ kālaṃ vilokesi. Tattha vassasatasahassato uddhaṃ vaḍḍhitaāyukālo kālo nāma na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā hi sattānaṃ jātijarāmaraṇāni na paññāyanti, buddhānañca dhammadesanā tilakkhaṇamuttā nāma natthi, tesaṃ ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā’’ti kathentānaṃ ‘‘kiṃ nāmetaṃ kathentī’’ti neva sotabbaṃ na saddhātabbaṃ maññanti, tato abhisamayo na hoti, tasmiṃ asati aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti. Tasmā so akālo. Vassasatato ūnaāyukālopi kālo na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā sattā ussannakilesā honti, ussannakilesānañca dinnovādo ovādaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, udake daṇḍarāji viya khippaṃ vigacchati. Tasmā sopi akālo. Vassasatasahassato pana paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā vassasatato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma. Tadā pana vassasatakālo ahosi. Atha mahāsatto ‘‘nibbattitabbakālo’’tikālaṃpassi.

dīpaṃpassi.

desaṃpassi. ‘‘Kapilavatthu nāma nagaraṃ, tattha mayā nibbattitabba’’nti niṭṭhamagamāsi.

kulaṃpassi.

āyūti, dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari satta divasānī’’ti passi.

Iti imaṃ pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokanaṃ viloketvā – ‘‘kālo me, mārisā, buddhabhāvāyā’’ti devānaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā – ‘‘gacchatha tumhe’’ti tā devatā uyyojetvā tusitadevatāhi parivuto tusitapure nandanavanaṃ pāvisi. Sabbadevalokesu hi nandanavanaṃ atthiyeva. Tatra naṃ devatā – ‘‘ito cuto sugatiṃ gacchā’’ti pubbe katakusalakammokāsaṃ sārayamānā vicaranti. So evaṃ tāhi devatāhi kusalaṃ sārayamānāhi parivuto tatra vicarantova cavitvā mahāmāyāya deviyā kucchismiṃ uttarāsāḷhanakkhattena paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Mahāpurisassa pana mātu kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiggaṇhanakkhaṇe ekappahāreneva sakaladasasahassilokadhātu saṅkampi. Dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni pāturahesuṃ.

bodhisattamātu dhammatā.

Mahāmāyāpi devī dasa māse kucchinā bodhisattaṃ pariharitvā paripuṇṇagabbhā ñātigharaṃ gantukāmā suddhodanamahārājassa ārocesi – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, devadahanagaraṃ gantu’’nti. Rājā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā kapilavatthuto yāva devadahanagarā añjasaṃ samaṃ kāretvā kadalipuṇṇaghaṭakamukadhajapaṭākādīhi alaṅkārāpetvā navakanakasivikāya nisīdāpetvā mahatiyā vibhūtiyā mahatā parivārena pesesi. Dvinnaṃ pana nagarānaṃ antare ubhayanagaravāsīnaṃ paribhogārahaṃ lumbinīvanaṃ nāma maṅgalasālavanaṃ atthi, taṃ tasmiṃ samaye mūlato yāva aggasākhā sabbaṃ ekaphāliphullaṃ ahosi. Sākhantarehi ceva pupphantarehi ca paramaratikaramadhuramanoramavirutāhi madamuditāhi anubhuttapañcarāhi parabhatamadhukaravadhūhi upagīyamānasuranandananandanavanasadisasobhaṃ vanaṃ disvā deviyā sālavanakīḷamanubhavituṃ cittamuppajji (apa. aṭṭha. 1.avidūrenidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.avidūrenidānakathā).

‘‘Vibhūsitā bālajanāticālinī, vibhūsitaṅgī vaniteva mālinī;

Amaccā rañño ārocetvā deviṃ gahetvā taṃ lumbinīvanaṃ pavisiṃsu. Sā maṅgalasālamūlaṃ gantvā tassa ujusamavaṭṭakkhandhassa pupphaphalapallavasamalaṅkatassa yaṃ sākhaṃ gaṇhitukāmā ahosi, sā sālasākhā abalā janahadayalolā sayameva vilambamānā hutvā tassā karatalasmiṃ samupagatā. Atha sā taṃ sālasākhaṃ tambatuṅganakhujjalena kamaladalavattivaṭṭaṅgulinā navakanakakaṭavalayasobhinā dakkhiṇena paramaratikarena karena aggahesi. Sā taṃ sālasākhaṃ gahetvā ṭhitā asitajaladharavivaragatā bālacandalekhā viya ca aciraṭṭhitikā accipabhā viya ca nandanavanajātā devī viya ca devī virocittha. Tāvadeva cassā kammajavātā caliṃsu. Athassā sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipitvā mahājano paṭikkami. Sā sālasākhaṃ gahetvā tiṭṭhamānāya eva tassā gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ ahosi.

Taṅkhaṇaṃyeva cattāro visuddhacittā mahābrahmāno suvaṇṇajālaṃ ādāya āgantvā tena suvaṇṇajālena bodhisattaṃ sampaṭicchitvā mātu purato ṭhapetvā – ‘‘attamanā, devi, hohi, mahesakkho te putto uppanno’’ti āhaṃsu. Yathā pana aññe sattā mātukucchito nikkhamantā paṭikkūlena asucinā makkhitā nikkhamanti, na evaṃ bodhisatto. Bodhisatto pana dve hatthe dve pāde pasāretvā ṭhitakova mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhitova suddho visado kāsikavatthe nikkhittamaṇiratanaṃ viya virocamāno mātukucchito nikkhami. Evaṃ santepi bodhisattassa ca bodhisattamātuyā ca sakkāratthaṃ ākāsato dve udakadhārā nikkhamitvā bodhisattassa ca mātuyā ca sarīre utuṃ gāhāpesuṃ.

Atha naṃ suvaṇṇajālena paṭiggahetvā ṭhitānaṃ brahmānaṃ hatthato cattāro mahārājāno maṅgalasammatāya sukhasamphassāya ajinappaveṇiyā gaṇhiṃsu, tesaṃ hatthato manussā dukūlacumbaṭakena gaṇhiṃsu, manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya puratthimaṃ disaṃ olokesi, anekāni cakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Tattha devamanussā gandhapupphamālādīhi pūjayamānā – ‘‘mahāpurisa, tumhehi sadiso ettha natthi, kuto uttaritaro’’ti āhaṃsu. Evaṃ dasa disā anuviloketvā attanā sadisaṃ adisvā uttaradisābhimukho sattapadavītihārena agamāsi. Gacchanto ca pathaviyā eva gato, nākāsena. Acelakova gato, na sacelako. Daharova gato, na soḷasavassuddesiko. Mahājanassa pana ākāsena gacchanto viya alaṅkatapaṭiyatto viya ca soḷasavassuddesiko viya ca ahosi. Tato sattame pade ṭhatvā ‘‘aggohamasmi lokassā’’tiādikaṃ (dī. ni. 2.31; ma. ni. 3.207) āsabhiṃ vācaṃ nicchārento sīhanādaṃ nadi.

Bodhisatto hi tīsu attabhāvesu mātukucchito nikkhantamattova vācaṃ nicchāresi mahosadhattabhāve, vessantarattabhāve, imasmiṃ attabhāveti. Mahosadhattabhāve kirassa mātukucchito nikkhantamattasseva sakko devarājā āgantvā candanasāraṃ hatthe ṭhapetvā gato, taṃ muṭṭhiyaṃ katvāva nikkhanto. Atha naṃ mātā – ‘‘tāta, tvaṃ kiṃ gahetvā āgatosī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Osadhaṃ, ammā’’ti. Iti osadhaṃ gahetvā āgatattā ‘‘osadhakumāro’’tvevassa nāmamakaṃsu.

Vessantarattabhāve pana mātukucchito nikkhantamattova dakkhiṇahatthaṃ pasāretvā – ‘‘atthi nu kho, amma, kiñci gehasmiṃ dhanaṃ, dānaṃ dassāmī’’ti vadanto nikkhami. Athassa mātā – ‘‘sadhane kule nibbattosi, tātā’’ti puttassa hatthaṃ attano hatthatale katvā sahassatthavikaṃ ṭhapesi.

rāhulamātādevīānando channo kāḷudāyīamaccokaṇḍakoassarājāmahābodhirukkhocatassonidhikumbhiyoca jātā, tattha eko gāvutappamāṇo eko aḍḍhayojanappamāṇo eko tigāvutappamāṇo eko yojanappamāṇo ahosi. Imesatta sahajātānāma honti.

kāḷadevalonāma tāpaso bhattakiccaṃ katvā divāvihāratthāya tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gantvā tattha divāvihāraṃ nisinno tā devatā tuṭṭhamānasā kīḷantiyo disvā ‘‘kiṃkāraṇā tuṭṭhamānasā pamuditahadayā kīḷatha, mayhaṃ taṃ kāraṇaṃ kathethā’’ti pucchi. Tato devatā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mārisa, suddhodanarañño putto jāto, so bodhimaṇḍe nisīditvā buddho hutvā dhammacakkaṃ pavattessati, tassa ‘anantarūpaṃ buddhalīḷaṃ passituṃ labhissāmā’ti iminā kāraṇena tuṭṭhamhā’’ti.

Atha tāpaso tāsaṃ devatānaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā paramadassanīyaratanāvalokato devalokato oruyha narapatinivesanaṃ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Tato katapaṭisanthāraṃ rājānaṃ – ‘‘putto kira te, mahārāja, jāto, taṃ passissāmā’’ti āha. Rājā alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ tanayaṃ āharāpetvā devalatāpasaṃ vandāpetuṃ abhihari. Mahāpurisassa pādā parivattitvā vijjulatā viya asitajaladharakūṭesu tāpasassa jaṭāsu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Bodhisattena hi tenattabhāvena vanditabbo nāma añño natthi. Tato tāpaso uṭṭhāyāsanā bodhisattassa añjaliṃ paggahesi. Rājā taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā attano puttaṃ vandi. Tāpaso bodhisattassa lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā – ‘‘bhavissati nu kho buddho, udāhu na bhavissatī’’ti āvajjetvā upadhārento – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ buddho bhavissatī’’ti anāgataṃsañāṇena ñatvā – ‘‘acchariyapuriso aya’’nti sitaṃ akāsi.

Tato ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ buddhabhūtaṃ daṭṭhuṃ labhissāmi nu kho, no’’ti upadhārento – ‘‘na labhissāmi, antarāyeva kālaṃ katvā buddhasatenapi buddhasahassenapi gantvā bodhetuṃ asakkuṇeyye arūpabhave nibbattissāmī’’ti disvā – ‘‘evarūpaṃ nāma acchariyapurisaṃ buddhabhūtaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhissāmi, mahatī vata me jāni bhavissatī’’ti parodi. Manussā pana disvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ ayyo idāneva hasitvā puna roditumārabhi, kiṃ nu kho, bhante, amhākaṃ ayyaputtassa koci antarāyo bhavissatī’’ti pucchiṃsu. Tāpaso āha – ‘‘natthetassa antarāyo, nissaṃsayena buddho bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Atha kasmā tumhe paroditthā’’ti? ‘‘Evarūpaṃ acchariyapurisaṃ buddhabhūtaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhissāmi, mahatī vata me jāni bhavissatīti attānaṃ anusocanto rodāmī’’ti āha.

siddhatthoti nāmamakaṃsu.

Atha te brāhmaṇā attano gharāni gantvā putte āmantetvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhe mahallakā, suddhodanamahārājassa puttaṃ sabbaññutaṃ pattaṃ sambhāveyyāma vā no vā, tumhe pana tasmiṃ pabbajitvā sabbaññutaṃ patte tassa sāsane pabbajathā’’ti. Tato sattapi janā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā yathākammaṃ gatā. Koṇḍaññamāṇavo arogo ahosi. Tadā pana rājā tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā – ‘‘kiṃ disvā mama putto pabbajissatī’’ti te pucchi. ‘‘Cattāri pubbanimittāni, devā’’ti. ‘‘Katarañca katarañcā’’ti? ‘‘Jiṇṇaṃ byādhitaṃ mataṃ pabbajita’’nti. Rājā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya evarūpānaṃ mama puttassa santikaṃ āgamituṃ mā adatthā’’ti vatvā kumārassa cakkhupathe jiṇṇapurisādīnaṃ āgamananivāraṇatthaṃ catūsu disāsu gāvutagāvutaṭṭhāne ārakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. Taṃdivasaṃ maṅgalaṭṭhāne sannipatitesu asītiyā ñātikulasahassesu ekameko ekamekaṃ puttaṃ paṭijāni – ‘‘ayaṃ buddho vā hotu rājā vā, mayaṃ ekamekaṃ puttaṃ dassāma, sace buddho bhavissati, khattiyasamaṇeheva parivuto vicarissati. Sace rājā cakkavattī bhavissati, khattiyakumāreheva parivuto vicarissatī’’ti. Atha rājā mahāpurisassa paramarūpasampannā vigatasabbadosā catusaṭṭhi dhātiyo adāsi. Bodhisatto anantena parivārena mahatā sirisamudayena vaḍḍhi.

vappamaṅgalaṃnāma ahosi. Taṃdivasaṃ rājā mahatiyā vibhūtiyā mahatā parivārena nagarato nikkhamanto puttampi gahetvāva agamāsi. Kasikammaṭṭhāne eko jamburukkho paramaramaṇīyo ghanasandacchāyo ahosi. Tassa heṭṭhā kumārassa sayanaṃ paññāpetvā upari varakanakatārākhacitaṃ rattacelavitānaṃ bandhitvā sāṇipākārena parikkhipāpetvā ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā rājā sabbālaṅkāraṃ alaṅkaritvā amaccagaṇaparivuto naṅgalakaraṇaṭṭhānamagamāsi. Tattha rājā paramamaṅgalaṃ suvaṇṇanaṅgalaṃ gaṇhāti, amaccādayo rajatanaṅgalādīni gaṇhanti. Taṃdivasaṃ naṅgalasahassaṃ yojīyati. Bodhisattaṃ parivāretvā nisinnā dhātiyo – ‘‘rañño sampattiṃ passissāmā’’ti antosāṇito bahi nikkhantā.

Atha bodhisatto ito cito ca olokento kiñci adisvā sahasā uṭṭhāya pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ānāpāne pariggahetvā paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattesi. Dhātiyo khajjabhojjantare vicarantiyo thokaṃ cirāyiṃsu. Sesarukkhānaṃ chāyā nivattā, tassa pana jamburukkhassa chāyā parimaṇḍalā hutvā tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Dhātito panassa ‘‘ayyaputto ekakovā’’ti vegena sāṇipākāraṃ ukkhipitvā pariyesantiyo sirisayane pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ tañca pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā gantvā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā vegena āgantvā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ vo, tāta, dutiyavandanā’’ti puttaṃ vandi.

Atha mahāpuriso anukkamena soḷasavassuddesiko ahosi. Rājā bodhisattassa tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavike ramma-suramma-subhanāmake tayo pāsāde kāresi. Ekaṃ navabhūmikaṃ ekaṃ sattabhūmikaṃ ekaṃ pañcabhūmikaṃ. Tayopi pāsādā ubbedhena samappamāṇā ahesuṃ. Bhūmikāsu pana nānattaṃ ahosi.

Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘putto me vayappatto chattamassa ussāpetvā rajjasiriṃ passissāmī’’ti. So sākiyānaṃ paṇṇāni pahiṇi ‘‘putto me vayappatto, rajje naṃ patiṭṭhāpessāmi, sabbe attano gehesu vayappattā dārikā imaṃ gehaṃ pesentū’’ti. Te rañño sāsanaṃ sutvā – ‘‘kumāro kevalaṃ rūpasampanno, na kiñci sippaṃ jānāti, dārabharaṇaṃ kātuṃ na sakkhissati, na mayaṃ dhītaro dassāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā puttassa santikaṃ gantvā tamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bodhisatto – ‘‘kiṃ sippaṃ dassetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. ‘‘Sahassatthāmaṃ dhanuṃ āropetuṃ vaṭṭati, tātā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi āharāpethā’’ti āha. Rājā āharāpetvā adāsi. Taṃ dhanuṃ purisasahassaṃ āropeti, purisasahassaṃ oropeti. Mahāpuriso taṃ sarāsanaṃ āharāpetvā pallaṅkena nisinnova jiyaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhake veṭhāpetvā kaḍḍhanto pādaṅguṭṭhakeneva dhanuṃ āropetvā vāmena hatthena daṇḍe gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena kaḍḍhitvā jiyaṃ ropesi. Sakalanagaraṃ uppattanākārappattaṃ ahosi. ‘‘Kiṃ eso saddo’’ti ca vutte ‘‘devo gajjatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Athaññe ‘‘tumhe na jānātha, na devo gajjati, aṅgīrasassa kumārassa sahassatthāmaṃ dhanuṃ āropetvā jiyaṃ poṭhentassa jiyappahārasaddo eso’’ti āhaṃsu. Sākiyā taṃ sutvā tāvatakeneva āraddhacittā tuṭṭhamānasā ahesuṃ.

Atha mahāpuriso – ‘‘kiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Aṭṭhaṅgulabahalaṃ ayopaṭṭaṃ kaṇḍena vijjhituṃ vaṭṭatīti. Taṃ vijjhitvā – ‘‘aññaṃ kiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Caturaṅgulabahalaṃ asanaphalakaṃ vijjhituṃ vaṭṭatīti. Tampi vijjhitvā – ‘‘aññaṃ kiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Vidatthibahalaṃ udumbaraphalakaṃ vijjhituṃ vaṭṭatīti. Tampi vijjhitvā aññaṃ kiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Tato ‘‘vālukasakaṭānī’’ti āhaṃsu. Mahāsatto vālukasakaṭampi palālasakaṭampi vinivijjhitvā udake ekūsabhappamāṇaṃ kaṇḍaṃ pesesi thale aṭṭhausabhappamāṇaṃ. Atha naṃ ‘‘vātiṅgaṇasaññāya vālaṃ vijjhituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Tena hi yojanamattaṃ vātiṅgaṇaṃ bandhāpethā’’ti vatvā yojanamattake vātiṅgaṇasaññāya vālaṃ bandhāpetvā rattandhakāre meghapaṭalehi channāsu disāsu kaṇḍaṃ khipi. Taṃ gantvā yojanamattake vālaṃ phāletvā pathaviṃ pāvisi. Na kevalaṃ ettakameva, taṃdivasaṃ mahāpuriso loke vattamānaṃ sippaṃ sabbameva dassesi.

Atha sākiyā attano dhītaro alaṅkaritvā pesayiṃsu. Cattālīsasahassā nāṭakitthiyo ahesuṃ. Rāhulamātā pana devī aggamahesī ahosi. Mahāpuriso devakumāro viya surayuvatīhi parivuto narayuvatīhi parivuto nippurisehi turiyehi paricāriyamāno mahāsampattiṃ anubhavamāno utuvārena utuvārena tesu tīsu pāsādesu viharati. Athekadivasaṃ bodhisatto uyyānabhūmiṃ gantukāmo sārathiṃ āmantetvā – ‘‘rathaṃ yojehi uyyānabhūmiṃ passissāmī’’ti āha. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā mahārahaṃ vararucirathirakubbaravarattaṃ thirataraneminābhiṃ varakanakarajatamaṇiratanakhacitaīsāmukhaṃ navakanakarajatatārakakhacitanemipassaṃ samosaritavividhasurabhikusumadāmasassirikaṃ ravirathasadisadassanīyaṃ vararathaṃ samalaṅkaritvā sasikumudasadisavaṇṇe anilagaruḷajave ājānīye cattāro maṅgalasindhave yojetvā bodhisattassa paṭivedesi. Bodhisatto devavimānasadisaṃ taṃ rathavaramāruyha uyyānābhimukho pāyāsi.

mahāpadānasutte(dī. ni. 2.43 ādayo) āgatanayeneva pucchitvā tassa vacanaṃ sutvā – ‘‘dhiratthu vata, bho, jāti, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.45, 47) saṃviggahadayo tatova paṭinivattitvā pāsādameva abhiruhi.

Rājā ‘‘kiṃkāraṇā mama putto paṭinivattī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Jiṇṇapurisaṃ disvā, devā’’ti. Tato kampamānamānaso rājā aḍḍhayojane ārakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. Punekadivasaṃ bodhisatto uyyānaṃ gacchanto tāhi eva devatāhi nimmitaṃ byādhitañca purisaṃ disvā purimanayeneva pucchitvā saṃviggahadayo nivattitvā pāsādameva abhiruhi. Rājā pucchitvā nāṭakāni vissajjesi. ‘‘Pabbajjāya mānasaṃ assa bhinnaṃ karissa’’nti ārakkhaṃ vaḍḍhetvā samantato tigāvutappamāṇe padese ārakkhaṃ ṭhapesi.

Punapi bodhisatto ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto tatheva devatāhi nimmitaṃ kālaṅkataṃ disvā purimanayeneva pucchitvā saṃviggahadayo nivattitvā pāsādamabhiruhi. Rājā nivattanakāraṇaṃ pucchitvā puna ārakkhaṃ vaḍḍhetvā yojanappamāṇe padese ārakkhaṃ ṭhapesi.

Punapi bodhisatto ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto tatheva devatāhi nimmitaṃ sunivatthaṃ supārutaṃ pabbajitaṃ disvā – ‘‘ko nāmeso, samma, sārathī’’ti sārathiṃ pucchi. Sārathi kiñcāpi buddhuppādassa abhāvā pabbajitaṃ vā pabbajitaguṇe vā na jānāti, devatānubhāvena pana ‘‘pabbajito nāmāyaṃ devā’’ti vatvā pabbajjāya guṇaṃ tassa vaṇṇesi.

Tato bodhisatto pabbajjāya ruciṃ uppādetvā taṃdivasaṃ uyyānaṃ agamāsi. Dīghāyukā bodhisattā vassasate vassasate atikkante jiṇṇādīsu ekekaṃ addasaṃsu. Amhākaṃ pana bodhisatto appāyukakāle uppannattā catunnaṃ catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena uyyānaṃ gacchanto anukkamena ekekaṃ addasa. Dīghabhāṇakā panāhu – ‘‘cattāri nimittāni ekadivaseneva disvā agamāsī’’ti. Tattha divasabhāgaṃ kīḷitvā uyyānarasamanubhavitvā maṅgalapokkharaṇiyaṃ nhatvā atthaṅgate sūriye maṅgalasilātale nisīdi attānaṃ alaṅkārāpetukāmo. Athassa cittācāramaññāya sakkena devānamindena āṇatto vissakammo nāma devaputto āgantvā tasseva kappakasadiso hutvā dibbehi alaṅkārehi alaṅkari. Athassa sabbālaṅkārasamalaṅkatassa sabbatālāvacaresu sakāni sakāni paṭibhānāni dassayantesu brāhmaṇesu ca ‘‘jaya nandā’’tiādivacanehi sutamaṅgalikādīsu nānappakārehi maṅgalavacanatthutighosehi sambhāventesu sabbālaṅkārasamalaṅkataṃ rathavaraṃ abhiruhi. Tasmiṃ samaye – ‘‘rāhulamātā puttaṃ vijātā’’ti sutvā suddhodanamahārājā – ‘‘puttassa me tuṭṭhiṃ nivedethā’’ti sāsanaṃ pahiṇi. Bodhisatto taṃ sutvā – ‘‘rāhu jāto, bandhanaṃ jāta’’nti āha. Rājā – ‘‘kiṃ me putto avacā’’ti pucchitvā taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya me nattā ‘rāhulakumāro’tveva nāmaṃ hotū’’ti āha.

Bodhisattopi taṃ rathavaramāruyha mahatā parivārena atimanoramena sirisobhaggena nagaraṃ pāvisi. Tasmiṃ samaye rūpasiriyā guṇasampattiyā ca akisā kisāgotamī nāma khattiyakaññā uparipāsādavaratalagatā nagaraṃ pavisantassa bodhisattassa rūpasiriṃ disvā sañjātapītisomanassā hutvā –

‘‘Nibbutā nūna sā mātā, nibbuto nūna so pitā;

Imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.

Bodhisatto taṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ me sussavanaṃ vacanaṃ sāvesi, ahañhi nibbānaṃ gavesanto vicarāmi, ajjeva mayā gharāvāsaṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamma pabbajitvā nibbānaṃ gavesituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ imissā ācariyabhāgo hotū’’ti muttāhāraṃ kaṇṭhato omuñcitvā kisāgotamiyā satasahassagghanikaṃ paramaratikaraṃ muttāhāraṃ pesesi. Sā ‘‘siddhatthakumāro mayi paṭibaddhahadayo hutvā paṇṇākāraṃ pesesī’’ti somanassajātā ahosi.

Bodhisattopi mahatā sirisamudayena paramaramaṇīyaṃ pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā sirisayane nipajji. Tāvadeva naṃ paripuṇṇarajanikarasadisaruciravaravadanā bimbaphalasadisadasanavasanā sitavimalasamasaṃhitāviraḷavaradasanā asitanayanakesapāsā sujātañjanātinīlakuṭilabhamukā sujātahaṃsasamasaṃhitapayodharā ratikaranavakanakarajataviracitavaramaṇimekhalā parigatavipulaghanajaghanataṭā karikarasannibhoruyugalā naccagītavāditesu kusalā surayuvatisadisarūpasobhā varayuvatiyo madhuraravāni turiyāni gahetvā mahāpurisaṃ samparivāretvā ramāpayantiyo naccagītavāditāni payojayiṃsu. Bodhisatto pana kilesesu virattacittatāya naccagītādīsu anabhirato muhuttaṃ niddaṃ okkami.

Tā taṃ disvā ‘‘yassatthāya naccādīni mayaṃ payojema, so niddaṃ upagato, idāni kimatthaṃ kilamāmā’’ti gahitāni turiyāni ajjhottharitvā nipajjiṃsu, gandhatelappadīpā ca jhāyanti. Bodhisatto pabujjhitvā sayanapiṭṭhe pallaṅkena nisinno addasa tā itthiyo turiyabhaṇḍāni avattharitvā niddāyantiyo paggharitalālā kilinnakapolagattā, ekaccā dante khādantiyo, ekaccā kākacchantiyo, ekaccā vippalapantiyo, ekaccā vivaṭamukhā, ekaccā apagatavasanarasanā, pākaṭabībhacchasambādhaṭṭhānā, ekaccā vimuttākulasiroruhā susānarūparūpaṃ dhārayamānā sayiṃsu. Mahāsatto tāsaṃ taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā bhiyyosomattāya kāmesu virattacitto ahosi. Tassa pana alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ dasasatanayanabhavanasadisaṃ rucirasobhampi pāsādavaratalaṃ apaviddhamatasarīrakuṇapabharitaṃ āmakasusānamiva paramapaṭikkūlaṃ upaṭṭhāsi. Tayopi bhavā ādittabhavanasadisā hutvā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. ‘‘Upaddutaṃ vata, bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho’’ti ca vācaṃ pavattesi. Ativiya pabbajjāya cittaṃ nami.

So ‘‘ajjeva mayā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti sirisayanato uṭṭhāya dvārasamīpaṃ gantvā – ‘‘ko etthā’’ti āha. Ummāre sīsaṃ katvā nipanno channo āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, ayyaputta, channo’’ti. Atha mahāpuriso – ‘‘ahaṃ ajja mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitukāmo, na kañci paṭiveditvā sīghamekaṃ atijayaṃ sindhavaṃ kappehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti assabhaṇḍakaṃ gahetvā assasālaṃ gantvā gandhatelappadīpesu jalantesu sumanapaṭṭavitānassa heṭṭhā paramaramaṇīye bhūmibhāge ṭhitaṃ arimanthakaṃ kaṇḍakaṃ turaṅgavaraṃ disvā – ‘‘ajja mayā ayyaputtassa nikkhamanatthāya imameva maṅgalahayaṃ kappetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti kaṇḍakaṃ kappesi. So kappiyamānova aññāsi – ‘‘ayaṃ kappanā atigāḷhā, aññesu divasesu uyyānakīḷaṃ gamanakāle kappanā viya na hoti. Nissaṃsayaṃ ajjeva ayyaputto mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamissatī’’ti. Tato tuṭṭhamānaso mahāhasitaṃ hasi. So nādo taṃ sakalakapilavatthupuraṃ unnādaṃ kareyya, devatā pana sannirumbhitvā na kassaci sotuṃ adaṃsu.

Bodhisatto ‘‘puttaṃ tāva passissāmī’’ti cintetvā ṭhitaṭṭhānato uṭṭhāya rāhulamātuyā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā gabbhadvāraṃ vivari. Tasmiṃ khaṇe antogabbhe gandhatelappadīpo jhāyati. Rāhulamātā sumanamallikādīnaṃ ambaṇamattena attippakiṇṇe varasayane puttassa matthake hatthaṃ ṭhapetvā niddāyati. Bodhisatto ummāre pādaṃ ṭhapetvā ṭhitakova oloketvā – ‘‘sacāhaṃ deviyā hatthaṃ apanetvā mama puttaṃ gaṇhissāmi, devī pabujjhissati, evaṃ me abhinikkhamanassa antarāyo bhavissati. Buddho hutvāva āgantvā puttaṃ passissāmī’’ti cintetvā pāsādatalato otaritvā assassa samīpaṃ gantvā evamāha – ‘‘tāta kaṇḍaka, tvaṃ ajja ekarattiṃ maṃ tāraya, ahaṃ taṃ nissāya buddho hutvā sadevakaṃ lokaṃ tāressāmī’’ti. Tato ullaṅghitvā kaṇḍakassa piṭṭhiṃ abhiruhi. Kaṇḍako gīvato paṭṭhāya āyāmato aṭṭhārasahattho hoti tadanurūpena ubbedhena samannāgato rūpaggajavabalasampanno sabbaseto dhotasaṅkhasadisadassanīyavaṇṇo. Tato bodhisatto varaturaṅgapiṭṭhigato channaṃ assassa vāladhiṃ gāhāpetvā aḍḍharattasamaye nagarassa mahādvāraṃ sampatto.

Tadā pana rājā pubbeva bodhisattassa gamanapaṭisedhanatthāya dvīsu dvārakavāṭesu ekekaṃ purisasahassena vivaritabbaṃ kāretvā tattha bahupurise ārakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. Bodhisatto kira purisagaṇanāya koṭisatasahassassa balaṃ dhāresi, hatthigaṇanāya koṭisahassassa. Tasmā so cintesi – ‘‘yadi dvāraṃ na vivarīyati, ajja kaṇḍakassa piṭṭhe nisinno channaṃ vāladhiṃ gāhāpetvā tena saddhiṃyeva kaṇḍakaṃ ūrūhi nippīḷetvā aṭṭhārasahatthaṃ pākāraṃ uppatitvā atikkameyya’’nti. Channo cintesi – ‘‘sace dvāraṃ na ugghāpayati, ahaṃ ayyaputtaṃ khandhe katvā kaṇḍakaṃ dakkhiṇahatthena parikkhipanto upakacchake katvā uppatitvā pākāraṃ atikkamissāmī’’ti. Kaṇḍako cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ dvāre avivariyamāne yathānisinnameva ayyaputtaṃ gahitavāladhinā channena saddhiṃ uppatitvā pākārassa purato patiṭṭhahissāmī’’ti. Evameva tayo purisā cintayiṃsu. Dvāre adhivatthā devatā mahādvāraṃ vivariṃsu.

Tasmiṃ khaṇe māro pāpimā ‘‘mahāsattaṃ nivattessāmī’’ti āgantvā gaganatale ṭhatvā āha –

‘‘Mā nikkhama mahāvīra, ito te sattame dine;

Dvisahassaparittadīpaparivārānaṃ catunnaṃ mahādīpānaṃ rajjaṃ kāressasi, nivatta, mārisā’’ti. Mahāpuriso āha ‘‘kosi tva’’nti. Ahaṃ vasavattīti.

‘‘Jānāmahaṃ mahārāja, mayhaṃ cakkassa sambhavaṃ;

‘‘Sakalaṃ dasasahassampi, lokadhātumahaṃ pana;

Āha. So tatthevantaradhāyi.

Mahāsatto ekūnattiṃsavassakāle hatthagataṃ cakkavattirajjaṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya anapekkho chaḍḍetvā cakkavattisirinivāsabhūtā rājabhavanā nikkhamitvā āsāḷhipuṇṇamāya uttarāsāḷhanakkhatte vattamāne nagarato nikkhamitvā nagaraṃ apaloketukāmo ahosi. Vitakkasamanantarameva cassa kulālacakkaṃ viya so bhūmippadeso parivatti. Yathāṭhitova mahāsatto kapilavatthupuraṃ disvā tassiṃ bhūmippadese kaṇḍakanivattanaṃ nāma cetiyaṭṭhānaṃ dassetvā gantabbamagābhimukhaṃyeva kaṇḍakaṃ katvā pāyāsi mahatā sakkārena uḷārena sirisamudayena. Tadā mahāsatte gacchante tassa purato devatā saṭṭhi ukkāsatasahassāni dhārayiṃsu, tathā pacchato saṭṭhi dakkhiṇato saṭṭhi ukkāsatasahassāni, tathā vāmapassato. Aparā devatā surabhikusumamālādāmacandanacuṇṇacāmaradhajapaṭākāhi sakkarontiyo parivāretvā agamaṃsu. Dibbāni saṅgītāni anekāni ca turiyāni vajjiṃsu.

Iminā sirisamudayena gacchanto bodhisatto ekaratteneva tīṇi rajjāni atikkamma tiṃsayojanikaṃ maggaṃ gantvā anomānadītīraṃ sampāpuṇi. Atha bodhisatto nadītīre ṭhatvā channaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kā nāmāyaṃ nadī’’ti? ‘‘Anomā nāma, devā’’ti. ‘‘Amhākampi pabbajjā anomā bhavissatī’’ti paṇhiyā assaṃ ghaṭṭento assassa saññaṃ adāsi. Asso ullaṅghitvā aṭṭhausabhavitthārāya nadiyā pārimatīre aṭṭhāsi. Bodhisatto assapiṭṭhito oruyha muttarāsisadise vālukāpuline ṭhatvā channaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘samma channa, tvaṃ mayhaṃ ābharaṇāni ceva kaṇḍakañca ādāya gaccha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Channo, ‘‘ahampi, deva, pabbajissāmī’’ti. Bodhisatto āha – ‘‘na labbhā tayā pabbajituṃ, gaccheva tva’’nti tikkhattuṃ nivāretvā ābharaṇāni ceva kaṇḍakañca paṭicchāpetvā cintesi – ‘‘ime mayhaṃ kesā samaṇasāruppā na honti, te khaggena chindissāmī’’ti dakkhiṇena hatthena paramanisitamasivaraṃ gahetvā vāmahatthena moḷiyā saddhiṃ cūḷaṃ gahetvā chindi, kesā dvaṅgulamattā hutvā dakkhiṇato āvaṭṭamānā sīse allīyiṃsu. Tesaṃ pana kesānaṃ yāvajīvaṃ tadeva pamāṇaṃ ahosi, massu ca tadanurūpaṃ, puna kesamassuohāraṇakiccampissa nāhosi. Bodhisatto saha moḷiyā cūḷaṃ gahetvā – ‘‘sacāhaṃ buddho bhavissāmi, ākāse tiṭṭhatu, no ce, bhūmiyaṃ patatū’’ti ākāse khipi. Taṃ cūḷāmaṇibandhanaṃ yojanappamāṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā ākāse aṭṭhāsi.

cūḷāmaṇicetiyaṃnāma patiṭṭhāpesi. Yathāha –

‘‘Chetvāna moḷiṃ varagandhavāsitaṃ, vehāyasaṃ ukkhipi aggapuggalo;

Puna bodhisatto cintesi – ‘‘imāni kāsikavatthāni mahagghāni, na mayhaṃ samaṇasāruppānī’’ti. Athassa kassapabuddhakāle purāṇasahāyako ghaṭikāramahābrahmā ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ vināsabhāvāppattena mittabhāvena cintesi – ‘‘ajja me sahāyako mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhanto, samaṇaparikkhāramassa gahetvā gacchissāmī’’ti.

‘‘Ticīvarañca patto ca, vāsi sūci ca bandhanaṃ;

Ime aṭṭha samaṇaparikkhāre āharitvā adāsi. Mahāpuriso arahaddhajaṃ nivāsetvā uttamaṃ pabbajjāvesaṃ gahetvā sāṭakayugalaṃ ākāse khipi. Taṃ mahābrahmā paṭiggahetvā brahmaloke dvādasayojanikaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ cetiyaṃ katvā taṃ anto pakkhipitvā ṭhapesi. Atha naṃ mahāsatto – ‘‘channa, mama vacanena mātāpitūnaṃ ārogyaṃ vadehī’’ti vatvā uyyojesi. Tato channo mahāpurisaṃ vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Kaṇḍako pana channena saddhiṃ mantayamānassa bodhisattassa vacanaṃ suṇanto ṭhatvā – ‘‘natthi dāni mayhaṃ puna sāmino dassana’’nti cakkhupathamassa vijahanto viyogadukkhamadhivāsetuṃ asakkonto hadayena phalitena kālaṃ katvā suraripudurabhibhavane tāvatiṃsabhavane kaṇḍako nāma devaputto hutvā nibbatti. Tassa uppatti vimalatthavilāsiniyā vimānavatthuṭṭhakathāya gahetabbā. Channassa paṭhamaṃ ekova soko ahosi. So kaṇḍakassa kālakiriyāya dutiyena sokena pīḷiyamāno rodanto paridevanto dukkhena agamāsi.

Bodhisattopi pabbajitvā tasmiṃyeva padese anupiyaṃ nāma ambavanaṃ atthi, tattheva sattāhaṃ pabbajjāsukhena vītināmetvā tato pacchā sañjhāppabhānurañjitasaliladharasaṃvuto saradasamaye paripuṇṇarajanikaro viya kāsāvavarasaṃvuto ekakopi anekajanaparivuto viya virocamāno taṃ vanavāsimigapakkhīnaṃ nayanāmatapānamiva karonto ekacaro sīho viya narasīho mattamātaṅgavilāsagāmī samassāsento viya vasundharaṃ pādatalehi ekadivaseneva tiṃsayojanikaṃ maggaṃ gantvā uttuṅgataraṅgabhaṅgaṃ asaṅgaṃ gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā ratanajutivisaravirājitavararucirarājagahaṃ rājagahaṃ nāma nagaraṃ pāvisi. Pavisitvā ca pana sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya cari. Sakalaṃ pana taṃ nagaraṃ bodhisattassa rūpadassanena dhanapālake paviṭṭhe taṃ nagaraṃ viya asurinde paviṭṭhe devanagaraṃ viya saṅkhobhamagamāsi. Piṇḍāya carante mahāpurise nagaravāsino manussā mahāsattassa rūpadassanena sañjātapītisomanassā jātavimhitā bodhisattassa rūpadassanāvajjitahadayā ahesuṃ.

Tesaṃ manussānaṃ aññataro aññataramevamāha – ‘‘kinnu yaṃ, bho, rāhubhayena nigūḷhakiraṇajālo puṇṇacando manussalokamāgato’’ti. Tamañño sitaṃ katvā evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ kathesi, samma, kadā nāma tayā puṇṇacando manussalokamāgato diṭṭhapubbo, nanu esa kusumaketukāmadevo vesantaramādāya amhākaṃ mahārājassa nāgarānañca paramalīḷāvibhūtiṃ disvā kīḷitumāgato’’ti. Tamañño sitaṃ katvā evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ, bho, tvaṃ ummattosi, nanu kāmo issarakodhahutāsanaparidaḍḍhasarīro surapatidasasatanayano eso amarapurasaññāya idhāgato’’ti! Tamañño īsakaṃ hasitvā – ‘‘kiṃ vadesi, bho, te pubbāparavirodhaṃ, kuto panassa dasasatanayanāni, kuto vajiraṃ, kuto erāvaṇo. Addhā brahmā esa brāhmaṇajanaṃ pamattaṃ ñatvā vedavedaṅgādīsu niyojanatthāya āgato’’ti. Te sabbepi apasādetvā añño paṇḍitajātiko evamāha – ‘‘nevāyaṃ puṇṇacando, na ca kāmadevo, nāpi dasasatanayano, na cāpi brahmā, sabbalokanāyako satthā esa acchariyamanusso’’ti.

Evaṃ sallapantesu eva nāgaresu rājapurisā gantvā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño bimbisārassa ārocesuṃ – ‘‘deva, devo vā gandhabbo vā udāhu nāgarājā vā yakkho vā ko nu vā amhākaṃ nagare piṇḍāya caratī’’ti. Rājā taṃ sutvā uparipāsādatale ṭhatvā mahāpurisaṃ disvā acchariyabbhutacittajāto rājapurise āṇāpesi – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, taṃ vīmaṃsatha, sace amanusso bhavissati, nagarā nikkhamitvā antaradhāyissati, sace devatā bhavissati, ākāsena gamissati, sace nāgarājā bhavissati, pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā gamissati, sace manusso bhavissati, yathāladdhaṃ bhikkhaṃ paribhuñjissatī’’ti.

Mahāpurisopi santindriyo santamānaso rūpasobhāya mahājanassa nayanāni ākaḍḍhento viya yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno missakabhattaṃ yāpanamattaṃ saṃharitvā paviṭṭhadvāreneva nagarā nikkhamitvā paṇḍavapabbatacchāyāya puratthābhimukho nisīditvā āhāraṃ paccavekkhitvā nibbikāro paribhuñji. Tato rājapurisā gantvā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ. Tato dūtavacanaṃ sutvā magadhādhipati rājā bālajanehi duranusāro merumandārasāro sattasāro bimbisāro bodhisattassa guṇassavaneneva sañjātadassanakutūhalo vegena nagarato nikkhamitvā paṇḍavapabbatābhimukho gantvā yānā oruyha bodhisattassa santikaṃ gantvā tena katānuñño bandhujanasinehasītale silātale nisīditvā bodhisattassa iriyāpathe pasīditvā katapaṭisanthāro nāmagottādīni pucchitvā bodhisattassa sabbaṃ issariyaṃ niyyātesi. Bodhisatto – ‘‘mayhaṃ, mahārāja, vatthukāmehi vā kilesakāmehi vā attho natthi. Ahañhi paramābhisambodhiṃ patthayanto nikkhanto’’ti āha. Rājā anekappakārena yācantopi tassa cittaṃ alabhitvā – ‘‘addhā buddho bhavissati, buddhabhūtena pana tayā paṭhamaṃ mama vijitaṃ āgantabba’’nti vatvā nagaraṃ paviṭṭho.

‘‘Atha rājagahaṃ vararājagahaṃ, nararājavare nagaraṃ tu gate;

Atha bodhisatto anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno āḷārañca kālāmaṃ udakañca rāmaputtaṃ upasaṅkamitvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā – ‘‘nāyaṃ maggo bodhiyā’’ti taṃ samāpattibhāvanaṃ analaṅkaritvā mahāpadhānaṃ padahitukāmo uruvelaṃ gantvā – ‘‘ramaṇīyo vatāyaṃ bhūmibhāgo’’ti tattheva vāsaṃ upagantvā mahāpadhānaṃ padahi. Lakkhaṇapariggāhakabrāhmaṇānaṃ cattāro puttā koṇḍañño brāhmaṇo cāti ime pañca janā paṭhamaṃyeva pabbajitā gāmanigamarājadhānīsu bhikkhācariyaṃ carantā tattha bodhisattaṃ sampāpuṇiṃsu. Atha naṃ chabbassāni mahāpadhānaṃ padahantaṃ – ‘‘idāni buddho bhavissati, idāni buddho bhavissatī’’ti pariveṇasammajjanādikāya vattapaṭipattiyā upaṭṭhahamānā santikāvacarāvassa ahesuṃ. Bodhisattopi – ‘‘koṭippattaṃ dukkaraṃ karissāmī’’ti ekatilataṇḍulādīhi vītināmesi. Sabbasopi āhārupacchedaṃ akāsi. Devatāpi lomakūpehi dibbojaṃ upahārayamānā pakkhipiṃsu.

Athassa tāya nirāhāratāya paramakisabhāvappattakāyassa suvaṇṇavaṇṇo kāyo kāḷavaṇṇo ahosi, dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭicchannāni ahesuṃ. Atha bodhisatto dukkarakārikāya antaṃ gantvā – ‘‘nāyaṃ maggo bodhiyā’’ti oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāretuṃ gāmanigamesu piṇḍāya caritvā āhāraṃ āhari. Athassa dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni pākatikāni ahesuṃ, kāyo suvaṇṇavaṇṇo ahosi. Atha pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū taṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontopi sabbaññutaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ nāsakkhi, idāni gāmanigamarājadhānīsu piṇḍāya caritvā oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhariyamāno kiṃ sakkhissati, bāhulliko esa padhānavibbhanto, kiṃ no iminā’’ti mahāpurisaṃ pahāya bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatanaṃ agamaṃsu.

sotthiyonāma tiṇahārako tiṇaṃ ādāya paṭipathe āgacchanto mahāpurisassa ākāraṃ ñatvā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo adāsi. Bodhisatto tiṇaṃ gahetvā asitañjanagirisaṅkāsaṃ ācarantamiva dinakarajālaṃ sakahadayamiva karuṇāsītalaṃ sītacchāyaṃ vividhavihagagaṇasampātavirahitaṃ mandamāruteritāya ghanasākhāya samalaṅkataṃ naccantamiva pītiyā rañjamānamiva ca tarugaṇānaṃ virocamānavijayatarumassatthabodhirukkhamūlamupagantvā assatthadumarājaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pubbuttaradisābhāge ṭhito tāni tiṇāni agge gahetvā cālesi. Tāvadeva cuddasahattho pallaṅko ahosi. Tāni ca tiṇāni cittakārena lekhāgahitāni viya ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto tattha cuddasahatthe tiṇasanthare tisandhipallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgasamannāgatavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā suvaṇṇapīṭhe ṭhapitarajatakkhandhaṃ viya ca paññāsahatthaṃ bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā upari maṇichattena viya bodhisākhāhi dhāriyamāno nisīdi. Suvaṇṇavaṇṇe panassa cīvare bodhiaṅkurā patamānā suvaṇṇapaṭṭe pavāḷā viya nikkhittā virocayiṃsu.

Bodhisatte pana tattha nisinneyeva vasavattimāro devaputto – ‘‘siddhatthakumāro mama visayamatikkamitukāmo, na dānāhamatikkamitumassa dassāmī’’ti mārabalassa tamatthaṃ ārocetvā mārabalamādāya nikkhami. Sā kira mārasenā mārassa purato dvādasayojanā ahosi, tathā dakkhiṇato ca vāmapassato ca, pacchato pana cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ katvā ṭhitā, uddhaṃ navayojanubbedhā ahosi. Yassā pana unnadantiyā saddo navayojanasahassato paṭṭhāya pathaviundriyanasaddo viya suyyati. Tasmiṃ samaye sakko devarājā vijayuttaraṃ nāma saṅkhaṃ dhamamāno aṭṭhāsi. So kira saṅkho vīsahatthasatiko ahosi. Pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto tigāvutāyataṃ beḷuvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ ādāya vādayamāno maṅgalayuttāni gītāni gāyamāno aṭṭhāsi. Suyāmo devarājā tigāvutāyataṃ saradasamayarajanikarasassirikaṃ dibbacāmaraṃ gahetvā mandaṃ mandaṃ bījayamāno aṭṭhāsi. Brahmā ca sahampati tiyojanavitthataṃ dutiyamiva puṇṇacandaṃ setacchattaṃ bhagavato uddhaṃ dhāretvā aṭṭhāsi. Mahākāḷopi nāgarājā asītiyā nāganāṭakasahassehi parivuto thutisaṅgītāni pavattento mahāsattaṃ namassamāno aṭṭhāsi. Dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu devatāyo nānāvidhehi surabhikusumadāmadhūpacuṇṇādīhi pūjayamānā sādhukāraṃ pavattayamānā aṭṭhaṃsu.

Atha māro devaputto diyaḍḍhayojanasatikaṃ himagirisikharasadisaṃ paramaruciradassanaṃ girimekhalaṃ nāma ratanakhacitavaravāraṇaṃ arivāraṇavāraṇaṃ abhiruhitvā bāhusahassaṃ māpetvā aggahitaggahaṇena nānāvudhāni aggahāpesi. Māraparisāpi asipharasusarasattisabalā samussitadhanumusala-phāla-saṅku-kunta-tomara-upala-laguḷa-valaya-kaṇaya-kappaṇa-cakkakaṭakadhārāruru- sīha-khagga-sarabha-varāha-byaggha-vānaroraga-majjārolūkavadanā mahiṃsa-pasada-turaṅga-diradādivadanā ca nānābhīmavirūpabībhacchakāyā manussayakkhapisācasadisakāyā ca mahāsattaṃ bodhisattaṃ bodhimūle nisinnaṃ ajjhottharamānā gantvā parivārayitvā mārassa sandesaṃ samudikkhamānā aṭṭhāsi.

Tato mārabale bodhimaṇḍamupasaṅkamanteyeva tesaṃ sakkādīnaṃ ekopi ṭhātuṃ nāsakkhi. Sammukhasammukhaṭṭhāneneva palāyiṃsu. Sakko pana devarājā taṃ vijayuttarasaṅkhaṃ piṭṭhiyaṃ katvā palāyitvā cakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Mahābrahmā setacchattaṃ cakkavāḷakoṭiyaṃ ṭhapetvā brahmalokameva agamāsi. Kāḷo nāgarājā sabbanāṭakāni chaḍḍetvā pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā pañcayojanasatikaṃ mañjerikanāgabhavanaṃ gantvā hatthena mukhaṃ pidahitvā nipajji. Ekadevatāpi tattha ṭhātuṃ samatthā nāma nāhosi. Mahāpuriso pana suññavimāne mahābrahmā viya ekakova nisīdi. ‘‘Idāni māro āgamissatī’’ti paṭhamameva anekarūpāni aniṭṭhāni dunnimittāni pāturahesuṃ.

‘‘Pamattabandhussa ca yuddhakāle, tilokabandhussa ca vattamāne;

‘‘Acetanāyampi sacetanā yathā, gatā viyogaṃ patineva kāminī;

‘‘Ahesumuddhūtajalā samuddā, vahiṃsu najjo paṭilomameva;

‘‘Pavāyi vāto pharuso samantā, nighaṭṭasaddo tumulo ahosi;

‘‘Evaṃpakāraṃ asivaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ, ākāsagaṃ bhūmigatañca ghoraṃ;

‘‘Taṃ devadevaṃ abhihantukāmaṃ, kāmaṃ tu disvā pana devasaṅghā;

‘‘Pacchāpi passiṃsu sudantarūpaṃ, disāvidisāsu palāyamānaṃ;

‘‘Vihaṅgamānaṃ garuḷova majjhe, majjhe migānaṃ paramova sīho;

Atha māro – ‘‘siddhatthaṃ bhiṃsāpetvā palāpessāmī’’ti vātavassaṃ paharaṇavassaṃ pāsāṇavassaṃ puna aṅgārakukkuḷavālukakalalandhakāravuṭṭhīhi navahi māraiddhīhi bodhisattaṃ palāpetuṃ asakkonto kuddhamānaso – ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, tiṭṭhatha, imaṃ siddhatthamasiddhatthaṃ karotha, gaṇhatha hanatha chindatha bandhatha na muñcatha palāpethā’’ti māraparisaṃ āṇāpetvā sayañca girimekhalassa khandhe nisīditvā ekena karena saraṃ bhamayanto bodhisattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘bho siddhattha, uṭṭhaha pallaṅkā’’ti āha. Māraparisāpi mahāsattassa atighoraṃ pīḷamakāsi. Atha mahāpuriso – ‘‘kadā te pūritā, māra, pallaṅkatthāya pāramī’’tiādīni vacanāni vatvā dakkhiṇahatthaṃ pathaviṃ ninnāmesi. Taṅkhaṇaññeva cuddasasahassādhikāni dasasatasahassayojanabahalāni pathavisandhārakāni vātudakāni paṭhamaṃ kampetvā tadantaraṃ catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā ayaṃ mahāpathavī chadhā pakampittha. Upari ākāse anekasahassāni vijjulatā ca asanī ca phaliṃsu. Atha girimekhaladirado jaṇṇukena pati. Māro girimekhalakkhandhe nisinno bhūmiyaṃ pati. Māraparisāpi disāvidisāsu bhusamuṭṭhi viya vikiriṃsu.

Atha mahāpurisopi taṃ samāraṃ mārabalaṃ khantimettāvīriyapaññādīnaṃ attano pāramīnamānubhāvena viddhaṃsetvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā paccūsasamaye sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇe paccayākāre ñāṇaṃ otāretvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tameva pādakaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā maggapaṭipāṭiyā adhigatena catutthamaggena sabbakilese khepetvā sabbabuddhaguṇe paṭivijjhitvā sabbabuddhāciṇṇaṃ –

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;

‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;

Udānaṃ udānesi.

Santikenidānakathā

Udānaṃ udānetvā nisinnassa bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni imassa pallaṅkassa kāraṇā sandhāviṃ, ayaṃ me pallaṅko vijayapallaṅko maṅgalapallaṅko, ettha me nisinnassa yāva saṅkappo na paripuṇṇo, na tāva ito vuṭṭhahissāmī’’ti anekakoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā samāpattiyo samāpajjanto sattāhaṃ tattheva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī’’ti (mahāva. 1).

animisacetiyaṃnāma jātaṃ.

ratanacaṅkamacetiyaṃnāma jātaṃ.

ratanagharacetiyaṃnāma jātaṃ.

ajapālanigrodhotenupasaṅkami. Tatrāpi dhammaṃ vicinanto vimuttisukhañca paṭisaṃvedento nisīdi.

mucalindamūlaṃ agamāsi. Tattha sattāhavaddalikāya uppannāya sītādipaṭibāhanatthaṃ mucalindena nāgarājena sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhitto asambādhāya gandhakuṭiyā viharanto viya vimuttisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyamāno tattha sattāhaṃ vītināmetvā rājāyatanamūlaṃ upasaṅkami. Tatthapi vimuttisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyamānova sattāhaṃ nisīdi. Ettāvatā satta sattāhāni paripuṇṇāni. Etthantare bhagavato neva mukhadhovanaṃ na sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ nāhārakiccaṃ ahosi, phalasukheneva vītivattesi. Atha sattasattāhamatthake ekūnapaññāsatime divase sakkena devānamindena upanītena nāgalatādantakaṭṭhena ca anotattadahodakena ca mukhaṃ dhovitvā tatthevarājāyatanamūle nisīdi.

tapussabhallikānāma dve vāṇijā ñātisālohitāya devatāya satthu āhāradāne ussāhitā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya – ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu bhagavā imaṃ āhāraṃ anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Bhagavā pāyāsapaṭiggahaṇadivaseyeva devadattiyassa pattassa antarahitattā – ‘‘na kho tathāgatā hatthesu āhāraṃ paṭiggaṇhanti, kimhi nu kho ahaṃ imaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya’’nti cintesi. Athassa bhagavato ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā catūhi disāhi cattāro mahārājāno indanīlamaṇimaye cattāro patte upanāmesuṃ. Bhagavā te paṭikkhipi. Puna muggavaṇṇe silāmaye cattāro patte upanāmesuṃ. Bhagavā tesaṃ catunnampi devaputtānaṃ anukampaṃ upādāya paṭiggahetvā ekībhāvaṃ upanetvā tasmiṃ paccagghe selamaye patte āhāraṃ paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjitvā anumodanamakāsi. Te dve bhātaro vāṇijā buddhañca dhammañca saraṇaṃ gantvā dvevācikā upāsakā ahesuṃ.

brahmā sahampati‘‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko’’ti (dī. ni. 2.66; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu sakkasuyāmasantusitanimmānaratiparanimmitavasavattimahābrahmāno ca gahetvā satthu santikaṃ āgantvā – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhamma’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 2.66; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) nayena dhammadesanaṃ āyāci.

upakaṃnāma ājīvakaṃ disvā tassa attano buddhabhāvaṃ ācikkhitvā taṃdivasaṃyeva sāyanhasamaye isipatanaṃ agamāsi.

vinayamahāvaggādīsu vuttanayeneva veditabbā.

dhammacakkappavattanasuttantaṃdesesi. Tesu aññāsikoṇḍañño desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesento suttapariyosāne aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –

1.

‘‘Ahametarahi sambuddho, gotamo sakyavaḍḍhano;

2.

‘‘Brahmunā yācito santo, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayiṃ;

ahanti attānaṃ niddisati.Etarahīti asmiṃ kāle.Sakyavaḍḍhanoti sākiyakulavaḍḍhano. ‘‘Sakyapuṅgavo’’tipi pāṭho.Padhānanti vīriyaṃ vuccati.Padahitvānāti ghaṭetvā vāyamitvā, dukkarakārikaṃ katvāti attho.Aṭṭhārasannaṃ koṭīnanti bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye dhammacakkappavattanasuttantakathāya aññāsikoṇḍaññattherappamukhānaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ brahmakoṭīnaṃ paṭhamābhisamayo ahosīti attho.

Idāni bhagavā atītaṃ kathetvā anāgataṃ abhisamayaṃ kathento –

3.

‘‘Tato parañca desente, naradevasamāgame;

naradevasamāgameti tato aparena samayena mahāmaṅgalasamāgame dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu devamanussānaṃ majjhemaṅgalasuttapariyosāne (khu. pā. 5.1 ādayo; su. ni. 261 ādayo) gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattānaṃ naradevānaṃ.Dutiyābhisamayo ahūti hessatīti attho. Anāgatavacane vattabbe sotapatitattā ‘‘ahū’’ti atītavacanaṃ vuttaṃ, kālavipariyāyavasena vā. Esa nayo ito paresu īdisesu vacanesu ca. Punarāhulovādasuttantadesanāya (ma. ni. 3.416 ādayo) gaṇanapathavītivatte satte abhisamayāmatapānaṃ pāyesi. Ayaṃ tatiyābhisamayo. Tena vuttaṃ –

4.

‘‘Idhevāhaṃ etarahi, ovadiṃ mama atrajaṃ;

Bhagavato kira ekova sāvakasannipāto ahosi. Uruvelakassapādīnaṃ jaṭilānaṃ sahassaṃ, dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ aḍḍhattiyasatānīti imesaṃ aḍḍhateḷasasatānaṃ sannipāto ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –

5.

‘‘Ekosi sannipāto me, sāvakānaṃ mahesinaṃ;

ekosīti ekova āsi.Aḍḍhateḷasasatānanti mama sāvakānaṃ paññāsādhikānaṃ dvādasasatānaṃ.Bhikkhūnāsīti bhikkhūnaṃ āsi. Tesaṃ pana majjhagato bhagavā caturaṅgasannipāte pātimokkhaṃ uddisi.

Atha bhagavā attano pavattiṃ dassento –

6.

‘‘Virocamāno vimalo, bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhago;

virocamānoti anantabuddhasiriyā virocamāno.Vimaloti vigatarāgādikilesamalo.Maṇīva sabbakāmadoti cintāmaṇi viya sabbakāmadado ahampi icchitaṃ patthitaṃ sabbaṃ lokiyalokuttarasukhavisesaṃ demīti attho.

Idāni patthitapatthanaṃ dassento –

7.

‘‘Phalamākaṅkhamānānaṃ, bhavacchandajahesinaṃ;

phalanti sotāpattiphalādikaṃ catubbidhaṃ phalaṃ.Bhavacchandajahesinanti bhavataṇhāpahāyinaṃ, bhavataṇhaṃ pajahitukāmānaṃ.Anukampāyāti anuddayāya.

8.Idāni catusaccappakāsane, abhisamayaṃ dassento‘‘dasavīsasahassāna’’nti ādimāha.

dasavīsasahassānanti dasasahassānañca vīsatisahassānañca.Ekadvinnantiādinā nayenāti attho. Navamadasamagāthā uttānatthāva.

11-12.Ekādasamadvādasamagāthāsuidānetarahīti ubhopi ekatthā, veneyyavasena purisapuggalā viya vuttā. Atha vāidānīti mayi uppanne.Etarahīti mayi dhammaṃ desente.Apattamānasāti appattaarahattaphalā.Ariyañjasanti ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ.Thomayantāti pasaṃsantā.Bujjhissantīti anāgate catusaccadhammaṃ paṭivijjhissantīti attho.Saṃsārasaritanti saṃsārasāgaraṃ.

Idāni attano jātanagarādiṃ dassento –

13.

‘‘Nagaraṃ kapilavatthu me, rājā suddhodano pitā;

14.

‘‘Ekūnatiṃsavassāni, agāraṃ ajjhahaṃ vasiṃ;

15.

‘‘Cattālīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

16.

‘‘Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhamiṃ;

17.

‘‘Bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane, cakkaṃ pavattitaṃ mayā;

18.

‘‘Kolito upatisso ca, dve bhikkhū aggasāvakā;

19.

‘‘Citto hatthāḷavako ca, aggupaṭṭhākupāsakā;

20.

‘‘Ahaṃ assatthamūlamhi, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ;

21.

‘‘Appaṃ vassasataṃ āyu, idānetarahi vijjati;

22.

‘‘Ṭhapayitvāna dhammukkaṃ, pacchimaṃ janabodhanaṃ;

Mama pana rammasurammasubhanāmakā tayo pāsādā navabhūmikasattabhūmikapañcabhūmikā, cattālīsasahassā nāṭakitthiyo, yasodharā nāma mama aggamahesī, sohaṃ cattāro nimitte disvā assayānena mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamiṃ. Tato chabbassāni padhānaṃ padahitvā visākhapuṇṇamāya uruvelāyaṃ senānigame senākuṭumbikassa dhītāya sampasādajātāya sujātāya nāma dinnaṃ madhupāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā sālavane divāvihāraṃ katvā sāyanhasamaye sotthiyena nāma tiṇahārakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā assatthabodhirukkhamūlaṃ upagantvā tattha mārabalaṃ viddhaṃsetvā sambodhiṃ pattosmīti sabbaṃ byākāsi.

saddhiṃ sāvakasaṅghatoti saddhiṃ sāvakasaṅghena.Parinibbissanti parinibbāyissāmi.Aggīvāhārasaṅkhayāti aggi viya indhanakkhayena yathā aggi nirupādāno nibbāyati, evaṃ ahampi nirupādāno parinibbāyissāmīti attho.

23-4.

Tāni ca atulatejānīti aggasāvakayugādīni tāni asadisatejāni.Imāni cadasabalānīti etāni ca sārīradasabalāniguṇadhāraṇo dehoti chaasādhāraṇañāṇādiguṇadharo ayaṃ deho ca.Tamantarahissantīti sabbāni etāni vuttappakārāni antaradhāyissanti vinassissanti.Nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārāti etthananūti ayaṃ anumatiatthe nipāto.Rittāti niccasāradhuvasārarahitattā tucchā, sabbameva pana saṅkhataṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammaṃ hutvā abhāvato aniccaṃ, uppādādipaṭipīḷitattā dukkhaṃ, avasavattanato anattā. Tasmā saṅkhāresu lakkhaṇattayaṃ āropetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā amatamasaṅkhataṃ accutaṃ nibbānaṃ adhigacchatha. Ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī idaṃ amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ appamādena sampādethāti. Desanāpariyosāne kira devatānaṃ koṭisatasahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Sesamaggaphalesu patiṭṭhitā pana gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā ahesuṃ.

vessantarajātakaṃ(jā. 2.22.1655 ādayo) kathesi. Sā dhammadesanā sātthikā jātā. Tato bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.

Iti madhuratthavilāsiniyā buddhavaṃsaṭṭhakathāya

Gotamabuddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Niṭṭhito pañcavīsatimo buddhavaṃso.

28. Buddhapakiṇṇakakathā

1-18.

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, caturo āsuṃ vināyakā’’tiādikā aṭṭhārasagāthā saṅgītikārakehi ṭhapitā nigamanagāthāti veditabbā. Sesagāthāsu sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.

Vemattakathā

aṭṭha vemattāniveditabbāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Āyuvemattaṃ, pamāṇavemattaṃ, kulavemattaṃ, padhānavemattaṃ, rasmivemattaṃ, yānavemattaṃ, bodhivemattaṃ, pallaṅkavemattanti.

āyuvemattaṃnāma keci dīghāyukā honti keci appāyukā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaro koṇḍañño anomadassī padumo padumuttaro atthadassī dhammadassī siddhattho tissoti ime nava buddhā vassasatasahassāyukā ahesuṃ. Maṅgalo sumano sobhito nārado sumedho sujāto piyadassī phussoti ime aṭṭha buddhā navutivassasahassāyukā ahesuṃ. Revato vessabhū cāti ime dve buddhā saṭṭhivassasahassāyukā ahesuṃ. Vipassī bhagavā asītivassasahassāyukā ahosi. Sikhī kakusandho koṇāgamano kassapoti ime cattāro buddhā yathākkamena sattaticattālīsatiṃsavīsavassasahassāyukā ahesuṃ. Amhākaṃ pana bhagavato vassasataṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Upacitapuññasambhārānaṃ dīghāyukasaṃvattaniyakammasamupetānampi buddhānaṃ yugavasena āyuppamāṇaṃ appamāṇaṃ ahosi. Ayaṃ pañcavīsatiyā buddhānaṃ āyuvemattaṃ nāma.

Pamāṇavemattaṃnāma keci dīghā honti keci rassā. Tathā hi dīpaṅkara-revata-piyadassī-atthadassī-dhammadassī-vipassībuddhānaṃ asītihatthubbedhaṃ sarīrappamāṇaṃ ahosi. Koṇḍañña-maṅgala-nārada-sumedhānaṃ aṭṭhāsītihatthubbedho kāyo ahosi. Sumanassa navutihatthubbedhaṃ sarīraṃ ahosi. Sobhita-anomadassī-paduma-padumuttara-phussabuddhānaṃ aṭṭhapaṇṇāsahatthubbedhaṃ sarīraṃ ahosi. Sujāto paṇṇāsahatthubbedhasarīro ahosi. Siddhattha-tissa-vessabhuno saṭṭhihatthubbedhā ahesuṃ. Sikhī sattatihatthubbedho ahosi. Kakusandha-koṇāgamana-kassapā yathākkamena cattālīsatiṃsavīsatihatthubbedhā ahesuṃ. Amhākaṃ bhagavā aṭṭhārasahatthubbedho ahosi. Ayaṃ pañcavīsatiyā buddhānaṃ pamāṇavemattaṃ nāma.

Kulavemattaṃnāma keci khattiyakule nibbattiṃsu keci brāhmaṇakule. Tathā hi kakusandhakoṇāgamanakassapasammāsambuddhā brāhmaṇakule nibbattiṃsu. Dīpaṅkarādigotamabuddhapariyantā dvāvīsati buddhā khattiyakuleyeva nibbattiṃsu. Ayaṃ pañcavīsatiyā buddhānaṃ kulavemattaṃ nāma.

Padhānavemattaṃnāma dīpaṅkara-koṇḍañña-sumana-anomadassī-sujātasiddhattha-kakusandhānaṃ dasamāsikā padhānacariyā. Maṅgala-sumedhatissa sikhīnaṃ aṭṭhamāsikā. Revatassa sattamāsikā. Sobhitassa cattāro māsā. Padumaatthadassī vipassīnaṃ aḍḍhamāsikā. Nārada-padumuttara-dhammadassī-kassapānaṃ sattāhāni. Piyadassī-phussa-vessabhū koṇāgamanānaṃ chamāsikā. Amhākaṃ buddhassa chabbassāni padhānacariyā ahosi. Ayaṃ padhānavemattaṃ nāma.

Rasmivemattaṃnāma maṅgalassa kira sammāsambuddhassa sarīrasmi dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharitvā aṭṭhāsi. Padumuttarabuddhassa dvādasayojanikā ahosi. Vipassissa bhagavato sattayojanikā ahosi. Sikhissa tiyojanappamāṇā. Kakusandhassa dasayojanikā. Amhākaṃ bhagavato samantato byāmappamāṇā. Sesānaṃ aniyatā ahosi. Ayaṃ rasmivemattaṃ nāma ajjhāsayapaṭibaddhaṃ, yo yattakaṃ icchati, tassa sarīrappabhā tattakaṃ pharati, paṭividdhaguṇe pana kassaci vemattaṃ nāma natthi. Ayaṃ rasmivemattaṃ nāma.

Yānavemattaṃnāma keci hatthiyānena keci assayānena keci rathapada-pāsāda-sivikādīsu aññatarena nikkhamanti. Tathā hi dīpaṅkara-sumana-sumedha-phussa-sikhī-koṇāgamanā hatthiyānena nikkhamiṃsu. Koṇḍañña-revata-paduma-piyadassī-vipassī-kakusandhā rathayānena. Maṅgala-sujāta-atthadassī-tissa-gotamā assayānena. Anomadassīsiddhatthavessabhuno sivikāyānena. Nārado padasā nikkhami. Sobhita-padumuttara-dhammadassī-kassapā pāsādena nikkhamiṃsu. Ayaṃ yānavemattaṃ nāma.

Bodhivemattaṃnāma dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato kapītanarukkho bodhi; koṇḍaññassa bhagavato sālakalyāṇirukkho, maṅgala-sumana-revata-sobhitānaṃ nāgarukkho, anomadassissa ajjunarukkho, padumanāradānaṃ mahāsoṇarukkho, padumuttarassa salalarukkho, sumedhassa nīpo, sujātassa veḷu, piyadassino kakudho, atthadassissa campakarukkho, dhammadassissa rattakuravakarukkho, siddhatthassa kaṇikārarukkho, tissassa asanarukkho, phussassa āmalakarukkho, vipassissa pāṭalirukkho, sikhissa puṇḍarīkarukkho, vessabhussa sālarukkho, kakusandhassa sirīsarukkho, koṇāgamanassa udumbararukkho, kassapassa nigrodho, gotamassa assatthoti ayaṃ bodhivemattaṃ nāma.

Pallaṅkavemattaṃnāma dīpaṅkara-revata-piyadassī-atthadassī-dhammadassī-vipassīnaṃ tepaṇṇāsahatthapallaṅkā ahesuṃ; koṇḍañña-maṅgala-nārada-sumedhānaṃ sattapaṇṇāsahatthā; sumanassa saṭṭhihattho pallaṅko ahosi; sobhita-anomadassī-paduma-padumuttara-phussānaṃ aṭṭhattiṃsahatthā, sujātassa dvattiṃsahattho, siddhattha-tissa-vessabhūnaṃ cattālīsahatthā, sikhissa dvattiṃsahattho, kakusandhassa chabbīsatihattho, koṇāgamanassa vīsatihattho, kassapassa pannarasahattho, gotamassa cuddasahattho pallaṅko ahosi. Ayaṃ pallaṅkavemattaṃ nāma. Imāniaṭṭha vemattānināma.

Avijahitaṭṭhānakathā

cattāri avijahitaṭṭhānānināma honti. Sabbabuddhānañhi bodhipallaṅko avijahito ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne hoti. Dhammacakkappavattanaṃ isipatane migadāye avijahitameva hoti. Devorohaṇakāle saṅkassanagaradvāre paṭhamakkapādaṭṭhānaṃ avijahitameva hoti. Jetavane gandhakuṭiyā cattāri mañcapādaṭṭhānāni avijahitāneva honti. Vihāro pana khuddakopi mahantopi hoti. Vihāro na vijahatiyeva, nagaraṃ pana vijahati.

Sahajātapariccheda-nakkhattaparicchedakathā

sahajātaparicchedo. Mahāpuriso pana uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva mātukucchiṃ okkami, mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhami, dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ akāsi. Visākhanakkhattena jāto ca abhisambuddho ca parinibbuto ca. Māghanakkhattena tassa sāvakasannipāto ca āyusaṅkhāravosajjanañca ahosi. Assayujanakkhattena devorohaṇaṃ. Ayaṃnakkhattaparicchedoti.

Sadhammatākathā

Sabbabuddhānaṃ samattiṃsavidhā dhammatā. Seyyathidaṃ – pacchimabhavikabodhisattassa sampajānassa mātukucchiokkamanaṃ, mātukucchiyaṃ pallaṅkena nisīditvā bahimukholokanaṃ, ṭhitāya bodhisattamātuyā vijāyanaṃ, araññeyeva mātukucchito nikkhamanaṃ, kañcanapaṭṭesu patiṭṭhitapādānaṃ uttarābhimukhānaṃ sattapadavītihārānaṃ gantvā catuddisaṃ oloketvā sīhanādanadanaṃ, cattāri nimittāni disvā jātamattaputtānaṃ mahāsattānaṃ mahābhinikkhamanaṃ, arahaddhajamādāya pabbajitvā sabbaheṭṭhimena paricchedena sattāhaṃ padhānacariyā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇanadivase pāyāsabhojanaṃ, tiṇasanthare nisīditvā sabbaññutaññāṇādhigamo, ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaparikammaṃ, mārabalaviddhaṃsanaṃ, bodhipallaṅkeyeva tisso vijjā ādiṃ katvā asādhāraṇañāṇādiguṇapaṭilābho, sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmanaṃ, mahābrahmuno dhammadesanatthāya āyācanaṃ, isipatane migadāye dhammacakkappavattanaṃ, māghapuṇṇamāya caturaṅgikasannipāte pātimokkhuddeso, jetavanaṭṭhāne nibaddhavāso, sāvatthinagaradvāre yamakapāṭihāriyakaraṇaṃ, tāvatiṃsabhavane abhidhammadesanā, saṅkassanagaradvāre devalokato otaraṇaṃ satataṃ phalasamāpattisamāpajjanaṃ, dvīsu vāresu veneyyajanāvalokanaṃ, uppanne vatthumhi sikkhāpadapaññāpanaṃ uppannāya aṭṭhuppattiyā jātakakathanaṃ, ñātisamāgame buddhavaṃsakathanaṃ, āgantukehi bhikkhūhi paṭisanthārakaraṇaṃ, nimantitānaṃ vuṭṭhavassānaṃ anāpucchā agamanaṃ, divase divase purebhattapacchābhattapaṭhamamajjhimapacchimayāmakiccakaraṇaṃ, parinibbānadivase maṃsarasabhojanaṃ, catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattiyo samāpajjitvā parinibbānanti imā samattiṃsa sabbabuddhānaṃ dhammatāti.

Anantarāyikadhammakathā

cattāro anantarāyikā dhammā. Katame cattāro? Buddhānaṃ uddissa abhihaṭānaṃ catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. Buddhānaṃ āyuno na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ parūpakkamena tathāgataṃ jīvitā voropeyyā’’ti (cūḷava. 342). Buddhānaṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇānaṃ asītiyā anubyañjanānañca na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. Buddharaṃsīnaṃ na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātunti. Ime cattāro anantarāyikā dhammā nāmāti.

Nigamanakathā

Ettāvatā gatā siddhiṃ, buddhavaṃsassa vaṇṇanā;

Porāṇaṭṭhakathāmaggaṃ, pāḷiatthappakāsakaṃ;

Papañcatthaṃ vivajjetvā, madhuratthassa sabbaso;

Kāvīrajalasampāta-paripūtamahītale;

Kārite kaṇhadāsena, saṇhavācena sādhunā;

Chāyāsalilasampanne, dassanīye manorame;

Tattha pācīnapāsāda-tale paramasītale;

Yathā buddhavaṃsassa saṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ, gatā sādhu siddhiṃ vinā antarāyaṃ;

Imaṃ buddhavaṃsassa saṃvaṇṇanaṃ me, karontena yaṃ patthitaṃ puññajātaṃ;

Vinassantu rogā manussesu sabbe, pavassantu devāpi vassantakāle;

Surā accharānaṃ gaṇādīhi saddhiṃ, ciraṃ devaloke sukhaṃ cānubhontu;

Garūhi gītanāmena, buddhadattoti vissuto;

Potthakaṃ ṭhapayitvemaṃ, parampare hitāvahaṃ;

Iti bhāṇavāravasena chabbīsatibhāṇavārā, ganthavasena pañcasatādhikachasahassaganthā, akkharavasena tisahassādhikāni dvesatasahassakkharāni.

Antarāyaṃ vinā esā, yathā niṭṭhaṃ upāgatā;

Iti madhuratthavilāsinī nāma

Buddhavaṃsa-aṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.